Ready or Not Wiki ronwiki https://ron.miraheze.org/wiki/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.41.0 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Ronwiki Ronwiki talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Module Module talk 10 485 1042 2014-05-23T15:55:04Z wikipedia>SMcCandlish 0 tweak wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Hatnote|hatnote}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 4a1d1028d07c9056022807a96051e1c82cf2a1c7 10 472 1014 2014-07-09T08:29:38Z wikipedia>Callanecc 0 Changed protection level of Template:Pagetype: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: With more than 5.5 million transclusions and cascade protections this should be full protected as well ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move= wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:pagetype|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> b8e6aa66678cd57877ea2c607372a45070f030a7 10 109 243 2014-08-05T17:17:27Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 convert this to use [[Module:Protection banner]]; see [[Module talk:Protection banner#Proposal to convert all protection templates to use this module|here]] for details wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90 10 292 636 2014-08-05T17:17:27Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 convert this to use [[Module:Protection banner]]; see [[Module talk:Protection banner#Proposal to convert all protection templates to use this module|here]] for details wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90 10 85 184 2015-10-03T15:58:07Z wikipedia>NeilN 0 Changed protection level of Template:Div col end: per request at [[WP:RFPP]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Div col/doc}} </noinclude> 78088d41c21d779e3722f220fcc9773dfbbc1e4f 10 475 1020 2015-10-25T11:38:26Z wikipedia>Edokter 0 use class wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">{{#iferror:{{#expr:{{{1|1}}}}} |{{#switch:{{{1}}} |fig=&#8199; |en=&ensp; |em=&emsp; |thin=&thinsp; |hair=&#8202; |&nbsp; }} |{{#invoke:String|rep|{{#switch:{{{2}}} |fig=&#8199; |en=&ensp; |em=&emsp; |thin=&thinsp; |hair=&#8202; |&nbsp; }}|{{{1|1}}}}} }}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> a9ed762825e7579f15dcb9b171b0c1c3bf524b3f 10 46 100 2015-11-28T10:13:53Z wikipedia>Edokter 0 Adapt comment; edits inside noinclude blocks should not affect job queue, but won't kill parser either way. wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc page; interwikis go to Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 5d0dc6b6d89b37f4356242404f46138a4017f015 10 114 255 2016-04-29T21:00:11Z Ahecht 22 rm #titleparts wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2|{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}}}}]]<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 2f3365787e653c7567d4355e225be4c6c4295ebd 10 87 188 2018-02-13T20:27:17Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 separate pp-template not needed wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|no}}}|¬={{{¬|no}}}|def={{{def|no}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 1ad7b7800da1b867ead8f6ff8cef76e6201b3b56 828 67 148 2018-04-01T10:06:10Z wikipedia>Galobtter 0 fixed with text and selfref Scribunto text/plain local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list') local mArguments --initialize lazily local mTableTools --initialize lazily local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local p = {} function p.distinguish(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame) local selfref = args.selfref local text = args.text args = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) return p._distinguish(args, text, selfref) end function p._distinguish(args, text, selfref) checkType("_distinguish", 1, args, 'table') if #args == 0 and not text then return '' end local text = string.format( 'Not to be confused with %s.', text or mHatlist.orList(args, true) ) hnOptions = {selfref = selfref} return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions) end return p 0364d14af01fc656ad1d898c5036fbd12a7ca938 10 119 265 2018-07-26T17:17:13Z wikipedia>SMcCandlish 0 These are called attributes; no one who does HTML calls them "parameters". wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="{{#ifeq:{{{wrap|}}}|yes|wrap|nowrap}}" style="{{#ifeq:{{{style|}}}|plain|border:none;background:transparent;|{{{style|}}}}}"><!-- Opening tag -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |c|close = |e|empty|s|single|v|void |o|open |p|pair = &lt;{{#if:{{{link|}}}|[[HTML element#{{{1|tag}}}|{{{1|tag}}}]]|{{{1|tag}}}}}{{#if:{{{params|{{{attribs|}}}}}}|&#32;{{{params|{{{attribs}}}}}}}} }}<!-- Content between tags -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |c|close = {{{content|}}} |e|empty|s|single|v|void = &#32;&#47;&gt; |o|open = &gt;{{{content|}}} |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--||&gt;}}{{{content|...}}} }}<!-- Closing tag -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |e|empty|s|single|v|void |o|open = |c|close |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--|--&gt;|&lt;&#47;{{{1|tag}}}&gt;}} }}<!-- --></code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> eae208bc1612c834de697fa3ee9b343966cf8602 10 49 98 2018-08-15T18:33:36Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 Undid revision 855063393 by [[Special:Contributions/Jdlrobson|Jdlrobson]] ([[User talk:Jdlrobson|talk]]) rather problematic change mentioned [[Template_talk:Infobox#Using_template_styles_to_reduce_technical_debt_inside_mobile_skin|on talk page]], reverting until it can be sorted wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}<includeonly>{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 817a9f5b6524eced06a57bd1d5fd7179f9369bf2 10 52 118 2018-10-23T17:15:13Z wikipedia>Frietjes 0 wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Nobold/styles.css"/><span class="nobold">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --> </noinclude> 9c92b5951772bb26ca0fbe9256418b65e47700dd 10 63 140 2018-12-16T22:06:25Z wikipedia>Amorymeltzer 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Template other]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: Transclusion count has increased dramatically ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}} | template | other }} }} | template = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 06fb13d264df967b5232141067eb7d2b67372d76 828 115 257 2019-01-06T22:38:25Z wikipedia>Johnuniq 0 fix unintended color2lum global error which is causing errors; clean whitespace Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements -- {{Color contrast ratio}} -- {{Greater color contrast ratio}} -- {{ColorToLum}} -- {{RGBColorToLum}} -- local p = {} local HTMLcolor = mw.loadData( 'Module:Color contrast/colors' ) local function sRGB (v) if (v <= 0.03928) then v = v / 12.92 else v = math.pow((v+0.055)/1.055, 2.4) end return v end local function rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) if ( 0 <= R and R < 256 and 0 <= G and G < 256 and 0 <= B and B < 256 ) then return 0.2126 * sRGB(R/255) + 0.7152 * sRGB(G/255) + 0.0722 * sRGB(B/255) else return '' end end local function hsl2lum(h, s, l) if ( 0 <= h and h < 360 and 0 <= s and s <= 1 and 0 <= l and l <= 1 ) then local c = (1 - math.abs(2*l - 1))*s local x = c*(1 - math.abs( math.fmod(h/60, 2) - 1) ) local m = l - c/2 local r, g, b = m, m, m if( 0 <= h and h < 60 ) then r = r + c g = g + x elseif( 60 <= h and h < 120 ) then r = r + x g = g + c elseif( 120 <= h and h < 180 ) then g = g + c b = b + x elseif( 180 <= h and h < 240 ) then g = g + x b = b + c elseif( 240 <= h and h < 300 ) then r = r + x b = b + c elseif( 300 <= h and h < 360 ) then r = r + c b = b + x end return rgbdec2lum(255*r, 255*g, 255*b) else return '' end end local function color2lum(c) if (c == nil) then return '' end -- html '#' entity c = c:gsub("&#35;", "#") -- whitespace c = c:match( '^%s*(.-)[%s;]*$' ) -- unstrip nowiki strip markers c = mw.text.unstripNoWiki(c) -- lowercase c = c:lower() -- first try to look it up local L = HTMLcolor[c] if (L ~= nil) then return L end -- convert from hsl if mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then local h, s, l = mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$') return hsl2lum(tonumber(h), tonumber(s)/100, tonumber(l)/100) end -- convert from rgb if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*%)$') then local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*%)$') return rgbdec2lum(tonumber(R), tonumber(G), tonumber(B)) end -- convert from rgb percent if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$') return rgbdec2lum(255*tonumber(R)/100, 255*tonumber(G)/100, 255*tonumber(B)/100) end -- remove leading # (if there is one) and whitespace c = mw.ustring.match(c, '^[%s#]*([a-f0-9]*)[%s]*$') -- split into rgb local cs = mw.text.split(c or '', '') if( #cs == 6 ) then local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[4]) local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[5]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[6]) return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) elseif ( #cs == 3 ) then local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) end -- failure, return blank return '' end -- This exports the function for use in other modules. -- The colour is passed as a string. function p._lum(color) return color2lum(color) end function p._greatercontrast(args) local bias = tonumber(args['bias'] or '0') or 0 local css = (args['css'] and args['css'] ~= '') and true or false local v1 = color2lum(args[1] or '') local c2 = args[2] or '#FFFFFF' local v2 = color2lum(c2) local c3 = args[3] or '#000000' local v3 = color2lum(c3) local ratio1 = -1; local ratio2 = -1; if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then ratio1 = (v2 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05) ratio1 = (ratio1 < 1) and 1/ratio1 or ratio1 end if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v3) == 'number') then ratio2 = (v3 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05) ratio2 = (ratio2 < 1) and 1/ratio2 or ratio2 end if css then local c1 = args[1] or '' if mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c1 = '#' .. c1 end if mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c2 = '#' .. c2 end if mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c3 = '#' .. c3 end return 'background-color:' .. c1 .. '; color:' .. ((ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or '') .. ';' end return (ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or '' end function p._ratio(args) local v1 = color2lum(args[1]) local v2 = color2lum(args[2]) if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then -- v1 should be the brighter of the two. if v2 > v1 then v1, v2 = v2, v1 end return (v1 + 0.05)/(v2 + 0.05) else return args['error'] or '?' end end function p._styleratio(args) local style = (args[1] or ''):lower() local bg, fg = 'white', 'black' local lum_bg, lum_fg = 1, 0 if args[2] then local lum = color2lum(args[2]) if lum ~= '' then bg, lum_bg = args[2], lum end end if args[3] then local lum = color2lum(args[3]) if lum ~= '' then fg, lum_fg = args[3], lum end end local slist = mw.text.split(mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(style or '', '&#[Xx]23;', '#'), '&#35;', '#'), ';') for k = 1,#slist do local s = slist[k] local k,v = s:match( '^[%s]*([^:]-):([^:]-)[%s;]*$' ) k = k or '' v = v or '' if (k:match('^[%s]*(background)[%s]*$') or k:match('^[%s]*(background%-color)[%s]*$')) then local lum = color2lum(v) if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_bg = v, lum end elseif (k:match('^[%s]*(color)[%s]*$')) then local lum = color2lum(v) if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_fg = v, lum end end end if lum_bg > lum_fg then return (lum_bg + 0.05)/(lum_fg + 0.05) else return (lum_fg + 0.05)/(lum_bg + 0.05) end end --[[ Use {{#invoke:Color contrast|somecolor}} directly or {{#invoke:Color contrast}} from a wrapper template. Parameters: -- |1= — required; A color to check. --]] function p.lum(frame) local color = frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1] return p._lum(color) end function p.ratio(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._ratio(args) end function p.styleratio(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._styleratio(args) end function p.greatercontrast(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._greatercontrast(args) end return p 1e399769117591366a63f62996c9a407077cc711 828 116 259 2019-01-24T12:30:11Z wikipedia>Galobtter 0 Changed protection level for "[[Module:Color contrast/colors]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain return { aliceblue = 0.92880068253475, antiquewhite = 0.84646951707754, aqua = 0.7874, aquamarine = 0.8078549208338, azure = 0.97265264954166, beige = 0.8988459998705, bisque = 0.80732327372979, black = 0, blanchedalmond = 0.85084439608156, blue = 0.0722, blueviolet = 0.12622014321946, brown = 0.098224287876511, burlywood = 0.51559844533893, cadetblue = 0.29424681085422, chartreuse = 0.76032025902623, chocolate = 0.23898526114557, coral = 0.37017930872924, cornflowerblue = 0.30318641994179, cornsilk = 0.93562110372965, crimson = 0.16042199953026, cyan = 0.7874, darkblue = 0.018640801980939, darkcyan = 0.20329317839046, darkgoldenrod = 0.27264703559993, darkgray = 0.39675523072563, darkgreen = 0.091143429047575, darkgrey = 0.39675523072563, darkkhaki = 0.45747326349994, darkmagenta = 0.07353047651207, darkolivegreen = 0.12651920884889, darkorange = 0.40016167026524, darkorchid = 0.13413142174857, darkred = 0.054889674531132, darksalmon = 0.40541471563381, darkseagreen = 0.43789249325969, darkslateblue = 0.065792846227988, darkslategray = 0.067608151928044, darkslategrey = 0.067608151928044, darkturquoise = 0.4874606277449, darkviolet = 0.10999048339343, deeppink = 0.23866895828276, deepskyblue = 0.44481603395575, dimgray = 0.14126329114027, dimgrey = 0.14126329114027, dodgerblue = 0.27442536991456, firebrick = 0.10724525535015, floralwhite = 0.95922484825004, forestgreen = 0.18920812076002, fuchsia = 0.2848, gainsboro = 0.71569350050648, ghostwhite = 0.94311261886323, gold = 0.69860877428159, goldenrod = 0.41919977809569, gray = 0.2158605001139, green = 0.15438342968146, greenyellow = 0.80609472611453, grey = 0.2158605001139, honeydew = 0.96336535554782, hotpink = 0.34658438169715, indianred = 0.21406134963884, indigo = 0.03107561486337, ivory = 0.99071270600615, khaki = 0.77012343394121, lavender = 0.80318750514521, lavenderblush = 0.90172748631046, lawngreen = 0.73905893124963, lemonchiffon = 0.94038992245622, lightblue = 0.63709141280807, lightcoral = 0.35522120733135, lightcyan = 0.94587293494829, lightgoldenrodyellow = 0.93348351018297, lightgray = 0.65140563741982, lightgreen = 0.69091979956865, lightgrey = 0.65140563741982, lightpink = 0.58566152734898, lightsalmon = 0.4780675225206, lightseagreen = 0.35050145117042, lightskyblue = 0.56195637618331, lightslategray = 0.23830165007287, lightslategrey = 0.23830165007287, lightsteelblue = 0.53983888284666, lightyellow = 0.98161818392882, lime = 0.7152, limegreen = 0.44571042246098, linen = 0.88357340984379, magenta = 0.2848, maroon = 0.045891942324215, mediumaquamarine = 0.49389703310801, mediumblue = 0.044077780212328, mediumorchid = 0.21639251153773, mediumpurple = 0.22905858091648, mediumseagreen = 0.34393112338131, mediumslateblue = 0.20284629471622, mediumspringgreen = 0.70704308194184, mediumturquoise = 0.5133827926448, mediumvioletred = 0.14371899849357, midnightblue = 0.02071786635086, mintcream = 0.97834604947588, mistyrose = 0.82183047859185, moccasin = 0.80083000991567, navajowhite = 0.76519682342785, navy = 0.015585128108224, oldlace = 0.91900633405549, olive = 0.20027537200568, olivedrab = 0.22593150951929, orange = 0.4817026703631, orangered = 0.25516243753416, orchid = 0.31348806761439, palegoldenrod = 0.78792647887614, palegreen = 0.77936759006353, paleturquoise = 0.76436077921714, palevioletred = 0.28754994117889, papayawhip = 0.87797100199835, peachpuff = 0.74905589878251, peru = 0.30113074877936, pink = 0.63271070702466, plum = 0.45734221587969, powderblue = 0.68254586500605, purple = 0.061477070432439, rebeccapurple = 0.07492341159447, red = 0.2126, rosybrown = 0.32319457649407, royalblue = 0.16663210743188, saddlebrown = 0.097922285020521, salmon = 0.36977241527596, sandybrown = 0.46628543696283, seagreen = 0.19734199706275, seashell = 0.92737862206922, sienna = 0.13697631337098, silver = 0.52711512570581, skyblue = 0.55291668518184, slateblue = 0.14784278062136, slategray = 0.20896704076536, slategrey = 0.20896704076536, snow = 0.96533341834849, springgreen = 0.73052306068529, steelblue = 0.20562642207625, tan = 0.48237604163921, teal = 0.16996855778968, thistle = 0.56818401093733, tomato = 0.30638612719415, turquoise = 0.5895536427578, violet = 0.40315452986676, wheat = 0.74909702820482, white = 1, whitesmoke = 0.91309865179342, yellow = 0.9278, yellowgreen = 0.50762957208707, } 6ae47fdb24de4eed5ec26d203faf5341a388987b 10 478 1026 2019-02-25T22:06:47Z MusikAnimal 14 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Toolbar]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]; used in system message ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Toolbar|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> e19452fa0f47b8b25e4796ab98cc7b25dc6cb5f0 828 480 1030 2019-02-26T18:14:05Z MusikAnimal 14 Changed protection level for "[[Module:Toolbar]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{toolbar}}. local mArguments -- Lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} function p.main(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local toolbarItems = p.makeToolbarItems(args) if not toolbarItems then -- Return the blank string if no arguments were specified, rather than -- returning empty brackets. return '' elseif yesno(args.span) == false then return string.format( '(%s)', toolbarItems ) else return string.format( '<span class="plainlinks%s"%s>(%s)</span>', type(args.class) == 'string' and ' ' .. args.class or '', type(args.style) == 'string' and string.format(' style="%s"', args.style) or '', toolbarItems ) end end function p.makeToolbarItems(args) local nums = mTableTools.numKeys(args) local sep = (args.separator or 'pipe') .. '-separator' sep = mw.message.new(sep):plain() local ret = {} for i, v in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = mw.ustring.gsub(args[v], "%[%[::+(.-)%]%]", "[[:%1]]") end if #ret > 0 then return table.concat(ret, sep) else return nil end end return p 71dc48f8c98ab5b01d83bceb9d2d8f0ff4ce8b2e 10 53 120 2019-03-03T23:43:41Z Pppery 16 Adding protection template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ /* Styling for Template:Nobold */ .nobold { font-weight: normal; } 83e5f0adacf8c7984251f1fd9d11ed82ebaadf03 10 471 1012 2019-03-04T00:01:15Z Pppery 16 Adding protection template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .monospaced { /* "monospace, monospace" per [[WP:MONO]] */ font-family: monospace, monospace; } cadfc2ad2e42cde230abf3e74ad418f7c4c71ab4 10 100 222 2019-03-20T22:04:45Z wikipedia>RMCD bot 0 Removing notice of move discussion wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> dba3962144dacd289dbc34f50fbe0a7bf6d7f2f7 10 469 1008 2019-10-13T01:15:06Z wikipedia>Izno 0 implement ifsubst wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>ifsubst|1=|2=<templatestyles src="Mono/styles.css" />}}<span class="monospaced">{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}</span><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 800f06823c02b03f8b9cf1e245ad8c4829cfe931 10 30 1032 2019-11-08T05:01:19Z Wugapodes 45 noncaps wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Time ago|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> c4d4d92759a3f7eea8f93dd962df4c0abcea36fd 828 16 104 2020-04-01T06:12:40Z MusikAnimal 14 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 15 102 2020-04-01T06:27:55Z MusikAnimal 14 Undid revision 948472533 by [[Special:Contributions/w>Vogone|w>Vogone]] ([[User talk:w>Vogone|talk]]) Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 828 70 154 2020-04-01T06:31:54Z MusikAnimal 14 Undid revision 948472508 by [[Special:Contributions/w>IPad365|w>IPad365]] ([[User talk:w>IPad365|talk]]) Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p 66925f088d11530f2482f04181a3baaaa0ad3d0c 10 89 200 2020-04-03T00:08:09Z wikipedia>Evad37 0 Also match subpage names beginning with "sandbox", per [[Template_talk:Sandbox_other#Template-protected_edit_request_on_28_March_2020|edit request]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 91e4ae891d6b791615152c1fbc971414961ba872 10 92 206 2020-04-13T14:42:57Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 Primefac moved page [[Template:Tlf]] to [[Template:Template link with link off]]: full name to indicate what it does wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link with link off]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 52759e1d3f7c9aa4a03d0b7d4f84f4c6adf53edf 10 66 146 2020-06-04T02:43:13Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 TFD closed as keep ([[WP:XFDC|XFDcloser]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Sidebar|sidebar}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> ab2498000a99daf324f656b0badd187b4a3e2b42 10 117 261 2020-08-09T16:18:21Z wikipedia>Bsherr 0 adding comment wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:aligned table|table}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 5cb1e4aa4b2ef03c66dc6643cfbc807bba8ed995 10 86 186 2020-08-09T23:17:35Z wikipedia>Bsherr 0 /* top */as found, replacing [[Template:Tld]] with [[Template:Tlc]] or adding/updating category placement comments, plus general and typo fixes wikitext text/x-wiki <em {{#if:{{{role|}}}|role="{{{role}}}"}} {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class="{{{class}}}"}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style="{{{style}}}"}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title="{{{title}}}"}}>{{{1}}}</em><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> e2fac6fb507a0dd72c4e79d02403049c7d857c8d 828 41 81 2020-08-22T23:41:58Z Doug 10 10 revisions imported from [[:templatewiki:Module:Namespace_detect/config]]: [[Special:Diff/121001|Requested]]. Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 0e4ff08d13c4b664d66b32c232deb129b77c1a56 828 40 79 2020-08-22T23:41:59Z Doug 10 12 revisions imported from [[:templatewiki:Module:Namespace_detect/data]]: [[Special:Diff/121001|Requested]]. Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } d224f42a258bc308ef3ad8cc8686cd7a4f47d005 10 50 114 2020-08-28T03:15:17Z Xaosflux 17 add additional paramerters, "t", "f" - requested on talk - worked in sandbox /testcases wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 629c2937bc5cf7cfe13cd2a598582af832782399 10 60 961 2020-10-15T22:47:01Z Doug 10 1 revision imported: Importing [[w:Template:Help me|Template:Help me]], [[w:Template:Admin help|Template:Admin help]], and related templates from the English Wikipedia wikitext text/x-wiki <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>{{#if:{{{subst|}}} |[[Help:Substitution|subst]]:}}<!-- -->[[{{{lang|{{{LANG|}}}}}}{{{sister|{{{SISTER|}}}}}}{{ns:Template}}:{{{1|}}}|{{{1|}}}]]<!-- -->{{#if:{{{2|}}} |&#124;{{{2}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{3|}}} |&#124;{{{3}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{4|}}} |&#124;{{{4}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{5|}}} |&#124;{{{5}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{6|}}} |&#124;{{{6}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{7|}}} |&#124;{{{7}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{8|}}} |&#124;{{{8}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{9|}}} |&#124;{{{9}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{10|}}} |&#124;{{{10}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{11|}}} |&#124;{{{11}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{12|}}} |&#124;{{{12}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{13|}}} |&#124;{{{13}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{14|}}} |&#124;{{{14}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{15|}}} |&#124;{{{15}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{16|}}} |&#124;{{{16}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{17|}}} |&#124;{{{17}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{18|}}} |&#124;{{{18}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{19|}}} |&#124;{{{19}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{20|}}} |&#124;{{{20}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{21|}}} |&#124;''...''}}<!-- --><nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>{{#if: {{{LANG|}}} | {{Z181}} | {{#if: {{{SISTER|}}} | {{Z181}} }} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 111a24c08959adf503c520d62428ef5f76e1fe00 134 2020-11-20T18:53:35Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 Primefac moved page [[Template:Tlx]] to [[Template:Template link expanded]] over redirect: expand name, make it more obvious wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link expanded]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 1fec988ceb46cb324af228aac45d7cd25fcc9008 10 43 85 2020-10-15T22:47:02Z Doug 10 24 revisions imported: Importing [[w:Template:Help me|Template:Help me]], [[w:Template:Admin help|Template:Admin help]], and related templates from the English Wikipedia wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|tmbox}} ca72d6ed69e6936aa8ce4d18aa4c188fa644aec1 828 35 69 2020-10-15T22:47:03Z Doug 10 3 revisions imported: Importing [[w:Template:Help me|Template:Help me]], [[w:Template:Admin help|Template:Admin help]], and related templates from the English Wikipedia Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p b74dd63857b24904ac452429b11213f18647471f 828 37 73 2020-10-15T22:47:04Z Doug 10 3 revisions imported: Importing [[w:Template:Help me|Template:Help me]], [[w:Template:Admin help|Template:Admin help]], and related templates from the English Wikipedia Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'page', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [108] = true, -- book } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 373cd107b13a5b00e6a1b7e66a749f12502c849d 828 39 77 2020-10-15T22:47:04Z Doug 10 4 revisions imported: Importing [[w:Template:Help me|Template:Help me]], [[w:Template:Admin help|Template:Admin help]], and related templates from the English Wikipedia Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikipedia:Template index/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive', "^Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$", } 87469d7a9ef2a3c41b2bf04ae18f7c59a18fb855 828 36 71 2020-10-15T22:47:05Z Doug 10 3 revisions imported: Importing [[w:Template:Help me|Template:Help me]], [[w:Template:Admin help|Template:Admin help]], and related templates from the English Wikipedia Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data abbc68048ff698e88dda06b64ecf384bbf583120 828 38 75 2020-10-15T22:47:06Z Doug 10 3 revisions imported: Importing [[w:Template:Help me|Template:Help me]], [[w:Template:Admin help|Template:Admin help]], and related templates from the English Wikipedia Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p d2d5de1a031e6ce97c242cbfa8afe7a92cb9eca5 10 61 136 2020-11-21T12:04:41Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update wikitext text/x-wiki {{#Invoke:Template link general|main|code=on}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlx}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 6c99696fee02f1da368ed20d2504e19bc15b1c13 10 91 204 2020-11-21T12:06:17Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nowrap=yes|nolink=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlf}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> b099fea5d1f36b0b4b9cb253ad3a9f4e095f6851 10 121 269 2020-11-21T12:06:22Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nolink=yes|code=yes|nowrap=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlc}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 044f00ca1bfc10cb967c32e893043ccc6f739764 828 118 263 2021-01-13T21:53:43Z wikipedia>Plastikspork 0 Optional rowclass Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{aligned table}} local p = {} local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) ~= '' end function p.table(frame) local args = (frame.args[3] ~= nil) and frame.args or frame:getParent().args local entries = {} local colclass = {} local colstyle = {} local cols = tonumber(args['cols']) or 2 -- create the root table local root = mw.html.create('table') -- add table style for fullwidth if isnotempty(args['fullwidth']) then root :css('width', '100%') :css('border-collapse', 'collapse') :css('border-spacing', '0px 0px') :css('border', 'none') end -- add table classes if isnotempty(args['class']) then root:addClass(args['class']) end -- add table style if isnotempty(args['style']) then root:cssText(args['style']) end -- build arrays with the column styles and classes if isnotempty(args['leftright']) then colstyle[1] = 'text-align:left;' colstyle[2] = 'text-align:right;' end if isnotempty(args['rightleft']) then colstyle[1] = 'text-align:right;' colstyle[2] = 'text-align:left;' end for i = 1,cols do colclass[ i ] = colclass[ i ] or '' colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] or '' if isnotempty(args['colstyle']) then colstyle[ i ] = args['colstyle'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colalign' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['colalign' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['align' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['align' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colnowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'nowrap']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['nowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['colwidth']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style']) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style'] elseif isnotempty(args['style' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['style' .. tostring(i)] end if isnotempty(args['colclass' .. tostring(i)]) then colclass[ i ] = args['colclass' .. tostring(i)] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class']) then colclass[ i ] = args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class'] elseif isnotempty(args['class' .. tostring(i)]) then colclass[ i ] = args['class' .. tostring(i)] end end -- compute the maximum cell index local cellcount = 0 for k, v in pairs( args ) do if type( k ) == 'number' then cellcount = math.max(cellcount, k) end end -- compute the number of rows local rows = math.ceil(cellcount / cols) -- build the table content if isnotempty(args['title']) then local caption = root:tag('caption') caption:cssText(args['titlestyle']) caption:wikitext(args['title']) end if isnotempty(args['above']) then local row = root:tag('tr') local cell = row:tag('th') cell:attr('colspan', cols) cell:cssText(args['abovestyle']) cell:wikitext(args['above']) end for j=1,rows do -- start a new row local row = root:tag('tr') if isnotempty(args['rowstyle']) then row:cssText(args['rowstyle']) else row:css('vertical-align', 'top') end if isnotempty(args['rowclass']) then row:addClass(args['rowclass']) end -- loop over the cells in the row for i=1,cols do local cell if isnotempty(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'header']) then cell = row:tag('th'):attr('scope','col') elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'header']) then cell = row:tag('th'):attr('scope','row') else cell = row:tag('td') end if args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then cell:addClass(args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)]) else if args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)] then cell:addClass(args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)]) elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class'] then cell:addClass(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class']) elseif args['rowevenclass'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 0 then cell:addClass(args['rowevenclass']) elseif args['rowoddclass'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 1 then cell:addClass(args['rowoddclass']) end if colclass[i] ~= '' then cell:addClass(colclass[i]) end end if args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then cell:cssText(args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)]) else if args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)] then cell:cssText(args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)]) elseif args['rowevenstyle'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 0 then cell:cssText(args['rowevenstyle']) elseif args['rowoddstyle'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 1 then cell:cssText(args['rowoddstyle']) elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style'] then cell:cssText(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style']) end if isnotempty(colstyle[i]) then cell:cssText(colstyle[i]) end end cell:wikitext(mw.ustring.gsub(args[cols*(j - 1) + i] or '', '^(.-)%s*$', '%1') or '') end end -- return the root table return tostring(root) end return p be91fb962ffe123e655c15a0cffb64f72c3042cb 10 120 267 2021-01-23T16:04:55Z Elli 23 cats wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link code]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from template shortcut}} {{R from high-use template}} {{R from move}} }} 48ef4a029c0e27cccb1148a29fb8b7ccb211a4a2 828 481 1034 2021-02-02T18:35:13Z wikipedia>GreenC 0 add new feature "|numeric" to print number only Scribunto text/plain -- Implement [[Template:Time ago]] local numberSpell, yesno -- lazy load function numberSpell(arg) numberSpell = require('Module:NumberSpell')._main return numberSpell(arg) end function yesno(arg) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') return yesno(arg) end local p = {} -- Table to convert entered text values to numeric values. local timeText = { ['seconds'] = 1, ['minutes'] = 60, ['hours'] = 3600, ['days'] = 86400, ['weeks'] = 604800, ['months'] = 2629800, -- 365.25 * 24 * 60 * 60 / 12 ['years'] = 31557600 } -- Table containing tables of possible units to use in output. local timeUnits = { [1] = { 'second', 'seconds', "second's", "seconds'" }, [60] = { 'minute', 'minutes', "minutes'", "minutes'" }, [3600] = { 'hour', 'hours', "hour's", "hours'" }, [86400] = { 'day', 'days', "day's", "days'" }, [604800] = { 'week', 'weeks', "week's", "weeks'", unit = 'w' }, [2629800] = { 'month', 'months', "month's", "months'", unit = 'm' }, [31557600] = { 'year', 'years', "year's", "years'", unit = 'y' } } function p._main( args ) -- Initialize variables local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local auto_magnitude_num local min_magnitude_num local magnitude = args.magnitude local min_magnitude = args.min_magnitude local purge = args.purge -- Add a purge link if something (usually "yes") is entered into the purge parameter if purge then purge = ' <span class="plainlinks">([' .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl('action=purge') .. ' purge])</span>' else purge = '' end -- Check that the entered timestamp is valid. If it isn't, then give an error message. local success, inputTime = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'xnU', args[1] ) if not success then return '<strong class="error">Error: first parameter cannot be parsed as a date or time.</strong>' end -- Store the difference between the current time and the inputted time, as well as its absolute value. local timeDiff = lang:formatDate( 'xnU' ) - inputTime local absTimeDiff = math.abs( timeDiff ) if magnitude then auto_magnitude_num = 0 min_magnitude_num = timeText[magnitude] else -- Calculate the appropriate unit of time if it was not specified as an argument. local autoMagnitudeData = { { factor = 2, amn = 31557600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 2629800 }, { factor = 2, amn = 86400 }, { factor = 2, amn = 3600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 60 } } for _, t in ipairs( autoMagnitudeData ) do if absTimeDiff / t.amn >= t.factor then auto_magnitude_num = t.amn break end end auto_magnitude_num = auto_magnitude_num or 1 if min_magnitude then min_magnitude_num = timeText[min_magnitude] else min_magnitude_num = -1 end end if not min_magnitude_num then -- Default to seconds if an invalid magnitude is entered. min_magnitude_num = 1 end local result_num local magnitude_num = math.max( min_magnitude_num, auto_magnitude_num ) local unit = timeUnits[magnitude_num].unit if unit and absTimeDiff >= 864000 then local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date local input = lang:formatDate('Y-m-d H:i:s', args[1]) -- Date needs a clean date input = Date(input) if input then local id if input.hour == 0 and input.minute == 0 then id = 'currentdate' else id = 'currentdatetime' end result_num = (Date(id) - input):age(unit) end end result_num = result_num or math.floor ( absTimeDiff / magnitude_num ) local punctuation_key, suffix if timeDiff >= 0 then -- Past if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' else suffix = ' ' .. (args.ago or 'ago') end else -- Future if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end else suffix = ' time' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 3 else punctuation_key = 4 end end end local result_unit = timeUnits[ magnitude_num ][ punctuation_key ] -- Convert numerals to words if appropriate. local spell_out = args.spellout local spell_out_max = tonumber(args.spelloutmax) local result_num_text if spell_out and ( ( spell_out == 'auto' and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 9 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 9 ) ) or ( yesno( spell_out ) and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 100 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 100 ) ) ) then result_num_text = numberSpell( result_num ) else result_num_text = tostring( result_num ) end -- numeric or string local numeric_out = args.numeric local result = "" if numeric_out then result = tostring( result_num ) else result = result_num_text .. ' ' .. result_unit .. suffix -- Spaces for suffix have been added in earlier. end return result .. purge end function p.main( frame ) local args = require( 'Module:Arguments' ).getArgs( frame, { valueFunc = function( k, v ) if v then v = v:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) -- Trim whitespace. if k == 'ago' or v ~= '' then return v end end return nil end, wrappers = 'Template:Time ago' }) return p._main( args ) end return p d5309383cbe3d8c0b4e2f11cd02263496759343c 10 28 106 2021-02-12T22:03:00Z wikipedia>Anthony Appleyard 0 Anthony Appleyard moved page [[Template:Tl]] to [[Template:Template link]]: [[Special:Permalink/1006428669|Requested]] by Buidhe at [[WP:RM/TR]]: RM closed as move wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} d6593bb3b4a866249f55d0f34b047a71fe1f1529 10 83 180 2021-02-14T23:20:57Z wikipedia>Matt Fitzpatrick 0 whitelist parameter class wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Div col/styles.css"/><!-- --><div class="div-col {{#ifeq:{{{small|}}}|yes|div-col-small}} {{#ifeq:{{{rules|}}}|yes|div-col-rules}} {{{class|}}}" <!-- -->{{#if:{{{colwidth|}}}{{{gap|}}}{{{style|}}}|<!-- -->style="{{#if:{{{colwidth|}}}|column-width: {{{colwidth}}};}}{{#if:{{{gap|}}}|column-gap: {{{gap}}};}}{{#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}"<!-- -->}}><!-- -->{{#if:{{{content|}}}|{{{content}}}</div>}}<!-- Inventory how many pages use small=yes -->{{#ifeq:{{{small|}}}|yes|[[Category:Pages using div col with small parameter]]}}<!-- --></includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using div col with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Div col]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"; use colwidth= to specify column size |ignoreblank=y | class | colwidth | content | gap | rules | small | style }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 6e84133dd867d6c701e7b161878cf66665bb7eb7 10 494 1060 2021-02-16T17:54:32Z wikipedia>Nardog 0 TfM closed as convert wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Shortcut|main|template=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> bfb2889c4c0ec36294b7b667f5e03350d2df680e 828 491 1054 2021-02-16T18:43:45Z wikipedia>Nardog 0 Scribunto text/plain -- This module holds configuration data for [[Module:Shortcut]]. return { -- The heading at the top of the shortcut box. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['shortcut-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Shortcut|{{PLURAL:$1|Shortcut|Shortcuts}}]]', -- The heading when |redirect=yes is given. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['redirect-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Redirect|{{PLURAL:$1|Redirect|Redirects}}]]', -- The error message to display when a shortcut is invalid (is not a string, or -- is the blank string). It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the number of the shortcut in the argument list. (required) ['invalid-shortcut-error'] = 'shortcut #$1 was invalid (shortcuts must be ' .. 'strings of at least one character in length)', -- The error message to display when no shortcuts or other displayable content -- were specified. (required) ['no-content-error'] = 'Error: no shortcuts were specified and the ' .. mw.text.nowiki('|msg=') .. ' parameter was not set.', -- A category to add when the no-content-error message is displayed. (optional) ['no-content-error-category'] = 'Shortcut templates with missing parameters', } f9d1d94844d5953753eb19e30a3ce389eda3d319 10 453 975 2021-03-05T20:38:03Z MrJaroslavik 41 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} This template is often used on talk pages or project pages (e.g. Administrators noticeboard) to show clearly that a section of discussion has been resolved, so that each editor does not have to re-read the section. ==Usage== You may either use {{tl|done}} by itself for the default message or you may customize with optional parameters. {| class="wikitable" !Template !! Result |- |{{tlx|done}} || {{done}} |- |The first unnamed parameter a.k.a. {{para|1}} parameter:<br />{{tlx|done|Custom message}} || {{done|Custom message}} |- |{{tlx|done|1{{=}}<nowiki>[[Stewards' noticeboard|Custom message with link]]</nowiki>}} || {{done|1=[[Stewards' noticeboard|Custom message with link]]}} |- |The {{para|reason}} a.k.a. {{para|note}} or {{para|2}} parameter:<br />{{tlx|done|reason{{=}}Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} || {{done|reason=Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} |- |The {{para|reason}} (etc.) parameter paired with a custom message:<br />{{tlx|done|Custom message|reason{{=}}Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} || {{done|Custom message|reason=Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} |} ==See also== {{#lst:Template:Template list|resolution-templates}} 51f0b4957f3d0272e0f57359eb9b47d24935cea3 10 460 991 2021-03-16T18:00:16Z MrJaroslavik 41 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Icon tools.svg|20px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Working}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 0619210f08d5114b9a348b4f1045a0b6f4552012 10 486 1044 2021-05-09T01:48:27Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 fix [[MOS:SMALLFONT]] problem when transcluded in [[:Template:Under construction]]. See talk wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="plainlinks">{{#ifeq:{{{brief|}}}|yes|[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|diff=cur}} Last edited]|This {{pagetype|subjectspace=yes}} was [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|diff=cur}} last edited]}} by [[User:{{REVISIONUSER2}}|{{REVISIONUSER2}}]] {{Toolbar|[[User talk:{{REVISIONUSER2}}|talk]]|[[Special:Contributions/{{REVISIONUSER2}}|contribs]]}} {{time ago|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}}. ''([{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAMEE}}|action=purge}} Update{{#ifeq:{{{brief|}}}|yes||{{space}}timer}}])''</span><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 00cf4393a3e27727b3aebb031418bd12a0c51f0e 10 102 226 2021-06-11T18:13:44Z wikipedia>GKFX 0 Support wider range of (valid) input format wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}}|Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}}}<!-- -->]]&nbsp;({{PAGESINCATEGORY:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{{2|all}}}}})<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f93f1540b8c157703bd6d24ae35c35bef745981d 10 458 987 2021-06-19T22:06:01Z アンジェロ先輩 42 better wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Symbol confirmed.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|Agree}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 775ddedaccda0d477a1b3c82d422e3760c862609 10 110 247 2021-06-26T18:05:09Z wikipedia>Trialpears 0 Remove TfD notice as it wouldn't involve any changes to this template. wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Navbox|navbox}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> fe9b964401f895918ee4fe078678f1722a3c41ec 828 73 160 2021-07-12T19:22:27Z wikipedia>Izno 0 per my talk page sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .hatnote { font-style: italic; } /* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */ div.hatnote { /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } .hatnote i { font-style: normal; } /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes. * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .hatnote + link + .hatnote { margin-top: -0.5em; } 44680ffd6e888866df2cdfa0341af9c7b97da94c 10 30 58 2021-07-20T23:14:20Z Excelsis 11 Created page with "{{#invoke:TimeAgo|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:TimeAgo|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> d2cffab74ae19a4214c4828401118edd5e86ed0e 828 31 60 2021-07-20T23:17:06Z Excelsis 11 Created page with "-- Implement [[Template:Time ago]] local numberSpell, yesno -- lazy load function numberSpell(arg) numberSpell = require('Module:NumberSpell')._main return numberSpell(ar..." Scribunto text/plain -- Implement [[Template:Time ago]] local numberSpell, yesno -- lazy load function numberSpell(arg) numberSpell = require('Module:NumberSpell')._main return numberSpell(arg) end function yesno(arg) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') return yesno(arg) end local p = {} -- Table to convert entered text values to numeric values. local timeText = { ['seconds'] = 1, ['minutes'] = 60, ['hours'] = 3600, ['days'] = 86400, ['weeks'] = 604800, ['months'] = 2629800, -- 365.25 * 24 * 60 * 60 / 12 ['years'] = 31557600 } -- Table containing tables of possible units to use in output. local timeUnits = { [1] = { 'second', 'seconds', "second's", "seconds'" }, [60] = { 'minute', 'minutes', "minutes'", "minutes'" }, [3600] = { 'hour', 'hours', "hour's", "hours'" }, [86400] = { 'day', 'days', "day's", "days'" }, [604800] = { 'week', 'weeks', "week's", "weeks'", unit = 'w' }, [2629800] = { 'month', 'months', "month's", "months'", unit = 'm' }, [31557600] = { 'year', 'years', "year's", "years'", unit = 'y' } } function p._main( args ) -- Initialize variables local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local auto_magnitude_num local min_magnitude_num local magnitude = args.magnitude local min_magnitude = args.min_magnitude local purge = args.purge -- Add a purge link if something (usually "yes") is entered into the purge parameter if purge then purge = ' <span class="plainlinks">([' .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl('action=purge') .. ' purge])</span>' else purge = '' end -- Check that the entered timestamp is valid. If it isn't, then give an error message. local success, inputTime = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'xnU', args[1] ) if not success then return '<strong class="error">Error: first parameter cannot be parsed as a date or time.</strong>' end -- Store the difference between the current time and the inputted time, as well as its absolute value. local timeDiff = lang:formatDate( 'xnU' ) - inputTime local absTimeDiff = math.abs( timeDiff ) if magnitude then auto_magnitude_num = 0 min_magnitude_num = timeText[magnitude] else -- Calculate the appropriate unit of time if it was not specified as an argument. local autoMagnitudeData = { { factor = 2, amn = 31557600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 2629800 }, { factor = 2, amn = 86400 }, { factor = 2, amn = 3600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 60 } } for _, t in ipairs( autoMagnitudeData ) do if absTimeDiff / t.amn >= t.factor then auto_magnitude_num = t.amn break end end auto_magnitude_num = auto_magnitude_num or 1 if min_magnitude then min_magnitude_num = timeText[min_magnitude] else min_magnitude_num = -1 end end if not min_magnitude_num then -- Default to seconds if an invalid magnitude is entered. min_magnitude_num = 1 end local result_num local magnitude_num = math.max( min_magnitude_num, auto_magnitude_num ) local unit = timeUnits[magnitude_num].unit if unit and absTimeDiff >= 864000 then local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date local input = lang:formatDate('Y-m-d H:i:s', args[1]) -- Date needs a clean date input = Date(input) if input then local id if input.hour == 0 and input.minute == 0 then id = 'currentdate' else id = 'currentdatetime' end result_num = (Date(id) - input):age(unit) end end result_num = result_num or math.floor ( absTimeDiff / magnitude_num ) local punctuation_key, suffix if timeDiff >= 0 then -- Past if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' else suffix = ' ' .. (args.ago or 'ago') end else -- Future if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end else suffix = ' time' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 3 else punctuation_key = 4 end end end local result_unit = timeUnits[ magnitude_num ][ punctuation_key ] -- Convert numerals to words if appropriate. local spell_out = args.spellout local spell_out_max = tonumber(args.spelloutmax) local result_num_text if spell_out and ( ( spell_out == 'auto' and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 9 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 9 ) ) or ( yesno( spell_out ) and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 100 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 100 ) ) ) then result_num_text = numberSpell( result_num ) else result_num_text = tostring( result_num ) end local result = result_num_text .. ' ' .. result_unit .. suffix -- Spaces for suffix have been added in earlier. return result .. purge end function p.main( frame ) local args = require( 'Module:Arguments' ).getArgs( frame, { valueFunc = function( k, v ) if v then v = v:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) -- Trim whitespace. if k == 'ago' or v ~= '' then return v end end return nil end, wrappers = 'Template:Time ago' }) return p._main( args ) end return p 224132d7021a093565636584c40e59d2028f92c2 10 476 1022 2021-08-16T23:26:48Z MusikAnimal 14 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:REVISIONUSER2]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{encodefirst|{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{REVISIONUSER:{{{1|}}}}}|{{REVISIONUSER}}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> db5dd5ee5690d099e6800c573dbde646ba36df04 828 127 283 2021-09-10T07:46:37Z wikipedia>Johnuniq 0 restore p.getTargetFromText which is used by [[Module:RfD]] which is causing "Lua error in Module:RfD at line 87: attempt to call upvalue 'getTargetFromText' (a nil value)" Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides functions for getting the target of a redirect page. local p = {} -- Gets a mw.title object, using pcall to avoid generating script errors if we -- are over the expensive function count limit (among other possible causes). local function getTitle(...) local success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return titleObj else return nil end end -- Gets the name of a page that a redirect leads to, or nil if it isn't a -- redirect. function p.getTargetFromText(text) local target = string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)%]%]" ) or string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)|[^%[%]]-%]%]" ) return target and mw.uri.decode(target, 'PATH') end -- Gets the target of a redirect. If the page specified is not a redirect, -- returns nil. function p.getTarget(page, fulltext) -- Get the title object. Both page names and title objects are allowed -- as input. local titleObj if type(page) == 'string' or type(page) == 'number' then titleObj = getTitle(page) elseif type(page) == 'table' and type(page.getContent) == 'function' then titleObj = page else error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'getTarget'" .. " (string, number, or title object expected, got %s)", type(page) ), 2) end if not titleObj then return nil end local targetTitle = titleObj.redirectTarget if targetTitle then if fulltext then return targetTitle.fullText else return targetTitle.prefixedText end else return nil end end --[[ -- Given a single page name determines what page it redirects to and returns the -- target page name, or the passed page name when not a redirect. The passed -- page name can be given as plain text or as a page link. -- -- Returns page name as plain text, or when the bracket parameter is given, as a -- page link. Returns an error message when page does not exist or the redirect -- target cannot be determined for some reason. --]] function p.luaMain(rname, bracket, fulltext) if type(rname) ~= "string" or not rname:find("%S") then return nil end bracket = bracket and "[[%s]]" or "%s" rname = rname:match("%[%[(.+)%]%]") or rname local target = p.getTarget(rname, fulltext) local ret = target or rname ret = getTitle(ret) if ret then if fulltext then ret = ret.fullText else ret = ret.prefixedText end return bracket:format(ret) else return nil end end -- Provides access to the luaMain function from wikitext. function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p.luaMain(args[1], args.bracket, args.fulltext) or '' end -- Returns true if the specified page is a redirect, and false otherwise. function p.luaIsRedirect(page) local titleObj = getTitle(page) if not titleObj then return false end if titleObj.isRedirect then return true else return false end end -- Provides access to the luaIsRedirect function from wikitext, returning 'yes' -- if the specified page is a redirect, and the blank string otherwise. function p.isRedirect(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) if p.luaIsRedirect(args[1]) then return 'yes' else return '' end end return p a224c45940343d66f49a78b0a39b2045e2c45d20 828 128 285 2021-10-04T10:33:37Z wikipedia>MSGJ 0 requested by [[User:andrybak]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Submit an edit request]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The default display value for edit requests. ['default-display-value'] = 'Submit an edit request', -- The template that stores the edit request preload text ['preload-template'] = 'Template:Submit an edit request/preload', -- The section heading that is generated when a user clicks on an edit request -- link. $1 is the protection level text, e.g. "Semi-protected" or -- "Template-protected". $2 is the current date, in the format specified by the -- "preload-title-date-format" message. ['preload-title-text'] = '$1 edit request on $2', -- The date format for the automatically-generated section heading. The format -- must be valid input for the #time parser function. ['preload-title-date-format'] = 'j F Y', -- What do do with the generated section header if another header with the same section already exists -- $1 is the original section header. $2 is an automatically generated number, starting at 2 and increasing -- by one until a unique header is found. ['preload-title-dedup-suffix'] = '$1 ($2)', -- The names of pages (and their subpages) that make up the content of the main page for this wiki ['main-page-content'] = { ['Wikipedia:Today\'s featured article'] = true, ['Template:In the news'] = true, ['Template:Did you know'] = true, ['Wikipedia:Selected anniversaries'] = true, ['Template:POTD protected'] = true, ['Wikipedia:Today\'s featured list'] = true }, -- The page used to request changes to things on the Main Page. ['main-page-request-page'] = 'Wikipedia:Main Page/Errors', -- The page used to request edits to protected talk pages. ['protected-talk-page-request-page'] = 'Wikipedia:Requests for page protection/Edit', -- The names of the templates to be used as wrappers for the "link" and "button" -- functions. These are passed as arguments to the "wrappers" option of -- [[Module:Arguments]]. ['link-wrapper-template'] = 'Template:Submit an edit request/link', ['button-wrapper-template'] = 'Template:Submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection level config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- protectionLevels = { --[[ -- These settings are for the different protection levels which the module can -- output edit request links for. -- -- editintro: -- The template to use as the edit intro users see when they click on an edit -- request link. -- -- request-template: -- The name of the edit request template for that protection level. Do not -- include the "Template:" text. -- -- protectionlevel: -- The name of the protection level, used for formatting the automatically- -- generated section headings. --]] -- Semi-protection semi = { editintro = 'Template:Edit semi-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit semi-protected', levelText = 'Semi-protected', }, -- Extended-confirmed-protection extended = { editintro = 'Template:Edit extended-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit extended-protected', levelText = 'Extended-confirmed-protected', }, -- Template-protection template = { editintro = 'Template:Edit template-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit template-protected', levelText = 'Template-protected', }, -- Full protection full = { editintro = 'Template:Edit protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit fully-protected', levelText = 'Protected', }, -- Interface-protection interface = { editintro = 'Template:Edit interface-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit interface-protected', levelText = 'Interface-protected', }, } } 8988b1db9496d1e3d72a0fd5640d79cc85746365 10 477 1024 2021-10-04T18:26:06Z wikipedia>GKFX 0 Swap out nested string functions for [[Module:MultiReplace]], which is quicker. Maintains the behaviour of trimming the input string. wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:MultiReplace|main|1={{{1}}}|2=^:|3=&#58;|4=^;|5=&#59;|6=^*|7=&#42;|8=^#|9=&#35;}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 846862fe7b2457a42511317b794d2db53eab2445 10 493 1058 2021-10-23T16:34:19Z wikipedia>Nihiltres 0 Nihiltres moved page [[Template:Redirect-distinguish2]] to [[Template:Redirect-distinguish-text]]: Clearer name; see [[Wikipedia talk:Hatnote#Template renaming for clarity]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Redirect-distinguish-text]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 1f94fdaf52937b80158732d9ccead0091b7dad8e 828 104 230 2021-10-26T17:25:37Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Suppress categories]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 2510 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This is a simple module to strip categories from wikitext. It does -- not support nested links or magic words like __TOC__, etc. Even so, -- it should still handle most categories. local p = {} -- Detects if a category link is valid or not. If it is valid, -- the function returns the blank string. If not, the input -- is returned with no changes. local function processCategory( all, submatch ) local beforePipe = mw.ustring.match( submatch, '^(.-)[%s_]*|[%s_]*.-$' ) beforePipe = beforePipe or submatch if mw.ustring.match( beforePipe, '[%[%]<>{}%c\n]' ) then return all else return '' end end -- Preprocess the content if we aren't being called from #invoke, -- and pass it to gsub to remove valid category links. local function suppress( content, isPreprocessed ) if not isPreprocessed then content = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( content ) end content = mw.ustring.gsub( content, '(%[%[[%s_]*[cC][aA][tT][eE][gG][oO][rR][yY][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.-)[%s_]*%]%])', processCategory ) return content end -- Get the content to suppress categories from, and find -- whether the content has already been preprocessed. (If the -- module is called from #invoke, it has been preprocessed already.) function p.main( frame ) local content, isPreprocessed if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then content = frame:getParent().args[1] if frame.args[1] then content = frame.args[1] end isPreprocessed = true else content = frame isPreprocessed = false end return suppress( content, isPreprocessed ) end return p 0ec3903841c489357a879434c5dc23c11d182c78 10 482 1036 2021-11-07T22:34:09Z wikipedia>Nihiltres 0 Includeonly the template to avoid errors on the template pages wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Labelled list hatnote|labelledList|Main article|Main articles|Main page|Main pages}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 99ebf54e265aa9354bc4861d3b0da913f1441ede 10 13 24 2021-11-30T05:25:11Z Anpang 7 adding redirect to make link in Template:Under construction not a redlink wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Wait]] 4b98ee015f33dc76c0c7d8b158ec7e2a1e87d6db 10 51 116 2021-12-10T16:08:06Z Xaosflux 17 <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}} | main | other }} }} | main = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 86ad907ffeea3cc545159e00cd1f2d6433946450 828 113 253 2021-12-21T22:10:10Z wikipedia>Izno 0 remove qualifications on th - this will remove styling from "hand-crafted" navboxes, but there's no other elegant way to deal with it. see talk page sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .navbox { box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; width: 100%; clear: both; font-size: 88%; text-align: center; padding: 1px; margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */ } .navbox .navbox { margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */ } .navbox + .navbox, /* TODO: remove first line after transclusions have updated */ .navbox + .navbox-styles + .navbox { margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */ } .navbox-inner, .navbox-subgroup { width: 100%; } .navbox-group, .navbox-title, .navbox-abovebelow { padding: 0.25em 1em; line-height: 1.5em; text-align: center; } .navbox-group { white-space: nowrap; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox, .navbox-subgroup { background-color: #fdfdfd; } .navbox-list { line-height: 1.5em; border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-list-with-group { text-align: left; border-left-width: 2px; border-left-style: solid; } /* cell spacing for navbox cells */ /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */ /* TODO: figure out how to replace tr as structure; * with div structure it should be just a matter of first-child */ tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow, tr + tr > .navbox-group, tr + tr > .navbox-image, tr + tr > .navbox-list { border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-title { background-color: #ccf; /* Level 1 color */ } .navbox-abovebelow, .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title { background-color: #ddf; /* Level 2 color */ } .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow { background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */ } .navbox-even { background-color: #f7f7f7; } .navbox-odd { background-color: transparent; } /* TODO: figure out how to remove reliance on td as structure */ .navbox .hlist td dl, .navbox .hlist td ol, .navbox .hlist td ul, .navbox td.hlist dl, .navbox td.hlist ol, .navbox td.hlist ul { padding: 0.125em 0; } .navbox .navbar { display: block; font-size: 100%; } .navbox-title .navbar { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ margin-right: 0.5em; } e80b0d7a5770e6e105dab832deb6c37a5245ebc6 10 489 1050 2022-01-01T05:36:39Z Xaosflux 17 {{Rcat shell|{{R from template shortcut}}}} wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] {{Rcat shell|{{R from template shortcut}}}} 59847a20c2c64a767694d7612bfc5d1130c96b9a 10 470 1010 2022-01-02T08:48:20Z Dinoguy1000 44 fix "|=foo" bug wikitext text/x-wiki {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{demo|}}} |{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifeq:{{{demo}}} |no |{{{no|{{{2|}}}}}} |{{{yes|{{{1|}}}}}} }} |{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifeq:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>NAMESPACE}}|{{NAMESPACE}} |{{{no|{{{2|}}}}}} |{{{yes|{{{1|}}}}}} }}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 38e667b5df326086489bf557a5f7c4e43393af78 10 488 1048 2022-01-02T09:07:18Z Dinoguy1000 44 fix "|=foo" bug wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}} | <span class="plainlinks">[{{safesubst:<noinclude/>fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]</span> | {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 1760035b1bed54ee08b810208ed3551b812dfe13 828 77 168 2022-01-03T23:12:15Z wikipedia>Izno 0 navbar styles that were moved to parent templates sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .navbar { display: inline; font-size: 88%; font-weight: normal; } .navbar-collapse { float: left; text-align: left; } .navbar-boxtext { word-spacing: 0; } .navbar ul { display: inline-block; white-space: nowrap; line-height: inherit; } .navbar-brackets::before { margin-right: -0.125em; content: '[ '; } .navbar-brackets::after { margin-left: -0.125em; content: ' ]'; } .navbar li { word-spacing: -0.125em; } .navbar a > span, .navbar a > abbr { text-decoration: inherit; } .navbar-mini abbr { font-variant: small-caps; border-bottom: none; text-decoration: none; cursor: inherit; } .navbar-ct-full { font-size: 114%; margin: 0 7em; } .navbar-ct-mini { font-size: 114%; margin: 0 4em; } 9d4056f949b4f0b159e3d40dfb1a5f01e72f9571 10 454 979 2022-01-09T21:58:20Z Doug 10 Protected "[[Template:Partly done]]": Excessive vandalism: High use template. Proactively protecting at [[Meta:Autoconfirmed users|autoconfirmed]] now and move protecting at [[Meta:Administrators|sysop]] ([Edit=Allow only autoconfirmed users] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:Yellow_check.svg|18px|link=|alt=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Partly done}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 24a90b5a5c4c716b7ec12889fbd09a1da2ba1ca3 10 483 1038 2022-01-17T03:43:07Z wikipedia>Explicit 0 [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2022 January 10#Template:Smaller]] closed as merge ([[WP:XFDC#4.0.12|XFDcloser]]) wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="font-size:85%;">{{{1}}}</span><includeonly>{{SAFESUBST:#if:{{{1|}}}||[[Category:Pages using small with an empty input parameter]]}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!--Categories and interwikis go in the /doc sub-page.--> </noinclude> 76d3535c2917cc3bfb1b032506073faa15e1a480 10 18 34 2022-02-08T04:13:27Z meta>Unknown user 0 Imported from [[mw:|MediaWiki.org]] text text/plain /** @source http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Common.css | 2020-02-03 */ /** [[Module:Message box]] */ /* * WARNING * Some wikis use the styles located here in their local CSS with an import * directive. Do not remove classes from this page until those wikis have * transitioned to TemplateStyles. MediaWiki wiki uses TemplateStyles and does * not load this gadget; see Module:Message box for more details. */ /** NOTE: These do not include .messagebox styles, which are long-deprecated. */ /* For old WikiProject banners inside banner shells. */ .mbox-inside .standard-talk { border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; width: 100%; margin: 2px 0; padding: 2px; } /* Cell sizes for ambox/tmbox/imbox/cmbox/ombox/fmbox/dmbox message boxes */ th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* 0.9em left/right */ width: 100%; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ } td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-empty-cell { /* An empty narrow cell */ border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* Article message box styles */ table.ambox { margin: 0 10%; /* 10% = Will not overlap with other elements */ border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ambox + table.ambox { /* Single border between stacked boxes. */ margin-top: -1px; } .ambox th.mbox-text, .ambox td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ padding: 0.25em 0.5em; /* 0.5em left/right */ } .ambox td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.5em; /* 0.5em left, 0px right */ } .ambox td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.5em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.5em right */ } table.ambox-notice { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.ambox-speedy { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ambox-delete { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ambox-content { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ambox-style { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ambox-move { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ambox-protection { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Image message box styles */ table.imbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 3px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } .imbox .mbox-text .imbox { /* For imboxes inside imbox-text cells. */ margin: 0 -0.5em; /* 0.9 - 0.5 = 0.4em left/right. */ display: block; /* Fix for webkit to force 100% width. */ } .mbox-inside .imbox { /* For imboxes inside other templates. */ margin: 4px; } table.imbox-notice { border: 3px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.imbox-speedy { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.imbox-delete { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.imbox-content { border: 3px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.imbox-style { border: 3px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.imbox-move { border: 3px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.imbox-protection { border: 3px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } table.imbox-license { border: 3px solid #88a; /* Dark gray */ background-color: #f7f8ff; /* Light gray */ } table.imbox-featured { border: 3px solid #cba135; /* Brown-gold */ } /* Category message box styles */ table.cmbox { margin: 3px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #dfe8ff; /* Default "notice" blue */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.cmbox-notice { background-color: #d8e8ff; /* Blue */ } table.cmbox-speedy { margin-top: 4px; margin-bottom: 4px; border: 4px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.cmbox-delete { background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.cmbox-content { background-color: #ffe7ce; /* Orange */ } table.cmbox-style { background-color: #fff9db; /* Yellow */ } table.cmbox-move { background-color: #e4d8ff; /* Purple */ } table.cmbox-protection { background-color: #efefe1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Other pages message box styles */ table.ombox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ombox-notice { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray */ } table.ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Talk page message box styles */ table.tmbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */ background-color: #f8eaba; min-width: 80%; box-sizing: border-box; } .tmbox.mbox-small { min-width: 0; /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */ } .mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { /* For tmboxes inside other templates. The "mediawiki" class ensures that */ margin: 2px 0; /* this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */ width: 100%; /* For Safari and Opera */ } .mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /* "small" tmboxes should not be small when */ line-height: 1.5em; /* also "nested", so reset styles that are */ font-size: 100%; /* set in "mbox-small" above. */ } table.tmbox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.tmbox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.tmbox-content { border: 2px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.tmbox-style { border: 2px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.tmbox-move { border: 2px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.tmbox-protection, table.tmbox-notice { border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Gray-brown */ } /* Disambig and set index box styles */ table.dmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.9em 1em; border-top: 1px solid #ccc; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; background: transparent; } /* Footer and header message box styles */ table.fmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; width: 100%; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #f8f9fa; /* Default "system" gray */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.fmbox-system { background-color: #f8f9fa; } table.fmbox-warning { border: 1px solid #bb7070; /* Dark pink */ background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.fmbox-editnotice { background-color: transparent; } /* Div based "warning" style fmbox messages. */ div.mw-warning-with-logexcerpt, div.mw-lag-warn-high, div.mw-cascadeprotectedwarning, div#mw-protect-cascadeon, div.titleblacklist-warning, div.locked-warning { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; border: 1px solid #bb7070; background-color: #ffdbdb; padding: 0.25em 0.9em; box-sizing: border-box; } /* These mbox-small classes must be placed after all other ambox/tmbox/ombox etc classes. "html body.mediawiki" is so they override "table.ambox + table.ambox" above. */ html body.mediawiki .mbox-small { /* For the "small=yes" option. */ /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } html body.mediawiki .mbox-small-left { /* For the "small=left" option. */ /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 1em 4px 0; box-sizing: border-box; overflow: hidden; width: 238px; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } /* Style for compact ambox */ /* Hide the images */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-image, .compact-ambox table .mbox-imageright, .compact-ambox table .mbox-empty-cell { display: none; } /* Remove borders, backgrounds, padding, etc. */ .compact-ambox table.ambox { border: none; border-collapse: collapse; background-color: transparent; margin: 0 0 0 1.6em !important; padding: 0 !important; width: auto; display: block; } body.mediawiki .compact-ambox table.mbox-small-left { font-size: 100%; width: auto; margin: 0; } /* Style the text cell as a list item and remove its padding */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-text { padding: 0 !important; margin: 0 !important; } /* Allow for hiding text in compact form */ .compact-ambox .hide-when-compact { display: none; } 70a64e18a5edf35b8f5debf06fbf0ed6bfa91d31 10 17 32 2022-02-08T04:14:19Z meta>Unknown user 0 Fix wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Mbox/styles.css" /> {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 728fa77a17d75dc95885aca4d53afc6ba121c503 828 54 122 2022-02-21T05:24:13Z wikipedia>BusterD 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Check for unknown parameters]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]; requested at [[WP:RfPP]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p 93db6d115d4328d2a5148bb42959105e367b663e 828 68 150 2022-02-23T10:59:29Z Xaosflux 17 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Effective protection expiry]]": used in the mediawiki interface / match [[Module:Effective protection level]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 9a8c58dc2667232ed08a9b206a5d89ca8150312b 10 42 83 2022-03-06T17:29:13Z DarkMatterMan4500 8 wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="color:red;">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude>{{Documentation}}[[Category:Inline talk templates]]</noinclude> 776e0c4686c43abb83f7da74dfa1def9f58bea72 828 62 138 2022-03-08T08:30:51Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update from sandbox - fixes to _show_result and adding _expand Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Tlg local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end local function linkTitle(args) if _ne(args.nolink) then return args['1'] end local titleObj local titlePart = '[[' if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end titlePart = titlePart .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end titlePart = titlePart .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) -- Build the link part local titlePart = linkTitle(args) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p c7307fa3959d308a2dd7fd2f5009c1ce6db3d122 10 22 192 2022-03-29T02:14:34Z wikipedia>Bsherr 0 consistent with new substitution template format wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage --> </noinclude> 9e62b964e96c4e3d478edecbfcb3c0338ae8a276 10 32 62 2022-06-08T00:08:06Z DarkMatterMan4500 8 Created page with "{{#invoke:Purge|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude>" wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Purge|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> a8a1906d01b25a60bd788d4e50bba16f79148217 828 33 64 2022-06-08T00:08:56Z DarkMatterMan4500 8 Crediting Wikipedia for this module. Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements [[Template:Purge]]. local p = {} local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return string.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end function p._main(args) -- Make the URL local url do local title if args.page then title = mw.title.new(args.page) if not title then error(string.format( "'%s' is not a valid page name", args.page ), 2) end else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end if args.anchor then title.fragment = args.anchor end url = title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'} end -- Make the display local display if args.page then display = args[1] or 'Purge' else display = mw.html.create('span') display :attr('title', 'Purge this page') :wikitext(args[1] or 'Purge') display = tostring(display) end -- Output the HTML local root = mw.html.create('span') root :addClass('noprint') :addClass('plainlinks') :addClass('purgelink') :wikitext(makeUrlLink(url, display)) return tostring(root) end function p.main(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args return p._main(args) end return p 4466d1c169a894fb83179e682eb490a3f04b6d75 828 484 1040 2022-06-08T23:33:35Z wikipedia>Nihiltres 0 Fixed iteration-and-removal bug Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Labelled list -- -- -- -- This module does the core work of creating a hatnote composed of a list -- -- prefixed by a colon-terminated label, i.e. "LABEL: [andList of pages]", -- -- for {{see also}} and similar templates. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list') local mArguments --initialize lazily local yesno --initialize lazily local p = {} -- Defaults global to this module local defaults = { label = 'See also', --Final fallback for label argument labelForm = '%s: %s', prefixes = {'label', 'label ', 'l'}, template = 'Module:Labelled list hatnote' } -- Localizable message strings local msg = { errorSuffix = '#Errors', noInputWarning = 'no page names specified', noOutputWarning = "'''[[%s]] — no output: none of the target pages exist.'''" } -- Helper function that pre-combines display parameters into page arguments. -- Also compresses sparse arrays, as a desirable side-effect. function p.preprocessDisplays (args, prefixes) -- Prefixes specify which parameters, in order, to check for display options -- They each have numbers auto-appended, e.g. 'label1', 'label 1', & 'l1' prefixes = prefixes or defaults.prefixes local indices = {} local sparsePages = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then indices[#indices + 1] = k local display for i = 1, #prefixes do display = args[prefixes[i] .. k] if display then break end end sparsePages[k] = display and string.format('%s|%s', string.gsub(v, '|.*$', ''), display) or v end end table.sort(indices) local pages = {} for k, v in ipairs(indices) do pages[#pages + 1] = sparsePages[v] end return pages end --Helper function to get a page target from a processed page string --e.g. "Page|Label" → "Page" or "Target" → "Target" local function getTarget(pagename) local pipe = string.find(pagename, '|') return string.sub(pagename, 0, pipe and pipe - 1 or nil) end -- Produces a labelled pages-list hatnote. -- The main frame (template definition) takes 1 or 2 arguments, for a singular -- and (optionally) plural label respectively: -- * {{#invoke:Labelled list hatnote|labelledList|Singular label|Plural label}} -- The resulting template takes pagename & label parameters normally. function p.labelledList (frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local labels = {frame.args[1] or defaults.label} labels[2] = frame.args[2] or labels[1] labels[3] = frame.args[3] --no defaulting labels[4] = frame.args[4] --no defaulting local template = frame:getParent():getTitle() local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) local pages = p.preprocessDisplays(args) local options = { category = yesno(args.category), extraclasses = frame.args.extraclasses, ifexists = yesno(frame.args.ifexists), namespace = frame.args.namespace or args.namespace, selfref = yesno(frame.args.selfref or args.selfref), template = template } return p._labelledList(pages, labels, options) end function p._labelledList (pages, labels, options) if options.ifexists then for k = #pages, 1, -1 do --iterate backwards to allow smooth removals local v = pages[k] local title = mw.title.new(getTarget(v), namespace) if (v == '') or title == nil or not title.exists then table.remove(pages, k) end end end labels = labels or {} label = (#pages == 1 and labels[1] or labels[2]) or defaults.label for k, v in pairs(pages) do if mHatnote.findNamespaceId(v) ~= 0 then label = ( #pages == 1 and (labels[3] or labels[1] or defaults.label) or (labels[4] or labels[2] or defaults.label) ) or defaults.label end end if #pages == 0 then if options.ifexists then mw.addWarning( string.format( msg.noOutputWarning, options.template or defaults.template ) ) return '' else return mHatnote.makeWikitextError( msg.noInputWarning, (options.template or defaults.template) .. msg.errorSuffix, options.category ) end end local text = string.format( options.labelForm or defaults.labelForm, label, mHatlist.andList(pages, true) ) local hnOptions = { extraclasses = options.extraclasses, selfref = options.selfref } return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions) end return p b7a8ba27cf6195e6427701b94e8d2acad3c40a21 10 88 190 2022-07-22T08:06:17Z wikipedia>TheDJ 0 breakup super long words, so we do not overflow the viewport. wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> 06006deea2ed5d552aab61b4332321ab749ae7e8 10 129 287 2022-08-20T15:58:28Z Pppery 16 Not an improvement - there's already a well-established edit request process starting with clicking "view source" and we don't need a duplicative process for the specific set of templates that are used in system messages wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1=|2={{{2|}}}|system={{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|in system messages}}<noinclude>|nocat=true</noinclude>}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 0abe278369db6cbbe319e7452d7644e27e11c532 828 72 158 2022-09-05T18:18:32Z wikipedia>Nihiltres 0 Reordered helper functions (first by export status, then alphabetically) and migrated p.quote upstream from [[Module:Redirect hatnote]] (includes contributions by Tamzin and Nihiltres) Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes -- -- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end function p.defaultClasses(inline) -- Provides the default hatnote classes as a space-separated string; useful -- for hatnote-manipulation modules like [[Module:Hatnote group]]. return (inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') .. ' ' .. 'navigation-not-searchable' end function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator) -- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical, -- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)". checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string') checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true) disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation' return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator) end function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon) -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false. checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string') checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true) if removeColon ~= false then link = removeInitialColon(link) end local namespace = link:match('^(.-):') if namespace then local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace] if nsTable then return nsTable.id end end return 0 end function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title) -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category -- is added. checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string') checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Make the help link text. local helpText if helpLink then helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])' else helpText = '' end -- Make the category text. local category if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out then category = 'Hatnote templates with errors' category = mw.ustring.format( '[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, category ) else category = '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s', msg, helpText, category ) end local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace p.missingTargetCat = --Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules ((curNs == 0) or (curNs == 14)) and 'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil function p.quote(title) --Wraps titles in quotation marks. If the title starts/ends with a quotation --mark, kerns that side as with {{-'}} local quotationMarks = { ["'"]=true, ['"']=true, ['“']=true, ["‘"]=true, ['”']=true, ["’"]=true } local quoteLeft, quoteRight = -- Test if start/end are quotation marks quotationMarks[string.sub(title, 1, 1)], quotationMarks[string.sub(title, -1, -1)] if quoteLeft or quoteRight then title = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(title) end if quoteLeft then title:css("padding-left", "0.15em") end if quoteRight then title:css("padding-right", "0.15em") end return '"' .. tostring(title) .. '"' end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Hatnote -- -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.hatnote(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local s = args[1] if not s then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no text specified', 'Template:Hatnote#Errors', args.category ) end return p._hatnote(s, { extraclasses = args.extraclasses, selfref = args.selfref }) end function p._hatnote(s, options) checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string') checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} local inline = options.inline local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div') local extraclasses if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then extraclasses = options.extraclasses end hatnote :attr('role', 'note') :addClass(p.defaultClasses(inline)) :addClass(extraclasses) :addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil) :wikitext(s) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' } } .. tostring(hatnote) end return p 3ae1ed7094c5005ca0896395ec9a587287a0bef1 828 71 156 2022-10-04T13:37:11Z Pppery 16 Avoid Lua erroring when we run out of expensive parser function calls Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Format link -- -- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped -- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed -- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in -- the {{format link}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local mError -- lazily initialise [[Module:Error]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end local function maybeItalicize(s, shouldItalicize) -- Italicize s if s is a string and the shouldItalicize parameter is true. if s and shouldItalicize then return '<i>' .. s .. '</i>' else return s end end local function parseLink(link) -- Parse a link and return a table with the link's components. -- These components are: -- - link: the link, stripped of any initial colon (always present) -- - page: the page name (always present) -- - section: the page name (may be nil) -- - display: the display text, if manually entered after a pipe (may be nil) link = removeInitialColon(link) -- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic -- word. local prePipe, display = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$') link = prePipe or link -- Find the page, if it exists. -- For links like [[#Bar]], the page will be nil. local preHash, postHash = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$') local page if not preHash then -- We have a link like [[Foo]]. page = link elseif preHash ~= '' then -- We have a link like [[Foo#Bar]]. page = preHash end -- Find the section, if it exists. local section if postHash and postHash ~= '' then section = postHash end return { link = link, page = page, section = section, display = display, } end local function formatDisplay(parsed, options) -- Formats a display string based on a parsed link table (matching the -- output of parseLink) and an options table (matching the input options for -- _formatLink). local page = maybeItalicize(parsed.page, options.italicizePage) local section = maybeItalicize(parsed.section, options.italicizeSection) if (not section) then return page elseif (not page) then return mw.ustring.format('§&nbsp;%s', section) else return mw.ustring.format('%s §&nbsp;%s', page, section) end end local function missingArgError(target) mError = require('Module:Error') return mError.error{message = 'Error: no link or target specified! ([[' .. target .. '#Errors|help]])' } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatLink(frame) -- The formatLink export function, for use in templates. yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local args = getArgs(frame) local link = args[1] or args.link local target = args[3] or args.target if not (link or target) then return missingArgError('Template:Format link') end return p._formatLink{ link = link, display = args[2] or args.display, target = target, italicizePage = yesno(args.italicizepage), italicizeSection = yesno(args.italicizesection), categorizeMissing = args.categorizemissing } end function p._formatLink(options) -- The formatLink export function, for use in modules. checkType('_formatLink', 1, options, 'table') local function check(key, expectedType) --for brevity checkTypeForNamedArg( '_formatLink', key, options[key], expectedType or 'string', true ) end check('link') check('display') check('target') check('italicizePage', 'boolean') check('italicizeSection', 'boolean') check('categorizeMissing') -- Normalize link and target and check that at least one is present if options.link == '' then options.link = nil end if options.target == '' then options.target = nil end if not (options.link or options.target) then return missingArgError('Module:Format link') end local parsed = parseLink(options.link) local display = options.display or parsed.display local catMissing = options.categorizeMissing local category = '' -- Find the display text if not display then display = formatDisplay(parsed, options) end -- Handle the target option if present if options.target then local parsedTarget = parseLink(options.target) parsed.link = parsedTarget.link parsed.page = parsedTarget.page end -- Test if page exists if a diagnostic category is specified if catMissing and (mw.ustring.len(catMissing) > 0) then local title = nil if parsed.page then title = mw.title.new(parsed.page) end if title and (not title.isExternal) then local success, exists = pcall(function() return title.exists end) if success and not exists then category = mw.ustring.format('[[Category:%s]]', catMissing) end end end -- Format the result as a link if parsed.link == display then return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s]]%s', parsed.link, category) else return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s|%s]]%s', parsed.link, display, category) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Derived convenience functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatPages(options, pages) -- Formats an array of pages using formatLink and the given options table, -- and returns it as an array. Nil values are not allowed. local ret = {} for i, page in ipairs(pages) do ret[i] = p._formatLink{ link = page, categorizeMissing = options.categorizeMissing, italicizePage = options.italicizePage, italicizeSection = options.italicizeSection } end return ret end return p 1253bdd2683ee4badc33856bfd5499b09a7dca1f 828 78 170 2022-10-21T08:07:11Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 use require('strict') instead of require('Module:No globals') Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 894f0884d4c2da1ce19d385b96f59af654b0946a 828 15 28 2022-10-28T05:41:15Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:Yesno]]: Required for local usage Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 828 16 30 2022-10-28T05:41:15Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:Arguments]]: Required for local usage Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 69 969 2022-10-28T05:41:25Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:Effective_protection_level]]: Required for local usage Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 70256a489edf6be9808031b14a7e3ef3e025da97 828 20 38 2022-10-28T05:42:58Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:No_globals]]: Required for local usage Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then -- perf optimization here and below: do not load Module:TNT unless there is an error error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/No globals', 'err-read', tostring(k)), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/No globals', 'err-write', tostring(k)), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) efcb47c74e7e2bb9a4ad8764d99a0afce8fed410 828 447 947 2022-10-28T05:42:59Z meta>Unknown user 0 6 revisions imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:Template_translation]]: Required for local usage Scribunto text/plain local this = {} function this.checkLanguage(subpage, default) --[[Check first if there's an any invalid character that would cause the mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag function() to throw an exception: - all ASCII controls in [\000-\031\127], - double quote ("), sharp sign (#), ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), - slash (/), colon (:), semicolon (;), lower than (<), greater than (>), - brackets and braces ([, ], {, }), pipe (|), backslash (\\) All other characters are accepted, including space and all non-ASCII characters (including \192, which is invalid in UTF-8). --]] if mw.language.isValidCode(subpage) and mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(subpage) --[[However "SupportedLanguages" are too restrictive, as they discard many valid BCP47 script variants (only because MediaWiki still does not define automatic transliterators for them, e.g. "en-dsrt" or "fr-brai" for French transliteration in Braille), and country variants, (useful in localized data, even if they are no longer used for translations, such as zh-cn, also useful for legacy codes). We want to avoid matching subpagenames containing any uppercase letter, (even if they are considered valid in BCP 47, in which they are case-insensitive; they are not "SupportedLanguages" for MediaWiki, so they are not "KnownLanguageTags" for MediaWiki). To be more restrictive, we exclude tags * for specific uses in template subpages and unusable as language tags; * that is not ASCII and not a lowercase letter, minus-hyphen, or digit, or does not start by a letter or does not finish by a letter or digit; * or that has subtags with more than 8 characters between hyphens; * or that has two hyphens. --]] or subpage ~= "doc" and subpage ~= "layout" and subpage ~= "button" and subpage ~= "buttons" and subpage ~= "sandbox" and subpage ~= "testcase" and subpage ~= "testcases" and string.find(subpage, "^[%l][%-%d%l]*[%d%l]$") ~= nil and string.find(subpage, "[%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l]") == nil and string.find(subpage, "%-%-") == nil then return subpage end -- Otherwise there's currently no known language subpage return default end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from templates. ]] function this.getLanguageSubpage(frame) local title = frame and frame.args[1] if not title or title == '' then title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return this._getLanguageSubpage(title) end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from Lua. ]] function this._getLanguageSubpage(title) if type(title) == 'string' then title = mw.title.new(title) end if not title then -- invalid title return nil end --[[This code does not work in all namespaces where the Translate tool works. -- It works in the main namespace on Meta because it allows subpages there -- It would not work in the main namespace of English Wikipedia (but the -- articles are monolignual on that wiki). -- On Meta-Wiki the main space uses subpages and its pages are translated. -- The Translate tool allows translatng pages in all namespaces, even if -- the namespace officially does not have subpages. -- On Meta-Wiki the Category namespace still does not have subpages enabled, -- even if they would be very useful for categorizing templates, that DO have -- subpages (for documentatio and tstboxes pages). This is a misconfiguration -- bug of Meta-Wiki. The work-around is to split the full title and then -- get the last titlepart. local subpage = title.subpageText --]] local titleparts = mw.text.split(title.fullText, '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, '') end --[[Get the last subpage of the current page if it is a translation. ]] function this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() return this._getLanguageSubpage(mw.title.getCurrentTitle()) end --[[Get the first part of the language code of the subpage, before the '-'. --]] function this.getMainLanguageSubpage() parts = mw.text.split(this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage(), '-') return parts[1] end --[[Get the last subpage of the current frame if it is a translation. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguageSubpage(frame) return this._getLanguageSubpage(frame:getParent():getTitle()) end --[[Get the language of the current page. Not used locally. --]] function this.getLanguage() local subpage = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end --[[Get the language of the current frame. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguage(frame) local titleparts = mw.text.split(frame:getParent():getTitle(), '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end function this.title(namespace, basepagename, subpage) local message, title local pagename = basepagename if (subpage or '') ~= '' then pagename = pagename .. '/' .. subpage end local valid, title = xpcall(function() return mw.title.new(pagename, namespace) -- costly end, function(msg) -- catch undocumented exception (!?) -- thrown when namespace does not exist. The doc still -- says it should return a title, even in that case... message = msg end) if valid and title ~= nil and (title.id or 0) ~= 0 then return title end return { -- "pseudo" mw.title object with id = nil in case of error prefixedText = pagename, -- the only property we need below message = message -- only for debugging } end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function returns a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is returned in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNTN. This version does not expand the returned template name: this solves the problem of self-recursion in TNT when translatable templates need themselves to transclude other translable templates (such as Tnavbar). --]] function this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, withStatus) local args = frame.args local pagename = args['template'] --[[Check whether the pagename is actually in the Template namespace, or if we're transcluding a main-namespace page. (added for backward compatibility of Template:TNT) ]] local namespace, title = args['tntns'] or '' if namespace ~= '' then -- Checks for tntns parameter for custom ns. title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly else -- Supposes that set page is in ns10. namespace = 'Template' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly if title.id == nil then -- not found in the Template namespace, assume the main namespace (for backward compatibility) namespace = '' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly end end -- Get the last subpage and check if it matches a known language code. local subpage = args['uselang'] or '' if subpage == '' then subpage = this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() end if subpage == '' then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end else -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in that language local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, subpage) -- Costly if newtitle.id == nil then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly end -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end end -- At this point the title should exist if withStatus then -- status returned to Lua function below return title.prefixedText, title.id ~= nil else -- returned directly to MediaWiki return title.prefixedText end end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function renders a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is rendered in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNT. Note that translatable templates cannot transclude themselves other translatable templates, as it will recurse on TNT. Use TNTN instead to return only the effective template name to expand externally, with template parameters also provided externally. --]] function this.renderTranslatedTemplate(frame) local title, found = this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, true) -- At this point the title should exist prior to performing the expansion -- of the template, otherwise render a red link to the missing page -- (resolved in its assumed namespace). If we don't tet this here, a -- script error would be thrown. Returning a red link is consistant with -- MediaWiki behavior when attempting to transclude inexistant templates. if not found then return '[[' .. title .. ']]' end -- Copy args pseudo-table to a proper table so we can feed it to expandTemplate. -- Then render the pagename. local args = frame.args local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} if (args['noshift'] or '') == '' then for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end else -- special case where TNT is used as autotranslate -- (don't shift again what is shifted in the invokation) for k, v in pairs(pargs) do arguments[k] = v end end arguments['template'] = title -- override the existing parameter of the base template name supplied with the full name of the actual template expanded arguments['tntns'] = nil -- discard the specified namespace override arguments['uselang'] = args['uselang'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame arguments['noshift'] = args['noshift'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame return frame:expandTemplate{title = ':' .. title, args = arguments} end --[[A helper for mocking TNT in Special:TemplateSandbox. TNT breaks TemplateSandbox; mocking it with this method means templates won't be localized but at least TemplateSandbox substitutions will work properly. Won't work with complex uses. --]] function this.mockTNT(frame) local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end if not pargs[1] then return '' end return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'Template:' .. pargs[1], args = arguments} end return this 5d6ccce18a15ce0078fd1918b6afeb5b443f37ee 828 26 50 2022-10-28T05:43:07Z meta>Unknown user 0 2 revisions imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:Documentation/i18n]]: Required for local usage Scribunto text/plain local format = require('Module:TNT').format local i18n = {} i18n['cfg-error-msg-type'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type') i18n['cfg-error-msg-empty'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty') -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. i18n['template-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'template-namespace-heading') -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. i18n['module-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'module-namespace-heading') -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. i18n['file-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'file-namespace-heading') -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'other-namespaces-heading') -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. i18n['view-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'view-link-display') -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. i18n['edit-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'edit-link-display') -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. i18n['history-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'history-link-display') -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. i18n['purge-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'purge-link-display') -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. i18n['create-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'create-link-display') return i18n 9a9f234b177a424f1fc465eb25c484eff54905c0 828 27 52 2022-10-28T05:43:10Z meta>Unknown user 0 31 revisions imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:Documentation/styles.css]]: Required for local usage text text/plain /* {{PP-template}} */ .ts-doc-sandbox .mbox-image { padding:.75em 0 .75em .75em; } .ts-doc-doc { clear: both; background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-top: 1em; padding: 5px; } .ts-doc-header { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks { display: inline-block; line-height: 24px; margin-left: 1em; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external { color: #0645ad; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:visited { color: #0b0080; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:active { color: #faa700; } .ts-doc-content:after { content: ''; clear: both; display: block; } .ts-doc-heading { display: inline-block; padding-left: 55px; background: center left/50px no-repeat; background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg/50px-Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg.png); background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg); font-size: 1.5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:first-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:first-child { margin-top: .5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:last-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:last-child { margin-bottom: .5em; } .ts-doc-footer { background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: .25em 1em; margin-top: .2em; font-style: italic; } .ts-doc-footer small { font-style: normal; } .ts-doc-sandbox { clear: both; } c37b0ddfd0b1c128c187ca56721d1c4e481b05ff 10 451 959 2022-10-28T05:43:20Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:metawikimedia:Template:IsDocSubpage]]: Required for local usage wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><includeonly>{{#ifexpr: ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} or ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|-1|-2}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} and {{#if:{{#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}}|1|0}} ) )<!-- -->|{{{true|1}}}<!-- -->|{{{false|}}}<!-- -->}}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis in Wikidata, not here! --> e60f69b26953d441bf5b76229c9222f16c042ae6 10 109 955 243 2022-10-28T05:43:21Z meta>Unknown user 0 6 revisions imported from [[:metawikimedia:Template:PP-template]]: Required for local usage wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90 828 70 967 154 2022-10-28T05:43:24Z meta>Unknown user 0 5 revisions imported from [[:metawikimedia:Module:File_link]]: Required for local usage Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. It implements {{file link}}. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p d0d68113232f134b003abb746a12a8f17c4e2168 828 21 40 2022-11-09T19:50:51Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Message_box/configuration]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } b6f0151037e6867b577c8cca32ff297e48697a10 828 68 971 150 2022-11-09T19:51:10Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Effective_protection_expiry]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 9a8c58dc2667232ed08a9b206a5d89ca8150312b 828 78 965 170 2022-11-09T19:51:17Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Protection_banner]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('Module:No globals') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p b24b049f70572e29b1a408a5a11045d65118e43c 828 79 973 2022-11-09T19:51:17Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Protection_banner/config]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 1', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review', image = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg' }, default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes level 2', tooltip = 'All edits by users who are not reviewers or administrators are' .. ' subject to review', image = 'Padlock-orange.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[w:Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living people', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Special:MyLanguage/Legal#DMCA|Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' under extended confirmed editing restrictions', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Special:MyLanguage/Main Page|Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Neutral point of view|Neutral Point of View]] and [[w:en:WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Padlock-black.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Blocked user|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Banned user|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[w:en:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[w:en:Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Meta:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Meta:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Padlock-olive.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Special:MyLanguage/Newly' .. ' registered user|new]] or [[Special:MyLanguage/Unregistered' .. ' user|unregistered]] users is currently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} as a result of' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] enforcement or meets the' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|criteria for community use]]', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Special:MyLanguage/Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Newly registered users|new]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Flagged Revisions|subject to review]]', default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by users who are not' .. ' [[w:en:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewers]] or' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrators]] are currently' .. ' [[Flagged Revisions|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all IP editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, given that semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for unconversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Meta:Babel]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Meta:Babel]]. You can also' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { reviewer = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} will not be visible to readers' .. ' until they are accepted by a reviewer or an administrator.' .. ' To avoid the need for your edits to be reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]]. Experienced editors may also' .. ' request the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Reviewing|reviewer user right]].', default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Template:Edit Protected|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Meta:Requests for help from a sysop or bureaucrat|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Padlock.svg', templateeditor = 'Padlock-pink.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Padlock-blue.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver.svg' }, move = { default = 'Padlock-olive.svg', }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'Padlock-silver-light.svg', default = 'Padlock-orange.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Padlock-purple.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { autoconfirmed = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc1', reviewer = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#pc2' }, upload = { default = 'w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Protected', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Office-protected', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'fully-protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'pages under 30-500 editing restriction', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'fully-protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'indefinitely semi-protected', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'template-protected templates', ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'fully-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'fully-protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'indefinitely move-protected', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected portals', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'pending changes protected pages (level 1)', ['all|all|all|reviewer|autoreview'] = 'pending changes protected pages (level 2)', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-30-500'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc2'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:PP-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[w:en:Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Special:MyLanguage/Meta:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Special:MyLanguage/Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Padlock.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } 5ef892d18bd115744f46035ef3ea005c31476a47 10 88 977 190 2022-11-09T19:51:19Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Para]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> 06006deea2ed5d552aab61b4332321ab749ae7e8 828 23 44 2022-11-09T19:51:21Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Documentation]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local i18n = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/i18n') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type', cfgKey, expectType, type(msg)), 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty', '$' .. match, cfgKey), 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small>(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load TemplateStyles ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = function(frame) local parent = frame.getParent(frame) local output = p._main(parent.args) return frame:extensionTag{ name='templatestyles', args = { src= message('templatestyles-scr') } } .. output end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-class')) :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed. local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) else local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text omargs.class = message('sandbox-class') return messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local title = env.title local protectionLevels local protectionTemplate = message('protection-template') local namespace = title.namespace if not (protectionTemplate and (namespace == 10 or namespace == 828)) then -- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces. return nil end protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editLevels = protectionLevels.edit local moveLevels = protectionLevels.move if moveLevels and moveLevels[1] == 'sysop' or editLevels and editLevels[1] then -- The page is full-move protected, or full, template, or semi-protected. local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() return frame:expandTemplate{title = protectionTemplate, args = message('protection-template-args', nil, 'table')} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = i18n['view-link-display'] data.editLinkDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] data.historyLinkDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] data.purgeLinkDisplay = i18n['purge-link-display'] -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. return s :gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. :gsub('%]', '&#93;') end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = i18n['template-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = i18n['module-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = i18n['file-namespace-heading'] else data.heading = i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :addClass(message('header-div-class')) :tag('div') :addClass(message('heading-div-class')) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox :tag('div') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. local cbox = mw.html.create('div') cbox :addClass(message('content-div-class')) :wikitext('\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n') return tostring(cbox) end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the footer text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local ebox = mw.html.create('div') ebox :addClass(message('footer-div-class')) :wikitext(text) return tostring(ebox) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[w:Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[w:Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle or args.content then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p a029650bff998bd1a25784b49e99f984f068d85d 194 44 2024-01-07T08:09:04Z DannyS712 18 remove unneeded return variables (if this breaks anything feel free to revert without discussing with me first) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' -- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes' -- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype, sandboxCat if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. viewLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. editLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. historyLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. createLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return '' end return p d6c1bffca24be2d81fa882315ac613f5bb6b227c 828 24 46 2022-11-09T19:51:21Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Documentation/config]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _format = require('Module:TNT').format local function format(id) return _format('I18n/Documentation', id) end local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. cfg['templatestyles-scr'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-template'] -- The name of the template that displays the protection icon (a padlock on enwiki). cfg['protection-template'] = 'PP-template' -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ -- cfg['protection-template-args'] -- Any arguments to send to the protection template. This should be a Lua table. -- For example, if the protection template is "pp-template", and the wikitext template invocation -- looks like "{{pp-template|docusage=yes}}", then this table should look like "{docusage = 'yes'}". --]] cfg['protection-template-args'] = {docusage = 'yes'} --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|40px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = format('transcluded-from-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = format('create-module-doc-blurb') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = format('experiment-blurb-template') cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = format('experiment-blurb-module') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = format('sandbox-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = format('sandbox-edit-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = format('sandbox-create-link-display') -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = format('compare-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = format('mirror-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = format('testcases-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = format('testcases-edit-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = format('testcases-create-link-display') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = format('add-categories-blurb') -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = format('subpages-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = format('subpages-link-display') -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = format('template-pagetype') -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = format('module-pagetype') -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = format('default-pagetype') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = format('print-blurb') -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-doc' cfg['header-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-header' cfg['heading-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-heading' cfg['content-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-content' cfg['footer-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-footer plainlinks' cfg['sandbox-class'] = 'ts-doc-sandbox' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'ts-tlinks-tlinks mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 79bc957b39b5b752fa4c2e2e80a35faa01901425 196 46 2023-10-28T01:25:16Z Pppery 16 Split [[Category:Templates sandboxes]] per CfD Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes. -- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes' cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 56b6127664e31128dea1cecf2e392cf9313df6a3 828 29 56 2022-11-09T19:51:31Z meta>Unknown user 0 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Message_box/ombox.css]]: Importing from [[w:|English Wikipedia]] to sync templates text text/plain /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } 8fe3df4bb607e699eab2dbd23bd4a1a446391002 828 19 36 2022-11-09T19:55:49Z meta>Unknown user 0 Fix Scribunto text/plain require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) fd6a8b1a0ac5916465cdf2eb099825f1d006cfba 110 36 2023-09-02T22:54:30Z Anomie 15 [[:File:Cscr-featured.svg]] needs a link to the description page for license and attribution. Add the ability for the configuration to specify a flag to accomplish this. Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image self.typeImageNeedsLink = typeData.imageNeedsLink -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s%s|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Information icon4.svg', imageSize, self.typeImageNeedsLink and "" or "|link=" ) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) f2fb84f7b817d2d88747f57c40902a0d8be8158a 828 479 1028 2022-11-15T20:58:00Z Pppery 16 Per edit request Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function MultiReplace(args) local input = args[1] or "{{{1}}}" local plain = args.plain == "yes" local i = 1 local changeList = {} while args[i * 2] do local change = {pattern = args[i * 2], repl = args[i * 2 + 1]} if not change.repl then return require('Module:Error').error{ 'MultiReplace: Unpaired argument: <code>' .. (i * 2) .. ' = ' .. mw.text.nowiki(change.pattern) .. '</code>' } end changeList[i] = change i = i + 1 end local matchList = {} local pos = 1 local len = mw.ustring.len(input) local result = "" while pos <= len do local bestStart = len + 1 local bestStop = len local bestChange for _, change in ipairs(changeList) do local start, stop = mw.ustring.find(input, change.pattern, pos, plain) if start and (start < bestStart) then bestStart = start bestStop = stop bestChange = change end end result = result .. mw.ustring.sub(input, pos, bestStart - 1) if bestChange then local fragment = mw.ustring.sub(input, bestStart, bestStop) result = result .. (plain and bestChange.repl or mw.ustring.gsub(fragment, bestChange.pattern, bestChange.repl, 1)) end pos = bestStop + 1 end return result end function p.main(frame, ...) local args = type(frame) ~= 'table' and {frame, ...} or type(frame.args) ~= 'table' and frame or frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return MultiReplace(args) end return p 3bd8e7e4debe76a2cd5ce5587b1629efc3e6d1f2 828 44 87 2022-11-23T02:19:28Z NotAracham 13 Creating tmbox css file to suppress error text text/plain /** * {{tmbox}} (talk page message box) styles * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ table.tmbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */ border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; min-width: 80%; box-sizing: border-box; } .tmbox.mbox-small { /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */ min-width: 0; } /** * For tmboxes inside other templates. "body.mediawiki" ensures that * this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */ body.mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { margin: 2px 0; /* For Safari and Opera */ width: 100%; } .mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /** * "small" tmboxes should not be small when also "nested", * so reset styles that are set in ".tmbox.mbox-small" below. */ line-height: 1.5em; font-size: 100%; } /* An empty narrow cell */ td.mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* The message body cell(s) */ th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { border: none; /* 0.9em left/right */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ width: 100%; } /* The left image cell */ td.mbox-image { border: none; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } /* The right image cell */ td.mbox-imageright { border: none; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } table.tmbox-speedy { /* Pink */ background-color: #fee7e6; } table.tmbox-delete, table.tmbox-speedy { /* Red */ border-color: #b32424; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-content { /* Orange */ border-color: #f28500; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-style { /* Yellow */ border-color: #fc3; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-move { /* Purple */ border-color: #9932cc; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-protection, table.tmbox-notice { /* Gray-brown */ border-color: #c0c090; border-width: 1px; } /** * {{tmbox|small=1}} styles * * These ".mbox-small" classes must be placed after all other * ".tmbox" classes. "html body.mediawiki .tmbox" * is so they apply only to talk page message boxes. * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ /* For the "small=yes" option. */ html body.mediawiki .tmbox.mbox-small { clear: right; float: right; margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } 17413bb9de8527d49f25416233a0dda2e9086a55 10 103 228 2022-11-26T18:00:01Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Suppress categories]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 2612 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Suppress categories|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 1f9c6065201d31d4c70f982129b5babbb809ae8c 10 291 634 2022-12-11T06:59:53Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add this reset from mobile.css sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template|small=yes}} */ .plainlist ol, .plainlist ul { line-height: inherit; list-style: none; margin: 0; padding: 0; /* Reset Minerva default */ } .plainlist ol li, .plainlist ul li { margin-bottom: 0; } 51706efa229ff8794c0d94f260a208e7c5e6ec30 10 17 245 32 2022-12-18T05:46:16Z TadejM 21 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 5bfb2becf8bed35974b47e3ff8660dc14bee40c7 10 108 240 2022-12-26T18:00:17Z wikipedia>Izno 0 actually remove that block, someone can dig for authorship sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-protected|reason=match parent|small=yes}} */ /* * hlist styles are defined in core and Minerva and differ in Minerva. The * current definitions here (2023-01-01) are sufficient to override Minerva * without use of the hlist-separated class. The most problematic styles were * related to margin, padding, and the bullet. Check files listed at * [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#hlist-separated]] */ /* * TODO: When the majority of readership supports it (or some beautiful world * in which grade C support is above the minimum threshold), use :is() */ .hlist dl, .hlist ol, .hlist ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; } /* Display list items inline */ .hlist dd, .hlist dt, .hlist li { /* * don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline * removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again * We also want to reset margin-right in Minerva */ margin: 0; display: inline; } /* Display requested top-level lists inline */ .hlist.inline, .hlist.inline dl, .hlist.inline ol, .hlist.inline ul, /* Display nested lists inline */ .hlist dl dl, .hlist dl ol, .hlist dl ul, .hlist ol dl, .hlist ol ol, .hlist ol ul, .hlist ul dl, .hlist ul ol, .hlist ul ul { display: inline; } /* Hide empty list items */ .hlist .mw-empty-li { display: none; } /* TODO: :not() can maybe be used here to remove the later rule. naive test * seems to work. more testing needed. like so: *.hlist dt:not(:last-child)::after { * content: ": "; *} *.hlist dd:not(:last-child)::after, *.hlist li:not(:last-child)::after { * content: " · "; * font-weight: bold; *} */ /* Generate interpuncts */ .hlist dt::after { content: ": "; } .hlist dd::after, .hlist li::after { content: " · "; font-weight: bold; } .hlist dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt:last-child::after, .hlist li:last-child::after { content: none; } /* Add parentheses around nested lists */ .hlist dd dd:first-child::before, .hlist dd dt:first-child::before, .hlist dd li:first-child::before, .hlist dt dd:first-child::before, .hlist dt dt:first-child::before, .hlist dt li:first-child::before, .hlist li dd:first-child::before, .hlist li dt:first-child::before, .hlist li li:first-child::before { content: " ("; font-weight: normal; } .hlist dd dd:last-child::after, .hlist dd dt:last-child::after, .hlist dd li:last-child::after, .hlist dt dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt dt:last-child::after, .hlist dt li:last-child::after, .hlist li dd:last-child::after, .hlist li dt:last-child::after, .hlist li li:last-child::after { content: ")"; font-weight: normal; } /* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */ .hlist ol { counter-reset: listitem; } .hlist ol > li { counter-increment: listitem; } .hlist ol > li::before { content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0"; } .hlist dd ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist dt ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist li ol > li:first-child::before { content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0"; } 8c9dd9c9c00f30eead17fe10f51d183333e81f33 828 56 126 2022-12-27T21:29:12Z wikipedia>Izno 0 merge hlist here Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local lists = { plainlist_t = { patterns = { '^plainlist$', '%splainlist$', '^plainlist%s', '%splainlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' }, hlist_t = { patterns = { '^hlist$', '%shlist$', '^hlist%s', '%shlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } local function has_list_class(args_to_check) for _, list in pairs(lists) do if not list.found then for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then list.found = true break end end if list.found then break end end end end end local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt) local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end if notempty(sval) then local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>' local s = sval -- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows local slast = '' while slast ~= s do slast = s s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1') end -- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker) if s:match(marker) then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1') end if s:match(marker) then local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker) s = '' for k = 1, #subcells do if k == 1 then s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' elseif k == #subcells then local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"' if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then if (k % 2) == 0 then s = s .. subcells[k] else s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' end end end end -- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser -- [[Special:Diff/849054481]] -- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1') return s else return sval end end -- Cleans empty tables local function cleanInfobox() root = tostring(root) if has_rows == false then root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '') end end -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence. local function union(t1, t2) local vals = {} for k, v in pairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for k, v in pairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end return ret end -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}. local function getArgNums(prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell -- or a label/data cell combination. local function addRow(rowArgs) if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) :cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-header') :addClass(rowArgs.class) :addClass(args.headerclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header :cssText(args.headerstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th')) if rowArgs.data then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]' ) end elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) if rowArgs.label then row :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('infobox-label') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label :cssText(args.labelstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(rowArgs.label) :done() end local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil) :addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data') :addClass(rowArgs.class) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data :cssText(rowArgs.datastyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '') end end local function renderTitle() if not args.title then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({args.titleclass}) root :tag('caption') :addClass('infobox-title') :addClass(args.titleclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end local function renderAboveRow() if not args.above then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.aboveclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-above') :addClass(args.aboveclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above :cssText(args.abovestyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th')) end local function renderBelowRow() if not args.below then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.belowclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-below') :addClass(args.belowclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below :cssText(args.belowstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td')) end local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs) if subheaderArgs.data and subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-subheader') :addClass(subheaderArgs.class) :cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle) :cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '') end end local function renderSubheaders() if args.subheader then args.subheader1 = args.subheader end if args.subheaderrowclass then args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass end local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader') for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do addSubheaderRow({ data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader datastyle = args.subheaderstyle, rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)], class = args.subheaderclass, rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function addImageRow(imageArgs) if imageArgs.data and imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-image') :addClass(imageArgs.class) :cssText(imageArgs.datastyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '') end end local function renderImages() if args.image then args.image1 = args.image end if args.caption then args.caption1 = args.caption end local imagenums = getArgNums('image') for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)] local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)]) if caption then data :tag('div') :addClass('infobox-caption') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(caption) end addImageRow({ data = tostring(data), -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image datastyle = args.imagestyle, class = args.imageclass, rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end -- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows local function preprocessRows() if not args.autoheaders then return end local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) local lastheader for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end lastheader = num elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub( category_in_empty_row_pattern, '' ):match('^%S') then local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)] if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then lastheader = nil end end end if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end end -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers, -- and renders them all in order local function renderRows() local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do addRow({ header = args['header' .. tostring(num)], label = args['label' .. tostring(num)], data = args['data' .. tostring(num)], datastyle = args.datastyle, class = args['class' .. tostring(num)], rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)], rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function renderNavBar() if not args.name then return end has_rows = true root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-navbar') :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, }) end local function renderItalicTitle() local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title']) if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({})) end end -- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories. -- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by -- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories -- from rendering. local function renderEmptyRowCategories() for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do root:wikitext(s) end end -- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories. local function renderTrackingCategories() if args.decat == 'yes' then return end if args.child == 'yes' then if args.title then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]' ) end elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]') end end --[=[ Loads the templatestyles for the infobox. TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :). When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too. Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar. ]=] local function loadTemplateStyles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local hlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.hlist_t.found then hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles } } end local plainlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.plainlist_t.found then plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles } } end -- See function description local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ -- hlist -> plainlist -> base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking -- each class may not be on a specific page hlist_templatestyles, plainlist_templatestyles, base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles }) end -- common functions between the child and non child cases local function structure_infobox_common() renderSubheaders() renderImages() preprocessRows() renderRows() renderBelowRow() renderNavBar() renderItalicTitle() renderEmptyRowCategories() renderTrackingCategories() cleanInfobox() end -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the -- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox. local function _infobox() if args.child ~= 'yes' then root = mw.html.create('table') root :addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox') :addClass(args.bodyclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> :cssText(args.bodystyle) has_list_class({ args.bodyclass }) renderTitle() renderAboveRow() else root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(args.title) end structure_infobox_common() return loadTemplateStyles() .. root end -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table. -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions. local function preprocessSingleArg(argName) if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then args[argName] = origArgs[argName] end end -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in -- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from -- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing -- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a -- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix" -- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix -- parameter is present and non-blank. local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step) if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2) end if type(step) ~= 'number' then error("Invalid step value detected", 2) end -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input. for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2) end preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix) -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present -- and not blank. if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs') end preprocessSingleArg(dependValue) end end end -- Get arguments with number suffixes. local a = 1 -- Counter variable. local moreArgumentsExist = true while moreArgumentsExist == true do moreArgumentsExist = false for i = a, a + step - 1 do for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i) if origArgs[prefixArgName] then -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones. moreArgumentsExist = true preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName) end -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present -- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is -- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present. if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i) preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName) end end end end a = a + step end end -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so -- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that -- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, -- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists. local function parseDataParameters() preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders') preprocessSingleArg('child') preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass') preprocessSingleArg('subbox') preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle') preprocessSingleArg('title') preprocessSingleArg('titleclass') preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle') preprocessSingleArg('above') preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass') preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle') preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle') preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle') preprocessSingleArg('imageclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'header'}, {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}}, {prefix = 'rowclass'}, {prefix = 'rowstyle'}, {prefix = 'rowcellstyle'}, {prefix = 'class'} }, 50) preprocessSingleArg('headerclass') preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle') preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle') preprocessSingleArg('datastyle') preprocessSingleArg('below') preprocessSingleArg('belowclass') preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle') preprocessSingleArg('name') -- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] preprocessSingleArg('decat') preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles') end -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template. -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in. function p.infobox(frame) if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args else origArgs = frame end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end -- For calling via #invoke within a template function p.infoboxTemplate(frame) origArgs = {} for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end return p 0ddb7e5c8426d67cd589b710efb9912ddfb67fea 828 112 251 2022-12-29T18:14:27Z wikipedia>Izno 0 get these in Scribunto text/plain return { aria_label = 'Navbox', nowrap_item = '%s<span class="nowrap">%s</span>', templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Navbox/styles.css' } }, hlist_templatestyles = 'Hlist/styles.css', plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css', -- do not localize marker table marker = { oddeven = '\127_ODDEVEN_\127', restart = '\127_ODDEVEN0_\127', regex = '\127_ODDEVEN(%d?)_\127' }, category = { orphan = '[[Category:Navbox orphans]]', horizontal_lists = 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists', background_colors = 'Navboxes using background colours', illegible = 'Potentially illegible navboxes', borders = 'Navboxes using borders', }, keyword = { border_subgroup = 'subgroup', border_child = 'child', border_none = 'none', evenodd_swap = 'swap', navbar_off = 'off', navbar_plain = 'plain', nocat_false = 'false', nowrapitems_yes = 'yes', orphan_yes = 'yes', state_collapsed = 'collapsed', state_off = 'off', state_plain = 'plain', subpage_doc = 'doc', subpage_sandbox = 'sandbox', subpage_testcases = 'testcases', tracking_no = 'no' }, class = { autocollapse = 'autocollapse', collapsible = 'mw-collapsible', collapsed = 'mw-collapsed', -- Warning navbox = 'navbox', -- WMF currently hides 'navbox' from mobile, -- so you probably shouldn't change the navbox class. navbox_abovebelow = 'navbox-abovebelow', navbox_group = 'navbox-group', navbox_image = 'navbox-image', navbox_inner = 'navbox-inner', navbox_list = 'navbox-list', navbox_list_with_group = 'navbox-list-with-group', navbox_part = 'navbox-', -- do not l10n navbox_styles = 'navbox-styles', navbox_subgroup = 'navbox-subgroup', navbox_title = 'navbox-title', -- l10n only if you change pattern.navbox_title below navbox_odd_part = 'odd', -- do not l10n navbox_even_part = 'even', -- do not l10n nomobile = 'nomobile', nowraplinks = 'nowraplinks', noviewer = 'noviewer' -- used to remove images from MediaViewer }, pattern = { listnum = '^list(%d+)$', class = 'class', sandbox = '/sandbox$', navbox = 'Template:Navbox', nowrap = '^<span class="nowrap">', style = 'style$', navbox_title = '<th[^>]*"navbox%-title"', hlist = 'hlist', plainlist = 'plainlist', }, arg = { above = 'above', aboveclass = 'aboveclass', abovestyle = 'abovestyle', basestyle = 'basestyle', bodyclass = 'bodyclass', bodystyle = 'bodystyle', border = 'border', below = 'below', belowclass = 'belowclass', belowstyle = 'belowstyle', evenodd = 'evenodd', evenstyle = 'evenstyle', group1 = 'group1', group2 = 'group2', group_and_num = 'group%d', groupstyle_and_num = 'group%dstyle', groupclass = 'groupclass', groupstyle = 'groupstyle', groupwidth = 'groupwidth', innerstyle = 'innerstyle', image = 'image', imageclass = 'imageclass', imageleft = 'imageleft', imageleftstyle = 'imageleftstyle', imagesetyle = 'imagestyle', list_and_num = 'list%d', listclass_and_num = 'list%dclass', liststyle_and_num = 'list%dstyle', list1padding = 'list1padding', listclass = 'listclass', listpadding = 'listpadding', liststyle = 'liststyle', name = 'name', navbar = 'navbar', navboxclass = 'navboxclass', nocat = 'nocat', nowrapitems = 'nowrapitems', oddstyle = 'oddstyle', orphan = 'orphan', state = 'state', style = 'style', templatestyles = 'templatestyles', child_templatestyles = 'child templatestyles', title = 'title', titleclass = 'titleclass', titlestyle = 'titlestyle', tracking = 'tracking' }, -- names of navbar arguments navbar = { name = 1, fontstyle = 'fontstyle', mini = 'mini' } } 4148736fd32a93636c0413e73ed38afaef065ec9 828 76 166 2022-12-29T18:18:21Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add hlist/styles.css Scribunto text/plain return { ['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Navbar/styles.css', ['hlist_templatestyles'] = 'Hlist/styles.css', ['box_text'] = 'This box: ', -- default text box when not plain or mini ['title_namespace'] = 'Template', -- namespace to default to for title ['invalid_title'] = 'Invalid title ', ['classes'] = { -- set a line to nil if you don't want it ['navbar'] = 'navbar', ['plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks', -- plainlinks ['horizontal_list'] = 'hlist', -- horizontal list class ['mini'] = 'navbar-mini', -- class indicating small links in the navbar ['this_box'] = 'navbar-boxtext', ['brackets'] = 'navbar-brackets', -- 'collapsible' is the key for a class to indicate the navbar is -- setting up the collapsible element in addition to the normal -- navbar. ['collapsible'] = 'navbar-collapse', ['collapsible_title_mini'] = 'navbar-ct-mini', ['collapsible_title_full'] = 'navbar-ct-full' } } b007c336b17ec4bcd4d5a9dca9f8cba301662b55 10 90 957 2023-01-17T03:06:00Z BrandonWM 39 and this wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{IsDocSubpage|override={{{override|doc}}}}} | <!--doc subpage--></includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}}|show | {{Ombox|type=notice|image=[[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|link=]] |text='''This is a documentation [[mw:Help:Subpages|subpage]] for {{#if:{{{1|}}} | {{{1}}} | [[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]] }}.'''<br/> It contains usage information, categories, and other content that is not part of the original<!-- --> {{#if: {{{text2|}}} | {{{text2|}}} | {{#if: {{{text1|}}} | {{{text1|}}} | {{#ifeq: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{ns:User}} | {{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page | {{#if: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} | {{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page | article }} }} }} }}. }} <!--If not on a doc subpage, do nothing-->}}{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}{{#if: {{{inhibit|}}} | <!--Skip--> | <includeonly>{{#ifexist: {{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch: {{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Template }} documentation pages{{#translation:}}]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages{{#translation:}}]] }}</includeonly> }}<includeonly> }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}<!--Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here!--></noinclude> 2fcb7e4e2d233f798b114d37652fc333213f5ea7 202 2023-04-29T17:27:17Z wikipedia>Paine Ellsworth 0 m wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 41ca90af0945442788a2dbd08c8c54a61a23c057 10 65 144 2023-02-04T21:16:13Z wikipedia>Hog Farm 0 [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2023 February 4#Template:Distinguish]] closed as keep ([[WP:XFDC#4.0.13|XFDcloser]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Distinguish|distinguish}}<noinclude><!-- splitting these lines causes {{Documentation}} template to terminate green shading when Distinguish is used in /doc pages. --> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis to Wikidata, not here! --> </noinclude> f949a4cbfd6eb0ab77b832e69059a40a964b1fd8 10 487 1046 2023-02-14T01:26:39Z Xaosflux 17 shell params wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Spaces]] {{Rcat shell| {{R from modification}} {{R with history}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 707e41107ad2ff68b4a6a9cb50692a660a667b89 828 81 176 2023-03-14T22:32:24Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add hlist and plainlist_templatestyles keys Scribunto text/plain return { i18n = { child_yes = 'yes', float_none = 'none', float_left = 'left', wrap_true = 'true', navbar_none = 'none', navbar_off = 'off', default_list_title = 'List', title_not_to_add_navbar = 'Template:Sidebar', collapse_title_not_to_add_navbar = 'Template:Sidebar with collapsible lists', templatestyles = 'Module:Sidebar/styles.css', hlist_templatestyles = 'Hlist/styles.css', plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css', category = { child = '[[Category:Pages using sidebar with the child parameter]]', conversion = '[[Category:Sidebars with styles needing conversion]]' }, pattern = { collapse_sandbox = '/sandbox$', sandbox = '/sandbox$', subgroup = 'sidebar%-subgroup', style_conversion = 'style$', uncategorized_conversion_titles = { '/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[Dd]oc$' } }, class = { sidebar = 'sidebar', subgroup = 'sidebar-subgroup', collapse = 'sidebar-collapse', float_none = 'sidebar-none', float_left = 'sidebar-left', wraplinks = 'nowraplinks', outer_title = 'sidebar-outer-title', top_image = 'sidebar-top-image', top_caption = 'sidebar-top-caption', pretitle = 'sidebar-pretitle', pretitle_with_top_image = 'sidebar-pretitle-with-top-image', title = 'sidebar-title', title_with_pretitle = 'sidebar-title-with-pretitle', image = 'sidebar-image', caption = 'sidebar-caption', above = 'sidebar-above', heading = 'sidebar-heading', content = 'sidebar-content', content_with_subgroup = 'sidebar-content-with-subgroup', below = 'sidebar-below', navbar = 'sidebar-navbar', list = 'sidebar-list', list_title = 'sidebar-list-title', list_title_centered = 'sidebar-list-title-c', list_content = 'sidebar-list-content' } } } dc2a980ac2162a898f7c21e6d6ba7e994dfeb315 12 107 236 2023-04-03T14:00:08Z wikipedia>Maddy from Celeste 0 blatant self-promotion wikitext text/x-wiki {{{heading| ==Infoboxes and user style == }}} Users can have [[WP:User style|user CSS]] that hides<!--, moves, or makes collapsible--> any infoboxes in their own browsers. To hide all infoboxes, add the following to [[Special:MyPage/common.css]] (for all [[WP:Skin|skins]], or [[Special:MyPage/skin.css]] for just the current skin), on a line by itself: <syntaxhighlight lang="css">div.mw-parser-output .infobox { display: none; }</syntaxhighlight> Alternatively, you can add the following code to [[Special:MyPage/common.js|your common.js]] or into a browser user script that is executed by an extension like [[Greasemonkey]]: <syntaxhighlight lang="js">$('.infobox').hide();</syntaxhighlight> Be aware that although{{#if:{{{guideline|}}}||, per [[WP:Manual of Style/Infoboxes]],}} all information in an infobox ideally should also be found in the main body of an article, there isn't perfect compliance with this guideline. For example, the full taxonomic hierarchy in {{tlx|Taxobox}}, and the OMIM and other medical database codes of {{tlx|Infobox disease}} are often not found in the main article content. The infobox is also often the location of the most significant, even only, image in an article. There is a userscript which removes infoboxes but moves the images contained to separate thumbnails: [[User:Maddy from Celeste/disinfobox.js]].<!-- Needs Special:Mypage/common.js options for: * Making infoboxes collapsible ** Making them auto-collapsed * Moving infoboxes to bottom of page --><noinclude> {{Documentation|content= This documentation snippet is transcluded at [[Help:Infobox]], [[Template:Infobox/doc]], [[WP:Customisation#Hiding specific messages]], [[Help:User style]], [[WP:Manual of Style/Infoboxes]], and other places where this information is relevant. As a template, this snippet takes a {{para|heading}} parameter to replace the level-2 <code>==Infoboxes and user style==</code> section heading code, as needed. E.g., for a <code>=== ... ===</code> level-3 heading: <code><nowiki>heading={{=}}{{=}}{{=}}Infoboxes and user style{{=}}{{=}}{{=}}</nowiki></code> }} </noinclude> ba4dac68eb2bdc49a32f2a11b9afd52381bf06b5 10 122 271 2023-05-01T21:47:32Z wikipedia>Mori Calliope fan 0 Moved apostrophe outside of the link wikitext text/x-wiki {{Mbox | image = [[File:Police man Twinkle Head.svg|50x40px|alt=Logo of Twinkle; Police Man|link=]] | text = If you plan to make [[Template:Twinkle standard installation#"breaking changes"|breaking changes]] to this template, move it, or nominate it for deletion, please notify [[Wikipedia:Twinkle|Twinkle]]'s users and maintainers at [[Wikipedia talk:Twinkle]] as a courtesy, as the standard installation of Twinkle adds and removes this template. Thank you!{{#if:{{{1|}}}|<br> {{{1}}}}}}}<includeonly>{{#if:{{{nocat|}}}||{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}|[[Category:Templates used by Twinkle|{{PAGENAME}}]]}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --></noinclude> e0d214332002dd4766de972883ae89580baeaa69 828 25 48 2023-05-20T18:33:54Z Doug 10 Undid revision 335077 by [[Special:Contributions/Dmehus|Dmehus]] ([[User talk:Dmehus|talk]]) Revert. Did not fix it Scribunto text/plain -- -- INTRO: (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!) -- This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between -- wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored -- in the global Data:*.tab pages on Commons, and used everywhere. -- -- SEE: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules -- -- ATTENTION: -- Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis. -- This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT -- Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes. -- Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT -- -- DESCRIPTION: -- The "msg" function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message -- with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments -- to the wiki markup in the current content language. -- Use lang=xx to set language. Example: -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | msg -- | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab <!-- https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Template:Graphs.tab --> -- | source-table <!-- uses a translation message with id = "source-table" --> -- | param1 }} <!-- optional parameter --> -- -- -- The "doc" function will generate the <templatedata> parameter documentation for templates. -- This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset. -- NOTE: "doc" assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons. -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }} -- uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab -- if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc -- local p = {} local i18nDataset = 'I18n/Module:TNT.tab' -- Forward declaration of the local functions local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage function p.msg(frame) local dataset, id local params = {} local lang = nil for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if k == 1 then dataset = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 2 then id = mw.text.trim(v) elseif type(k) == 'number' then params[k - 2] = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 'lang' and v ~= '_' then lang = mw.text.trim(v) end end return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules -- Parameters: name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: format('I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.format(dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('format', 1, dataset, 'string') checkType('format', 2, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param -- Parameters: language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: formatInLanguage('es', I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('formatInLanguage', 1, lang, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 2, dataset, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 3, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang) end -- Obsolete function that adds a 'c:' prefix to the first param. -- "Sandbox/Sample.tab" -> 'c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab' function p.link(frame) return link(frame.args[1]) end function p.doc(frame) local dataset = 'Templatedata/' .. sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1]) return frame:extensionTag('templatedata', p.getTemplateData(dataset)) .. formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'edit_doc', {link(dataset)}) end function p.getTemplateData(dataset) -- TODO: add '_' parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for "all" languages local data = loadData(dataset) local names = {} for _, field in ipairs(data.schema.fields) do table.insert(names, field.name) end local params = {} local paramOrder = {} for _, row in ipairs(data.data) do local newVal = {} local name = nil for pos, columnName in ipairs(names) do if columnName == 'name' then name = row[pos] else newVal[columnName] = row[pos] end end if name then params[name] = newVal table.insert(paramOrder, name) end end -- Work around json encoding treating {"1":{...}} as an [{...}] params['zzz123']='' local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({ params=params, paramOrder=paramOrder, description=data.description }) json = string.gsub(json,'"zzz123":"",?', "") return json end -- Local functions sanitizeDataset = function(dataset) if not dataset then return nil end dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset) if dataset == '' then return nil elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= '.tab' then return dataset .. '.tab' else return dataset end end loadData = function(dataset, lang) dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset) if not dataset then error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_no_dataset', {})) end -- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module. if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then error('Missing JsonConfig extension; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:' .. dataset) end local data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang) if data == false then if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Missing Commons dataset ' .. i18nDataset) else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_dataset', {link(dataset)})) end end return data end -- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the 'commons:data:' prefix link = function(dataset) return 'c:Data:' .. mw.text.trim(dataset or '') end formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang) for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do local id, msg = unpack(row) if id == key then local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {})) return result:plain() end end if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Invalid message key "' .. key .. '"') else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_msgkey', {key, link(dataset)})) end end return p 2c570369c78089aef29c72768918373f61b7075d 10 93 208 2023-05-30T09:39:48Z wikipedia>Lectonar 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:High-use]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}|system={{{system|}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwiki links go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> a3322d1bd47ac03df14fa2090855cff4fede9bc7 828 97 216 2023-05-30T20:51:38Z Isabelle Belato 19 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Transclusion count]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]; requested at [[WP:RfPP]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.fetch(frame) local template = nil local return_value = nil -- Use demo parameter if it exists, otherswise use current template name local namespace = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace if frame.args["demo"] and frame.args["demo"] ~= "" then template = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args["demo"],"^[Tt]emplate:","") elseif namespace == 10 then -- Template namespace template = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text elseif namespace == 828 then -- Module namespace template = (mw.site.namespaces[828].name .. ":" .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text) end -- If in template or module namespace, look up count in /data if template ~= nil then namespace = mw.title.new(template, "Template").namespace if namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 then template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/doc$", "") -- strip /doc from end template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/sandbox$", "") -- strip /sandbox from end local index = mw.ustring.sub(mw.title.new(template).text,1,1) local status, data = pcall(function () return(mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion_count/data/' .. (mw.ustring.find(index, "%a") and index or "other"))) end) if status then return_value = tonumber(data[mw.ustring.gsub(template, " ", "_")]) end end end -- If database value doesn't exist, use value passed to template if return_value == nil and frame.args[1] ~= nil then local arg1=mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], '[%d,]+') if arg1 and arg1 ~= '' then return_value = tonumber(frame:callParserFunction('formatnum', arg1, 'R')) end end return return_value end -- Tabulate this data for [[Wikipedia:Database reports/Templates transcluded on the most pages]] function p.tabulate(frame) local list = {} for i = 65, 91 do local data = mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion count/data/' .. ((i == 91) and 'other' or string.char(i))) for name, count in pairs(data) do table.insert(list, {mw.title.new(name, "Template").fullText, count}) end end table.sort(list, function(a, b) return (a[2] == b[2]) and (a[1] < b[1]) or (a[2] > b[2]) end) local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); for i = 1, #list do list[i] = ('|-\n| %d || [[%s]] || %s\n'):format(i, list[i][1]:gsub('_', ' '), lang:formatNum(list[i][2])) end return table.concat(list) end return p 000ef6bcbf7b66e727870b0c300c4009da300513 828 99 220 2023-07-10T09:41:44Z wikipedia>Gonnym 0 if these are wanted, they should be handled differently (by passing a parameter to this module) as these cause pages to appear as unknown parameters for templates that don't use them Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{parameter names example}}. local p = {} local function makeParam(s) local lb = '&#123;' local rb = '&#125;' return lb:rep(3) .. s .. rb:rep(3) end local function italicize(s) return "''" .. s .. "''" end local function plain(s) return s end function p._main(args, frame) -- Find how we want to format the arguments to the template. local formatFunc if args._display == 'italics' or args._display == 'italic' then formatFunc = italicize elseif args._display == 'plain' then formatFunc = plain else formatFunc = makeParam end -- Build the table of template arguments. local targs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then targs[v] = formatFunc(v) elseif not k:find('^_') then targs[k] = v end end --targs['nocat'] = 'yes'; --targs['categories'] = 'no'; --targs['demo'] = 'yes'; -- Find the template name. local template if args._template then template = args._template else local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.prefixedText:find('/sandbox$') then template = currentTitle.prefixedText else template = currentTitle.basePageTitle.prefixedText end end -- Call the template with the arguments. frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() local success, result = pcall( frame.expandTemplate, frame, {title = template, args = targs} ) if success then return result else return '' end end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Parameter names example' }) return p._main(args, frame) end return p fdf94fb7a5dc1fabf118d60488a02f1e65b0df24 10 22 42 2023-08-07T07:13:50Z Nieuwsgierige Gebruiker 9 Undid revision 342625 by [[Special:Contributions/67.163.114.70|67.163.114.70]] ([[User talk:67.163.114.70|talk]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Documentation|main}} bb08b6773a4c1e1d528cefda2d7c305d8b5193ec 10 492 1056 2023-08-30T18:13:18Z wikipedia>FelixJL111 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Hatnote|"{{{1}}}" redirects here. {{ #if: {{{2| }}}|Not to be confused with {{{2}}}.| }}}}{{#switch:{{{1<noinclude>|REDIRECT</noinclude>}}}|REDIRECT|REDIRECT1|REDIRECT2|REDIRECT3|TERM = | #default = {{#ifexist:{{{1}}}||{{main other|[[Category:Missing redirects]]}}}}}}{{#ifeq:{{{1}}}|{{PAGENAME}}|[[Category:Articles with redirect hatnotes needing review]]}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 6fadbe4c766fcb9684fcc9f383f3a0b067d74ffa 10 101 224 2023-10-08T00:30:05Z wikipedia>Shkuru Afshar 0 wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Parameter names example|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 256a11b9ae7ac7e492b3d9de86ade1ffa96bffd1 828 75 164 2023-10-10T22:34:57Z Pppery 16 Per edit request on talk Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbar/configuration') local function get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template) local title_arg = 1 if is_collapsible then title_arg = 2 end if template then title_arg = 'template' end return title_arg end local function choose_links(template, args) -- The show table indicates the default displayed items. -- view, talk, edit, hist, move, watch -- TODO: Move to configuration. local show = {true, true, true, false, false, false} if template then show[2] = false show[3] = false local index = {t = 2, d = 2, e = 3, h = 4, m = 5, w = 6, talk = 2, edit = 3, hist = 4, move = 5, watch = 6} -- TODO: Consider removing TableTools dependency. for _, v in ipairs(require ('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray(args)) do local num = index[v] if num then show[num] = true end end end local remove_edit_link = args.noedit if remove_edit_link then show[3] = false end return show end local function add_link(link_description, ul, is_mini, font_style) local l if link_description.url then l = {'[', '', ']'} else l = {'[[', '|', ']]'} end ul:tag('li') :addClass('nv-' .. link_description.full) :wikitext(l[1] .. link_description.link .. l[2]) :tag(is_mini and 'abbr' or 'span') :attr('title', link_description.html_title) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(is_mini and link_description.mini or link_description.full) :done() :wikitext(l[3]) :done() end local function make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style) local title = mw.title.new(mw.text.trim(title_text), cfg.title_namespace) if not title then error(cfg.invalid_title .. title_text) end local talkpage = title.talkPageTitle and title.talkPageTitle.fullText or '' -- TODO: Get link_descriptions and show into the configuration module. -- link_descriptions should be easier... local link_descriptions = { { ['mini'] = 'v', ['full'] = 'view', ['html_title'] = 'View this template', ['link'] = title.fullText, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 't', ['full'] = 'talk', ['html_title'] = 'Discuss this template', ['link'] = talkpage, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 'e', ['full'] = 'edit', ['html_title'] = 'Edit this template', ['link'] = 'Special:EditPage/' .. title.fullText, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 'h', ['full'] = 'hist', ['html_title'] = 'History of this template', ['link'] = 'Special:PageHistory/' .. title.fullText, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 'm', ['full'] = 'move', ['html_title'] = 'Move this template', ['link'] = mw.title.new('Special:Movepage'):fullUrl('target='..title.fullText), ['url'] = true }, { ['mini'] = 'w', ['full'] = 'watch', ['html_title'] = 'Watch this template', ['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=watch'), ['url'] = true } } local ul = mw.html.create('ul') if has_brackets then ul:addClass(cfg.classes.brackets) :cssText(font_style) end for i, _ in ipairs(displayed_links) do if displayed_links[i] then add_link(link_descriptions[i], ul, is_mini, font_style) end end return ul:done() end function p._navbar(args) -- TODO: We probably don't need both fontstyle and fontcolor... local font_style = args.fontstyle local font_color = args.fontcolor local is_collapsible = args.collapsible local is_mini = args.mini local is_plain = args.plain local collapsible_class = nil if is_collapsible then collapsible_class = cfg.classes.collapsible if not is_plain then is_mini = 1 end if font_color then font_style = (font_style or '') .. '; color: ' .. font_color .. ';' end end local navbar_style = args.style local div = mw.html.create():tag('div') div :addClass(cfg.classes.navbar) :addClass(cfg.classes.plainlinks) :addClass(cfg.classes.horizontal_list) :addClass(collapsible_class) -- we made the determination earlier :cssText(navbar_style) if is_mini then div:addClass(cfg.classes.mini) end local box_text = (args.text or cfg.box_text) .. ' ' -- the concatenated space guarantees the box text is separated if not (is_mini or is_plain) then div :tag('span') :addClass(cfg.classes.box_text) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(box_text) end local template = args.template local displayed_links = choose_links(template, args) local has_brackets = args.brackets local title_arg = get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template) local title_text = args[title_arg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle()) local list = make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style) div:node(list) if is_collapsible then local title_text_class if is_mini then title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_mini else title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_full end div:done() :tag('div') :addClass(title_text_class) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(args[1]) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- hlist -> navbar is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.hlist_templatestyles } } .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.templatestyles } } .. tostring(div:done()) end function p.navbar(frame) return p._navbar(require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame)) end return p 047f307758c878eb3e99ed1768cc40920a6ec5fa 828 55 124 2023-10-25T18:17:50Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The first index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str 2ad0905c56ef4955950b75a8f00974fe82aed5e4 10 14 26 2023-10-26T18:19:32Z DarkMatterMan4500 8 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Mbox | name = In use | type = notice | class = ambox-In_use | image = [[File:Ambox clock.svg|48px|alt=|link=]] | css = margin: 1px | text = This {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|[[Help:Section|section]]|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | {{ns:0}} = article | Talk = [[Help:Talk page|talk page]] | Category = [[Wikipedia:Category|category page]] | Help = [[Help:Contents|help page]] | Portal = [[Wikipedia:Portal|portal page]] | Template = [[Wikipedia:Template messages|template page]] | User = [[Wikipedia:User page|user page]] | User talk = [[Wikipedia:User page|user talk page]] | Wikipedia = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project page]] | Wikipedia talk = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project talk page]] }}}} is '''actively undergoing a [[Wikipedia:Edit lock|major edit]]''' for {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|{{{2|a short while}}}|{{{1|a short while}}}}}. To help avoid [[w:Help:Edit conflict|edit conflicts]], please do not edit this {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|section|page}} while this message is displayed.<br> <small>{{#if:{{{time|}}}|This message was added at {{{time|}}}.|}} This page was last edited at {{#time:H:i, j F Y|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}} (UTC) ({{time ago|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}})&nbsp;&ndash;&#32; this estimate [[Wikipedia:Purge|is cached]], {{Purge|update}}. Please remove this template if this page [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=history}} hasn't been edited] in several hours. If you are the editor who added this template, please be sure to remove it or replace it with {{tl|Under construction}} between editing sessions.</small> <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{category}}}|no||{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | User | User talk = <!-- no category --> | [[Category:Pages actively undergoing a major edit]]}}}}</includeonly> }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} [[Category:Notice templates]] </noinclude> 1d7aaf5adba5ab2d8dabd69d3b3b2e84d2096d7d 10 28 54 2023-11-07T06:21:57Z Anpang 7 oops wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2|}}}:}}Special:MyLanguage/Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 08b547a58917e4cfd27e175b3114e45f0e34e2c4 10 84 182 2023-11-07T21:54:12Z wikipedia>Izno 0 revert per talk page sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .div-col { margin-top: 0.3em; column-width: 30em; } .div-col-small { font-size: 90%; } .div-col-rules { column-rule: 1px solid #aaa; } /* Reset top margin for lists in div col */ .div-col dl, .div-col ol, .div-col ul { margin-top: 0; } /* Avoid elements breaking between columns See also Template:No col break */ .div-col li, .div-col dd { page-break-inside: avoid; /* Removed from CSS in favor of break-inside c. 2020 */ break-inside: avoid-column; } c6c2dc0cb2bab7a5f7b4eb938eebc5c67df087bc 828 74 162 2023-11-13T21:00:31Z wikipedia>Nihiltres 0 Updated from sandbox: added support for punctuation collapse when text is italicized. The update's content includes changes by users Johnuniq, Dexxor, and Nihiltres. Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote list -- -- -- -- This module produces and formats lists for use in hatnotes. In particular, -- -- it implements the for-see list, i.e. lists of "For X, see Y" statements, -- -- as used in {{about}}, {{redirect}}, and their variants. Also introduced -- -- are andList & orList helpers for formatting lists with those conjunctions. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mArguments --initialize lazily local mFormatLink = require('Module:Format link') local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- List stringification helper functions -- -- These functions are used for stringifying lists, usually page lists inside -- the "Y" portion of "For X, see Y" for-see items. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --default options table used across the list stringification functions local stringifyListDefaultOptions = { conjunction = "and", separator = ",", altSeparator = ";", space = " ", formatted = false } --Searches display text only local function searchDisp(haystack, needle) return string.find( string.sub(haystack, (string.find(haystack, '|') or 0) + 1), needle ) end -- Stringifies a list generically; probably shouldn't be used directly local function stringifyList(list, options) -- Type-checks, defaults, and a shortcut checkType("stringifyList", 1, list, "table") if #list == 0 then return nil end checkType("stringifyList", 2, options, "table", true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(stringifyListDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end local s = options.space -- Format the list if requested if options.formatted then list = mFormatLink.formatPages( {categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat}, list ) end -- Set the separator; if any item contains it, use the alternate separator local separator = options.separator for k, v in pairs(list) do if searchDisp(v, separator) then separator = options.altSeparator break end end -- Set the conjunction, apply Oxford comma, and force a comma if #1 has "§" local conjunction = s .. options.conjunction .. s if #list == 2 and searchDisp(list[1], "§") or #list > 2 then conjunction = separator .. conjunction end -- Return the formatted string return mw.text.listToText(list, separator .. s, conjunction) end --DRY function function p.conjList (conj, list, fmt) return stringifyList(list, {conjunction = conj, formatted = fmt}) end -- Stringifies lists with "and" or "or" function p.andList (...) return p.conjList("and", ...) end function p.orList (...) return p.conjList("or", ...) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- For see -- -- Makes a "For X, see [[Y]]." list from raw parameters. Intended for the -- {{about}} and {{redirect}} templates and their variants. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --default options table used across the forSee family of functions local forSeeDefaultOptions = { andKeyword = 'and', title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text, otherText = 'other uses', forSeeForm = 'For %s, see %s.', } --Collapses duplicate punctuation at end of string, ignoring italics and links local function punctuationCollapse (text) return text:match("[.?!]('?)%1(%]?)%2%.$") and text:sub(1, -2) or text end -- Structures arguments into a table for stringification, & options function p.forSeeArgsToTable (args, from, options) -- Type-checks and defaults checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 1, args, 'table') checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 2, from, 'number', true) from = from or 1 checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 3, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end -- maxArg's gotten manually because getArgs() and table.maxn aren't friends local maxArg = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' and k > maxArg then maxArg = k end end -- Structure the data out from the parameter list: -- * forTable is the wrapper table, with forRow rows -- * Rows are tables of a "use" string & a "pages" table of pagename strings -- * Blanks are left empty for defaulting elsewhere, but can terminate list local forTable = {} local i = from local terminated = false -- If there is extra text, and no arguments are given, give nil value -- to not produce default of "For other uses, see foo (disambiguation)" if options.extratext and i > maxArg then return nil end -- Loop to generate rows repeat -- New empty row local forRow = {} -- On blank use, assume list's ended & break at end of this loop forRow.use = args[i] if not args[i] then terminated = true end -- New empty list of pages forRow.pages = {} -- Insert first pages item if present table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 1]) -- If the param after next is "and", do inner loop to collect params -- until the "and"'s stop. Blanks are ignored: "1|and||and|3" → {1, 3} while args[i + 2] == options.andKeyword do if args[i + 3] then table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 3]) end -- Increment to next "and" i = i + 2 end -- Increment to next use i = i + 2 -- Append the row table.insert(forTable, forRow) until terminated or i > maxArg return forTable end -- Stringifies a table as formatted by forSeeArgsToTable function p.forSeeTableToString (forSeeTable, options) -- Type-checks and defaults checkType("forSeeTableToString", 1, forSeeTable, "table", true) checkType("forSeeTableToString", 2, options, "table", true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end -- Stringify each for-see item into a list local strList = {} if forSeeTable then for k, v in pairs(forSeeTable) do local useStr = v.use or options.otherText local pagesStr = p.andList(v.pages, true) or mFormatLink._formatLink{ categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat, link = mHatnote.disambiguate(options.title) } local forSeeStr = string.format(options.forSeeForm, useStr, pagesStr) forSeeStr = punctuationCollapse(forSeeStr) table.insert(strList, forSeeStr) end end if options.extratext then table.insert(strList, punctuationCollapse(options.extratext..'.')) end -- Return the concatenated list return table.concat(strList, ' ') end -- Produces a "For X, see [[Y]]" string from arguments. Expects index gaps -- but not blank/whitespace values. Ignores named args and args < "from". function p._forSee (args, from, options) local forSeeTable = p.forSeeArgsToTable(args, from, options) return p.forSeeTableToString(forSeeTable, options) end -- As _forSee, but uses the frame. function p.forSee (frame, from, options) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return p._forSee(mArguments.getArgs(frame), from, options) end return p 1c8e6212115f76ecc3db8d05137011cd18207988 10 95 212 2023-11-27T06:57:32Z wikipedia>Sdkb 0 Partial revert of [[User:SUM1]]'s edit [[Special:Diff/1039918972]] per [[WP:CLICKHERE]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{label|}}} |=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|S|s}}ee a monthly parameter usage report] for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|this template}} in articles{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |None|none=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} |for|For=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report] for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}]]}}{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |#default=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{{label|}}}]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 83e574f5e031df639a2cdcef5b91d6b1094ae648 10 94 210 2023-12-01T11:27:04Z wikipedia>Gonnym 0 fix website link if |1= is used wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|<!-- noheader: -->{{Template parameter usage|{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|based=y}}|<!-- +header: -->This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|<!-- +header, nolink TD -->TemplateData|<!-- +header, +link [[TD]]; DEFAULT: -->[[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}}<!-- e.o. #if:nolink; DEFAULT: --> for this template used by [[mw:Extension:TemplateWizard|TemplateWizard]], [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools. {{Template parameter usage|{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|based=y}}<!-- e.o. #if:noheader -->}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly><!-- check parameters -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown={{template other|1=[[Category:Pages using TemplateData header with unknown parameters|_VALUE_]]}} |template=Template:TemplateData header |1 |nolink |noheader |preview=<div class="error" style="font-weight:normal">Unknown parameter '_VALUE_' in [[Template:TemplateData header]].</div> }}<!-- -->{{template other|{{sandbox other|| [[Category:Templates using TemplateData]] }}}}</includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 748b89c815a11e78b365c5617460ea569f3f96cb 10 125 277 2023-12-26T20:21:42Z wikipedia>Tom.Reding 0 /* top */{{High-use}} wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High-use}} {{Twinkle standard installation}} {{Lua|Module:Protection banner}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE. --> This is the {{tl|pp-template}} protection notice. It is used on protected templates and on protected file (image) pages. This template does not show on pages that are not protected; instead, it reports an error. Please note that only [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] can protect pages; this template only informs about the protection status of the page. This template should usually not be manually placed on template pages, since it is automatically loaded by the {{tl|Documentation}} template of protected template pages. Protected templates (both semi and full) should preferably have a documentation subpage (/doc) so that any editor can update the documentation, categories and interwiki links of the template. See [[Wikipedia:Template documentation]] for more on that. This template automatically detects the edit protection level (semi or full) of a page, and whether it is on a template or file page, and modifies its appearance and how it categorizes the page. * Use {{tlc|pp-template}} for the normal appearance (a small icon at the top). * Use {{tlc|pp-template|small&#61;no}} for the large message box. On file pages we recommend using the large box. (It is usually a good idea to also add the {{tl|nocommons}} box on protected image pages, to remind people that protected images should not be deleted even if there is a backup copy on Commons.) When {{tl|pp-template}} is added to a protected template, it should be placed inside {{tag|noinclude}} tags (otherwise, every page which uses the template will load the protection notice, which will result in an error message). On file (image) pages the &lt;noinclude>&lt;/noinclude> tags are not necessary. {{Protection templates}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS HERE, THANKS --> [[Category:Top icon protection templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly> 0e2da3366323fed24a599d520931dfa366cd4062 10 495 1062 2024-01-01T16:27:58Z wikipedia>Rusty4321 0 example has moved to main template page wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}}<!-- PLEASE NOTE This is NOT the place to create new articles. Any material placed here as part of a new article as a "work in progress" will be deleted. Please read [[Wikipedia:Starting an article]] for guidelines on creating an article. --> {{Redirect-distinguish2|[[Template:UC]]|the <code><nowiki>{{uc:string}}</nowiki></code> [[WP:MAGIC#Formatting|magic word]]}} <!-- Categories go where indicated at the bottom of this page, please; interwikis go to Wikidata (see also: [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]). --> {{Twinkle standard installation}} {{Template shortcut|uc|UC}} == Usage == {{Main|Wikipedia:How to edit a page|Wikipedia:Template messages|Template:In use/doc}} This template is for articles actively undergoing construction. If the article instead is actively undergoing a major edit, please use {{Tl|In use}}. In general, this template should not be used for new articles with little or no content. Instead, the [[Wikipedia:About the Sandbox|sandbox]] should be used to develop the article so that it has reasonable content when it is copied into mainspace. Articles tagged with this template are automatically added to the category [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]]. Add the parameter <code>|placedby=</code> (followed by your user name; do not insert a full signature) to make it easy for people to contact the person who placed the template. If a page using this template has not been edited in 8 days, a bot will automatically remove the template. If used on a non-article page (such as a user page) which is not yet ready for use, type {{Tlx|Under construction|notready&#61;true}}. That will produce the following: {{Under construction|notready=true|nocat=true}} A comment may be added to the box using the ''|comment='' switch. As this template is used in multiple namespaces it uses {{tl|mbox}}, which will automatically detect individual namespace usage and adapt appropriate styling accordingly. ===Blank template=== <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{Under construction |placedby= |section= |nosection= |nocat= |notready= |comment= |category= |altimage= |notify= }}</syntaxhighlight> ===Parameters=== *'''altimage''' – provide an alternate image for the template. Should be a complete file tag, e.g. <code><nowiki>[[File:Under_construction_icon-orange.svg|64px]]</nowiki></code> *'''category''' – a custom category (must be prefixed with the "Category:" namespace identifier and enclosed in double square brackets) into which the page will be placed. If omitted, the page is placed by default in [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]]. However the page will not be placed into a category if the page is in the "User:" or "User talk:" namespaces. *'''comment''' – free-form text. If present, the text "Contributor note:" is shown followed by the content of {{para|comment}}. *'''nocat''' – set to '''true''' (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>nocat=true</nowiki>}}) to prevent the page from being placed into default [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]] or into custom category. Set to anything but '''true''' or don't set it at all, and it will be included. *'''notready''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank, adds the text ", and is not yet ready for use" following the word "restructuring". *'''nosection''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>nosection=yes</nowiki>}}), removes the phrase "or section", i.e. makes the message apply to the entire page *'''placedby''' – user name of the person placing the template. Do not use a full talk page signature. *'''section''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>section=yes</nowiki>}}), removes the phrase "article or", i.e. makes the message apply only to a section. *'''subsection''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>subsection=yes</nowiki>}}), removes the phrase "article or", i.e. makes the message apply only to a subsection. *'''notify''' – yes, y or any value. Placing editor wants to be notified on their talk page if template is removed. == Template data == <templatedata> { "params": { "altimage": { "label": "Alternate image", "description": "Provide an alternate image for the template. Should be a complete file tag.", "example": "[[File:Under_construction_icon-orange.svg|64px]]", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "section": { "label": "Section", "description": "Replaces phrase \"article\" with \"section\"", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "subsection": { "label": "Subsection", "description": "Replaces phrase \"article\" with \"subsection\"", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "nosection": { "label": "No section", "description": "Replaces phrase \"section\" with article", "type": "string" }, "notready": { "label": "Not ready", "description": "Adds the text \", and is not yet ready for use\" following the word \"restructuring\".", "type": "string" }, "placedby": { "label": "Placed by", "description": "User name of the person placing the template.", "type": "wiki-user-name", "example": "Jack", "required": true }, "comment": { "label": "Comment", "description": "A place to add any additional details to the template", "type": "unbalanced-wikitext" }, "nocat": { "label": "No category", "description": "Prevents the page from being placed into default Category:Pages actively undergoing construction or into custom category.", "type": "string", "default": "false" }, "Category": { "description": "A custom category (must be prefixed with the \"Category:\" namespace identifier and enclosed in double square brackets) into which the page will be placed.", "example": "[[Category:Science articles undergoing expansion]]", "type": "unbalanced-wikitext" }, "notify": { "label": "Notify", "description": "Asks that the placing editor be notified if template is removed.", "type": "string" } }, "paramOrder": [ "altimage", "section", "subsection", "nosection", "notready", "placedby", "comment", "nocat", "Category", "notify" ], "format": "inline", "description": "This template is for articles actively undergoing construction. If the article instead is actively undergoing a major edit, please use {{In use}}. " } </templatedata> == See also == * {{tl|In creation}} to use this template when multiple edits are being made to add content immediately after creating the article * {{tl|In use}}, for articles actively undergoing a major edit for a short while to list them in [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing a major edit]] * {{tl|Under discussion}}, for a non main page undergoing active discussion on its talk page * {{T1|recently revised}}, if you are unsure about your revision/major changes and want a second opinion * {{tl|Deletion under review}}, to prevent deletion nomination until the review process is complete * [[Wikipedia:Deletion of newly created pages]], regarding preventing pages from getting deleted while they are brand new. <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories go below this line, please; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> [[Category:Under-construction templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly> 9d5e2f3a482e2ab5e50751b27d743c3f0419c60e 10 446 945 2024-01-15T03:19:28Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update icon wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon check-constructive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Done}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 3dfa104e9088ac96a869e99d8d1bf26a2e4c7bd8 10 449 951 2024-01-15T03:20:17Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update icon wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon close-ltr-destructive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Not done}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> edff648849949e6ab11b0fa881d65c238a57c628 10 455 981 2024-01-15T03:21:10Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update to match icon wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon check-constructive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Resolved}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 42c83eaa4cf9d0d3972da56f865b93cc7036a70e 10 456 983 2024-01-15T03:22:24Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update icon wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon reload-progressive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Doing…}}}'''</span><noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 88f313f211a3c3b0e7902c61c474d2b3bc549829 10 448 949 2024-01-15T03:24:30Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update icon wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon speechBubbleAdd-ltr-progressive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Comment:}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}} [[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 766ee71a1abbb23251c7de81eabbeb1e27f616c2 10 457 985 2024-01-15T03:25:34Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon clock-progressive.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|On hold}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 4b83ccc95c7303225b088db13b3579909f3ff3db 10 461 993 2024-01-15T03:26:23Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon lightbulb-yellow.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|Idea}}}:'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> f25ed20de39cb7b2ce700240e4fddb46924214ef 10 450 953 2024-01-15T03:26:42Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon notice-warning.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Note:}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 8473115ff2c3e93bfc96369fd5a32678caa5ef71 10 464 999 2024-01-15T03:31:50Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon notice-destructive.svg|20px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|High Priority}}}'''{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}|<nowiki />: {{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> ca4123cae6f1eaf95da2593b2af5c211edd5cece 10 459 989 2024-01-15T03:35:20Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:{{#ifeq: yes | {{{compact|}}} | Request X.png | OOjs UI icon cancel-destructive.svg }}|200x20px|link=|alt=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Request withdrawn}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}} [[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 85428030bb74bf302b4f3afe3294fa3a0f5e65e7 10 462 995 2024-01-15T03:35:37Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon history-progressive.svg|17px|link=]] '''{{{1|Reviewing}}}...'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 9369b6e3b3c08bc27a31799be26a546b0faa6803 10 463 997 2024-01-15T03:36:38Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs_UI_icon_help-ltr-progressive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Question:}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}} [[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> c2b08390030a60b1da95e091b7ba09b4bb72f68f 10 465 1001 2024-01-15T03:42:20Z meta>Unknown user 0 Update wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon userTalk-ltr-constructive.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|Thank you}}}'''</span><noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 2a3cae2a2c8395bb427d017ee7369bdcca84078e 828 69 152 2024-01-15T21:44:42Z Pppery 16 Per [[WP:ACPERM]], you need to be autoconfirmed to create pages in mainspace Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts if title.namespace == 0 then return 'autoconfirmed' -- Per [[WP:ACPERM]], you need to be autoconfirmed to create pages in mainspace end return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p b6cb1e5589ec6575118f60841644cd65defa7174 828 134 316 2024-02-01T18:00:33Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Module:TemplateStyles]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 3340 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain return function (CSS_page) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = "templatestyles", args = { src = CSS_page } } end d3d1af185bd67ec39d0f226d5afc3c21fe548702 10 64 142 2024-02-13T14:32:36Z wikipedia>Redrose64 0 pass class through wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};" class={{{class|}}}></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 5b24b9fd5cc166a8c486e2422d5df465206ed39c 828 131 291 2024-02-14T22:33:16Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add config module wikitext text/x-wiki {{used in system}} {{Lua|Module:Submit an edit request/config|Module:Redirect|Module:Effective protection level|Module:String|Module:Arguments|Module:Clickable button 2}} This module implements the {{tl|submit an edit request}} and {{tl|submit an edit request/link}} templates. == Usage from wikitext == To use this module from wikitext, you should normally use the {{Template link|Submit an edit request}} and {{Template link|Submit an edit request/link}} templates. However, the module can also be used directly from #invoke. For the edit request button, use <code><nowiki>{{#invoke:Submit an edit request|button|</nowiki>''args''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>, and for the edit request link only, use <code><nowiki>{{#invoke:Submit an edit request|link|</nowiki>''args''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>. Please see the respective template pages for a list of available parameters. == Usage from Lua modules == To use this module from other Lua modules, first load the module. <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') </syntaxhighlight> You can then use the _button function to generate an edit request button, and the _link function to generate an edit request link. <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> mEditRequest._button(args) mEditRequest._link(args) </syntaxhighlight> The <var>args</var> variable should be a table containing the arguments to pass to the module. To see the different arguments that can be specified and how they affect the module output, please refer to the documentation of {{tl|Submit an edit request}} and {{tl|Submit an edit request/link}}. == Configuration == This module can be translated and configured for other wikis by editing [[Module:Submit an edit request/config]]. <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| <!-- Categories go here and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> }}</includeonly> 786ddcb2a03e17d0288ef72dda90cb37ba5b6eaf 828 498 1068 2024-02-17T03:50:40Z Pppery 16 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Pagetype/softredirect]]": Per parent ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This page contains a table of all soft redirect templates and their -- redirects. Templates names are capitalized, and the Template: prefix is -- removed. Templates are grouped with the main template first, followed by -- its redirects. return { ["Soft redirect"] = true, ["Interwiki redirect"] = true, ["SoftRedirect"] = true, ["Soft Redirect"] = true, ["Softredirect"] = true, ["Softredir"] = true, ["Soft link"] = true, ["Soft redir"] = true, ["Soft"] = true, ["Plain soft redirect"] = true, ["Softr"] = true, ["Wiktionary redirect"] = true, ["Moved to Wiktionary"] = true, ["RedirecttoWiktionary"] = true, ["Wi"] = true, ["Wiktionary Redirect"] = true, ["Wtr"] = true, ["Wtsr"] = true, ["Wiktionaryredirect"] = true, ["WiktionaryRedirect"] = true, ["Wiktionary-redirect"] = true, ["Wiktredir"] = true, ["Wiktr"] = true, ["Wikt redirect"] = true, ["Wikt red"] = true, ["Wiktred"] = true, ["Wikibooks redirect"] = true, ["WBOOK"] = true, ["Wbook"] = true, ["Wikibooks Redirect"] = true, ["WikibooksRedirect"] = true, ["Wikibooksredirect"] = true, ["Wikibook redirect"] = true, ["Wikiquote redirect"] = true, ["Wq"] = true, ["Wikisource redirect"] = true, ["Wikispecies redirect"] = true, ["WSPEC"] = true, ["Wspec"] = true, ["Wikispecies Redirect"] = true, ["WikispeciesRedirect"] = true, ["Wikispeciesredirect"] = true, ["Wikivoyage redirect"] = true, ["Wikimedia Commons redirect"] = true, ["COMM"] = true, ["Commons redirect"] = true, ["Comm"] = true, ["Commonsredirect"] = true, ["Commons Redirect"] = true, ["CommonsRedirect"] = true, ["Wikimedia commons redirect"] = true, ["Soft redirect with Wikidata item"] = true, ["Wikidata-redirect"] = true, ["Wdr"] = true, ["Wikidata redirect"] = true } 9cd5651845329b0b63182f99be8cfa12e0ad52a2 828 497 1066 2024-02-22T04:42:24Z Pppery 16 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Wikitext Parsing]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: This is, among other things, an indirect dependency of [[Module:Pagetype]] and hence [[Template:Short description]], and hence used on 26% of all pages ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain require("strict") --Helper functions local function startswith(text, subtext) return string.sub(text, 1, #subtext) == subtext end local function endswith(text, subtext) return string.sub(text, -#subtext, -1) == subtext end local function allcases(s) return s:gsub("%a", function(c) return "["..c:upper()..c:lower().."]" end) end local trimcache = {} local whitespace = {[" "]=1, ["\n"]=1, ["\t"]=1, ["\r"]=1} local function cheaptrim(str) --mw.text.trim is surprisingly expensive, so here's an alternative approach local quick = trimcache[str] if quick then return quick else -- local out = string.gsub(str, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") local lowEnd for i = 1,#str do if not whitespace[string.sub(str, i, i)] then lowEnd = i break end end if not lowEnd then trimcache[str] = "" return "" end for i = #str,1,-1 do if not whitespace[string.sub(str, i, i)] then local out = string.sub(str, lowEnd, i) trimcache[str] = out return out end end end end --[=[ Implementation notes ---- NORMAL HTML TAGS ---- Tags are very strict on how they want to start, but loose on how they end. The start must strictly follow <[tAgNaMe](%s|>) with no room for whitespace in the tag's name, but may then flow as they want afterwards, making <div\nclass\n=\n"\nerror\n"\n> valid There's no sense of escaping < or > E.g. <div class="error\>"> will end at \> despite it being inside a quote <div class="<span class="error">error</span>"> will not process the larger div If a tag has no end, it will consume all text instead of not processing ---- NOPROCESSING TAGS (nowiki, pre, syntaxhighlight, source, etc.) ---- (In most comments, <source> will not be mentioned. This is because it is the deprecated version of <syntaxhighlight>) No-Processing tags have some interesting differences to the above rules. For example, their syntax is a lot stricter. While an opening tag appears to follow the same set of rules, A closing tag can't have any sort of extra formatting period. While </div a/a> is valid, </nowiki a/a> isn't - only newlines and spaces/tabs are allowed in closing tags. Note that, even though <pre> tags cause a visual change when the ending tag has extra formatting, it won't cause the no-processing effects. For some reason, the format must be strict for that to apply. Both the content inside the tag pair and the content inside each side of the pair is not processed. E.g. <nowiki |}}>|}}</nowiki> would have both of the |}} escaped in practice. When something in the code is referenced to as a "Nowiki Tag", it means a tag which causes wiki text to not be processed, which includes <nowiki>, <pre>, and <syntaxhighlight> Since we only care about these tags, we can ignore the idea of an intercepting tag preventing processing, and just go straight for the first ending we can find If there is no ending to find, the tag will NOT consume the rest of the text in terms of processing behaviour (though <pre> will appear to have an effect). Even if there is no end of the tag, the content inside the opening half will still be unprocessed, meaning {{X20|<nowiki }}>}} wouldn't end at the first }} despite there being no ending to the tag. Note that there are some tags, like <math>, which also function like <nowiki> which are included in this aswell. Some other tags, like <ref>, have far too unpredictable behaviour to be handled currently (they'd have to be split and processed as something seperate - its complicated, but maybe not impossible.) I suspect that every tag listed in [[Special:Version]] may behave somewhat like this, but that's far too many cases worth checking for rarely used tags that may not even have a good reason to contain {{ or }} anyways, so we leave them alone. ---- HTML COMMENTS AND INCLUDEONLY ---- HTML Comments are about as basic as it could get for this Start at <!--, end at -->, no extra conditions. Simple enough If a comment has no end, it will eat all text instead of not being processed includeonly tags function mostly like a regular nowiki tag, with the exception that the tag will actually consume all future text if not given an ending as opposed to simply giving up and not changing anything. Due to complications and the fact that this is far less likely to be present on a page, aswell as being something that may not want to be escaped, includeonly tags are ignored during our processing --]=] local validtags = {nowiki=1, pre=1, syntaxhighlight=1, source=1, math=1} --This function expects the string to start with the tag local function TestForNowikiTag(text, scanPosition) local tagName = (string.match(text, "^<([^\n />]+)", scanPosition) or ""):lower() if not validtags[tagName] then return nil end local nextOpener = string.find(text, "<", scanPosition+1) or -1 local nextCloser = string.find(text, ">", scanPosition+1) or -1 if nextCloser > -1 and (nextOpener == -1 or nextCloser < nextOpener) then local startingTag = string.sub(text, scanPosition, nextCloser) --We have our starting tag (E.g. '<pre style="color:red">') --Now find our ending... if endswith(startingTag, "/>") then --self-closing tag (we are our own ending) return { Tag = tagName, Start = startingTag, Content = "", End = "", Length = #startingTag } else local endingTagStart, endingTagEnd = string.find(text, "</"..allcases(tagName).."[ \t\n]*>", scanPosition) if endingTagStart then --Regular tag formation local endingTag = string.sub(text, endingTagStart, endingTagEnd) local tagContent = string.sub(text, nextCloser+1, endingTagStart-1) return { Tag = tagName, Start = startingTag, Content = tagContent, End = endingTag, Length = #startingTag + #tagContent + #endingTag } else --Content inside still needs escaping (also linter error!) return { Tag = tagName, Start = startingTag, Content = "", End = "", Length = #startingTag } end end end return nil end local function TestForComment(text, scanPosition) --Like TestForNowikiTag but for <!-- --> if string.match(text, "^<!%-%-", scanPosition) then local commentEnd = string.find(text, "-->", scanPosition+4, true) if commentEnd then return { Start = "<!--", End = "-->", Content = string.sub(text, scanPosition+4, commentEnd-1), Length = commentEnd-scanPosition+3 } else --Consumes all text if not given an ending return { Start = "<!--", End = "", Content = string.sub(text, scanPosition+4), Length = #text-scanPosition+1 } end end return nil end --[[ Implementation notes The goal of this function is to escape all text that wouldn't be parsed if it was preprocessed (see above implementation notes). Using keepComments will keep all HTML comments instead of removing them. They will still be escaped regardless to avoid processing errors --]] local function PrepareText(text, keepComments) local newtext = {} local scanPosition = 1 while true do local NextCheck = string.find(text, "<[NnSsPpMm!]", scanPosition) --Advance to the next potential tag we care about if not NextCheck then --Done newtext[#newtext+1] = string.sub(text,scanPosition) break end newtext[#newtext+1] = string.sub(text,scanPosition,NextCheck-1) scanPosition = NextCheck local Comment = TestForComment(text, scanPosition) if Comment then if keepComments then newtext[#newtext+1] = Comment.Start .. mw.text.nowiki(Comment.Content) .. Comment.End end scanPosition = scanPosition + Comment.Length else local Tag = TestForNowikiTag(text, scanPosition) if Tag then local newTagStart = "<" .. mw.text.nowiki(string.sub(Tag.Start,2,-2)) .. ">" local newTagEnd = Tag.End == "" and "" or --Respect no tag ending "</" .. mw.text.nowiki(string.sub(Tag.End,3,-2)) .. ">" local newContent = mw.text.nowiki(Tag.Content) newtext[#newtext+1] = newTagStart .. newContent .. newTagEnd scanPosition = scanPosition + Tag.Length else --Nothing special, move on... newtext[#newtext+1] = string.sub(text, scanPosition, scanPosition) scanPosition = scanPosition + 1 end end end return table.concat(newtext, "") end --[=[ Implementation notes This function is an alternative to Transcluder's getParameters which considers the potential for a singular { or } or other odd syntax that %b doesn't like to be in a parameter's value. When handling the difference between {{ and {{{, mediawiki will attempt to match as many sequences of {{{ as possible before matching a {{ E.g. {{{{A}}}} -> { {{{A}}} } {{{{{{{{Text|A}}}}}}}} -> {{ {{{ {{{Text|A}}} }}} }} If there aren't enough triple braces on both sides, the parser will compromise for a template interpretation. E.g. {{{{A}} }} -> {{ {{ A }} }} While there are technically concerns about things such as wikilinks breaking template processing (E.g. {{[[}}]]}} doesn't stop at the first }}), it shouldn't be our job to process inputs perfectly when the input has garbage ({ / } isn't legal in titles anyways, so if something's unmatched in a wikilink, it's guaranteed GIGO) Setting dontEscape will prevent running the input text through EET. Avoid setting this to true if you don't have to set it. Returned values: A table of all templates. Template data goes as follows: Text: The raw text of the template Name: The name of the template Args: A list of arguments Children: A list of immediate template children --]=] --Helper functions local function boundlen(pair) return pair.End-pair.Start+1 end --Main function local function ParseTemplates(InputText, dontEscape) --Setup if not dontEscape then InputText = PrepareText(InputText) end local function finalise(text) if not dontEscape then return mw.text.decode(text) else return text end end local function CreateContainerObj(Container) Container.Text = {} Container.Args = {} Container.ArgOrder = {} Container.Children = {} -- Container.Name = nil -- Container.Value = nil -- Container.Key = nil Container.BeyondStart = false Container.LastIndex = 1 Container.finalise = finalise function Container:HandleArgInput(character, internalcall) if not internalcall then self.Text[#self.Text+1] = character end if character == "=" then if self.Key then self.Value[#self.Value+1] = character else self.Key = cheaptrim(self.Value and table.concat(self.Value, "") or "") self.Value = {} end else --"|" or "}" if not self.Name then self.Name = cheaptrim(self.Value and table.concat(self.Value, "") or "") self.Value = nil else self.Value = self.finalise(self.Value and table.concat(self.Value, "") or "") if self.Key then self.Key = self.finalise(self.Key) self.Args[self.Key] = cheaptrim(self.Value) self.ArgOrder[#self.ArgOrder+1] = self.Key else local Key = tostring(self.LastIndex) self.Args[Key] = self.Value self.ArgOrder[#self.ArgOrder+1] = Key self.LastIndex = self.LastIndex + 1 end self.Key = nil self.Value = nil end end end function Container:AppendText(text, ftext) self.Text[#self.Text+1] = (ftext or text) if not self.Value then self.Value = {} end self.BeyondStart = self.BeyondStart or (#table.concat(self.Text, "") > 2) if self.BeyondStart then self.Value[#self.Value+1] = text end end function Container:Clean(IsTemplate) self.Text = table.concat(self.Text, "") if self.Value and IsTemplate then self.Value = {string.sub(table.concat(self.Value, ""), 1, -3)} --Trim ending }} self:HandleArgInput("|", true) --Simulate ending end self.Value = nil self.Key = nil self.BeyondStart = nil self.LastIndex = nil self.finalise = nil self.HandleArgInput = nil self.AppendText = nil self.Clean = nil end return Container end --Step 1: Find and escape the content of all wikilinks on the page, which are stronger than templates (see implementation notes) local scannerPosition = 1 local wikilinks = {} local openWikilinks = {} while true do local Position, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([%[%]])%1", scannerPosition) if not Position then --Done break end scannerPosition = Position+2 --+2 to pass the [[ / ]] if Character == "[" then --Add a [[ to the pending wikilink queue openWikilinks[#openWikilinks+1] = Position else --Pair up the ]] to any available [[ if #openWikilinks >= 1 then local start = table.remove(openWikilinks) --Pop the latest [[ wikilinks[start] = {Start=start, End=Position+1, Type="Wikilink"} --Note the pair end end end --Step 2: Find the bounds of every valid template and variable ({{ and {{{) local scannerPosition = 1 local templates = {} local variables = {} local openBrackets = {} while true do local Start, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([{}])%1", scannerPosition) if not Start then --Done (both 9e9) break end local _, End = string.find(InputText, "^"..Character.."+", Start) scannerPosition = Start --Get to the {{ / }} set if Character == "{" then --Add the {{+ set to the queue openBrackets[#openBrackets+1] = {Start=Start, End=End} else --Pair up the }} to any available {{, accounting for {{{ / }}} local BracketCount = End-Start+1 while BracketCount >= 2 and #openBrackets >= 1 do local OpenSet = table.remove(openBrackets) if boundlen(OpenSet) >= 3 and BracketCount >= 3 then --We have a {{{variable}}} (both sides have 3 spare) variables[OpenSet.End-2] = {Start=OpenSet.End-2, End=scannerPosition+2, Type="Variable"} --Done like this to ensure chronological order BracketCount = BracketCount - 3 OpenSet.End = OpenSet.End - 3 scannerPosition = scannerPosition + 3 else --We have a {{template}} (both sides have 2 spare, but at least one side doesn't have 3 spare) templates[OpenSet.End-1] = {Start=OpenSet.End-1, End=scannerPosition+1, Type="Template"} --Done like this to ensure chronological order BracketCount = BracketCount - 2 OpenSet.End = OpenSet.End - 2 scannerPosition = scannerPosition + 2 end if boundlen(OpenSet) >= 2 then --Still has enough data left, leave it in openBrackets[#openBrackets+1] = OpenSet end end end scannerPosition = End --Now move past the bracket set end --Step 3: Re-trace every object using their known bounds, collecting our parameters with (slight) ease local scannerPosition = 1 local activeObjects = {} local finalObjects = {} while true do local LatestObject = activeObjects[#activeObjects] --Commonly needed object local NNC, _, Character --NNC = NextNotableCharacter if LatestObject then NNC, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([{}%[%]|=])", scannerPosition) else NNC, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([{}])", scannerPosition) --We are only after templates right now end if not NNC then break end if NNC > scannerPosition and LatestObject then local scannedContent = string.sub(InputText, scannerPosition, NNC-1) LatestObject:AppendText(scannedContent, finalise(scannedContent)) end scannerPosition = NNC+1 if Character == "{" or Character == "[" then local Container = templates[NNC] or variables[NNC] or wikilinks[NNC] if Container then CreateContainerObj(Container) if Container.Type == "Template" then Container:AppendText("{{") scannerPosition = NNC+2 elseif Container.Type == "Variable" then Container:AppendText("{{{") scannerPosition = NNC+3 else --Wikilink Container:AppendText("[[") scannerPosition = NNC+2 end if LatestObject and Container.Type == "Template" then --Only templates count as children LatestObject.Children[#LatestObject.Children+1] = Container end activeObjects[#activeObjects+1] = Container elseif LatestObject then LatestObject:AppendText(Character) end elseif Character == "}" or Character == "]" then if LatestObject then LatestObject:AppendText(Character) if LatestObject.End == NNC then if LatestObject.Type == "Template" then LatestObject:Clean(true) finalObjects[#finalObjects+1] = LatestObject else LatestObject:Clean(false) end activeObjects[#activeObjects] = nil local NewLatest = activeObjects[#activeObjects] if NewLatest then NewLatest:AppendText(LatestObject.Text) --Append to new latest end end end else --| or = if LatestObject then LatestObject:HandleArgInput(Character) end end end --Step 4: Fix the order local FixedOrder = {} local SortableReference = {} for _,Object in next,finalObjects do SortableReference[#SortableReference+1] = Object.Start end table.sort(SortableReference) for i = 1,#SortableReference do local start = SortableReference[i] for n,Object in next,finalObjects do if Object.Start == start then finalObjects[n] = nil Object.Start = nil --Final cleanup Object.End = nil Object.Type = nil FixedOrder[#FixedOrder+1] = Object break end end end --Finished, return return FixedOrder end local p = {} --Main entry points p.PrepareText = PrepareText p.ParseTemplates = ParseTemplates --Extra entry points, not really required p.TestForNowikiTag = TestForNowikiTag p.TestForComment = TestForComment return p --[==[ console tests local s = [=[Hey!{{Text|<nowiki | ||> Hey! }} A</nowiki>|<!--AAAAA|AAA-->Should see|Shouldn't see}}]=] local out = p.PrepareText(s) mw.logObject(out) local s = [=[B<!-- Hey! -->A]=] local out = p.TestForComment(s, 2) mw.logObject(out); mw.log(string.sub(s, 2, out.Length)) local a = p.ParseTemplates([=[ {{User:Aidan9382/templates/dummy |A|B|C {{{A|B}}} { } } { |<nowiki>D</nowiki> |<pre>E |F</pre> |G|=|a=|A = [[{{PAGENAME}}|A=B]]{{Text|1==<nowiki>}}</nowiki>}}|A B=Success}} ]=]) mw.logObject(a) ]==] 57b8b767a324892ac6470ec5fcdc778866bc020f 828 126 281 2024-02-24T01:51:37Z wikipedia>Izno 0 per tper Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{Submit an edit request}}. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Submit an edit request/config' -- Load necessary modules local mRedirect = require('Module:Redirect') local cfg = mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE) local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local escape = require("Module:String")._escapePattern local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local p = {} local validLevels = { semi = 'semi', extended = 'extended', template = 'template', full = 'full', interface = 'interface', manual = 'manual' } local function message(key, ...) local params = {...} local msg = cfg[key] if #params < 1 then return msg else return mw.message.newRawMessage(msg):params(params):plain() end end local function validateLevel(level) return level and validLevels[level] or 'full' end local function getLevelInfo(level, field) return cfg.protectionLevels[level][field] end local function resolveRedirect(page) return mRedirect.luaMain(page) end local function isProtected(page) local action = mw.title.new(page).exists and 'edit' or 'create' return effectiveProtectionLevel(action, page) ~= '*' end function p.makeRequestUrl(level, titleObj) titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local basePage = titleObj.basePageTitle.fullText if cfg['main-page-content'][basePage] then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(message('main-page-request-page'))) end local talkPageName = titleObj.talkPageTitle if talkPageName == nil then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(message('protected-talk-page-request-page'))) end talkPageName = resolveRedirect(talkPageName.prefixedText) if isProtected(talkPageName) then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(message('protected-talk-page-request-page'))) end level = validateLevel(level) if level == 'manual' then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(talkPageName, { action = 'edit', section = 'new' })) end local sectionname = message( 'preload-title-text', getLevelInfo(level, 'levelText'), lang:formatDate(message('preload-title-date-format')) ) local content = mw.title.new(talkPageName):getContent() if content and content:find("== *" .. escape(sectionname) .. " *==") then local dedup = 2 while true do local newname = message("preload-title-dedup-suffix", sectionname, dedup) if not content:find("== *" .. escape(newname) .. " *==") then sectionname = newname break end dedup = dedup + 1 end end local url = mw.uri.fullUrl(talkPageName, { action = 'edit', editintro = getLevelInfo(level, 'editintro'), preload = message('preload-template'), preloadtitle = sectionname, section = 'new' }) url = tostring(url) -- Add the preload parameters. @TODO: merge this into the mw.uri.fullUrl -- query table once [[phab:T93059]] is fixed. local function encodeParam(key, val) return string.format('&%s=%s', mw.uri.encode(key), mw.uri.encode(val)) end url = url .. encodeParam('preloadparams[]', getLevelInfo(level, 'requestTemplate')) url = url .. encodeParam('preloadparams[]', titleObj.prefixedText) return url end function p._link(args) return string.format( '<span class="plainlinks">[%s %s]</span>', p.makeRequestUrl(args.type), args.display or message('default-display-value') ) end function p._button(args) return require('Module:Clickable button 2').main{ [1] = args.display or message('default-display-value'), url = p.makeRequestUrl(args.type), class = 'mw-ui-progressive' } end local function makeInvokeFunc(func, wrapper) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = {wrapper} }) return func(args) end end p.link = makeInvokeFunc(p._link, message('link-wrapper-template')) p.button = makeInvokeFunc(p._button, message('button-wrapper-template')) return p 689eda2206e6e1a11d8344810bb4785060543dc1 828 79 172 2024-03-01T12:45:46Z wikipedia>SilverLocust 0 Fix for [[Template talk:Db-a1]] and similar template-protected non-template redirects being miscategorized into [[Category:Wikipedia fully protected pages]]. Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } 65de905227752d0a0dae145e9ad8dbe1d0087016 10 106 234 2024-03-04T07:40:14Z wikipedia>Gonnym 0 added more templatedata and other minor changes wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Please place categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{Distinguish|Template:Userbox}} {{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox||{{High-use}}}} {{Lua|Module:Infobox}} {{Parameter names example |name={{PAGENAME}} <!--|child |subbox |decat--> |title |above |subheader |subheader1 |subheader2={{{subheader2}}}<br/>...... |image|caption |image1|caption1 |image2|caption2={{{caption2}}}<br/>...... |header1=<div style="border-top:1px dashed #ccc;">{{{header1}}}<br/>{{nobold|( ''or'' )}}</div> |label2={{{label1}}} |data2={{{data1}}} |data3=( ''or'' )<br/><div style="padding-bottom:0.25em;border-bottom:1px dashed #ccc;">{{{data1}}}</div> |header5={{{header2}}}<br/><div style="padding:0.75em 0 0.5em;">{{nobold|( ''or'' )}}</div> |label6={{{label2}}} |data6={{{data2}}} |data7=( ''or'' )<br/><div style="padding-bottom:0.25em;border-bottom:1px dashed #ccc;">{{{data2}}}</div> |data9=<div style="padding:0.75em 0 0.5em;">( ''etc'' )</div> |below }} '''[[Template:Infobox]]''' is intended as a meta template: a template used for constructing other templates. '''Note''': In general, it is not meant for use directly in an article, but can be used on a one-off basis if required. [[Help:Infobox]] contains an introduction about the recommended content and design of infoboxes; [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Infoboxes]] contains additional style guidelines. See [[WP:List of infoboxes]] and [[:Category:Infobox templates]] for lists of prepared topic-specific infoboxes. == Usage == {{tlf|Infobox}} is a meta-template: used to organise an actual <nowiki>{{Infobox sometopic}}</nowiki> template (like {{tl|Infobox building}}). For <code><nowiki>[[Template:Infobox sometopic]]</nowiki></code>, template code then looks like this, simplified: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox | name = {{{name|{{PAGENAME}}}}} | image = {{{image|}}} | caption1 = {{{caption|}}} | label1 = Former names | data1 = {{{former_names|}}} | header2 = General information | label3 = Status | data3 = {{{status|}}} ... <!-- etc. --> }} </syntaxhighlight> == Optional control parameters == ; name : If this parameter is present, "view, talk and edit" links will be added to the bottom of the infobox pointing to the named page, prefixed by <code>Template:</code> if no namespace is specified. You may use the value <nowiki>{{subst:PAGENAME}}</nowiki>; however, this is rarely what you want because it will send users clicking these links in an infobox to the template code rather than the data in the infobox they probably want to change. ; child : See the [[#Embedding|Embedding]] section for details. If this is set to "yes", this child infobox should be titled but have no name parameter. This parameter is empty by default, set it to "yes" to activate it. ; subbox : See the [[#Subboxes|Subboxes]] section for details. If this is set to "yes", this subbox should be titled but have no name parameter. This parameter is empty by default, set to "yes" to activate it. It has no effect if the {{para|child}} parameter is also set to "yes". ; decat : If this is set to "yes", the current page will not be autocategorized in a maintenance category when the generated infobox has some problems or no visible data section. Leave empty by default or set to "yes" to activate it. ; autoheaders: If this is set to any non-blank value, headers which are not followed by data fields are suppressed. See the "[[#Hiding headers when all its data fields are empty|hiding headers when all its data fields are empty]]" section for more details. == Content parameters == === Title === There are two different ways to put a title on an infobox. One contains the title inside the infobox's border in the uppermost cell of the table, the other puts it as a caption on top of the table. You can use them both together, or just one or the other, or neither (though this is not recommended): ; title : Text to put in the caption over the top of the table (or as section header before the whole content of this table, if this is a child infobox). For [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Accessibility#Tables|accessibility reasons]], this is the most recommended alternative. ; above : Text to put within the uppermost cell of the table. ; subheader(n) : additional title fields which fit below {{para|title}}} and {{para|above}}}, but before images. Examples: {{Infobox | name = Infobox/doc | title = Text in caption over infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}} | title = Text in caption over infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} {{Infobox | name = Infobox/doc | above = Text in uppermost cell of infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | subheader2 = Second subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}} | above = Text in uppermost cell of infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | subheader2 = Second subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} === Illustration images === ; image(n) : images to display at the top of the template. Use full image syntax, for example <nowiki>[[File:example.png|200px|alt=Example alt text]]</nowiki>. Image is centered by default. See [[WP:ALT]] for more on alt text. ; caption(n) : Text to put underneath the images. === Main data === ; header(n) : Text to use as a header in row n. ; label(n) : Text to use as a label in row n. ; data(n) : Text to display as data in row n. Note: for any given value for (n), not all combinations of parameters are permitted. The presence of a {{para|header''(n)''}} will cause the corresponding {{para|data''(n)''}} (and {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|label''(n)''}}, see below) to be ignored; the absence of a {{para|data''(n)''}} will cause the corresponding {{para|label''(n)''}} to be ignored. Valid combinations for any single row are: * {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|header''(n)''}} * {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|data''(n)''}} * {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|label''(n)''}} {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|data''(n)''}} See the rendering of header4, label4, and data4 in the [[#Examples|Examples]] section below. ==== Number ranges ==== To allow flexibility when the layout of an infobox is changed, it may be helpful when developing an infobox to use non-contiguous numbers for header and label/data rows. Parameters for new rows can then be inserted in future without having to renumber existing parameters. For example: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | header3 = Section 1 | label5 = Label A | data5 = Data A | label7 = Label C | data7 = Data C | header10 = Section 2 | label12 = Label D | data12 = Data D </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} It is also possible to automatically renumber parameter names by using [[User:Frietjes/infoboxgap.js]] or [[Module:IncrementParams]]. There is no upper limit on numbers but there must be at most 50 between each used number. ==== Making data fields optional ==== A row with a label but no data is not displayed. This allows for the easy creation of optional infobox content rows. To make a row optional use a parameter that defaults to an empty string, like so: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | label5 = Population | data5 = {{{population|}}} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} This way if an article doesn't define the population parameter in its infobox the row won't be displayed. For more complex fields with pre-formatted contents that would still be present even if the parameter wasn't set, you can wrap it all in an "#if" statement to make the whole thing vanish when the parameter is not used. For instance, the "#if" statement in the following example reads "#if:the parameter ''mass'' has been supplied |then display it, followed by 'kg'": <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | label6 = Mass | data6 = {{ #if: {{{mass|}}} | {{{mass}}} kg }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} For more on #if, see [[meta:ParserFunctions##if:|here]]. ==== Hiding headers when all its data fields are empty ==== You can also make headers automatically hide when their section is empty (has no data-row showing). Consider this situation: {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} If you want hide the header when no {{para|data''N''}} values are present, use {{para|autoheaders|y}}: {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} So, header1 will be shown if any of item1, item2, or item3 is defined. If none of the three parameters are defined the header won't be shown and no empty row appears before the next visible content. Note: if the data has empty css elements, like {{para|data|2=&lt;span style="background:yellow;">&lt;/span>}}, this will be treated as non-empty (having data). If {{para|autoheaders|y}} but there are items that you {{em|do not}} want to trigger a header, place {{para|headerX|_BLANK_}}. This will serve as an empty header and separate it from the subsequent items. {{Infobox | title = Example: blank header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = _BLANK_ | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value, but does not trigger header1 or show header5 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = _BLANK_ | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value, but does not trigger header1 or show header5 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} === Footer === ; below : Text to put in the bottom cell. The bottom cell is intended for footnotes, see-also, and other such information. == Presentation parameters == === Italic titles === Titles of articles with infoboxes may be made italic, in line with [[WP:ITALICTITLE]], by passing the <code>italic title</code> parameter. * Turn on italic titles by passing {{para|italic title|<nowiki>{{{italic title|}}}</nowiki>}} from the infobox. * Turn off by default (notably because only Latin script may be safely rendered in this style and italic may be needed to distinguish foreign language from local English language only in that script, but would be difficult to read for other scripts) but allow some instances to be made italic by passing {{para|italic title|<nowiki>{{{italic title|no}}}</nowiki>}} * Do not make any titles italic by not passing the parameter at all. === CSS styling === {{div col}} ; bodystyle : Applies to the infobox table as a whole ; titlestyle : Applies only to the title caption. Adding a background color is usually inadvisable since the text is rendered "outside" the infobox. ; abovestyle : Applies only to the "above" cell at the top. The default style has font-size:125%; since this cell is usually used for a title, if you want to use the above cell for regular-sized text include "font-size:100%;" in the abovestyle. ; imagestyle : Applies to the cell the image is in. This includes the text of the image caption, but you should set text properties with captionstyle instead of imagestyle in case the caption is moved out of this cell in the future. ; captionstyle : Applies to the text of the image caption. ; rowstyle(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>style</code> attribute for the specified row. ; headerstyle : Applies to all header cells ; subheaderstyle : Applies to all subheader cells ; labelstyle : Applies to all label cells ; datastyle : Applies to all data cells ; belowstyle : Applies only to the below cell {{div col end}} === HTML classes and microformats === {{div col}} ; bodyclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox as a whole. ; titleclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''title''' caption. <!-- currently not implemented in Lua module ; aboverowclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row the '''above''' cell is on. --> ; aboveclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''above''' cell. ; subheaderrowclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row the '''subheader''' is on. ; subheaderclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''subheader'''. ; imagerowclass(n) : These parameters are inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row their respective '''image''' is on. ; imageclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the '''image'''. ; rowclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the specified row including the '''label''' and '''data''' cells. ; class(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the '''data''' cell of the specified row. If there's no '''data''' cell it has no effect. <!-- currently not implemented in Lua module ; belowrowclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row the '''below''' cell is on. --> ; belowclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''below''' cell. {{div col end}} This template supports the addition of microformat information. This is done by adding "class" attributes to various data cells, indicating what kind of information is contained within. Multiple class names may be specified, separated by spaces, some of them being used as selectors for custom styling according to a project policy or to the skin selected in user preferences, others being used for microformats. To flag an infobox as containing [[hCard]] information, for example, add the following parameter: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | bodyclass = vcard </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} And for each row containing a data cell that's part of the vcard, add a corresponding class parameter: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | class1 = fn | class2 = org | class3 = tel </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} ...and so forth. "above" and "title" can also be given classes, since these are usually used to display the name of the subject of the infobox. See [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats]] for more information on adding microformat information to Wikipedia, and [[microformat]] for more information on microformats in general. == Examples == Notice how the row doesn't appear in the displayed infobox when a '''label''' is defined without an accompanying '''data''' cell, and how all of them are displayed when a '''header''' is defined on the same row as a '''data''' cell. Also notice that '''subheaders''' are not bold by default like the '''headers''' used to split the main data section, because this role is meant to be for the '''above''' cell : {{Suppress categories| {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = |titlestyle = |abovestyle = background: #cfc; |subheaderstyle = |title = Test Infobox |above = Above text |subheader = Subheader above image |subheader2 = Second subheader |imagestyle = |captionstyle = |image = [[File:Example-serious.jpg|200px|alt=Example alt text]] |caption = Caption displayed below File:Example-serious.jpg |headerstyle = background: #ccf; |labelstyle = background: #ddf; |datastyle = |header1 = Header defined alone | label1 = | data1 = |header2 = | label2 = Label defined alone does not display (needs data, or is suppressed) | data2 = |header3 = | label3 = | data3 = Data defined alone |header4 = All three defined (header, label, data, all with same number) | label4 = does not display (same number as a header) | data4 = does not display (same number as a header) |header5 = | label5 = Label and data defined (label) | data5 = Label and data defined (data) |belowstyle = background: #ddf; |below = Below text }} }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = |titlestyle = |abovestyle = background: #cfc; |subheaderstyle = |title = Test Infobox |above = Above text |subheader = Subheader above image |subheader2 = Second subheader |imagestyle = |captionstyle = |image = [[File:Example-serious.jpg|200px|alt=Example alt text]] |caption = Caption displayed below File:Example-serious.jpg |headerstyle = background: #ccf; |labelstyle = background: #ddf; |datastyle = |header1 = Header defined alone | label1 = | data1 = |header2 = | label2 = Label defined alone does not display (needs data, or is suppressed) | data2 = |header3 = | label3 = | data3 = Data defined alone |header4 = All three defined (header, label, data, all with same number) | label4 = does not display (same number as a header) | data4 = does not display (same number as a header) |header5 = | label5 = Label and data defined (label) | data5 = Label and data defined (data) |belowstyle = background: #ddf; |below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> For this example, the {{para|bodystyle}} and {{para|labelstyle}} parameters are used to adjust the infobox width and define a default width for the column of labels: {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = width: 20em |titlestyle = |title = Test Infobox |headerstyle = |labelstyle = width: 33% |datastyle = |header1 = | label1 = Label 1 | data1 = Data 1 |header2 = | label2 = Label 2 | data2 = Data 2 |header3 = | label3 = Label 3 | data3 = Data 3 |header4 = Header 4 | label4 = | data4 = |header5 = | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. |belowstyle = |below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = width: 20em |titlestyle = |title = Test Infobox |headerstyle = |labelstyle = width: 33% |datastyle = |header1 = | label1 = Label 1 | data1 = Data 1 |header2 = | label2 = Label 2 | data2 = Data 2 |header3 = | label3 = Label 3 | data3 = Data 3 |header4 = Header 4 | label4 = | data4 = |header5 = | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. |belowstyle = |below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> == Embedding == <!--Linked from [[Template:Subinfobox bodystyle/doc]]--> One infobox template can be embedded into another using the {{para|child}} parameter. This feature can be used to create a modular infobox, or to create better-defined logical sections. Long ago, it was necessary to use embedding in order to create infoboxes with more than 99 rows; but nowadays there's no limit to the number of rows that can be defined in a single instance of <code><nowiki>{{infobox}}</nowiki></code>. {{Infobox | title = Top level title | data1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | data2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes |title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Top level title | data1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | data2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes |title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Note, in the examples above, the child infobox is placed in a <code>data</code> field, not a <code>header</code> field. Notice that the section subheadings are not in bold font if bolding is not explicitly specified. To obtain bold section headings, place the child infobox in a '''header''' field (but not in a '''label''' field because it would not be displayed!), either using {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} or, {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = First subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = Second subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = First subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = Second subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Note that omitting the {{para|title}} parameter, and not including any text preceding the embedded infobox, may result in spurious blank table rows, creating gaps in the visual presentation. The garbage output can be suppressed using {{para|rowstyleN|display: none}}, replacing N with the data/header number. [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Infoboxes/embed]] includes some links to Wikipedia articles which include infoboxes embedded within other infoboxes. == Subboxes == An alternative method for embedding is to use {{para|subbox|yes}}, which removes the outer border from the infobox, but preserves the interior structure. One feature of this approach is that the parent and child boxes need not have the same structure, and the label and data fields are not aligned between the parent and child boxes because they are not in the same parent table. {{Infobox | headerstyle = background-color: #eee; | labelstyle = background-color: #eee; | header1 = Main 1 | header2 = Main 2 | data3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color: #ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | data4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5 | header6 = Main 6 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | headerstyle = background-color: #eee; | labelstyle = background-color: #eee; | header1 = Main 1 | header2 = Main 2 | data3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color:#ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | data4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5 | header6 = Main 6 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Similar embedding techniques may be used within content parameters of some other templates generating tables (such as [[:Template:Sidebar|Sidebar]]): {{Sidebar | navbar = off | headingstyle = background-color: #eee; | heading1 = Heading 1 | heading2 = Heading 2 | content3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color: #ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | content4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | heading5 = Heading 5 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Sidebar | navbar = off | headingstyle = background-color: #eee; | heading1 = Heading 1 | heading2 = Heading 2 | content3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color: #ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | content4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | heading5 = Heading 5 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Note that the default padding of the parent data cell containing each subbox is still visible, so the subboxes are slightly narrower than the parent box and there's a higher vertical spacing between standard cells of the parent box than between cells of distinct subboxes. == Controlling line-breaking in embedded bulletless lists == Template {{tlx|nbsp}} may be used with {{tlx|wbr}} and {{tlx|nowrap}} to control line-breaking in bulletless lists embedded in infoboxes (e.g. cast list in {{tlx|Infobox film}}), to prevent wrapped long entries from being confused with multiple entries. See [[Template:Wbr/doc#Controlling line-breaking in infoboxes]] for details. == Full blank syntax == (Note: there is no limit to the number of possible rows; only 20 are given below since infoboxes larger than that will be relatively rare. Just extend the numbering as needed. The microformat "class" parameters are also omitted as they are not commonly used.) <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}} | child = {{{child|}}} | subbox = {{{subbox|}}} | italic title = {{{italic title|no}}} | templatestyles = | child templatestyles = | grandchild templatestyles = | bodystyle = | titlestyle = | abovestyle = | subheaderstyle = | title = | above = | subheader = | imagestyle = | captionstyle = | image = | caption = | image2 = | caption2 = | headerstyle = | labelstyle = | datastyle = | header1 = | label1 = | data1 = | header2 = | label2 = | data2 = | header3 = | label3 = | data3 = | header4 = | label4 = | data4 = | header5 = | label5 = | data5 = | header6 = | label6 = | data6 = | header7 = | label7 = | data7 = | header8 = | label8 = | data8 = | header9 = | label9 = | data9 = | header10 = | label10 = | data10 = | header11 = | label11 = | data11 = | header12 = | label12 = | data12 = | header13 = | label13 = | data13 = | header14 = | label14 = | data14 = | header15 = | label15 = | data15 = | header16 = | label16 = | data16 = | header17 = | label17 = | data17 = | header18 = | label18 = | data18 = | header19 = | label19 = | data19 = | header20 = | label20 = | data20 = | belowstyle = | below = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} {{Help:Infobox/user style}} == Porting to other MediaWikis == The infobox template requires the [[:mw:Extension:Scribunto|Scribunto]] and [[:mw:Extension:TemplateStyles|TemplateStyles]] extensions. [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Transwiki|WikiProject Transwiki]] has a version of this template that has been modified to work on other MediaWikis. == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "description": "This template is intended as a meta template, a template used for constructing other templates. In general, it is not meant for use directly in an article but can be used on a one-off basis if required.", "format": "{{_\n| ________________ = _\n}}\n", "params": { "name": { "label": "name", "description": "" }, "child": { "label": "child", "description": "" }, "subbox": { "label": "subbox", "description": "" }, "italic title": { "label": "italic title", "description": "" }, "templatestyles": { "label": "templatestyles", "description": "" }, "child templatestyles": { "label": "child templatestyles", "description": "" }, "grandchild templatestyles": { "label": "grandchild templatestyles", "description": "" }, "bodystyle": { "label": "bodystyle", "description": "" }, "titlestyle": { "label": "titlestyle", "description": "" }, "abovestyle": { "label": "abovestyle", "description": "" }, "subheaderstyle": { "label": "subheaderstyle", "description": "" }, "title": { "label": "Title", "description": "Title displayed above the infobox", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "above": { "label": "above", "description": "" }, "subheader": { "label": "subheader", "description": "" }, "imagestyle": { "label": "imagestyle", "description": "" }, "captionstyle": { "label": "captionstyle", "description": "" }, "image": { "label": "Image", "description": "Image illustrating the topic. Use full image syntax.", "type": "content", "suggested": true, "example": "[[File:example.png|200px|alt=Example alt text]]" }, "caption": { "label": "Caption", "description": "caption for the image", "type": "content", "suggested": true }, "image2": { "label": "image2", "description": "" }, "caption2": { "label": "caption2", "description": "" }, "headerstyle": { "label": "headerstyle", "description": "" }, "labelstyle": { "label": "labelstyle", "description": "" }, "datastyle": { "label": "datastyle", "description": "" }, "header1": { "label": "header1", "description": "" }, "label1": { "label": "label1", "description": "" }, "data1": { "label": "data1", "description": "" }, "header2": { "label": "header2", "description": "" }, "label2": { "label": "label2", "description": "" }, "data2": { "label": "data2", "description": "" }, "header3": { "label": "header3", "description": "" }, "label3": { "label": "label3", "description": "" }, "data3": { "label": "data3", "description": "" }, "header4": { "label": "header4", "description": "" }, "label4": { "label": "label4", "description": "" }, "data4": { "label": "data4", "description": "" }, "header5": { "label": "header5", "description": "" }, "label5": { "label": "label5", "description": "" }, "data5": { "label": "data5", "description": "" }, "header6": { "label": "header6", "description": "" }, "label6": { "label": "label6", "description": "" }, "data6": { "label": "data6", "description": "" }, "header7": { "label": "header7", "description": "" }, "label7": { "label": "label7", "description": "" }, "data7": { "label": "data7", "description": "" }, "header8": { "label": "header8", "description": "" }, "label8": { "label": "label8", "description": "" }, "data8": { "label": "data8", "description": "" }, "header9": { "label": "header9", "description": "" }, "label9": { "label": "label9", "description": "" }, "data9": { "label": "data9", "description": "" }, "header10": { "label": "header10", "description": "" }, "label10": { "label": "label10", "description": "" }, "data10": { "label": "data10", "description": "" }, "header11": { "label": "header11", "description": "" }, "label11": { "label": "label11", "description": "" }, "data11": { "label": "data11", "description": "" }, "header12": { "label": "header12", "description": "" }, "label12": { "label": "label12", "description": "" }, "data12": { "label": "data12", "description": "" }, "header13": { "label": "header13", "description": "" }, "label13": { "label": "label13", "description": "" }, "data13": { "label": "data13", "description": "" }, "header14": { "label": "header14", "description": "" }, "label14": { "label": "label14", "description": "" }, "data14": { "label": "data14", "description": "" }, "header15": { "label": "header15", "description": "" }, "label15": { "label": "label15", "description": "" }, "data15": { "label": "data15", "description": "" }, "header16": { "label": "header16", "description": "" }, "label16": { "label": "label16", "description": "" }, "data16": { "label": "data16", "description": "" }, "header17": { "label": "header17", "description": "" }, "label17": { "label": "label17", "description": "" }, "data17": { "label": "data17", "description": "" }, "header18": { "label": "header18", "description": "" }, "label18": { "label": "label18", "description": "" }, "data18": { "label": "data18", "description": "" }, "header19": { "label": "header19", "description": "" }, "label19": { "label": "label19", "description": "" }, "data19": { "label": "data19", "description": "" }, "header20": { "label": "header20", "description": "" }, "label20": { "label": "label20", "description": "" }, "data20": { "label": "data20", "description": "" }, "belowstyle": { "label": "belowstyle", "description": "" }, "below": { "label": "below", "description": "" } }, "paramOrder": [ "name", "child", "subbox", "italic title", "templatestyles", "child templatestyles", "grandchild templatestyles", "bodystyle", "titlestyle", "abovestyle", "subheaderstyle", "title", "above", "subheader", "imagestyle", "captionstyle", "image", "caption", "image2", "caption2", "headerstyle", "labelstyle", "datastyle", "header1", "label1", "data1", "header2", "label2", "data2", "header3", "label3", "data3", "header4", "label4", "data4", "header5", "label5", "data5", "header6", "label6", "data6", "header7", "label7", "data7", "header8", "label8", "data8", "header9", "label9", "data9", "header10", "label10", "data10", "header11", "label11", "data11", "header12", "label12", "data12", "header13", "label13", "data13", "header14", "label14", "data14", "header15", "label15", "data15", "header16", "label16", "data16", "header17", "label17", "data17", "header18", "label18", "data18", "header19", "label19", "data19", "header20", "label20", "data20", "belowstyle", "below" ] } </templatedata> ==Tracking categories== * {{Category link with count|Articles with missing Wikidata information}} * {{Category link with count|Articles using infobox templates with no data rows}} * {{Category link with count|Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter}} ==See also== * [[Module:Infobox]], the [[WP:LUA|Lua]] module on which this template is based * [[Module:Check for unknown parameters]] * {{tl|Infobox3cols}} * {{tl|Navbox}} and {{tl|Sidebar}} * [[Wikipedia:List of infoboxes|List of infoboxes]] * [[:Module:InfoboxImage]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Infobox templates| ]] [[Category:Wikipedia metatemplates|Infobox]] [[Category:Templates generating microformats]] [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates based on the Infobox Lua module]] }}</includeonly> 26d500ae42c04c1abc3c42a542c37a9624c7db6d 10 466 1003 2024-03-08T20:42:00Z Collei 43 wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:{{{1|Request X.png}}}|18px|alt={{{2|Text here}}}]] <span style="{{{3|">'''{{{2|Text here}}}'''</span></span> <noinclude>{{Documentation|content= This template allows for the creation of custom [[Template:Template list#Resolution templates|resolution templates]] using 2 parameters. The first parameter is the image and the second is the text. For example, {{tlx|Custom resolution|Earth Western Hemisphere transparent background.png|What on Earth?}} produces {{custom resolution|Earth Western Hemisphere transparent background.png|What on Earth?}} == See also == {{#lst:Template:Template list|resolution-templates}} }}</noinclude> 3f3a66d5627ba8141ccdfc7b4c4173a533e13309 828 490 1052 2024-03-11T03:26:56Z wikipedia>Izno 0 Undid revision [[Special:Diff/1212853521|1212853521]] by [[Special:Contributions/Jdlrobson|Jdlrobson]] ([[User talk:Jdlrobson|talk]]) no, that class is exclusive to the module in which it appears Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{shortcut}}. -- Set constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Shortcut/config' -- Load required modules local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} local function message(msg, ...) return mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, ...):plain() end local function makeCategoryLink(cat) return string.format('[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat) end function p._main(shortcuts, options, frame, cfg) checkType('_main', 1, shortcuts, 'table') checkType('_main', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() cfg = cfg or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE) local templateMode = options.template and yesno(options.template) local redirectMode = options.redirect and yesno(options.redirect) local isCategorized = not options.category or yesno(options.category) ~= false -- Validate shortcuts for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do if type(shortcut) ~= 'string' or #shortcut < 1 then error(message(cfg['invalid-shortcut-error'], i), 2) end end -- Make the list items. These are the shortcuts plus any extra lines such -- as options.msg. local listItems = {} for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local templatePath, prefix if templateMode then -- Namespace detection local titleObj = mw.title.new(shortcut, 10) if titleObj.namespace == 10 then templatePath = titleObj.fullText else templatePath = shortcut end prefix = options['pre' .. i] or options.pre or '' end if options.target and yesno(options.target) then listItems[i] = templateMode and string.format("&#123;&#123;%s[[%s|%s]]&#125;&#125;", prefix, templatePath, shortcut) or string.format("[[%s]]", shortcut) else listItems[i] = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'No redirect', args = templateMode and {templatePath, shortcut} or {shortcut, shortcut} } if templateMode then listItems[i] = string.format("&#123;&#123;%s%s&#125;&#125;", prefix, listItems[i]) end end end table.insert(listItems, options.msg) -- Return an error if we have nothing to display if #listItems < 1 then local msg = cfg['no-content-error'] msg = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', msg) if isCategorized and cfg['no-content-error-category'] then msg = msg .. makeCategoryLink(cfg['no-content-error-category']) end return msg end local root = mw.html.create() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Shortcut/styles.css'} }) -- Anchors local anchorDiv = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutanchordiv') for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(shortcut) anchorDiv:tag('span'):attr('id', anchor) end -- Shortcut heading local shortcutHeading do local nShortcuts = #shortcuts if nShortcuts > 0 then local headingMsg = options['shortcut-heading'] or redirectMode and cfg['redirect-heading'] or cfg['shortcut-heading'] shortcutHeading = message(headingMsg, nShortcuts) shortcutHeading = frame:preprocess(shortcutHeading) end end -- Shortcut box local shortcutList = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutboxplain noprint') :attr('role', 'note') if options.float and options.float:lower() == 'left' then shortcutList:addClass('module-shortcutboxleft') end if options.clear and options.clear ~= '' then shortcutList:css('clear', options.clear) end if shortcutHeading then shortcutList :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutlist') :wikitext(shortcutHeading) end local ubl = require('Module:List').unbulleted(listItems) shortcutList:wikitext(ubl) return tostring(root) end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) -- Separate shortcuts from options local shortcuts, options = {}, {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then shortcuts[k] = v else options[k] = v end end -- Compress the shortcut array, which may contain nils. local function compressArray(t) local nums, ret = {}, {} for k in pairs(t) do nums[#nums + 1] = k end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[i] = t[num] end return ret end shortcuts = compressArray(shortcuts) return p._main(shortcuts, options, frame) end return p 03fd46a265e549852a9ed3d3a9249b247d84cb4f 10 452 963 2024-03-12T20:45:37Z Universal Omega 40 Phabricator -> Phorge wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Utility templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Utility templates|Utility templates]]'' <section begin=user-utility-templates/> * {{tl|URL}} <section end=user-utility-templates/> == Archive templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Archive templates|Archive templates]]'' <section begin=user-archive-templates/> * {{tl|Autoarchive/config}} * {{tl|Archives}} * {{tl|Archive list}} * {{tl|Archive header}} * {{tl|Archive box collapsible}} * {{tl|Archive}} * {{tl|Archive2}} * {{tl|Yearly archive list}} <section end=user-archive-templates/> == Maintenance templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Maintenance templates|Maintenance templates]]'' <section begin=user-maintenance-templates/> * {{tl|Delete}} * {{tl|Db-spam}} * {{tl|Db-vandalism}} * {{tl|Db-test}} * {{tl|Db-copyvio}} * {{tl|Db-attack}} <section end=user-maintenance-templates/> == User notice templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:User notice templates|User notice templates]]'' <section begin=user-notice-templates/> * {{tl|You've got mail}} * {{tl|Welcome}} * {{tl|Blocked}} * {{tl|Blocked talk-revoked-notice}} * {{tl|Unblocked}} * {{tl|Translationadmin granted}} * {{tl|Patroller granted}} <section end=user-notice-templates/> == User warning templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:User warning templates|User warning templates]]'' <section begin=user-warning-templates/> ;Testing * {{tl|Uw-test1}} * {{tl|Uw-test2}} * {{tl|Uw-test3}} * {{tl|Uw-test4}} ;Promotion * {{tl|Uw-advert1}} * {{tl|Uw-advert2}} * {{tl|Uw-advert3}} * {{tl|Uw-advert4}} ;Creation of off-topic pages * {{tl|Uw-create1}} * {{tl|Uw-create2}} * {{tl|Uw-create3}} * {{tl|Uw-create4}} * {{tl|Uw-create4im}} ;Vandalism * {{tl|Uw-vandalism1}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism2}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism3}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism4}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism4im}} * {{tl|Vandalism1}} * {{tl|Vandalism2}} * {{tl|Vandalism3}} * {{tl|Uw-npa}} * {{tl|Uw-harass}} * {{tl|Uw-sock}} * <section end=user-warning-templates/> == Character-substitution templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Character-substitution templates|Character-substitution templates]]'' <section begin=character-substitution-templates/> * {{tl|!((}} - {{!((}} * {{tl|))!}} - {{))!}} * {{tl|!-}} - <nowiki>|-</nowiki> * {{tl|1==}} - <nowiki>=</nowiki> * {{tl|@}} - {{@}} * {{tl|void}} * {{tl|\}} - {{\}} * {{tl|Col-3}} * {{tl|Col-begin}} * {{tl|Col-break}} * {{tl|Col-end}} * {{tl|Center}} * {{tl|Sp}} <section end=character-substitution-templates/> == Utility templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Utility templates|Utility templates]]'' <section begin=utility-templates/> * {{tl|Lorem ipsum}} * {{tl|Error}} * {{tl|Please leave this line alone (sandbox heading)}} * {{tl|Lua}} * {{tl|Yesno}} * {{tl|Whatisit}} * {{tl|Lua}} * {{tl|Flatlist}} * {{tl|Edit filter warning}} * {{tl|Edit}} * {{tl|Editlink}} * {{tl|Editlinktalk}} <section end=utility-templates/> == Other templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Other templates|Other templates]]'' <section begin=other-templates/> * {{tl|Server}} <section end=other-templates/> == Userpage header templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Userpage header templates|Userpage header templates]]'' <section begin=userpage-header-templates/> * {{tl|Globally banned}} * {{tl|Locked}} * {{tl|Bot}} <section end=userpage-header-templates/> == Header templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Header templates|Header templates]]'' <section begin=header-templates/> * {{tl|Global policy}} * {{tl|Header}} * {{tl|Guideline}} * {{tl|Meta policy}} * {{tl|English notice}} * {{tl|Historical}} * {{tl|Policy draft}} * {{tl|WMFGadgets}} <section end=header-templates/> == Link templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Link templates|Link templates]]'' <section begin=link-templates/> * {{tl|Libera}} - {{Libera|miraheze}} * {{tl|@}} - {{@|no-reply|google.com}} * {{tl|At}} - {{At}} <section end=link-templates/> == Inline talk templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Inline talk templates|Inline talk templates]]'' <section begin=inline-talk-templates/> * {{tl|ping}} - {{ping|Example}} * {{tl|No ping}} - {{no ping|Example}} * {{tl|Hidden ping}} * {{tl|Edit conflict}} - {{edit conflict}} * {{tl|Pinged}} - {{pinged}} * {{tl|Talk page stalker}} - {{Talk page stalker}} * {{tl|Talk page watcher}} - {{Talk page watcher}} * {{tl|Responding to ping}} - {{Responding to ping}} * {{tl|To}} - {{To|Example}} * {{tl|Not watching}} - {{Not watching}} * {{tl|Non-admin comment}} - {{NACC}} * {{tl|Non-admin closure}} - {{NAC}} * {{tl|redacted}} - {{redacted}} * {{tl|redacted2}} - {{redacted2}} * {{tl|Code}} - {{code|Example text}} * {{tl|Strong}} - {{Strong|Example text}} * {{tl|Serif}} - {{serif|Example text}} * {{tl|Outdent}} - <span style="color:gray">┌───────┘</span> * {{tl|Clear}} * {{tl|Big}} - {{big|Example text}} * {{tl|Small}} - {{small|Example text}} * {{tl|Red}} - {{red|Example text}} * {{tl|Green}} - {{green|Example text}} * {{tl|Cyan}} - {{cyan|Example text}} * {{tl|Dark cyan}} - {{Dark cyan|Example text}} * {{tl|Maroon}} - {{Maroon|Example text}} * {{tl|Color}} - {{color|red|C}}{{color|orange|o}}{{color|yellow|l}}{{color|lime|o}}{{color|green|r}} {{color|cyan|t}}{{color|blue|e}}{{color|purple|x}}{{color|pink|t}} <section end=inline-talk-templates/> == Resolution templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Resolution templates|Resolution templates]]'' <section begin=resolution-templates/> * {{tl|done}} - {{done}} * {{tl|partly done}} - {{partly done}} * {{tl|resolved}} - {{resolved}} * {{tl|not done}} - {{not done}} * {{tl|doing}} - {{doing}} * {{tl|comment}} - {{comment}} * {{tl|on hold}} - {{on hold}} * {{tl|agree}} - {{agree}} * {{tl|withdrawn}} - {{withdrawn}} * {{tl|working}} - {{working}} * {{tl|idea}} - {{idea}} * {{tl|reviewing}} - {{reviewing}} * {{tl|note}} - {{note}} * {{tl|question}} - {{question}} * {{tl|high priority}} - {{high priority}} * {{tl|thank you}} - {{thank you}} * {{tl|custom resolution}} - {{custom resolution|Earth Western Hemisphere transparent background.png|What on Earth?}} <section end=resolution-templates/> == Voting templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Voting templates|Voting templates]]'' <section begin=voting-templates/> * {{tl|support}} - {{support}} * {{tl|oppose}} - {{oppose}} * {{tl|abstain}} - {{abstain}} * {{tl|neutral}} - {{neutral}} * {{tl|support if}} - {{Support if}} <section end=voting-templates/> == Userboxes == * {{tl|Userbox}} * {{tl|Userbox-2}} * {{tl|Userbox-level}} * {{tl|Userboxtop}} * {{tl|Userboxbreak}} * {{tl|Userboxbottom}} === Global permissions === : ''Category: [[:Category:Global permissions userboxes|Global permissions userboxes]]'' <section begin=global-permissions-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User CVT}} || {{User CVT|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User global IP block exemption}} || {{User global IP block exemption|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User global sysop}} || {{User global sysop|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User global rollbacker}} || {{User global rollbacker|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User interwiki administrator}} || {{User interwiki administrator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User steward}} || {{User steward|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User system administrator}} || {{User system administrator|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=global-permissions-userboxes/> === Meta permissions === : ''Category: [[:Category:Meta permissions userboxes|Meta permissions userboxes]]'' <section begin=meta-permissions-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User administrator}} || {{User administrator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User autopatrolled}} || {{User autopatrolled|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User autoconfirmed}} || {{User autoconfirmed|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User confirmed}} || {{User confirmed|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User interface administrator}} || {{User interface administrator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User translator}} || {{User translator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User wiki creator}} || {{User wiki creator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User bureaucrat}} || {{User bureaucrat|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User patroller}} || {{User patroller|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User rollbacker}} || {{User rollbacker|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User central notice}} || {{User central notice|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=meta-permissions-userboxes/> === Social media userboxes === : ''Category: [[:Category:Social media userboxes|Social media userboxes]]'' <section begin=social-media-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User discord}} || {{User discord|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User github}} || {{User github|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User instagram}} || {{User instagram|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User IRC}} || {{User IRC|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User phorge}} || {{User phorge|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User twitter}} || {{User twitter|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User wikimedia}} || {{User wikimedia|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=social-media-userboxes/> === Human life userboxes === : ''Category: [[:Category:Human life userboxes|Human life userboxes]]'' <section begin=human-life-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User adult}} || {{User adult|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User age}} || {{User age|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User male}} || {{User male|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User female}} || {{User female|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User from}} || {{User from|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User in}} || {{User in|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=human-life-userboxes/> === Other userboxes === : ''Category: [[:Category:Other userboxes|Other userboxes]]'' <section begin=other-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User likes thank button}} || {{User likes thank button|nocat=yes}} |- |} <section end=other-userboxes/> == Infoboxes == <section start=infoboxes/> * {{tl|infobox}} * {{tl|infobox Miraheze user}} * {{tl|simpleboxtop}} * {{tl|simpleboxdata}} * {{tl|simpleboxsection}} <section end=infoboxes/> 7b9d19538699936a09e822cfe1b64805a073b84a 828 98 218 2024-04-05T02:45:24Z Uzume 20 protect against "mw.title.new()" returns "nil" Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) local maybeSandbox = mw.title.new(module .. '/sandbox') if maybeSandbox and maybeSandbox.exists then moduleLinks[i] = moduleLinks[i] .. string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', maybeSandbox.fullText) end end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" then title = title.basePageTitle end if title.contentModel == "Scribunto" then boxArgs.text = 'This module depends on the following other modules:' .. moduleList else boxArgs.text = 'This template uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-Logo.svg|30px|alt=|link=]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local protCatName if titleObj.namespace == 10 then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Templates based on the String Lua module', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation/CS1'] = 'Templates based on the Citation/CS1 Lua module' } category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do if module ~= "WP:libraryUtil" then local moduleTitle = mw.title.new(module) local moduleProt = moduleTitle and moduleTitle.protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 7586562309f593874ecc66f5d0ac59ff1c91fd8f 828 57 128 2024-04-09T15:09:30Z wikipedia>Jdlrobson 0 Use div so this doesn't apply to sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ /* * This TemplateStyles sheet deliberately does NOT include the full set of * infobox styles. We are still working to migrate all of the manual * infoboxes. See [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#Infobox]] * DO NOT ADD THEM HERE */ /* * not strictly certain these styles are necessary since the modules now * exclusively output infobox-subbox or infobox, not both * just replicating the module faithfully */ .infobox-subbox { padding: 0; border: none; margin: -3px; width: auto; min-width: 100%; font-size: 100%; clear: none; float: none; background-color: transparent; } .infobox-3cols-child { margin: auto; } .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } /* T281642 */ body.skin-minerva .infobox-header, body.skin-minerva .infobox-subheader, body.skin-minerva .infobox-above, body.skin-minerva .infobox-title, body.skin-minerva .infobox-image, body.skin-minerva .infobox-full-data, body.skin-minerva .infobox-below { text-align: center; } /* Dark theme: [[William_Wragg]], [[Coral_Castle]] */ html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .infobox-full-data div { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .infobox-full-data div { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } } c69fb91fac28c36981c87643be19514d0cc535de 828 96 214 2024-04-25T12:38:03Z wikipedia>Paine Ellsworth 0 per edit request on talk page - highlight transclusions on tool target page Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- _fetch looks at the "demo" argument. local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count').fetch local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') function p.num(frame, count) if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end -- Build output string local return_value = "" if count == nil then if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return "a very large number of" else return "many" end else -- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones local sigfig = 2 if count >= 100000 then sigfig = 3 end -- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs local f = math.floor(math.log10(count)) - sigfig + 1 -- Round and insert "approximately" or "+" when appropriate if (frame.args[2] == "yes") or (mw.ustring.sub(frame.args[1],-1) == "+") then -- Round down return_value = string.format("%s+", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) ) else -- Round to nearest return_value = string.format("approximately&#x20;%s", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) ) end -- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes if count and count > 250000 and not yesno (frame:getParent().args['no-percent']) then local percent = math.floor( ( (count/frame:callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R') ) * 100) + 0.5) if percent >= 1 then return_value = string.format("%s&#x20;pages, or roughly %s%% of all", return_value, percent) end end end return return_value end -- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count function p.risk(frame) if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return "risk" else local count = _fetch(frame) if count and count >= 100000 then return "risk" end end return "" end function p.text(frame, count) -- Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone -- is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count. local bot_text = (frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") == "") and "\n\n----\n'''Preview message''': Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]])." or '' if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" or title.subpageText == "sandbox" then title = title.basePageTitle end local systemMessages = frame.args['system'] if frame.args['system'] == '' then systemMessages = nil end -- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localiation. local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/?project=%s&page=%s#transclusions %s pages]'):format( mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'), mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p.num(frame, count)) local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Lua module" or "template") .. ' is used '; if systemMessages then used_on_text = used_on_text .. systemMessages .. ((count and count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''")) else used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''" end local sandbox_text = ("%s's [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s/testcases|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. "):format( (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "module" or "template"), title.fullText, title.fullText, mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Module:Sandbox|module sandbox" or "Wikipedia:User pages#SUB|user subpage" ) local infoArg = frame.args["info"] ~= "" and frame.args["info"] if (systemMessages or frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000) ) then local info = systemMessages and '.<br/>Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the Wikipedia user interface.' or '.' if infoArg then info = info .. "<br />" .. infoArg end sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' .. (count and count >= 100000 and ' and server load' or '') .. ', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text .. 'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. ' else sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') .. 'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text end local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes ' if frame.args["2"] and frame.args["2"] ~= "" and frame.args["2"] ~= "yes" then discussion_text = string.format("%sat [[%s]]", discussion_text, frame.args["2"]) else discussion_text = string.format("%son the [[%s|talk page]]", discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText ) end return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. " before implementing them." .. bot_text end function p.main(frame) local count = nil if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end local image = "[[File:Ambox warning yellow.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" local type_param = "style" local epilogue = '' if frame.args['system'] and frame.args['system'] ~= '' then image = "[[File:Ambox important.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" local nocat = frame:getParent().args['nocat'] or frame.args['nocat'] local categorise = (nocat == '' or not yesno(nocat)) if categorise and not mw.title.getCurrentTitle().isRedirect then epilogue = frame:preprocess('{{Sandbox other||{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}|File=upload|#default=edit}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|sysop|templateeditor|interfaceadmin=|#default=[[Category:Pages used in system messages needing protection]]}}}}') end elseif (frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000)) then image = "[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" end if frame.args["form"] == "editnotice" then return frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'editnotice', args = { ["image"] = image, ["text"] = p.text(frame, count), ["expiry"] = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") } } .. epilogue else return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', { type = type_param, image = image, text = p.text(frame, count), expiry = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") }) .. epilogue end end return p af9099ab8dbb5d44c32bf01174d549b861d011c1 828 59 132 2024-04-27T01:49:03Z Pppery 16 Update from sandbox per request Scribunto text/plain ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isPositiveInteger(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if -- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful -- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an -- error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isNan(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.shallowClone(t) checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.removeDuplicates(arr) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v elseif not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return -- {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}. -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The -- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for _ in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2) else return item1 < item2 end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- keysToList -- -- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default -- comparison function or a custom keySort function. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'}) end local arr = {} local index = 1 for k in pairs(t) do arr[index] = k index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(arr, keySort) end return arr end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sortedPairs -- -- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. -- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function () i = i + 1 local key = arr[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArray -- -- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArray(v) if type(v) ~= 'table' then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArrayLike -- -- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArrayLike(v) if not pcall(pairs, v) then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invert -- -- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to -- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.invert(arr) checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then map[v] = i end end return map end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- listToSet -- -- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the -- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them -- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.listToSet(arr) checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local set = {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then set[v] = true end end return set end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- deepCopy -- -- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) if type(orig) ~= "table" then return orig end -- already_seen stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end copy = {} already_seen[orig] = copy -- memoize before any recursion, to avoid infinite loops for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then setmetatable(copy, _deepCopy(mt, true, already_seen)) end end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen or {}) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseConcat -- -- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. -- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd" -- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local arr = {} local arr_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do arr_i = arr_i + 1 arr[arr_i] = v end return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- length -- -- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1", -- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the -- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array -- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For -- other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number -- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.length(t, prefix) -- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is -- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search") checkType('length', 1, t, 'table') checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true) return expSearch(function (i) local key if prefix then key = prefix .. tostring(i) else key = i end return t[key] ~= nil end) or 0 end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- inArray -- -- Returns true if valueToFind is a member of the array, and false otherwise. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind) checkType("inArray", 1, arr, "table") -- if valueToFind is nil, error? for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if v == valueToFind then return true end end return false end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- merge -- -- Given the arrays, returns an array containing the elements of each input array -- in sequence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.merge(...) local arrays = {...} local ret = {} for i, arr in ipairs(arrays) do checkType('merge', i, arr, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr) do ret[#ret + 1] = v end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- extend -- -- Extends the first array in place by appending all elements from the second -- array. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.extend(arr1, arr2) checkType('extend', 1, arr1, 'table') checkType('extend', 2, arr2, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr2) do arr1[#arr1 + 1] = v end end return p d2b5fb8ccd1613665d6a014fbb949e07775befee 828 21 112 40 2024-04-29T03:25:17Z Pppery 16 Per request on talk Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, ["license-related"] = { class = 'imbox-license', image = 'Imbox-license.svg' }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg', imageNeedsLink = true }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } 49dc54b386118c78d3d31440487ab56706e40048 10 47 108 2024-05-14T11:54:36Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 avoid line breaks for brackets (TPER) wikitext text/x-wiki {{nowrap|&#123;&#123;}}[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]{{nowrap|&#125;&#125;}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 899ddd581be1c3611be861615b4e904d9f9069b9 10 123 273 2024-05-14T23:15:13Z wikipedia>Daniel Quinlan 0 add {{pp-move-indef}}, change "long-term" label to "indefinite" wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox | state = {{{state|{{{1|<includeonly>collapsed</includeonly>}}}}}} | title = {{c|Protection templates}} | image<!--left--> = <!--[[File:Padlock.svg|40px|link=|alt=]]--> | tracking = no <!-- keep all the documented templates out of the hlist tracking category --> | inner-style = table-format:fixed; | list1 = <div style="overflow:auto">{{Aligned table |cols=5 |style=table-format:fixed;border:1px solid #aaa;margin:0 auto<!-- 0.2em-->; |colstyle=vertical-align:middle;padding-left:1.0em;<!--font-family:monospace;-->padding-right:1.0em; |col1style=background:#ddf; <!--row#--> |row1header=on |row1style=background:none;padding-bottom:0.25em;border-bottom:1px solid #bbf; |style1.1=background:none;border-bottom:1px solid #bbf; <!-- 1 --> | | Edit | Move | [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|Pending changes]] | Upload <!-- 2 --> | Generic | {{tl|pp}} | {{tl|pp-move}} | {{tl|pp-pc}} | {{tl|pp-upload}} |row2style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 3 --> | [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons|BLP]] | {{tl|pp-blp}} | – | – | – <!-- 4 --> | Blocked user's talk page | {{tl|pp-usertalk}} | – | – | – |row10style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 5 --> | Dispute | {{tl|pp-dispute}} | {{tl|pp-move-dispute}} | – | – <!-- 6 --> | [[Wikipedia:Protection_policy#Extended_confirmed_protection|Extended confirmed protection]] | {{tl|pp-extended}} | – | – | – |row4style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 7 --> | Indefinite | {{tl|pp-semi-indef}} | {{tl|pp-move-indef}} | – | – <!-- 8 --> | [[Main Page]] image | {{tl|pp-main-page}} | – | – | – |row6style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 9 --> | [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Office]] | {{tl|pp-office}} | – | – | – <!-- 10--> | [[Wikipedia:Sockpuppetry|Sockpuppetry]] | {{tl|pp-sock}} | – | – | – |row8style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 11 --> | Templates and images | {{tl|pp-template}} | – | – | {{tl|pp-upload}} <!-- 12 --> | Vandalism | {{tl|pp-vandalism}} | {{tl|pp-move-vandalism}} | – | – |row12style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 13 --> | Talk page | {{tl|Permanently protected}} {{tl|Temporarily protected}} | – | – | – }}</div> | below = [[Module:Protection banner]] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation|content= {{Collapsible option |statename=optional |default=collapsed}} {{Sandbox other|| [[Category:Documentation see also templates]] [[Category:Wikipedia administration templates]] }}}}<!--(end Documentation)--> </noinclude> 3ca82a7a81533efaeb794ee3c879b767d1bcaa73 828 474 1018 2024-05-16T12:23:09Z wikipedia>MSGJ 0 +cfg for non-existent pages Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Pagetype configuration data -- -- This page holds localisation and configuration data for Module:Pagetype. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table holds the default page types for each namespace. Keys to this -- table should be integers that can be used as keys to mw.site.namespaces. cfg.pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', -- Main namespace [2] = 'user page', [4] = 'project page', [6] = 'file', [8] = 'interface page', -- MediaWiki namespace [10] = 'template', [12] = 'help page', [14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [118] = 'draft', [710] = 'Timed Text page', [828] = 'module', [2300] = 'gadget', [2302] = 'gadget definition', [-1] = 'special page', [-2] = 'file', -- Media namespace } -- This table holds the namespaces to be looked up from cfg.pagetypes by -- default. cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [0] = true, -- main [6] = true, -- file [10] = true, -- template [14] = true, -- category [828] = true, -- module } -- This table holds the namespaces to be looked up from cfg.pagetypes if -- cfg.defaultnsExtended is set. cfg.extendedNamespaces = { [0] = true, -- main [2] = true, -- user [4] = true, -- project [6] = true, -- file [8] = true, -- mediawiki [10] = true, -- template [12] = true, -- help [14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [118] = true, -- draft [828] = true, -- module } -- This table holds custom aliases for each namespace. cfg.customNamespaceAliases = { [0] = {'main'}, } -- The parameter name to set which default namespace values to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes. cfg.defaultns = 'defaultns' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set all namespaces, including talk. cfg.defaultnsAll = 'all' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set the namespaces listed in -- cfg.extendedNamespaces cfg.defaultnsExtended = 'extended' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set no default namespaces. cfg.defaultnsNone = 'none' -- The parameter name to use for talk pages. cfg.talk = 'talk' -- The default value for talk pages. cfg.talkDefault = 'talk page' -- The parameter name to use for disambiguation pages page. cfg.dab = 'dab' -- The parameter name to use for non-existent pages. cfg.ne = 'nonexistent' cfg.neDefault = 'page' cfg.softRedirect = 'soft_redirect' cfg.softRedirectDefault = 'redirect' cfg.sia = 'sia' cfg.siaDefault = 'article' cfg.rfd = 'redirect' cfg.rfdDefault = 'redirect' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for disambiguation-class -- pages. These should be lower-case. cfg.dabAliases = { ['disambiguation'] = true, ['disambig'] = true, ['disamb'] = true, ['dab'] = true, } -- The default value for disambiguation pages. cfg.dabDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for N/A-class page. cfg.na = 'na' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for N/A-class pages. These -- should be lower-case. cfg.naAliases = { ['na'] = true, ['n/a'] = true, } -- The default value for N/A-class pages. cfg.naDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for redirects. cfg.redirect = 'redirect' -- The default value to use for redirects. cfg.redirectDefault = 'redirect' -- The parameter name for undefined namespaces. cfg.other = 'other' -- The value used if the module detects an undefined namespace. cfg.otherDefault = 'page' -- The usual suffix denoting a plural. cfg.plural = 's' -- This table holds plurals not formed by a simple suffix. cfg.irregularPlurals = { ["category"] = "categories" } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line 33b76bd60283986954f6a6203f163f6b304b95ee 828 82 178 2024-05-16T23:42:58Z wikipedia>The wub 0 use --background-color-neutral-subtle (with fallback) as background, for dark mode compatibility sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ /* TODO: Invert width design to be "mobile first" */ .sidebar { /* TODO: Ask if we should have max-width 22em instead */ width: 22em; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em; background: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); border: 1px solid #aaa; padding: 0.2em; text-align: center; line-height: 1.4em; font-size: 88%; border-collapse: collapse; /* Timeless has display: none on .nomobile at mobile resolutions, so we * unhide it with display: table and let precedence and proximity win. */ display: table; } /* Unfortunately, so does Minerva desktop, except Minerva drops an * !important on the declaration. So we have to be mean for Minerva users. * Mobile removes the element entirely with `wgMFRemovableClasses` in * https://github.com/wikimedia/operations-mediawiki-config/blob/master/ wmf-config/InitialiseSettings.php#L16992 * which is why displaying it categorically with display: table works. * We don't really want to expose the generic user in the wild on mobile to have * to deal with sidebars. (Maybe the ones with collapsible lists, so that * might be an improvement. That is blocked on [[:phab:T111565]].) */ body.skin-minerva .sidebar { display: table !important; /* also, minerva is way too aggressive about other stylings on tables. * TODO remove when this template gets moved to a div. plans on talk page. * We always float right on Minerva because that's a lot of extra CSS * otherwise. */ float: right !important; margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em !important; } .sidebar-subgroup { width: 100%; margin: 0; border-spacing: 0; } .sidebar-left { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ clear: left; /* @noflip */ margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0; } .sidebar-none { float: none; clear: both; /* @noflip */ margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0; } .sidebar-outer-title { padding: 0 0.4em 0.2em; font-size: 125%; line-height: 1.2em; font-weight: bold; } .sidebar-top-image { padding: 0.4em; } .sidebar-top-caption, .sidebar-pretitle-with-top-image, .sidebar-caption { padding: 0.2em 0.4em 0; line-height: 1.2em; } .sidebar-pretitle { padding: 0.4em 0.4em 0; line-height: 1.2em; } .sidebar-title, .sidebar-title-with-pretitle { padding: 0.2em 0.8em; font-size: 145%; line-height: 1.2em; } .sidebar-title-with-pretitle { padding: 0.1em 0.4em; } .sidebar-image { padding: 0.2em 0.4em 0.4em; } .sidebar-heading { padding: 0.1em 0.4em; } .sidebar-content { padding: 0 0.5em 0.4em; } .sidebar-content-with-subgroup { padding: 0.1em 0.4em 0.2em; } .sidebar-above, .sidebar-below { padding: 0.3em 0.8em; font-weight: bold; } .sidebar-collapse .sidebar-above, .sidebar-collapse .sidebar-below { border-top: 1px solid #aaa; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; } .sidebar-navbar { text-align: right; font-size: 115%; padding: 0 0.4em 0.4em; } .sidebar-list-title { padding: 0 0.4em; text-align: left; font-weight: bold; line-height: 1.6em; font-size: 105%; } /* centered text with mw-collapsible headers is finicky */ .sidebar-list-title-c { padding: 0 0.4em; text-align: center; margin: 0 3.3em; } @media (max-width: 720px) { /* users have wide latitude to set arbitrary width and margin :( "Super-specific" selector to prevent overriding this appearance by lower level sidebars too */ body.mediawiki .sidebar { width: 100% !important; clear: both; float: none !important; /* Remove when we div based; Minerva is dumb */ margin-left: 0 !important; margin-right: 0 !important; } /* TODO: We might consider making all links wrap at small resolutions and then * only introduce nowrap at higher resolutions. Do when we invert the media * query. */ } d1a6ec0ea2df62f1de12c906e5cd525f50e415fb 828 111 249 2024-05-17T21:07:15Z wikipedia>Izno 0 per [[Template talk:Navbox#Night mode may need explicit color definitions]] Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbox/configuration') local getArgs -- lazily initialized local args local format = string.format local function striped(wikitext, border) -- Return wikitext with markers replaced for odd/even striping. -- Child (subgroup) navboxes are flagged with a category that is removed -- by parent navboxes. The result is that the category shows all pages -- where a child navbox is not contained in a parent navbox. local orphanCat = cfg.category.orphan if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup and args[cfg.arg.orphan] ~= cfg.keyword.orphan_yes then -- No change; striping occurs in outermost navbox. return wikitext .. orphanCat end local first, second = cfg.class.navbox_odd_part, cfg.class.navbox_even_part if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] then if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] == cfg.keyword.evenodd_swap then first, second = second, first else first = args[cfg.arg.evenodd] second = first end end local changer if first == second then changer = first else local index = 0 changer = function (code) if code == '0' then -- Current occurrence is for a group before a nested table. -- Set it to first as a valid although pointless class. -- The next occurrence will be the first row after a title -- in a subgroup and will also be first. index = 0 return first end index = index + 1 return index % 2 == 1 and first or second end end local regex = orphanCat:gsub('([%[%]])', '%%%1') return (wikitext:gsub(regex, ''):gsub(cfg.marker.regex, changer)) -- () omits gsub count end local function processItem(item, nowrapitems) if item:sub(1, 2) == '{|' then -- Applying nowrap to lines in a table does not make sense. -- Add newlines to compensate for trim of x in |parm=x in a template. return '\n' .. item ..'\n' end if nowrapitems == cfg.keyword.nowrapitems_yes then local lines = {} for line in (item .. '\n'):gmatch('([^\n]*)\n') do local prefix, content = line:match('^([*:;#]+)%s*(.*)') if prefix and not content:match(cfg.pattern.nowrap) then line = format(cfg.nowrap_item, prefix, content) end table.insert(lines, line) end item = table.concat(lines, '\n') end if item:match('^[*:;#]') then return '\n' .. item ..'\n' end return item end local function has_navbar() return args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_off and args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_plain and ( args[cfg.arg.name] or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.pattern.sandbox, '') ~= cfg.pattern.navbox ) end -- extract text color from css, which is the only permitted inline CSS for the navbar local function extract_color(css_str) -- return nil because navbar takes its argument into mw.html which handles -- nil gracefully, removing the associated style attribute return mw.ustring.match(';' .. css_str .. ';', '.*;%s*([Cc][Oo][Ll][Oo][Rr]%s*:%s*.-)%s*;') or nil end local function renderNavBar(titleCell) if has_navbar() then titleCell:wikitext(navbar{ [cfg.navbar.name] = args[cfg.arg.name], [cfg.navbar.mini] = 1, [cfg.navbar.fontstyle] = extract_color( (args[cfg.arg.basestyle] or '') .. ';' .. (args[cfg.arg.titlestyle] or '') ) }) end end local function renderTitleRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.title] then return end local titleRow = tbl:tag('tr') local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col') local titleColspan = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end titleCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.titlestyle]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_title) :attr('colspan', titleColspan) renderNavBar(titleCell) titleCell :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title])) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.titleclass]) :css('font-size', '114%') :css('margin', '0 4em') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.title])) end local function getAboveBelowColspan() local ret = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then ret = ret + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then ret = ret + 1 end return ret end local function renderAboveRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.above] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.aboveclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.abovestyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if no title :attr('id', (not args[cfg.arg.title]) and mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.above]) or nil) :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.above], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderBelowRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.below] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.belowclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.belowstyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.below], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderListRow(tbl, index, listnum, listnums_size) local row = tbl:tag('tr') if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 2px 0 0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.imageleft])) end local group_and_num = format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, listnum) local groupstyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.groupstyle_and_num, listnum) if args[group_and_num] then local groupCell = row:tag('th') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if lone group with no title or above if listnum == 1 and not (args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group2]) then groupCell :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.group1])) end groupCell :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_group) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.groupclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) -- If groupwidth not specified, minimize width :css('width', args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] or '1%') groupCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.groupstyle]) :cssText(args[groupstyle_and_num]) :wikitext(args[group_and_num]) end local listCell = row:tag('td') if args[group_and_num] then listCell :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list_with_group) else listCell:attr('colspan', 2) end if not args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] then listCell:css('width', '100%') end local rowstyle -- usually nil so cssText(rowstyle) usually adds nothing if index % 2 == 1 then rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.oddstyle] else rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.evenstyle] end local list_and_num = format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, listnum) local listText = args[list_and_num] local oddEven = cfg.marker.oddeven if listText:sub(1, 12) == '</div><table' then -- Assume list text is for a subgroup navbox so no automatic striping for this row. oddEven = listText:find(cfg.pattern.navbox_title) and cfg.marker.restart or cfg.class.navbox_odd_part end local liststyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.liststyle_and_num, listnum) local listclass_and_num = format(cfg.arg.listclass_and_num, listnum) listCell :css('padding', '0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.liststyle]) :cssText(rowstyle) :cssText(args[liststyle_and_num]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_part .. oddEven) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.listclass]) :addClass(args[listclass_and_num]) :tag('div') :css('padding', (index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.list1padding]) or args[cfg.arg.listpadding] or '0 0.25em' ) :wikitext(processItem(listText, args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.image] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 0 0 2px') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imagestyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.image])) end end local function has_list_class(htmlclass) local patterns = { '^' .. htmlclass .. '$', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '$', '^' .. htmlclass .. '%s', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s' } for arg, _ in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' and mw.ustring.find(arg, cfg.pattern.class) then for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then return true end end end end return false end -- there are a lot of list classes in the wild, so we add their TemplateStyles local function add_list_styles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function add_list_templatestyles(htmlclass, templatestyles) if has_list_class(htmlclass) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } else return '' end end local hlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('hlist', cfg.hlist_templatestyles) local plainlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('plainlist', cfg.plainlist_templatestyles) -- a second workaround for [[phab:T303378]] -- when that issue is fixed, we can actually use has_navbar not to emit the -- tag here if we want if has_navbar() and hlist_styles == '' then hlist_styles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.hlist_templatestyles } } end -- hlist -> plainlist is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because most navboxes will emit only -- one of these classes [hlist_note] return hlist_styles .. plainlist_styles end local function needsHorizontalLists(border) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or args[cfg.arg.tracking] == cfg.keyword.tracking_no then return false end return not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.hlist) and not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.plainlist) end local function hasBackgroundColors() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.titlestyle, cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('background', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function hasBorders() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('border', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function isIllegible() local styleratio = require('Module:Color contrast')._styleratio for key, style in pairs(args) do if tostring(key):match(cfg.pattern.style) then if styleratio{mw.text.unstripNoWiki(style)} < 4.5 then return true end end end return false end local function getTrackingCategories(border) local cats = {} if needsHorizontalLists(border) then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.horizontal_lists) end if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.background_colors) end if isIllegible() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.illegible) end if hasBorders() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.borders) end return cats end local function renderTrackingCategories(builder, border) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_doc or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_sandbox or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_testcases then return end for _, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories(border)) do builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]') end end local function renderMainTable(border, listnums) local tbl = mw.html.create('table') :addClass(cfg.class.nowraplinks) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.bodyclass]) local state = args[cfg.arg.state] if args[cfg.arg.title] and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_plain and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_off then if state == cfg.keyword.state_collapsed then state = cfg.class.collapsed end tbl :addClass(cfg.class.collapsible) :addClass(state or cfg.class.autocollapse) end tbl:css('border-spacing', 0) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or border == cfg.keyword.border_none then tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_subgroup) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) else -- regular navbox - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_inner) :css('background', 'transparent') :css('color', 'inherit') end tbl:cssText(args[cfg.arg.innerstyle]) renderTitleRow(tbl) renderAboveRow(tbl) local listnums_size = #listnums for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do renderListRow(tbl, i, listnum, listnums_size) end renderBelowRow(tbl) return tbl end local function add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- This is a lambda so that it doesn't need the frame as a parameter local function add_user_styles(templatestyles) if templatestyles and templatestyles ~= '' then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } end return '' end -- get templatestyles. load base from config so that Lua only needs to do -- the work once of parser tag expansion local base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles local templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.templatestyles]) local child_templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.child_templatestyles]) -- The 'navbox-styles' div exists to wrap the styles to work around T200206 -- more elegantly. Instead of combinatorial rules, this ends up being linear -- number of CSS rules. return mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_styles) :wikitext( add_list_styles() .. -- see [hlist_note] applied to 'before base_templatestyles' base_templatestyles .. templatestyles .. child_templatestyles .. table.concat(hiding_templatestyles) ) :done() end -- work around [[phab:T303378]] -- for each arg: find all the templatestyles strip markers, insert them into a -- table. then remove all templatestyles markers from the arg local function move_hiding_templatestyles(args) local gfind = string.gfind local gsub = string.gsub local templatestyles_markers = {} local strip_marker_pattern = '(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)' for k, arg in pairs(args) do for marker in gfind(arg, strip_marker_pattern) do table.insert(templatestyles_markers, marker) end args[k] = gsub(arg, strip_marker_pattern, '') end return templatestyles_markers end function p._navbox(navboxArgs) args = navboxArgs local hiding_templatestyles = move_hiding_templatestyles(args) local listnums = {} for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'string' then local listnum = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) if listnum then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end end end table.sort(listnums) local border = mw.text.trim(args[cfg.arg.border] or args[1] or '') if border == cfg.keyword.border_child then border = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup end -- render the main body of the navbox local tbl = renderMainTable(border, listnums) local res = mw.html.create() -- render the appropriate wrapper for the navbox, based on the border param if border == cfg.keyword.border_none then res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode( args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1] ) ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label) end elseif border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup then -- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a -- parent navbox, and is therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. -- We start with a </div> to avoid the padding being applied, and at the -- end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div> res :wikitext('</div>') :node(tbl) :wikitext('<div>') else res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.navboxclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) :css('padding', '3px') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1]) ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label) end end if (args[cfg.arg.nocat] or cfg.keyword.nocat_false):lower() == cfg.keyword.nocat_false then renderTrackingCategories(res, border) end return striped(tostring(res), border) end function p.navbox(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = {cfg.pattern.navbox}}) -- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references -- number in the right order. local _ _ = args[cfg.arg.title] _ = args[cfg.arg.above] -- Limit this to 20 as covering 'most' cases (that's a SWAG) and because -- iterator approach won't work here for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, i)] _ = args[format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, i)] end _ = args[cfg.arg.below] return p._navbox(args) end return p 593a4907ef5924ce7363330f7963c6af34468c52 828 58 130 2024-05-19T16:45:46Z Pppery 16 Per edit request Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { frameOnly = ((frame and frame.args and frame.args.frameonly or '') ~= ''), valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 44af96bdee7ebfa2ecf19acd4461d7a35c75856a 828 499 1070 2024-05-20T13:04:06Z wikipedia>MSGJ 0 +Rfd-NPF/core Scribunto text/plain -- This page contains a table of all RfD templates and their -- redirects. Templates names are capitalized, and the Template: prefix is -- removed. Templates are grouped with the main template first, followed by -- its redirects. return { -- Template forms (these should be substituted so we should rarely see these) ["Redirect for discussion"] = true, ["RFD"] = true, ["RfD"] = true, ["Rfd1"] = true, ["Rfd-t"] = true, ["Rfd"] = true, ["Rfd-NPF"] = true, ["Rfd-NPF/core"] = true, -- Module forms ["#invoke:RfD"] = true, ["<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:RfD"] = true, -- The form made by substituting RfD } 505b5e8d408b4fac201ce02e92b3307ca4189c0d 828 29 238 56 2024-05-21T16:57:58Z wikipedia>Izno 0 live sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ombox-speedy { background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */ } } 66cc914e77eef2840f622ae8a6d3b9469da5318e 828 473 1016 2024-05-21T17:35:20Z wikipedia>MSGJ 0 fix for files and interface messages which do exist but are not stored locally Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- This meta-module which automatically detects namespaces, and allows -- -- for a great deal of customisation. It can easily be ported to other -- -- wikis by changing the values in the [[Module:Pagetype/config]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load config. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Pagetype/config') -- Load required modules. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} -- Look up a namespace argument in the args table. local function lookUpNamespaceArg(args, key) local arg = args[key] -- Convert "yes", "1" etc. to true, "no", "0" etc. to false, and leave -- other values the same. return yesno(arg, arg) end -- Append multiple values to an array local function appendMultiple(target, source) for _, value in ipairs(source) do table.insert(target, value) end end -- Get argument keys for a title's namespace local function getNamespaceArgKeys(title) local nsInfo = mw.site.namespaces[title.namespace] local customAliases = cfg.customNamespaceAliases[title.namespace] or {} local keys = {} if nsInfo.name ~= '' then table.insert(keys, nsInfo.name) end if nsInfo.canonicalName ~= nsInfo.name and nsInfo.canonicalName ~= '' then table.insert(keys, nsInfo.canonicalName) end appendMultiple(keys, nsInfo.aliases) appendMultiple(keys, customAliases) return keys end -- Get the argument for a title's namespace, if it was specified in the args table. local function getNamespaceArg(title, args) if title.isTalkPage then return lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.talk) end for _, key in ipairs(getNamespaceArgKeys(title)) do local arg = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, mw.ustring.lower(key)) if arg ~= nil then return arg end end return nil end -- Look up a page type specific to the title's namespace local function getExplicitPageType(title) if title.isTalkPage then return cfg.talkDefault else return cfg.pagetypes[title.namespace] end end -- Get a default page type that is not specific to the title's namespace local function getDefaultPageType(args) local other = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.other) if type(other) == 'string' then return other else return cfg.otherDefault end end local function detectRedirects(title, args) local redirect = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.redirect) if redirect == false then -- Don't detect redirects if they have been specifically disallowed. return nil end -- Allow custom values for redirects. if not title.isRedirect then return nil elseif type(redirect) == 'string' then return redirect else return cfg.redirectDefault end end local function capitalize(pageType) local first = mw.ustring.sub(pageType, 1, 1) local rest = mw.ustring.sub(pageType, 2) return mw.ustring.upper(first) .. rest end local function pluralize(pageType) if cfg.irregularPlurals[pageType] then return cfg.irregularPlurals[pageType] else return pageType .. cfg.plural -- often 's' end end local function parseContent(title, args, optionsList) if title.namespace==828 and title.subpageText~='doc' -- don't detect modules or not title.exists -- can't check unless page exists then return nil end local content = title:getContent() if content == nil then return nil end local templates -- lazily evaluated for _, options in next, optionsList do local list, parameter, default, articleOnly = unpack(options, 1, 4) if not articleOnly or title.namespace==0 then -- only check for templates if we should... local out = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, parameter) if type(out) == "string" or (out ~= false and default) then -- ...and if we actually have anything to say about them if not templates then templates = {} -- do our delayed evaluation now that we are required to content = require('Module:Wikitext Parsing').PrepareText(content) -- disregard templates which do not have any affect for template in string.gmatch(content, "{{%s*([^|}]-)%s*[|}]") do templates[#templates+1] = capitalize(template) end end local wantedTemplates = mw.loadData('Module:Pagetype/' .. list) local templateFound = false for _, template in next, templates do if wantedTemplates[template] then templateFound = true break end end if templateFound then if type(out)=='string' then return out elseif out ~= false and default then return default end end end end end end -- Find pages which do not exist local function nonExistent(title, args) local arg = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.ne) if arg == false then return nil end local exists = false if title.exists then -- not an article if it does not exist exists = true elseif title.namespace==8 and mw.message.new(title.text):exists() then exists = true elseif title.namespace==6 and title.fileExists then exists = true end if not exists then if type(arg) == 'string' then return arg else return cfg.naDefault end end end -- Get page types for mainspaces pages with an explicit class specified local function getMainNamespaceClassPageType(title, args) local class = args[1] if type(class) == 'string' then -- Put in lower case so e.g. "na" and "NA" will both match class = mw.ustring.lower(class) end local arg = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.na) if arg == false then -- don't check for this class if it is specifically disallowed return nil end if cfg.naAliases[class] then if type(arg) == 'string' then return arg else return cfg.naDefault end else return nil end end -- Get page type specified by an explicit namespace argument. local function getNamespaceArgPageType(title, args) local namespaceArg = getNamespaceArg(title, args) if namespaceArg == true then -- Namespace has been explicitly enabled, so return the default for -- this namespace return getExplicitPageType(title) elseif namespaceArg == false then -- Namespace has been explicitly disabled return getDefaultPageType(args) elseif namespaceArg then -- This namespaces uses custom text return namespaceArg else return nil end end -- Get page type not specified or detected by other means local function getOtherPageType(title, args) -- Whether the title is in the set of default active namespaces which are looked up in cfg.pagetypes. local isInDefaultActiveNamespace = false local defaultNamespacesKey = args[cfg.defaultns] if defaultNamespacesKey == cfg.defaultnsAll then isInDefaultActiveNamespace = true else local defaultNamespaces if defaultNamespacesKey == cfg.defaultnsExtended then defaultNamespaces = cfg.extendedNamespaces elseif defaultNamespacesKey == cfg.defaultnsNone then defaultNamespaces = {} else defaultNamespaces = cfg.defaultNamespaces end isInDefaultActiveNamespace = defaultNamespaces[title.namespace] end if isInDefaultActiveNamespace then return getExplicitPageType(title) else return getDefaultPageType(args) end end function p._main(args) local title if args.page then title = mw.title.new(args.page) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end if title and not yesno(args.talk, true) and args[cfg.defaultns] ~= cfg.defaultnsAll then title = title.subjectPageTitle end local pageType = detectRedirects(title, args) or nonExistent(title, args) or parseContent(title, args, { {'softredirect', cfg.softRedirect, cfg.softRedirectDefault}, {'setindex', cfg.sia, cfg.siaDefault, true}, {'disambiguation', cfg.dab, cfg.dabDefault, true}, {'rfd', cfg.rfd, cfg.rfdDefault}, }) or (title.namespace == 0 and getMainNamespaceClassPageType(title, args)) or getNamespaceArgPageType(title, args) or getOtherPageType(title, args) if yesno(args.plural, false) then pageType = pluralize(pageType) end if yesno(args.caps, false) then pageType = capitalize(pageType) end return pageType end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) end return p cb47b460d74d5df739ee7e300eeae512798bc475 828 496 1064 2024-05-25T05:10:31Z wikipedia>Izno 0 use the bg-color sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .module-shortcutboxplain { float: right; margin: 0 0 0 1em; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: var(--background-color-base, #fff); padding: 0.3em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; text-align: center; font-size: 85%; } .module-shortcutboxleft { float: left; margin: 0 1em 0 0; } .module-shortcutlist { display: inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 0.2em; } .module-shortcutboxplain ul { font-weight: bold; } .module-shortcutanchordiv { position: relative; top: -3em; } li .module-shortcutanchordiv { float: right; /* IE/Edge in list items */ } .mbox-imageright .module-shortcutboxplain { padding: 0.4em 1em 0.4em 1em; line-height: 1.3; margin: 0; } e464768c901993e84853f7c67af77c24e9faeacf 828 27 198 52 2024-05-25T05:16:40Z wikipedia>Izno 0 Undid revision [[Special:Diff/1225551552|1225551552]] by [[Special:Contributions/Izno|Izno]] ([[User talk:Izno|talk]]) sigh sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation, html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata { background-color: #0b1e1c; } } 2187d5fd8cf206ffd89ee3d3d5e615813fdca7ae 10 34 67 2024-05-25T09:56:00Z BlankEclair 12 Fix typo wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> {{tmbox|text={{red|<translate><!--T:1--> This page is used by {{{1}}}. Before making a breaking change, please ensure it will not have any knock on impact.</translate>}}}}<noinclude>[[Category:Header templates]]{{documentation}}</noinclude> 5f0194d38c43f2425b62a414c5695f61b7e70b50 828 105 232 2024-05-26T05:12:38Z wikipedia>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. Scribunto text/plain return { ["IAST"] = 6700, ["IBDB_name"] = 9300, ["ICD10"] = 5000, ["ICD9"] = 4400, ["ICS"] = 3000, ["IDN"] = 3500, ["IMDb_episode"] = 10000, ["IMDb_episodes"] = 2900, ["IMDb_name"] = 157000, ["IMDb_title"] = 196000, ["IMO_Number"] = 4200, ["IMSLP"] = 8500, ["INA"] = 2200, ["IND"] = 7800, ["INR"] = 6900, ["INRConvert"] = 6000, ["INRConvert/CurrentRate"] = 6000, ["INRConvert/USD"] = 5900, ["INRConvert/out"] = 6000, ["IOBDB_name"] = 2000, ["IP"] = 2700, ["IPA"] = 147000, ["IPA-de"] = 8300, ["IPA-es"] = 8000, ["IPA-fr"] = 44000, ["IPA-it"] = 5800, ["IPA-nl"] = 3900, ["IPA-pl"] = 4100, ["IPA-pt"] = 3300, ["IPA-sl"] = 6900, ["IPA-th"] = 3000, ["IPA_audio_link"] = 3600, ["IPA_link"] = 4000, ["IPAc-cmn"] = 2500, ["IPAc-en"] = 50000, ["IPAc-pl"] = 51000, ["IPC_athlete"] = 3400, ["IPSummary"] = 78000, ["IP_summary"] = 79000, ["IPtalk"] = 18000, ["IPuser"] = 7100, ["IPvandal"] = 2700, ["IRC"] = 7200, ["IRI"] = 2300, ["IRL"] = 5600, ["IRN"] = 3700, ["ISBN"] = 464000, ["ISBN?"] = 2200, ["ISBNT"] = 40000, ["ISBN_missing"] = 2700, ["ISFDB_name"] = 4100, ["ISFDB_title"] = 4600, ["ISL"] = 2200, ["ISO_15924/script-example-character"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/format"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/label"] = 2800, ["ISO_3166_code"] = 521000, ["ISO_3166_name"] = 16000, ["ISO_639_name"] = 8500, ["ISP"] = 4800, ["ISR"] = 4900, ["ISSN"] = 12000, ["ISSN_link"] = 31000, ["ISTAT"] = 8100, ["ISU_figure_skater"] = 2400, ["ITA"] = 18000, ["ITF"] = 6400, ["ITF_profile"] = 9200, ["ITIS"] = 4800, ["ITN_talk"] = 11000, ["ITN_talk/date"] = 11000, ["IUCN_banner"] = 15000, ["I_sup"] = 4300, ["Ice_hockey"] = 5300, ["Ice_hockey_stats"] = 19000, ["Icehockeystats"] = 12000, ["Icon"] = 598000, ["If"] = 300000, ["If_all"] = 6700, ["If_between"] = 3900, ["If_both"] = 135000, ["If_empty"] = 3810000, ["If_first_display_both"] = 73000, ["If_in_page"] = 12000, ["If_last_display_both"] = 31000, ["If_preview"] = 59000, ["If_then_show"] = 320000, ["Ifempty"] = 4000, ["Ifeq"] = 17000, ["Iferror_then_show"] = 3300, ["Ifexist_not_redirect"] = 1360000, ["Ifnotempty"] = 15000, ["Ifnumber"] = 54000, ["Ifsubst"] = 479000, ["Ih"] = 7700, ["Ill"] = 137000, ["Illm"] = 6400, ["Image_frame"] = 5200, ["Image_label"] = 4600, ["Image_label_begin"] = 3900, ["Image_label_end"] = 3900, ["Image_label_small"] = 2700, ["Image_needed"] = 4900, ["Image_other"] = 271000, ["Image_requested"] = 171000, ["Image_requested/Category_helper"] = 162000, ["Imbox"] = 928000, ["Imdb_name"] = 5400, ["Imdb_title"] = 3300, ["Import_style"] = 12000, ["Import_style/inputbox.css"] = 11000, ["Importance"] = 15000, ["Importance/colour"] = 30000, ["Importance_mask"] = 10800000, ["Improve_categories"] = 8200, ["Improve_documentation"] = 2900, ["In_class"] = 5600, ["In_lang"] = 365000, ["In_progress"] = 3400, ["In_string"] = 95000, ["In_title"] = 21000, ["Inactive_userpage_blanked"] = 4900, ["Include-USGov"] = 24000, ["Incomplete_list"] = 23000, ["Inconclusive"] = 2200, ["Increase"] = 46000, ["Incumbent_pope"] = 4300, ["Indent"] = 4700, ["IndexFungorum"] = 2200, ["Indian_English"] = 4500, ["Indian_Rupee"] = 11000, ["Indian_railway_code"] = 3200, ["Inflation"] = 22000, ["Inflation-fn"] = 5500, ["Inflation-year"] = 4600, ["Inflation/IN/startyear"] = 6000, ["Inflation/UK"] = 4600, ["Inflation/UK/dataset"] = 4600, ["Inflation/UK/startyear"] = 4600, ["Inflation/US"] = 13000, ["Inflation/US-GDP"] = 2500, ["Inflation/US-GDP/dataset"] = 2500, ["Inflation/US-GDP/startyear"] = 2500, ["Inflation/US/dataset"] = 13000, ["Inflation/US/startyear"] = 13000, ["Inflation/fn"] = 6600, ["Inflation/year"] = 27000, ["Info"] = 7100, ["Infobox"] = 3290000, ["Infobox/Columns"] = 2600, ["Infobox/mobileviewfix.css"] = 151000, ["Infobox3cols"] = 17000, ["Infobox_AFL_biography"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Begin"] = 5200, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Type"] = 4600, ["Infobox_Athletics_Championships"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Australian_place"] = 15000, ["Infobox_COA_wide"] = 3300, ["Infobox_Canada_electoral_district"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Canadian_Football_League_biography"] = 3100, ["Infobox_Chinese"] = 21000, ["Infobox_Chinese/Chinese"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Chinese/Footer"] = 8400, ["Infobox_Chinese/Header"] = 8400, ["Infobox_Chinese/Korean"] = 18000, ["Infobox_Christian_leader"] = 18000, ["Infobox_French_commune"] = 38000, ["Infobox_French_subdivision"] = 2000, ["Infobox_GAA_player"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_player"] = 5100, ["Infobox_German_location"] = 13000, ["Infobox_German_place"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Grand_Prix_race_report"] = 2100, ["Infobox_Greece_place"] = 3400, ["Infobox_Greek_Dimos"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Hindu_temple"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency"] = 5300, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency/defaultdata"] = 5300, ["Infobox_Italian_comune"] = 8100, ["Infobox_Korean_name"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Korean_name/categories"] = 15000, ["Infobox_NASCAR_race_report"] = 2400, ["Infobox_NCAA_team_season"] = 17000, ["Infobox_NFL_biography"] = 29000, ["Infobox_NFL_player"] = 2500, ["Infobox_NFL_team_season"] = 3900, ["Infobox_NRHP"] = 73000, ["Infobox_NRHP/conv"] = 18000, ["Infobox_NRHP/locmapin2region"] = 67000, ["Infobox_Officeholder"] = 4400, ["Infobox_Olympic_event"] = 7400, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/games_text"] = 7400, ["Infobox_Pan_American_Games_event"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event/games_text"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Politician"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Romanian_subdivision"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Russian_district"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality"] = 4500, ["Infobox_SCOTUS_case"] = 3800, ["Infobox_SSSI"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Site_of_Special_Scientific_Interest"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Swiss_town"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Switzerland_municipality"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Turkey_place"] = 19000, ["Infobox_U.S._county"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._county/district"] = 3000, ["Infobox_UK_constituency"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_constituency/year"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_legislation"] = 3900, ["Infobox_UK_place"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoDialCode"] = 8200, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoPostCode"] = 3400, ["Infobox_UK_place/area"] = 2600, ["Infobox_UK_place/dens"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_place/dist"] = 2800, ["Infobox_UK_place/local"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/styles.css"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UN_resolution"] = 2300, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case"] = 3900, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case/courts"] = 3900, ["Infobox_Wikipedia_user"] = 10000, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality"] = 3000, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality/styles.css"] = 3000, ["Infobox_academic"] = 15000, ["Infobox_aircraft_begin"] = 14000, ["Infobox_aircraft_occurrence"] = 2400, ["Infobox_aircraft_type"] = 13000, ["Infobox_airline"] = 4600, ["Infobox_airport"] = 15000, ["Infobox_airport/datatable"] = 15000, ["Infobox_album"] = 163000, ["Infobox_album/color"] = 196000, ["Infobox_album/link"] = 164000, ["Infobox_anatomy"] = 4500, ["Infobox_ancient_site"] = 5700, ["Infobox_animanga/Footer"] = 7100, ["Infobox_animanga/Header"] = 7100, ["Infobox_animanga/Print"] = 5700, ["Infobox_animanga/Video"] = 4900, ["Infobox_architect"] = 3800, ["Infobox_artist"] = 30000, ["Infobox_artist_discography"] = 6100, ["Infobox_artwork"] = 12000, ["Infobox_athlete"] = 2800, ["Infobox_automobile"] = 8600, ["Infobox_award"] = 13000, ["Infobox_badminton_player"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_biography"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/style"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/leagueseason"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/season"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/styles.css"] = 3200, ["Infobox_basketball_biography"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography/style"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_club"] = 3100, ["Infobox_basketball_club/styles.css"] = 3100, ["Infobox_beauty_pageant"] = 2500, ["Infobox_bilateral_relations"] = 4500, ["Infobox_body_of_water"] = 18000, ["Infobox_book"] = 53000, ["Infobox_boxer"] = 5900, ["Infobox_bridge"] = 6100, ["Infobox_building"] = 29000, ["Infobox_character"] = 7700, ["Infobox_chess_biography"] = 4200, ["Infobox_chess_player"] = 3400, ["Infobox_church"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/denomination"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/font_color"] = 15000, ["Infobox_civil_conflict"] = 2600, ["Infobox_civilian_attack"] = 5900, ["Infobox_college_coach"] = 12000, ["Infobox_college_football_game"] = 2100, ["Infobox_college_football_player"] = 2100, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/link"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/name"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/succession"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/team"] = 41000, ["Infobox_comic_book_title"] = 3100, ["Infobox_comics_character"] = 3700, ["Infobox_comics_creator"] = 3500, ["Infobox_comics_creator/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_company"] = 85000, ["Infobox_computing_device"] = 2400, ["Infobox_concert"] = 3400, ["Infobox_constituency"] = 5800, ["Infobox_country"] = 6600, ["Infobox_country/formernext"] = 6200, ["Infobox_country/imagetable"] = 5400, ["Infobox_country/multirow"] = 8500, ["Infobox_country/status_text"] = 2800, ["Infobox_country/styles.css"] = 6600, ["Infobox_country_at_games"] = 16000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/core"] = 16000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/see_also"] = 12000, ["Infobox_court_case"] = 4800, ["Infobox_court_case/images"] = 2600, ["Infobox_cricket_tournament"] = 2400, ["Infobox_cricketer"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/career"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/national_side"] = 7600, ["Infobox_criminal"] = 6700, ["Infobox_curler"] = 2700, ["Infobox_cycling_race_report"] = 4600, ["Infobox_cyclist"] = 16000, ["Infobox_dam"] = 5700, ["Infobox_deity"] = 2000, ["Infobox_deity/color"] = 2000, ["Infobox_designation_list"] = 21000, ["Infobox_designation_list/entry"] = 18000, ["Infobox_dim"] = 7000, ["Infobox_dim/core"] = 7000, ["Infobox_diocese"] = 3900, ["Infobox_drug"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/chemical_formula"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/data_page_link"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatATC"] = 10000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCASnumber"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEBI"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEMBL"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemDBNIAID"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemSpider"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCompTox"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatDrugBank"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatIUPHARBPS"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatJmol"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatKEGG"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPDBligand"] = 9800, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemCID"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemSID"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatUNII"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/legal_status"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/licence"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/maintenance_categories"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/non-ref-space"] = 4700, ["Infobox_drug/pregnancy_category"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/title"] = 11000, ["Infobox_election"] = 32000, ["Infobox_election/row"] = 32000, ["Infobox_election/shortname"] = 30000, ["Infobox_election/styles.css"] = 32000, ["Infobox_enzyme"] = 5100, ["Infobox_ethnic_group"] = 7500, ["Infobox_event"] = 5900, ["Infobox_family"] = 2200, ["Infobox_figure_skater"] = 4100, ["Infobox_film"] = 160000, ["Infobox_film/short_description"] = 156000, ["Infobox_film_awards"] = 2700, ["Infobox_film_awards/link"] = 2700, ["Infobox_film_awards/style"] = 2700, ["Infobox_food"] = 7100, ["Infobox_football_biography"] = 210000, ["Infobox_football_club"] = 28000, ["Infobox_football_club_season"] = 21000, ["Infobox_football_league"] = 2600, ["Infobox_football_league_season"] = 20000, ["Infobox_football_match"] = 6100, ["Infobox_football_tournament"] = 2000, ["Infobox_football_tournament_season"] = 8300, ["Infobox_former_subdivision"] = 3500, ["Infobox_former_subdivision/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_galaxy"] = 2300, ["Infobox_game"] = 2600, ["Infobox_game_score"] = 3600, ["Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Infobox_given_name"] = 4100, ["Infobox_golfer"] = 4500, ["Infobox_golfer/highest_ranking"] = 4500, ["Infobox_government_agency"] = 11000, ["Infobox_government_cabinet"] = 2800, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person"] = 2200, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person/position"] = 5300, ["Infobox_gymnast"] = 3800, ["Infobox_handball_biography"] = 5100, ["Infobox_historic_site"] = 12000, ["Infobox_holiday/date"] = 2000, ["Infobox_horseraces"] = 2600, ["Infobox_hospital"] = 6400, ["Infobox_hospital/care_system"] = 6400, ["Infobox_hospital/lists"] = 6400, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_biography"] = 20000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_player"] = 19000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team"] = 3100, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team_season"] = 2000, ["Infobox_international_football_competition"] = 6000, ["Infobox_islands"] = 8900, ["Infobox_islands/area"] = 9300, ["Infobox_islands/density"] = 9300, ["Infobox_islands/length"] = 8900, ["Infobox_islands/styles.css"] = 8900, ["Infobox_journal"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/Abbreviation_search"] = 9800, ["Infobox_journal/Bluebook_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/Former_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/ISO_4_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/ISSN-eISSN"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/Indexing_search"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/MathSciNet_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/NLM_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/frequency"] = 8700, ["Infobox_lake"] = 4200, ["Infobox_language"] = 9700, ["Infobox_language/family-color"] = 11000, ["Infobox_language/genetic"] = 6700, ["Infobox_language/linguistlist"] = 9700, ["Infobox_language/ref"] = 7100, ["Infobox_law_enforcement_agency"] = 2000, ["Infobox_legislation"] = 2100, ["Infobox_legislative_election"] = 2000, ["Infobox_legislative_election/styles.css"] = 2000, ["Infobox_legislature"] = 3800, ["Infobox_library"] = 2300, ["Infobox_lighthouse"] = 2600, ["Infobox_lighthouse/light"] = 2600, ["Infobox_locomotive"] = 5000, ["Infobox_magazine"] = 7800, ["Infobox_manner_of_address"] = 3400, ["Infobox_mapframe"] = 87000, ["Infobox_martial_artist"] = 5800, ["Infobox_martial_artist/record"] = 5800, ["Infobox_medal_templates"] = 431000, ["Infobox_medical_condition"] = 11000, ["Infobox_medical_condition_(new)"] = 8000, ["Infobox_medical_details"] = 2200, ["Infobox_medical_person"] = 2100, ["Infobox_military_conflict"] = 24000, ["Infobox_military_installation"] = 9900, ["Infobox_military_person"] = 46000, ["Infobox_military_unit"] = 27000, ["Infobox_mine"] = 2200, ["Infobox_model"] = 2300, ["Infobox_monument"] = 2200, ["Infobox_mountain"] = 28000, ["Infobox_multi-sport_competition_event"] = 2500, ["Infobox_museum"] = 11000, ["Infobox_musical_artist"] = 123000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/color"] = 123000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/hCard_class"] = 325000, ["Infobox_musical_composition"] = 3100, ["Infobox_name"] = 7600, ["Infobox_name_module"] = 7500, ["Infobox_newspaper"] = 9900, ["Infobox_nobility"] = 2200, ["Infobox_noble"] = 7400, ["Infobox_officeholder"] = 232000, ["Infobox_officeholder/office"] = 238000, ["Infobox_official_post"] = 8400, ["Infobox_organization"] = 37000, ["Infobox_pageant_titleholder"] = 3100, ["Infobox_park"] = 7800, ["Infobox_person"] = 499000, ["Infobox_person/Wikidata"] = 4600, ["Infobox_person/height"] = 105000, ["Infobox_person/length"] = 7200, ["Infobox_person/weight"] = 68000, ["Infobox_philosopher"] = 3500, ["Infobox_planet"] = 4700, ["Infobox_play"] = 4300, ["Infobox_political_party"] = 15000, ["Infobox_power_station"] = 3200, ["Infobox_prepared_food"] = 2800, ["Infobox_professional_wrestler"] = 4400, ["Infobox_professional_wrestling_event"] = 2800, ["Infobox_protected_area"] = 14000, ["Infobox_protein_family"] = 2100, ["Infobox_publisher"] = 2400, ["Infobox_racehorse"] = 5600, ["Infobox_racing_driver"] = 4400, ["Infobox_racing_driver_series_section"] = 2400, ["Infobox_radio_show"] = 2100, ["Infobox_radio_station"] = 22000, ["Infobox_rail"] = 3000, ["Infobox_rail_line"] = 7400, ["Infobox_rail_service"] = 3000, ["Infobox_rail_service/doc"] = 3000, ["Infobox_reality_competition_season"] = 3700, ["Infobox_record_label"] = 4000, ["Infobox_recurring_event"] = 6600, ["Infobox_religious_biography"] = 5600, ["Infobox_religious_building"] = 13000, ["Infobox_religious_building/color"] = 18000, ["Infobox_restaurant"] = 3300, ["Infobox_river"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/calcunit"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/discharge"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/row-style"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/source"] = 30000, ["Infobox_road"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/category"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/country"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/styles.css"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road_small"] = 2400, ["Infobox_rockunit"] = 6400, ["Infobox_royalty"] = 23000, ["Infobox_royalty/short_description"] = 11000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography"] = 17000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/correct_date"] = 17000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/depcheck"] = 17000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography"] = 10000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography/PLAYER"] = 10000, ["Infobox_rugby_team"] = 2600, ["Infobox_sailboat_specifications"] = 2300, ["Infobox_saint"] = 5100, ["Infobox_school"] = 39000, ["Infobox_school/short_description"] = 39000, ["Infobox_school_district"] = 5800, ["Infobox_school_district/styles.css"] = 5700, ["Infobox_scientist"] = 50000, ["Infobox_service_record"] = 2600, ["Infobox_settlement"] = 566000, ["Infobox_settlement/areadisp"] = 242000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns"] = 96000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns/styles.css"] = 96000, ["Infobox_settlement/densdisp"] = 442000, ["Infobox_settlement/impus"] = 83000, ["Infobox_settlement/lengthdisp"] = 171000, ["Infobox_settlement/link"] = 96000, ["Infobox_settlement/metric"] = 214000, ["Infobox_settlement/pref"] = 297000, ["Infobox_settlement/styles.css"] = 566000, ["Infobox_ship_begin"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_career"] = 37000, ["Infobox_ship_characteristics"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_class_overview"] = 4200, ["Infobox_ship_image"] = 41000, ["Infobox_shopping_mall"] = 3500, ["Infobox_short_story"] = 2400, ["Infobox_skier"] = 2600, ["Infobox_soap_character"] = 2900, ["Infobox_software"] = 14000, ["Infobox_software/simple"] = 14000, ["Infobox_song"] = 78000, ["Infobox_song/color"] = 78000, ["Infobox_song/link"] = 78000, ["Infobox_spaceflight"] = 3600, ["Infobox_spaceflight/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Infobox_sport_event"] = 2300, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event"] = 18000, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event/medalrow"] = 12000, ["Infobox_sports_league"] = 5200, ["Infobox_sports_season"] = 5600, ["Infobox_sports_team"] = 2300, ["Infobox_sportsperson"] = 111000, ["Infobox_stadium"] = 3100, ["Infobox_station"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/doc"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/services"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/styles.css"] = 55000, ["Infobox_street"] = 3700, ["Infobox_swimmer"] = 11000, ["Infobox_television"] = 58000, ["Infobox_television/Short_description"] = 56000, ["Infobox_television/styles.css"] = 58000, ["Infobox_television_channel"] = 6300, ["Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_episode/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_season"] = 9900, ["Infobox_television_station"] = 3300, ["Infobox_tennis_biography"] = 11000, ["Infobox_tennis_event"] = 2700, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_event"] = 20000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year"] = 9600, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/color"] = 29000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/footer"] = 29000, ["Infobox_tournament_season"] = 11000, ["Infobox_train"] = 2300, ["Infobox_university"] = 26000, ["Infobox_user"] = 2700, ["Infobox_venue"] = 18000, ["Infobox_video_game"] = 28000, ["Infobox_video_game/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_volleyball_biography"] = 5600, ["Infobox_weapon"] = 7500, ["Infobox_weather_event"] = 2400, ["Infobox_weather_event/Effects"] = 2300, ["Infobox_weather_event/Footer"] = 2300, ["Infobox_weather_event/History"] = 2200, ["Infobox_weather_event/meteorology"] = 2200, ["Infobox_weather_event/styles.css"] = 2400, ["Infobox_website"] = 7700, ["Infobox_writer"] = 41000, ["Information"] = 97000, ["Information/styles.css"] = 97000, ["Inlang"] = 2000, ["Inline"] = 2500, ["Inline_block"] = 4800, ["Inprogress"] = 2500, ["Input_link"] = 32000, ["Instagram"] = 12000, ["Interlanguage_link"] = 176000, ["Interlanguage_link_multi"] = 17000, ["Internet_Archive_author"] = 19000, ["Internet_Archive_film"] = 2600, ["Intitle"] = 13000, ["Iptalk"] = 17000, ["IranCensus2006"] = 45000, ["IranNCSGN"] = 3200, ["Iran_Census_2006"] = 45000, ["Irc"] = 2100, ["Irish_place_name"] = 2700, ["IsIPAddress"] = 36000, ["IsValidPageName"] = 2700, ["Is_MLB_league"] = 3200, ["Is_NPB_league"] = 3200, ["Is_country_in_Central_America"] = 13000, ["Is_country_in_the_Caribbean"] = 14000, ["Is_interwiki_link"] = 6100, ["Is_italic_taxon"] = 519000, ["Is_redirect"] = 29000, ["Isbn"] = 8400, ["Isfdb_name"] = 3300, ["Isfdb_title"] = 4200, ["Isnum"] = 2200, ["Isnumeric"] = 144000, ["Iso2continent"] = 49000, ["Iso2country"] = 24000, ["Iso2country/article"] = 23000, ["Iso2country/data"] = 24000, ["Iso2nationality"] = 210000, ["Issubst"] = 71000, ["Isu_name"] = 2000, ["Italic_dab2"] = 5400, ["Italic_title"] = 277000, ["Italic_title_prefixed"] = 8700, ["Italics_colon"] = 3900, ["Italics_title"] = 2100, ["Italictitle"] = 3800, ["Ivm"] = 5700, ["Ivm/styles.css"] = 5700, ["Ivmbox"] = 126000, ["Ivory_messagebox"] = 150000, ["Module:I18n/complex_date"] = 69000, ["Module:IP"] = 134000, ["Module:IPA"] = 147000, ["Module:IPA/data"] = 132000, ["Module:IPA/styles.css"] = 119000, ["Module:IPA_symbol"] = 5300, ["Module:IPA_symbol/data"] = 5400, ["Module:IPAc-en"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAc-en/data"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAc-en/phonemes"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAc-en/pronunciation"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAddress"] = 189000, ["Module:ISO_3166"] = 1050000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/AT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/BA"] = 3400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CA"] = 2600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CN"] = 2200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/DE"] = 15000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/ES"] = 3700, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/FR"] = 38000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GB"] = 6400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GR"] = 3300, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IN"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IR"] = 9900, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/National"] = 1050000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/PL"] = 7500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RS"] = 3200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RU"] = 25000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/US"] = 86000, ["Module:ISO_639_name"] = 20000, ["Module:ISOdate"] = 69000, ["Module:Icon"] = 605000, ["Module:Icon/data"] = 605000, ["Module:If_any_equal"] = 6200, ["Module:If_empty"] = 3820000, ["Module:If_in_page"] = 12000, ["Module:If_preview"] = 305000, ["Module:If_preview/configuration"] = 305000, ["Module:If_preview/styles.css"] = 305000, ["Module:Import_style"] = 12000, ["Module:In_lang"] = 365000, ["Module:Indent"] = 4700, ["Module:Infobox"] = 4220000, ["Module:Infobox/dates"] = 71000, ["Module:Infobox/styles.css"] = 4490000, ["Module:Infobox/utilities"] = 2000, ["Module:Infobox3cols"] = 303000, ["Module:InfoboxImage"] = 4560000, ["Module:Infobox_body_of_water_tracking"] = 18000, ["Module:Infobox_cyclist_tracking"] = 16000, ["Module:Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_mapframe"] = 399000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict/styles.css"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name"] = 21000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name/data"] = 21000, ["Module:Infobox_power_station"] = 3200, ["Module:Infobox_road"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/browselinks"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/errors"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/length"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/locations"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/map"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/route"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/sections"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_television"] = 58000, ["Module:Infobox_television_disambiguation_check"] = 66000, ["Module:Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_disambiguation_check"] = 9400, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_name"] = 9900, ["Module:Internet_Archive"] = 19000, ["Module:IrelandByCountyCatNav"] = 3400, ["Module:Is_article"] = 2100, ["Module:Is_infobox_in_lead"] = 386000, ["Module:Is_instance"] = 331000, ["Module:Italic_title"] = 1140000, ["Module:Italic_title2"] = 5400, } 8016b4ce1514f560178379cc5d7451b98330fa1f 828 124 275 2024-05-26T05:13:48Z wikipedia>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. Scribunto text/plain return { ["P"] = 6200, ["P-phrases"] = 3400, ["P."] = 3800, ["P1"] = 154000, ["P2"] = 321000, ["PAGENAMEBASE"] = 1620000, ["PAGENAMEU"] = 59000, ["PAK"] = 3100, ["PD-US"] = 10000, ["PD-US-1923"] = 2100, ["PD-US-1923-abroad"] = 5600, ["PD-US-expired"] = 4500, ["PD-US-expired-abroad"] = 7400, ["PD-art"] = 3300, ["PD-ineligible-USonly"] = 5600, ["PD-notice"] = 23000, ["PD-old-100"] = 3400, ["PD-self"] = 33000, ["PD-textlogo"] = 6400, ["PDB_Gallery"] = 2900, ["PDanube"] = 3300, ["PER"] = 3200, ["PHI"] = 2600, ["PHL"] = 3600, ["PLANTS"] = 4000, ["PM20"] = 3300, ["PMID"] = 7100, ["POL"] = 65000, ["POR"] = 5000, ["POTD/Day"] = 2000, ["POTD_default"] = 11000, ["POTD_image"] = 2900, ["POTD_navigation"] = 7000, ["POTDlink"] = 7500, ["POV"] = 7300, ["PR/header"] = 3100, ["PR/heading"] = 7200, ["PRI"] = 2000, ["PRT"] = 5800, ["PR_link"] = 109000, ["PS"] = 3000, ["Pad"] = 57000, ["Page"] = 4100, ["Page_name_sub"] = 47000, ["Page_needed"] = 20000, ["Page_tabs"] = 3600, ["Page_tabs/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Page_views"] = 2500, ["Pagelinks"] = 43000, ["Pagelist"] = 5200, ["Pagetype"] = 12700000, ["Paid"] = 10000, ["Para"] = 2440000, ["Parabr"] = 3000, ["Paragraph_break"] = 1260000, ["Param_value"] = 139000, ["Parameter_names_example"] = 2400, ["ParmPart"] = 14000, ["Partial"] = 3000, ["Partial_minor_planet_designation"] = 5700, ["Partly_done"] = 2900, ["Party_color"] = 63000, ["Party_color_cell"] = 4600, ["Party_name_with_color"] = 4500, ["Party_name_with_colour"] = 3400, ["Party_shading/Democratic"] = 16000, ["Party_shading/Independent"] = 2400, ["Party_shading/Republican"] = 15000, ["Party_stripe"] = 19000, ["Pass"] = 2800, ["Pb"] = 1240000, ["Pbox"] = 3000, ["Pbox/1"] = 3000, ["Peacock"] = 3300, ["Pedigree"] = 4000, ["Peer_review/heading"] = 10000, ["Peer_review_tools"] = 8600, ["Penalty_shoot-out"] = 4200, ["Pending"] = 3400, ["Pending_DYK_biographies"] = 3800, ["Pengoal"] = 10000, ["Penmiss"] = 12000, ["Percentage"] = 14000, ["Performance_key"] = 2600, ["Period_color"] = 24000, ["Period_end"] = 22000, ["Period_id"] = 24000, ["Period_start"] = 24000, ["PeruTasks"] = 16000, ["Phab"] = 6500, ["Phanerozoic_220px"] = 22000, ["PharmNavFootnote"] = 5300, ["Philippine_name"] = 3100, ["Photo"] = 2100, ["Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Photo_requested"] = 105000, ["Photograph_requested"] = 3600, ["Photomontage"] = 4600, ["Photoreq"] = 2000, ["Picture_of_the_day"] = 7500, ["Pie_chart"] = 6400, ["Pie_chart/slice"] = 6400, ["Ping"] = 242000, ["Pipe"] = 103000, ["Place_name_disambiguation"] = 39000, ["Plain_link"] = 161000, ["Plain_list"] = 14000, ["Plain_text"] = 92000, ["Plainlink"] = 82000, ["Plainlist"] = 400000, ["Plainlist/styles.css"] = 3080000, ["Player"] = 3400, ["Player2"] = 2500, ["Please_check_ISSN"] = 15000, ["Plural"] = 107000, ["Pluralize_from_text"] = 1440000, ["Pn"] = 2200, ["Poem_quote"] = 3200, ["Poemquote"] = 2400, ["Politician_icon"] = 34000, ["Politician_icon2"] = 34000, ["Politics_sidebar_below"] = 19000, ["Politics_sidebar_title"] = 19000, ["Polluted_category"] = 2200, ["Polparty"] = 28000, ["Pop_density"] = 9100, ["Population_Germany"] = 14000, ["Portal"] = 9700000, ["Portal-Class"] = 7700, ["Portal-inline"] = 226000, ["Portal_bar"] = 131000, ["Portal_box"] = 2600, ["Portalbar"] = 13000, ["Portuguese_name"] = 9100, ["PosMapFS"] = 4300, ["Possible"] = 3500, ["Possibly_empty_category"] = 69000, ["Post-nominals"] = 55000, ["Post-nominals/AUS"] = 7800, ["Post-nominals/CAN"] = 9400, ["Post-nominals/GBR"] = 28000, ["Post-nominals/NZL"] = 4000, ["Postnominals"] = 9800, ["Pp"] = 16000, ["Pp-book-cover"] = 52000, ["Pp-extended"] = 2700, ["Pp-move"] = 9100, ["Pp-move-indef"] = 2700, ["Pp-pc"] = 3700, ["Pp-protected"] = 8400, ["Pp-semi-indef"] = 4500, ["Pp-template"] = 2800, ["Pp-vandalism"] = 2600, ["Precision"] = 277000, ["PresFoot"] = 2900, ["PresHead"] = 3300, ["PresRow"] = 3300, ["Press"] = 4900, ["Preview_warning"] = 34000, ["Primary_source_inline"] = 6200, ["Primary_sources"] = 31000, ["Principal_rank"] = 519000, ["Prl"] = 109000, ["ProCyclingStats"] = 2500, ["ProQuest"] = 19000, ["Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 2200, ["Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 2700, ["Profit"] = 3800, ["Progress_box"] = 17000, ["Project-Class"] = 12000, ["Project_other"] = 17000, ["Proper_name"] = 2400, ["Prose"] = 3400, ["Proxy_block"] = 2200, ["Pso"] = 3500, ["Purge"] = 419000, ["Purge_button"] = 17000, ["Module:Page"] = 113000, ["Module:PageLinks"] = 44000, ["Module:Page_tabs"] = 3600, ["Module:Pagelist"] = 5200, ["Module:Pagetype"] = 16600000, ["Module:Pagetype/config"] = 16600000, ["Module:Pagetype/disambiguation"] = 12000000, ["Module:Pagetype/rfd"] = 12000000, ["Module:Pagetype/setindex"] = 12200000, ["Module:Pagetype/softredirect"] = 15500000, ["Module:ParameterCount"] = 922000, ["Module:Parameter_names_example"] = 2400, ["Module:Parameter_validation"] = 138000, ["Module:Parameter_validation/default_config"] = 138000, ["Module:Party_name_with_color"] = 9700, ["Module:Percentage"] = 14000, ["Module:Person_height"] = 265000, ["Module:Person_length"] = 7200, ["Module:Person_weight"] = 80000, ["Module:Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Module:Plain_text"] = 1580000, ["Module:Political_party"] = 122000, ["Module:Political_party/A"] = 21000, ["Module:Political_party/B"] = 16000, ["Module:Political_party/C"] = 40000, ["Module:Political_party/D"] = 51000, ["Module:Political_party/E"] = 5700, ["Module:Political_party/F"] = 12000, ["Module:Political_party/G"] = 18000, ["Module:Political_party/H"] = 5500, ["Module:Political_party/I"] = 51000, ["Module:Political_party/J"] = 7900, ["Module:Political_party/K"] = 4000, ["Module:Political_party/L"] = 39000, ["Module:Political_party/M"] = 12000, ["Module:Political_party/N"] = 31000, ["Module:Political_party/O"] = 5500, ["Module:Political_party/P"] = 27000, ["Module:Political_party/R"] = 49000, ["Module:Political_party/S"] = 30000, ["Module:Political_party/T"] = 11000, ["Module:Political_party/U"] = 18000, ["Module:Political_party/V"] = 6000, ["Module:Political_party/W"] = 12000, ["Module:Pop_density"] = 9100, ["Module:PopulationFromWikidata"] = 6800, ["Module:Portal"] = 10000000, ["Module:Portal-inline"] = 227000, ["Module:Portal/images/a"] = 1720000, ["Module:Portal/images/aliases"] = 234000, ["Module:Portal/images/b"] = 2930000, ["Module:Portal/images/c"] = 1750000, ["Module:Portal/images/d"] = 109000, ["Module:Portal/images/e"] = 444000, ["Module:Portal/images/f"] = 848000, ["Module:Portal/images/g"] = 647000, ["Module:Portal/images/h"] = 458000, ["Module:Portal/images/i"] = 1110000, ["Module:Portal/images/j"] = 277000, ["Module:Portal/images/k"] = 77000, ["Module:Portal/images/l"] = 435000, ["Module:Portal/images/m"] = 642000, ["Module:Portal/images/n"] = 733000, ["Module:Portal/images/o"] = 409000, ["Module:Portal/images/other"] = 130000, ["Module:Portal/images/p"] = 881000, ["Module:Portal/images/q"] = 3100, ["Module:Portal/images/r"] = 387000, ["Module:Portal/images/s"] = 1670000, ["Module:Portal/images/t"] = 706000, ["Module:Portal/images/u"] = 1050000, ["Module:Portal/images/v"] = 303000, ["Module:Portal/images/w"] = 168000, ["Module:Portal/images/y"] = 34000, ["Module:Portal/images/z"] = 5900, ["Module:Portal/styles.css"] = 9700000, ["Module:Portal_bar"] = 148000, ["Module:Portal_bar/styles.css"] = 148000, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 2300, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 2700, ["Module:Progress_box"] = 17000, ["Module:Progress_box/config"] = 17000, ["Module:Progress_box/styles.css"] = 17000, ["Module:Protect"] = 116000, ["Module:Protected_edit_request"] = 49000, ["Module:Protection_banner"] = 58000, ["Module:Protection_banner/config"] = 58000, ["Module:Purge"] = 439000, } 071181a9304345f84aab6549d298a61b661084d1 828 130 289 2024-05-26T05:14:19Z wikipedia>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. Scribunto text/plain return { ["S"] = 3600, ["S-aca"] = 6500, ["S-ach"] = 16000, ["S-aft"] = 221000, ["S-aft/check"] = 221000, ["S-aft/filter"] = 221000, ["S-bef"] = 226000, ["S-bef/check"] = 226000, ["S-bef/filter"] = 226000, ["S-break"] = 5200, ["S-civ"] = 2700, ["S-dip"] = 5500, ["S-end"] = 249000, ["S-gov"] = 8100, ["S-hon"] = 3900, ["S-hou"] = 9600, ["S-inc"] = 13000, ["S-legal"] = 9500, ["S-mil"] = 12000, ["S-new"] = 16000, ["S-non"] = 10000, ["S-npo"] = 4100, ["S-off"] = 41000, ["S-par"] = 51000, ["S-par/en"] = 3300, ["S-par/gb"] = 3300, ["S-par/uk"] = 12000, ["S-par/us-hs"] = 11000, ["S-par/us-sen"] = 2000, ["S-ppo"] = 14000, ["S-prec"] = 3200, ["S-rail"] = 6400, ["S-rail-start"] = 6300, ["S-rail/lines"] = 6500, ["S-reg"] = 21000, ["S-rel"] = 18000, ["S-roy"] = 2800, ["S-s"] = 2800, ["S-sports"] = 11000, ["S-start"] = 243000, ["S-ttl"] = 232000, ["S-ttl/check"] = 232000, ["S-vac"] = 6600, ["SCO"] = 3700, ["SDcat"] = 5840000, ["SECOND"] = 2300, ["SGP"] = 2700, ["SIA"] = 2700, ["SIPA"] = 2900, ["SLO"] = 4300, ["SMS"] = 6300, ["SMU"] = 2200, ["SPI_archive_notice"] = 74000, ["SPIarchive_notice"] = 74000, ["SPIcat"] = 3800, ["SPIclose"] = 3300, ["SPIpriorcases"] = 68000, ["SR/Olympics_profile"] = 3000, ["SRB"] = 3800, ["SS"] = 20000, ["SSPa"] = 2600, ["STN"] = 13000, ["SUBJECTSPACE_formatted"] = 44000, ["SUI"] = 8600, ["SVG"] = 3100, ["SVG-Logo"] = 22000, ["SVG-Res"] = 20000, ["SVG-logo"] = 9000, ["SVK"] = 6100, ["SVN"] = 5300, ["SWE"] = 13000, ["Sandbox_other"] = 246000, ["Saturday"] = 2700, ["Saved_book"] = 52000, ["Sc"] = 2800, ["Scholia"] = 3100, ["School_block"] = 13000, ["School_disambiguation"] = 3300, ["Schoolblock"] = 6800, ["Schooldis"] = 2600, ["Schoolip"] = 11000, ["Scientist_icon"] = 15000, ["Scientist_icon2"] = 15000, ["Sclass"] = 32000, ["Sclass2"] = 10000, ["Screen_reader-only"] = 45000, ["Screen_reader-only/styles.css"] = 45000, ["Script"] = 6400, ["Script/Arabic"] = 3100, ["Script/Hebrew"] = 4800, ["Script/Nastaliq"] = 14000, ["Script/doc/id-unk"] = 3100, ["Script/doc/id-unk/core"] = 3100, ["Script/doc/id-unk/is-iso-alpha4"] = 2900, ["Script/doc/id-unk/name-to-alpha4"] = 3100, ["Script/styles.css"] = 3200, ["Script/styles_arabic.css"] = 3100, ["Script/styles_hebrew.css"] = 4800, ["Sdash"] = 3400, ["Search_box"] = 56000, ["Search_link"] = 16000, ["Section_link"] = 73000, ["Section_sizes"] = 2800, ["See"] = 9800, ["See_also"] = 191000, ["Seealso"] = 7000, ["Select_skin"] = 4400, ["Selected_article"] = 2500, ["Selected_picture"] = 2500, ["Self"] = 46000, ["Self-published_inline"] = 4100, ["Self-published_source"] = 6500, ["Self-reference"] = 2300, ["Self-reference_tool"] = 5800, ["Sent_off"] = 14000, ["Sentoff"] = 4600, ["Separated_entries"] = 202000, ["Sequence"] = 3600, ["Series_overview"] = 8300, ["Serif"] = 2900, ["Set_category"] = 36000, ["Set_index_article"] = 6000, ["Sets_taxobox_colour"] = 63000, ["Sfn"] = 166000, ["SfnRef"] = 140000, ["Sfnm"] = 4000, ["Sfnp"] = 19000, ["Sfnref"] = 12000, ["Sfrac"] = 4500, ["Sfrac/styles.css"] = 4500, ["SharedIPEDU"] = 3300, ["Shared_IP"] = 11000, ["Shared_IP_advice"] = 16000, ["Shared_IP_corp"] = 4300, ["Shared_IP_edu"] = 183000, ["Shared_IP_gov"] = 2400, ["Sharedip"] = 3000, ["Sharedipedu"] = 3700, ["Sherdog"] = 2600, ["Ship"] = 38000, ["Ship_index"] = 7000, ["Shipboxflag"] = 20000, ["Shipboxflag/core"] = 20000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer"] = 10000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer/link"] = 10000, ["Short_description"] = 5960000, ["Short_description/lowercasecheck"] = 5960000, ["Short_pages_monitor"] = 12000, ["Short_pages_monitor/maximum_length"] = 12000, ["Shortcut"] = 20000, ["Should_be_SVG"] = 8700, ["Sic"] = 33000, ["Sica"] = 3200, ["Side_box"] = 1190000, ["Sidebar"] = 267000, ["Sidebar_games_events"] = 38000, ["Sidebar_person"] = 2600, ["Sidebar_person/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Sidebar_with_collapsible_lists"] = 97000, ["Sigfig"] = 3900, ["Significant_figures"] = 5300, ["Significant_figures/rnd"] = 5000, ["Signpost-subscription"] = 2100, ["Signpost/item"] = 40000, ["Sildb_prim"] = 2100, ["Silver02"] = 17000, ["Silver2"] = 50000, ["Silver_medal"] = 5800, ["Similar_names"] = 2400, ["Single+double"] = 7900, ["Single+space"] = 15000, ["Single-innings_cricket_match"] = 3500, ["Single_chart"] = 39000, ["Single_chart/chartnote"] = 39000, ["Single_namespace"] = 207000, ["Singlechart"] = 18000, ["Singles"] = 43000, ["Sister-inline"] = 197000, ["Sister_project"] = 1060000, ["Sister_project_links"] = 12000, ["Sisterlinks"] = 2100, ["Skip_to_talk"] = 12000, ["Skip_to_talk/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Sky"] = 2700, ["Sky/styles.css"] = 2700, ["Slink"] = 20000, ["Small"] = 620000, ["Small_Solar_System_bodies"] = 3600, ["Smallcaps"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps/styles.css"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps_all"] = 2900, ["Smalldiv"] = 25000, ["Smaller"] = 77000, ["Smallsup"] = 21000, ["Smiley"] = 46000, ["Snd"] = 195000, ["Snds"] = 6400, ["Soccer_icon"] = 129000, ["Soccer_icon2"] = 129000, ["Soccer_icon4"] = 5000, ["Soccerbase"] = 13000, ["Soccerbase_season"] = 7000, ["Soccerway"] = 79000, ["Sock"] = 49000, ["Sock_list"] = 5900, ["Sockcat"] = 2000, ["Sockmaster"] = 9700, ["Sockpuppet"] = 251000, ["Sockpuppet/altmaster"] = 2700, ["Sockpuppet/categorise"] = 251000, ["SockpuppetCheckuser"] = 5500, ["Sockpuppet_category"] = 47000, ["Sockpuppet_category/confirmed"] = 25000, ["Sockpuppet_category/suspected"] = 23000, ["Sockpuppetcheckuser"] = 3600, ["Sockpuppeteer"] = 26000, ["Soft_redirect"] = 6100, ["Soft_redirect_protection"] = 8300, ["Softredirect"] = 3300, ["Solar_luminosity"] = 4600, ["Solar_mass"] = 5400, ["Solar_radius"] = 4400, ["Soldier_icon"] = 3900, ["Soldier_icon2"] = 3900, ["Songs"] = 2200, ["Songs_category"] = 8800, ["Songs_category/core"] = 8800, ["Sort"] = 103000, ["Sortname"] = 55000, ["Source-attribution"] = 32000, ["Source_check"] = 959000, ["Sourcecheck"] = 959000, ["Sources"] = 3300, ["Sources_exist"] = 2500, ["South_America_topic"] = 2600, ["Sp"] = 172000, ["Space"] = 56000, ["Space+double"] = 19000, ["Space+single"] = 13000, ["Spaced_en_dash"] = 227000, ["Spaced_en_dash_space"] = 6400, ["Spaced_ndash"] = 22000, ["Spaces"] = 585000, ["Spain_metadata_Wikidata"] = 7500, ["Spamlink"] = 13000, ["Species_Latin_name_abbreviation_disambiguation"] = 2200, ["Species_list"] = 17000, ["Speciesbox"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/getGenus"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/getSpecies"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/name"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/parameterCheck"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/trim"] = 319000, ["Specieslist"] = 6700, ["Split_article"] = 3700, ["Spnd"] = 4300, ["Spoken_Wikipedia"] = 2000, ["Sport_icon"] = 14000, ["Sport_icon2"] = 15000, ["SportsYearCatUSstate"] = 6500, ["SportsYearCatUSstate/core"] = 6500, ["Sports_links"] = 69000, ["Sports_reference"] = 6700, ["Squad_maintenance"] = 3600, ["Sronly"] = 43000, ["Srt"] = 5800, ["Stack"] = 26000, ["Stack/styles.css"] = 35000, ["Stack_begin"] = 9600, ["Stack_end"] = 9600, ["StaleIP"] = 3300, ["Standings_table_end"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_entry"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_entry/record"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start/colheader"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start/colspan"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start/styles.css"] = 57000, ["Starbox_astrometry"] = 5200, ["Starbox_begin"] = 5400, ["Starbox_catalog"] = 5300, ["Starbox_character"] = 5200, ["Starbox_detail"] = 5100, ["Starbox_end"] = 5400, ["Starbox_image"] = 3100, ["Starbox_observe"] = 5200, ["Starbox_reference"] = 5300, ["Start-Class"] = 18000, ["Start-date"] = 3600, ["Start_and_end_dates"] = 2800, ["Start_box"] = 7400, ["Start_date"] = 484000, ["Start_date_and_age"] = 152000, ["Start_date_and_years_ago"] = 5600, ["Start_date_text"] = 3800, ["Start_of_course_timeline"] = 5900, ["Start_of_course_week"] = 6000, ["Start_tab"] = 5400, ["Startflatlist"] = 151000, ["Static_IP"] = 5500, ["Station"] = 8600, ["Station_link"] = 17000, ["Stdinchicite"] = 11000, ["Steady"] = 15000, ["Sticky_header"] = 2100, ["Sticky_header/styles.css"] = 2100, ["Stl"] = 15000, ["Stn"] = 8200, ["Stn_art_lnk"] = 2100, ["Stnlnk"] = 31000, ["Storm_colour"] = 5300, ["Storm_name"] = 2200, ["Storm_path"] = 2100, ["StoryTeleplay"] = 3600, ["Str_count"] = 5900, ["Str_endswith"] = 201000, ["Str_find"] = 287000, ["Str_index"] = 13000, ["Str_left"] = 944000, ["Str_len"] = 19000, ["Str_letter"] = 178000, ["Str_letter/trim"] = 20000, ["Str_number"] = 8000, ["Str_number/trim"] = 192000, ["Str_rep"] = 270000, ["Str_trim"] = 5000, ["Str_≠_len"] = 38000, ["Str_≤_len"] = 2400, ["Str_≥_len"] = 80000, ["Strfind_short"] = 237000, ["Strikethrough"] = 17000, ["String_split"] = 6500, ["Strip_tags"] = 38000, ["Strong"] = 901000, ["Structurae"] = 2100, ["Stub-Class"] = 18000, ["Stub_Category"] = 13000, ["Stub_category"] = 18000, ["Stub_documentation"] = 37000, ["Student_editor"] = 27000, ["Student_sandbox"] = 4500, ["Student_table_row"] = 5700, ["Students_table"] = 5700, ["Su"] = 5100, ["Su-census1989"] = 4400, ["Sub"] = 5200, ["Subinfobox_bodystyle"] = 61000, ["Subject_bar"] = 17000, ["Suboff"] = 6600, ["Subon"] = 6700, ["Subpage_other"] = 314000, ["Subscription_required"] = 33000, ["Subsidebar_bodystyle"] = 5800, ["Subst_only"] = 5400, ["Substituted_comment"] = 19000, ["Succession_box"] = 118000, ["Succession_box/check"] = 118000, ["Succession_links"] = 186000, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation"] = 2400, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation/core"] = 2400, ["Sunday"] = 2700, ["Sup"] = 61000, ["Suppress_categories"] = 5600, ["Surname"] = 69000, ["Swiss_populations"] = 2400, ["Swiss_populations_NC"] = 3000, ["Swiss_populations_YM"] = 2300, ["Swiss_populations_ref"] = 2400, ["Switcher"] = 4300, ["Module:SDcat"] = 5840000, ["Module:SPI_archive_notice"] = 34000, ["Module:Science_redirect"] = 280000, ["Module:Science_redirect/conf"] = 280000, ["Module:Section_link"] = 73000, ["Module:Section_sizes"] = 4300, ["Module:See_also_if_exists"] = 76000, ["Module:Self"] = 46000, ["Module:Self/license_migration_data.json"] = 22000, ["Module:Self/styles.css"] = 46000, ["Module:Separated_entries"] = 2370000, ["Module:Series_overview"] = 8300, ["Module:Settlement_short_description"] = 713000, ["Module:Shortcut"] = 24000, ["Module:Shortcut/config"] = 24000, ["Module:Shortcut/styles.css"] = 24000, ["Module:Side_box"] = 1230000, ["Module:Side_box/styles.css"] = 1220000, ["Module:Sidebar"] = 350000, ["Module:Sidebar/configuration"] = 350000, ["Module:Sidebar/styles.css"] = 356000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events"] = 38000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events/styles.css"] = 38000, ["Module:Singles"] = 43000, ["Module:Sister_project_links"] = 16000, ["Module:Sister_project_links/bar/styles.css"] = 4100, ["Module:Sister_project_links/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Module:Sock_list"] = 5900, ["Module:Sort_title"] = 20000, ["Module:Sortkey"] = 205000, ["Module:Split_article"] = 3700, ["Module:Spoken_Wikipedia"] = 2000, ["Module:Spoken_Wikipedia/configuration"] = 2000, ["Module:Spoken_Wikipedia/styles.css"] = 2000, ["Module:Sports_career"] = 19000, ["Module:Sports_color"] = 69000, ["Module:Sports_color/baseball"] = 35000, ["Module:Sports_color/basketball"] = 23000, ["Module:Sports_color/ice_hockey"] = 3200, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table"] = 12000, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Module:Sports_reference"] = 6700, ["Module:Sports_results"] = 15000, ["Module:Sports_results/styles.css"] = 9900, ["Module:Sports_table"] = 61000, ["Module:Sports_table/Volleyball"] = 2000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL"] = 54000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL_OT"] = 2900, ["Module:Sports_table/WL"] = 4300, ["Module:Sports_table/WL_OT"] = 2200, ["Module:Sports_table/argcheck"] = 61000, ["Module:Sports_table/styles.css"] = 61000, ["Module:Sports_table/sub"] = 62000, ["Module:Sports_table/totalscheck"] = 44000, ["Module:Stock_tickers/NYSE"] = 2100, ["Module:Storm_categories"] = 5300, ["Module:Storm_categories/categories"] = 5300, ["Module:Storm_categories/colors"] = 5300, ["Module:Storm_categories/icons"] = 5300, ["Module:String"] = 10500000, ["Module:String2"] = 4750000, ["Module:Su"] = 12000, ["Module:Subject_bar"] = 17000, ["Module:Suppress_categories"] = 5600, } 7c5f4f725c18222b3c84e13c99e59e0cee4785d3 10 468 1006 2024-05-28T19:51:52Z Pppery 16 Reason alias wikitext text/x-wiki {{mbox | name = Under construction | type = notice | image = {{#if:{{{altimage|}}}|{{{altimage|}}}|[[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|50x40px|link=|page is in the middle of an expansion or major revamping]]}} | text = This {{#if:{{{subsection|}}}|subsection|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|section|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | Talk = [[Help:Talk page|talk page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Category = [[Wikipedia:Category|category page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Help = [[Help:Contents|help page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Portal = [[Wikipedia:Portal|portal]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Template = [[Wikipedia:Template messages|template page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | User = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | User talk = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user talk page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Wikipedia = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Wikipedia talk = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project talk page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | article {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} }}}}}} '''is in a state of significant expansion or restructuring{{#if:{{{notready|}}} |, and is not yet ready for use }}.''' You are welcome to assist in its construction by editing it as well. {{#if:{{{placedby|}}} |This template was placed by {{#ifeq:{{lcfirst:{{{placedby}}}}}|{{ucfirst:{{{placedby}}}}} |<!--{{{placedby}}} does not start with a letter - so is probably a signature-->{{{placedby}}} |{{user|{{{placedby}}}}} }}.[[Category:Pages using Under construction with the placedby parameter]] }} If this {{#if:{{{section|}}}|section|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | Talk = [[Help:Talk page|talk page]] | Category = [[Wikipedia:Category|category page]] | Help = [[Help:Contents|help page]] | Portal = [[Wikipedia:Portal|portal]] | Template = [[Wikipedia:Template messages|template page]] | User = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user page]] | User talk = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user talk page]] | Wikipedia = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project page]] | Wikipedia talk = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project talk page]] | article {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} }}}} <span class="plainlinks">[{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|action=history}} has not been edited in several days]</span>, please {{#if:{{{notify|}}}|remove this template and notify the editor who placed it{{#if:{{{placedby|}}}|, [[User talk:{{{placedby}}}|{{{placedby}}}]]}}|remove this template}}.<br />''If you are the editor who added this template and you are actively editing, please be sure to replace this template with {{tlx|in use}} during the active editing session''. Click on the link for template parameters to use. {{small|{{last edited by}}}} }}{{#if:{{{comment|{{{reason|}}}}}} |{{mbox | type = notice | image = none | text = '''Contributor note''': {{{comment|{{{reason|}}}}}} }} }}<includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{nocat|}}}|true||{{{category|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |{{ns:2}} |{{ns:3}}=<!-- no category for user/talk pages--> |#default=[[Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]] }}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> b08fab85e4c955a72cabdb231a28463d4ff92db0 828 80 174 2024-05-31T04:48:41Z wikipedia>Jdlrobson 0 Fixes https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/F54694313 Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Sidebar/configuration') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs --[[ Categorizes calling templates and modules with a 'style' parameter of any sort for tracking to convert to TemplateStyles. TODO after a long cleanup: Catch sidebars in other namespaces than Template and Module. TODO would probably want to remove /log and /archive as CS1 does ]] local function categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 and title.namespace ~= 828 then return '' end for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.i18n.pattern.uncategorized_conversion_titles) do if title.text:match(pattern) then return '' end end for key, _ in pairs(args) do if mw.ustring.find(key, cfg.i18n.pattern.style_conversion) or key == 'width' then return cfg.i18n.category.conversion end end end --[[ For compatibility with the original {{sidebar with collapsible lists}} implementation, which passed some parameters through {{#if}} to trim their whitespace. This also triggered the automatic newline behavior. ]] -- See ([[meta:Help:Newlines and spaces#Automatic newline]]) local function trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(s) s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") if mw.ustring.find(s, '^[#*:;]') or mw.ustring.find(s, '^{|') then return '\n' .. s else return s end end --[[ Finds whether a sidebar has a subgroup sidebar. ]] local function hasSubgroup(s) if mw.ustring.find(s, cfg.i18n.pattern.subgroup) then return true else return false end end local function has_navbar(navbar_mode, sidebar_name) return navbar_mode ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_none and navbar_mode ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_off and ( sidebar_name or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.sandbox, '') ~= cfg.i18n.title_not_to_add_navbar ) end local function has_list_class(args, htmlclass) local patterns = { '^' .. htmlclass .. '$', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '$', '^' .. htmlclass .. '%s', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s' } for arg, value in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' and mw.ustring.find(arg, 'class') then for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then return true end end end end return false end -- there are a lot of list classes in the wild, so we add their TemplateStyles local function add_list_styles(args) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function add_list_templatestyles(htmlclass, templatestyles) if has_list_class(args, htmlclass) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } else return '' end end local plainlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('plainlist', cfg.i18n.plainlist_templatestyles) local hlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('hlist', cfg.i18n.hlist_templatestyles) -- a second workaround for [[phab:T303378]] -- when that issue is fixed, we can actually use has_navbar not to emit the -- tag here if we want if has_navbar(args.navbar, args.name) and hlist_styles == '' then hlist_styles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.i18n.hlist_templatestyles} } end -- hlist -> plainlist is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. [hlist_note] return hlist_styles .. plainlist_styles end -- work around [[phab:T303378]] -- for each arg: find all the templatestyles strip markers, insert them into a -- table. then remove all templatestyles markers from the arg local function move_hiding_templatestyles(args) local gfind = string.gfind local gsub = string.gsub local templatestyles_markers = {} local strip_marker_pattern = '(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)' for k, arg in pairs(args) do for marker in gfind(arg, strip_marker_pattern) do table.insert(templatestyles_markers, marker) end args[k] = gsub(arg, strip_marker_pattern, '') end return templatestyles_markers end --[[ Main sidebar function. Takes the frame, args, and an optional collapsibleClass. The collapsibleClass is and should be used only for sidebars with collapsible lists, as in p.collapsible. ]] function p.sidebar(frame, args, collapsibleClass) if not args then args = getArgs(frame) end local hiding_templatestyles = table.concat(move_hiding_templatestyles(args)) local root = mw.html.create() local child = args.child and mw.text.trim(args.child) == cfg.i18n.child_yes root = root:tag('table') if not child then root :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.sidebar) -- force collapsibleclass to be sidebar-collapse otherwise output nothing :addClass(collapsibleClass == cfg.i18n.class.collapse and cfg.i18n.class.collapse or nil) :addClass('nomobile') :addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_none and cfg.i18n.class.float_none or nil) :addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_left and cfg.i18n.class.float_left or nil) :addClass(args.wraplinks ~= cfg.i18n.wrap_true and cfg.i18n.class.wraplinks or nil) :addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class) :css('width', args.width or nil) :cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style) if args.outertitle then root :tag('caption') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.outer_title) :addClass(args.outertitleclass) :cssText(args.outertitlestyle) :wikitext(args.outertitle) end if args.topimage then local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td') imageCell :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_image) :addClass(args.topimageclass) :cssText(args.topimagestyle) :wikitext(args.topimage) if args.topcaption then imageCell :tag('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_caption) :cssText(args.topcaptionstyle) :wikitext(args.topcaption) end end if args.pretitle then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(args.topimage and cfg.i18n.class.pretitle_with_top_image or cfg.i18n.class.pretitle) :addClass(args.pretitleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.pretitlestyle) :wikitext(args.pretitle) end else root :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.subgroup) :addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class) :cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style) end if args.title then if child then root :wikitext(args.title) else root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :addClass(args.pretitle and cfg.i18n.class.title_with_pretitle or cfg.i18n.class.title) :addClass(args.titleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end end if args.image then local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td') imageCell :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.image) :addClass(args.imageclass) :cssText(args.imagestyle) :wikitext(args.image) if args.caption then imageCell :tag('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.caption) :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(args.caption) end end if args.above then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.above) :addClass(args.aboveclass) :cssText(args.abovestyle) :newline() -- newline required for bullet-points to work :wikitext(args.above) end local rowNums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do k = '' .. k local num = k:match('^heading(%d+)$') or k:match('^content(%d+)$') if num then table.insert(rowNums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(rowNums) -- remove duplicates from the list (e.g. 3 will be duplicated if both heading3 -- and content3 are specified) for i = #rowNums, 1, -1 do if rowNums[i] == rowNums[i - 1] then table.remove(rowNums, i) end end for i, num in ipairs(rowNums) do local heading = args['heading' .. num] if heading then root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.heading) :addClass(args.headingclass) :addClass(args['heading' .. num .. 'class']) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.headingstyle) :cssText(args['heading' .. num .. 'style']) :newline() :wikitext(heading) end local content = args['content' .. num] if content then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(hasSubgroup(content) and cfg.i18n.class.content_with_subgroup or cfg.i18n.class.content) :addClass(args.contentclass) :addClass(args['content' .. num .. 'class']) :cssText(args.contentstyle) :cssText(args['content' .. num .. 'style']) :newline() :wikitext(content) :done() -- Without a linebreak after the </td>, a nested list like -- "* {{hlist| ...}}" doesn't parse correctly. :newline() end end if args.below then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.below) :addClass(args.belowclass) :cssText(args.belowstyle) :newline() :wikitext(args.below) end if not child and has_navbar(args.navbar, args.name) then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.navbar) :cssText(args.navbarstyle) :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, fontstyle = args.navbarfontstyle }) end local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.i18n.templatestyles } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] and args['templatestyles'] ~= '' then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] and args['child templatestyles'] ~= '' then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] and args['grandchild templatestyles'] ~= '' then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ add_list_styles(args), -- see [hlist_note] above about ordering base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles, hiding_templatestyles, tostring(root), (child and cfg.i18n.category.child or ''), categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args) }) end local function list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num) local title_text = trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num .. 'title'] or cfg.i18n.default_list_title) local title if is_centered_list_titles then -- collapsible can be finicky, so provide some CSS/HTML to support title = mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title_centered) :wikitext(title_text) else title = mw.html.create() :wikitext(title_text) end local title_container = mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title) -- don't /need/ a listnumtitleclass because you can do -- .templateclass .listnumclass .sidebar-list-title :addClass(args.listtitleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.listtitlestyle) :cssText('color: var(--color-base)') :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'titlestyle']) :node(title) :done() return title_container end --[[ Main entry point for sidebar with collapsible lists. Does the work of creating the collapsible lists themselves and including them into the args. ]] function p.collapsible(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) if not args.name and frame:getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.collapse_sandbox, '') == cfg.i18n.collapse_title_not_to_add_navbar then args.navbar = cfg.i18n.navbar_none end local contentArgs = {} local is_centered_list_titles = false if args['centered list titles'] and args['centered list titles'] ~= '' then is_centered_list_titles = true end for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = string.match(k, '^list(%d+)$') if num then local expand = args.expanded and (args.expanded == 'all' or args.expanded == args['list' .. num .. 'name']) local row = mw.html.create('div') row :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list) :addClass('mw-collapsible') :addClass((not expand) and 'mw-collapsed' or nil) :addClass(args['list' .. num .. 'class']) :cssText(args.listframestyle) :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'framestyle']) :node(list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num)) :tag('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_content) :addClass('mw-collapsible-content') -- don't /need/ a listnumstyleclass because you can do -- .templatename .listnumclass .sidebar-list :addClass(args.listclass) :cssText(args.liststyle) :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'style']) :wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num])) contentArgs['content' .. num] = tostring(row) end end for k, v in pairs(contentArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.sidebar(frame, args, cfg.i18n.class.collapse) end return p 3b3c07dfcae8d95a11ab62e8d8e68ee014abab8d 0 1 1 2024-05-31T06:15:01Z MediaWiki default 1 Welcome to Miraheze! wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == This Main Page was created automatically and it seems it hasn't been replaced yet. === For the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phorge:|Phorge]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of this wiki === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 070d9e6457eab136df99905438a1f57c037772b0 2 1 2024-05-31T17:43:05Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Main Page]]": High traffic page: Main page - cascade protecting ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) [cascading] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == This Main Page was created automatically and it seems it hasn't been replaced yet. === For the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phorge:|Phorge]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of this wiki === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 070d9e6457eab136df99905438a1f57c037772b0 6 2 3 2024-05-31T17:47:49Z Felenov 2 Ready or Not logo main wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Ready or Not logo main a9322539cd95699a7fcb548fc4e71db9d43a3119 4 3 2024-05-31T17:49:26Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[File:Ron logo.png]]": High traffic page: Protecting logo ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Upload=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Ready or Not logo main a9322539cd95699a7fcb548fc4e71db9d43a3119 6 3 5 2024-05-31T17:49:55Z Felenov 2 Ready or Not game logo (.ico) wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Ready or Not game logo (.ico) 1348fef3654470bdc3c9ca24fc5fc57bcc9fdb01 6 5 2024-05-31T17:50:09Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[File:Favicon.ico]]": Protecting favicon ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Upload=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Ready or Not game logo (.ico) 1348fef3654470bdc3c9ca24fc5fc57bcc9fdb01 6 4 7 2024-05-31T17:57:06Z Felenov 2 Ready or Not logo scaled to 135 px (for Vector 2010) wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Ready or Not logo scaled to 135 px (for Vector 2010) a8be52bda7fa076709edb43a09cd456be6b842b0 8 7 2024-05-31T17:57:31Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[File:Ron logo scaled.png]]": Part of wiki skin ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Upload=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Ready or Not logo scaled to 135 px (for Vector 2010) a8be52bda7fa076709edb43a09cd456be6b842b0 14 5 9 2024-05-31T18:22:44Z Felenov 2 Creating category source wikitext text/x-wiki All current weapons in game 854a7642c3a7b8f115c161cf1bea9d463715d783 6 6 10 2024-05-31T18:56:16Z Felenov 2 Uploaded with [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:SimpleBatchUpload|SimpleBatchUpload]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 20 10 2024-05-31T19:00:14Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki protection padlock icon from Wikimedia Commons: Extended protection b1ce961ff66b8d6a94b5c1ad6df48eef2d26396c 6 7 11 2024-05-31T18:56:16Z Felenov 2 Uploaded with [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:SimpleBatchUpload|SimpleBatchUpload]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 17 11 2024-05-31T18:59:29Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki protection padlock icon from Wikimedia Commons: Full protection 09639731cc90baca8a6a073bfb2f6793997089d8 18 17 2024-05-31T18:59:39Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki protection padlock icon from Wikimedia Commons: Cascade protection 336dcd914613601fe24a5b6e5580645bd935adb6 6 8 12 2024-05-31T18:56:16Z Felenov 2 Uploaded with [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:SimpleBatchUpload|SimpleBatchUpload]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 9 13 2024-05-31T18:56:16Z Felenov 2 Uploaded with [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:SimpleBatchUpload|SimpleBatchUpload]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 21 13 2024-05-31T19:00:20Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki protection padlock icon from Wikimedia Commons: Move protection 16cff8d06f3db19a48da8a12965ade822500d432 6 10 14 2024-05-31T18:56:16Z Felenov 2 Uploaded with [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:SimpleBatchUpload|SimpleBatchUpload]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 22 14 2024-05-31T19:00:30Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki protection padlock icon from Wikimedia Commons: Template protection e73a69da23c44bea83d39b4a2c7f8341af31d4bc 6 11 15 2024-05-31T18:56:16Z Felenov 2 Uploaded with [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:SimpleBatchUpload|SimpleBatchUpload]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 19 15 2024-05-31T18:59:56Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki protection padlock icon from Wikimedia Commons: Full protection 09639731cc90baca8a6a073bfb2f6793997089d8 6 12 16 2024-05-31T18:56:17Z Felenov 2 Uploaded with [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Extension:SimpleBatchUpload|SimpleBatchUpload]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 23 16 2024-05-31T19:00:39Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki protection padlock icon from Wikimedia Commons: Upload protection b8397fd0095913b82a51a5c39a7a0b38a35fd13e 10 13 25 24 2024-05-31T19:49:42Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:In_use]]: Importing In use template wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Wait]] 4b98ee015f33dc76c0c7d8b158ec7e2a1e87d6db 10 14 27 26 2024-05-31T19:50:14Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Wait]]: Importing wait template source wikitext text/x-wiki {{Mbox | name = In use | type = notice | class = ambox-In_use | image = [[File:Ambox clock.svg|48px|alt=|link=]] | css = margin: 1px | text = This {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|[[Help:Section|section]]|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | {{ns:0}} = article | Talk = [[Help:Talk page|talk page]] | Category = [[Wikipedia:Category|category page]] | Help = [[Help:Contents|help page]] | Portal = [[Wikipedia:Portal|portal page]] | Template = [[Wikipedia:Template messages|template page]] | User = [[Wikipedia:User page|user page]] | User talk = [[Wikipedia:User page|user talk page]] | Wikipedia = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project page]] | Wikipedia talk = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project talk page]] }}}} is '''actively undergoing a [[Wikipedia:Edit lock|major edit]]''' for {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|{{{2|a short while}}}|{{{1|a short while}}}}}. To help avoid [[w:Help:Edit conflict|edit conflicts]], please do not edit this {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|section|page}} while this message is displayed.<br> <small>{{#if:{{{time|}}}|This message was added at {{{time|}}}.|}} This page was last edited at {{#time:H:i, j F Y|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}} (UTC) ({{time ago|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}})&nbsp;&ndash;&#32; this estimate [[Wikipedia:Purge|is cached]], {{Purge|update}}. Please remove this template if this page [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=history}} hasn't been edited] in several hours. If you are the editor who added this template, please be sure to remove it or replace it with {{tl|Under construction}} between editing sessions.</small> <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{category}}}|no||{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | User | User talk = <!-- no category --> | [[Category:Pages actively undergoing a major edit]]}}}}</includeonly> }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} [[Category:Notice templates]] </noinclude> 1d7aaf5adba5ab2d8dabd69d3b3b2e84d2096d7d 66 27 2024-05-31T19:56:48Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Mbox | name = In use | type = notice | class = ambox-In_use | image = [[File:Ambox clock.svg|48px|alt=|link=]] | css = margin: 1px | text = This {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|[[Help:Section|section]]|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | {{ns:0}} = article | Talk = [[Help:Talk page|talk page]] | Category = [[Wikipedia:Category|category page]] | Help = [[Help:Contents|help page]] | Portal = [[Wikipedia:Portal|portal page]] | Template = [[Wikipedia:Template messages|template page]] | User = [[Wikipedia:User page|user page]] | User talk = [[Wikipedia:User page|user talk page]] | Wikipedia = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project page]] | Wikipedia talk = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project talk page]] }}}} is '''actively undergoing a [[Wikipedia:Edit lock|major edit]]''' for {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|{{{2|a short while}}}|{{{1|a short while}}}}}. To help avoid [[w:Help:Edit conflict|edit conflicts]], please do not edit this {{#ifeq:{{{1|}}}|section|section|page}} while this message is displayed.<br> <small>{{#if:{{{time|}}}|This message was added at {{{time|}}}.|}} This page was last edited at {{#time:H:i, j F Y|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}} (UTC) ({{time ago|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}})&nbsp;&ndash;&#32; this estimate [[Wikipedia:Purge|is cached]], {{Purge|update}}. Please remove this template if this page [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|action=history}} hasn't been edited] in several hours. If you are the editor who added this template, please be sure to remove it or replace it with {{tl|Under construction}} between editing sessions.</small> <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{category}}}|no||{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | User | User talk = <!-- no category --> | [[Category:Pages actively undergoing a major edit]]}}}}</includeonly> }} <noinclude> {{Documentation}} [[Category:Notice templates]] </noinclude> de46c6be390e8c3275d7935a2bde779504b92a04 828 15 29 28 2024-05-31T19:50:15Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Yesno]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 828 16 31 30 2024-05-31T19:50:15Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Arguments]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 10 17 33 32 2024-05-31T19:50:16Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Mbox]]: Importing wait template source wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Mbox/styles.css" /> {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 728fa77a17d75dc95885aca4d53afc6ba121c503 10 18 35 34 2024-05-31T19:50:17Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Mbox/styles.css]]: Importing wait template source text text/plain /** @source http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Common.css | 2020-02-03 */ /** [[Module:Message box]] */ /* * WARNING * Some wikis use the styles located here in their local CSS with an import * directive. Do not remove classes from this page until those wikis have * transitioned to TemplateStyles. MediaWiki wiki uses TemplateStyles and does * not load this gadget; see Module:Message box for more details. */ /** NOTE: These do not include .messagebox styles, which are long-deprecated. */ /* For old WikiProject banners inside banner shells. */ .mbox-inside .standard-talk { border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; width: 100%; margin: 2px 0; padding: 2px; } /* Cell sizes for ambox/tmbox/imbox/cmbox/ombox/fmbox/dmbox message boxes */ th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* 0.9em left/right */ width: 100%; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ } td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-empty-cell { /* An empty narrow cell */ border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* Article message box styles */ table.ambox { margin: 0 10%; /* 10% = Will not overlap with other elements */ border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ambox + table.ambox { /* Single border between stacked boxes. */ margin-top: -1px; } .ambox th.mbox-text, .ambox td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ padding: 0.25em 0.5em; /* 0.5em left/right */ } .ambox td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.5em; /* 0.5em left, 0px right */ } .ambox td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.5em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.5em right */ } table.ambox-notice { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.ambox-speedy { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ambox-delete { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ambox-content { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ambox-style { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ambox-move { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ambox-protection { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Image message box styles */ table.imbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 3px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } .imbox .mbox-text .imbox { /* For imboxes inside imbox-text cells. */ margin: 0 -0.5em; /* 0.9 - 0.5 = 0.4em left/right. */ display: block; /* Fix for webkit to force 100% width. */ } .mbox-inside .imbox { /* For imboxes inside other templates. */ margin: 4px; } table.imbox-notice { border: 3px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.imbox-speedy { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.imbox-delete { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.imbox-content { border: 3px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.imbox-style { border: 3px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.imbox-move { border: 3px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.imbox-protection { border: 3px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } table.imbox-license { border: 3px solid #88a; /* Dark gray */ background-color: #f7f8ff; /* Light gray */ } table.imbox-featured { border: 3px solid #cba135; /* Brown-gold */ } /* Category message box styles */ table.cmbox { margin: 3px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #dfe8ff; /* Default "notice" blue */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.cmbox-notice { background-color: #d8e8ff; /* Blue */ } table.cmbox-speedy { margin-top: 4px; margin-bottom: 4px; border: 4px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.cmbox-delete { background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.cmbox-content { background-color: #ffe7ce; /* Orange */ } table.cmbox-style { background-color: #fff9db; /* Yellow */ } table.cmbox-move { background-color: #e4d8ff; /* Purple */ } table.cmbox-protection { background-color: #efefe1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Other pages message box styles */ table.ombox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ombox-notice { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray */ } table.ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Talk page message box styles */ table.tmbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */ background-color: #f8eaba; min-width: 80%; box-sizing: border-box; } .tmbox.mbox-small { min-width: 0; /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */ } .mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { /* For tmboxes inside other templates. The "mediawiki" class ensures that */ margin: 2px 0; /* this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */ width: 100%; /* For Safari and Opera */ } .mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /* "small" tmboxes should not be small when */ line-height: 1.5em; /* also "nested", so reset styles that are */ font-size: 100%; /* set in "mbox-small" above. */ } table.tmbox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.tmbox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.tmbox-content { border: 2px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.tmbox-style { border: 2px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.tmbox-move { border: 2px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.tmbox-protection, table.tmbox-notice { border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Gray-brown */ } /* Disambig and set index box styles */ table.dmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.9em 1em; border-top: 1px solid #ccc; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; background: transparent; } /* Footer and header message box styles */ table.fmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; width: 100%; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #f8f9fa; /* Default "system" gray */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.fmbox-system { background-color: #f8f9fa; } table.fmbox-warning { border: 1px solid #bb7070; /* Dark pink */ background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.fmbox-editnotice { background-color: transparent; } /* Div based "warning" style fmbox messages. */ div.mw-warning-with-logexcerpt, div.mw-lag-warn-high, div.mw-cascadeprotectedwarning, div#mw-protect-cascadeon, div.titleblacklist-warning, div.locked-warning { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; border: 1px solid #bb7070; background-color: #ffdbdb; padding: 0.25em 0.9em; box-sizing: border-box; } /* These mbox-small classes must be placed after all other ambox/tmbox/ombox etc classes. "html body.mediawiki" is so they override "table.ambox + table.ambox" above. */ html body.mediawiki .mbox-small { /* For the "small=yes" option. */ /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } html body.mediawiki .mbox-small-left { /* For the "small=left" option. */ /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 1em 4px 0; box-sizing: border-box; overflow: hidden; width: 238px; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } /* Style for compact ambox */ /* Hide the images */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-image, .compact-ambox table .mbox-imageright, .compact-ambox table .mbox-empty-cell { display: none; } /* Remove borders, backgrounds, padding, etc. */ .compact-ambox table.ambox { border: none; border-collapse: collapse; background-color: transparent; margin: 0 0 0 1.6em !important; padding: 0 !important; width: auto; display: block; } body.mediawiki .compact-ambox table.mbox-small-left { font-size: 100%; width: auto; margin: 0; } /* Style the text cell as a list item and remove its padding */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-text { padding: 0 !important; margin: 0 !important; } /* Allow for hiding text in compact form */ .compact-ambox .hide-when-compact { display: none; } 70a64e18a5edf35b8f5debf06fbf0ed6bfa91d31 828 19 37 36 2024-05-31T19:50:17Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Message_box]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) fd6a8b1a0ac5916465cdf2eb099825f1d006cfba 828 20 39 38 2024-05-31T19:50:18Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:No_globals]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then -- perf optimization here and below: do not load Module:TNT unless there is an error error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/No globals', 'err-read', tostring(k)), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/No globals', 'err-write', tostring(k)), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) efcb47c74e7e2bb9a4ad8764d99a0afce8fed410 828 21 41 40 2024-05-31T19:50:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Message_box/configuration]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } b6f0151037e6867b577c8cca32ff297e48697a10 10 22 43 42 2024-05-31T19:50:20Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Documentation]]: Importing wait template source wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Documentation|main}} bb08b6773a4c1e1d528cefda2d7c305d8b5193ec 828 23 45 44 2024-05-31T19:50:21Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local i18n = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/i18n') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type', cfgKey, expectType, type(msg)), 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty', '$' .. match, cfgKey), 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small>(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load TemplateStyles ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = function(frame) local parent = frame.getParent(frame) local output = p._main(parent.args) return frame:extensionTag{ name='templatestyles', args = { src= message('templatestyles-scr') } } .. output end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-class')) :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed. local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) else local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text omargs.class = message('sandbox-class') return messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local title = env.title local protectionLevels local protectionTemplate = message('protection-template') local namespace = title.namespace if not (protectionTemplate and (namespace == 10 or namespace == 828)) then -- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces. return nil end protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editLevels = protectionLevels.edit local moveLevels = protectionLevels.move if moveLevels and moveLevels[1] == 'sysop' or editLevels and editLevels[1] then -- The page is full-move protected, or full, template, or semi-protected. local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() return frame:expandTemplate{title = protectionTemplate, args = message('protection-template-args', nil, 'table')} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = i18n['view-link-display'] data.editLinkDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] data.historyLinkDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] data.purgeLinkDisplay = i18n['purge-link-display'] -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. return s :gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. :gsub('%]', '&#93;') end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = i18n['template-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = i18n['module-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = i18n['file-namespace-heading'] else data.heading = i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :addClass(message('header-div-class')) :tag('div') :addClass(message('heading-div-class')) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox :tag('div') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. local cbox = mw.html.create('div') cbox :addClass(message('content-div-class')) :wikitext('\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n') return tostring(cbox) end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the footer text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local ebox = mw.html.create('div') ebox :addClass(message('footer-div-class')) :wikitext(text) return tostring(ebox) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[w:Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[w:Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle or args.content then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p a029650bff998bd1a25784b49e99f984f068d85d 828 24 47 46 2024-05-31T19:50:21Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation/config]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _format = require('Module:TNT').format local function format(id) return _format('I18n/Documentation', id) end local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. cfg['templatestyles-scr'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-template'] -- The name of the template that displays the protection icon (a padlock on enwiki). cfg['protection-template'] = 'PP-template' -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ -- cfg['protection-template-args'] -- Any arguments to send to the protection template. This should be a Lua table. -- For example, if the protection template is "pp-template", and the wikitext template invocation -- looks like "{{pp-template|docusage=yes}}", then this table should look like "{docusage = 'yes'}". --]] cfg['protection-template-args'] = {docusage = 'yes'} --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|40px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = format('transcluded-from-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = format('create-module-doc-blurb') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = format('experiment-blurb-template') cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = format('experiment-blurb-module') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = format('sandbox-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = format('sandbox-edit-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = format('sandbox-create-link-display') -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = format('compare-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = format('mirror-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = format('testcases-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = format('testcases-edit-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = format('testcases-create-link-display') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = format('add-categories-blurb') -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = format('subpages-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = format('subpages-link-display') -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = format('template-pagetype') -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = format('module-pagetype') -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = format('default-pagetype') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = format('print-blurb') -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-doc' cfg['header-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-header' cfg['heading-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-heading' cfg['content-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-content' cfg['footer-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-footer plainlinks' cfg['sandbox-class'] = 'ts-doc-sandbox' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'ts-tlinks-tlinks mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 79bc957b39b5b752fa4c2e2e80a35faa01901425 828 25 49 48 2024-05-31T19:50:23Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:TNT]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain -- -- INTRO: (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!) -- This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between -- wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored -- in the global Data:*.tab pages on Commons, and used everywhere. -- -- SEE: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules -- -- ATTENTION: -- Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis. -- This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT -- Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes. -- Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT -- -- DESCRIPTION: -- The "msg" function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message -- with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments -- to the wiki markup in the current content language. -- Use lang=xx to set language. Example: -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | msg -- | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab <!-- https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Template:Graphs.tab --> -- | source-table <!-- uses a translation message with id = "source-table" --> -- | param1 }} <!-- optional parameter --> -- -- -- The "doc" function will generate the <templatedata> parameter documentation for templates. -- This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset. -- NOTE: "doc" assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons. -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }} -- uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab -- if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc -- local p = {} local i18nDataset = 'I18n/Module:TNT.tab' -- Forward declaration of the local functions local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage function p.msg(frame) local dataset, id local params = {} local lang = nil for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if k == 1 then dataset = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 2 then id = mw.text.trim(v) elseif type(k) == 'number' then params[k - 2] = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 'lang' and v ~= '_' then lang = mw.text.trim(v) end end return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules -- Parameters: name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: format('I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.format(dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('format', 1, dataset, 'string') checkType('format', 2, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param -- Parameters: language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: formatInLanguage('es', I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('formatInLanguage', 1, lang, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 2, dataset, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 3, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang) end -- Obsolete function that adds a 'c:' prefix to the first param. -- "Sandbox/Sample.tab" -> 'c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab' function p.link(frame) return link(frame.args[1]) end function p.doc(frame) local dataset = 'Templatedata/' .. sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1]) return frame:extensionTag('templatedata', p.getTemplateData(dataset)) .. formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'edit_doc', {link(dataset)}) end function p.getTemplateData(dataset) -- TODO: add '_' parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for "all" languages local data = loadData(dataset) local names = {} for _, field in ipairs(data.schema.fields) do table.insert(names, field.name) end local params = {} local paramOrder = {} for _, row in ipairs(data.data) do local newVal = {} local name = nil for pos, columnName in ipairs(names) do if columnName == 'name' then name = row[pos] else newVal[columnName] = row[pos] end end if name then params[name] = newVal table.insert(paramOrder, name) end end -- Work around json encoding treating {"1":{...}} as an [{...}] params['zzz123']='' local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({ params=params, paramOrder=paramOrder, description=data.description }) json = string.gsub(json,'"zzz123":"",?', "") return json end -- Local functions sanitizeDataset = function(dataset) if not dataset then return nil end dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset) if dataset == '' then return nil elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= '.tab' then return dataset .. '.tab' else return dataset end end loadData = function(dataset, lang) dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset) if not dataset then error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_no_dataset', {})) end -- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module. if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then error('Missing JsonConfig extension; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:' .. dataset) end local data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang) if data == false then if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Missing Commons dataset ' .. i18nDataset) else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_dataset', {link(dataset)})) end end return data end -- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the 'commons:data:' prefix link = function(dataset) return 'c:Data:' .. mw.text.trim(dataset or '') end formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang) for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do local id, msg = unpack(row) if id == key then local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {})) return result:plain() end end if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Invalid message key "' .. key .. '"') else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_msgkey', {key, link(dataset)})) end end return p 2c570369c78089aef29c72768918373f61b7075d 828 26 51 50 2024-05-31T19:50:23Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation/i18n]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain local format = require('Module:TNT').format local i18n = {} i18n['cfg-error-msg-type'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type') i18n['cfg-error-msg-empty'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty') -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. i18n['template-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'template-namespace-heading') -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. i18n['module-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'module-namespace-heading') -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. i18n['file-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'file-namespace-heading') -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'other-namespaces-heading') -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. i18n['view-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'view-link-display') -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. i18n['edit-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'edit-link-display') -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. i18n['history-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'history-link-display') -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. i18n['purge-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'purge-link-display') -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. i18n['create-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'create-link-display') return i18n 9a9f234b177a424f1fc465eb25c484eff54905c0 828 27 53 52 2024-05-31T19:50:24Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Documentation/styles.css]]: Importing wait template source text text/plain /* {{PP-template}} */ .ts-doc-sandbox .mbox-image { padding:.75em 0 .75em .75em; } .ts-doc-doc { clear: both; background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-top: 1em; padding: 5px; } .ts-doc-header { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks { display: inline-block; line-height: 24px; margin-left: 1em; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external { color: #0645ad; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:visited { color: #0b0080; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:active { color: #faa700; } .ts-doc-content:after { content: ''; clear: both; display: block; } .ts-doc-heading { display: inline-block; padding-left: 55px; background: center left/50px no-repeat; background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg/50px-Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg.png); background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg); font-size: 1.5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:first-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:first-child { margin-top: .5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:last-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:last-child { margin-bottom: .5em; } .ts-doc-footer { background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: .25em 1em; margin-top: .2em; font-style: italic; } .ts-doc-footer small { font-style: normal; } .ts-doc-sandbox { clear: both; } c37b0ddfd0b1c128c187ca56721d1c4e481b05ff 10 28 55 54 2024-05-31T19:50:25Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Tl]]: Importing wait template source wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{2|}}}:}}Special:MyLanguage/Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 08b547a58917e4cfd27e175b3114e45f0e34e2c4 828 29 57 56 2024-05-31T19:50:26Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Message_box/ombox.css]]: Importing wait template source text text/plain /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } 8fe3df4bb607e699eab2dbd23bd4a1a446391002 10 30 59 58 2024-05-31T19:50:27Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Time_ago]]: Importing wait template source wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:TimeAgo|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> d2cffab74ae19a4214c4828401118edd5e86ed0e 828 31 61 60 2024-05-31T19:50:28Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:TimeAgo]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain -- Implement [[Template:Time ago]] local numberSpell, yesno -- lazy load function numberSpell(arg) numberSpell = require('Module:NumberSpell')._main return numberSpell(arg) end function yesno(arg) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') return yesno(arg) end local p = {} -- Table to convert entered text values to numeric values. local timeText = { ['seconds'] = 1, ['minutes'] = 60, ['hours'] = 3600, ['days'] = 86400, ['weeks'] = 604800, ['months'] = 2629800, -- 365.25 * 24 * 60 * 60 / 12 ['years'] = 31557600 } -- Table containing tables of possible units to use in output. local timeUnits = { [1] = { 'second', 'seconds', "second's", "seconds'" }, [60] = { 'minute', 'minutes', "minutes'", "minutes'" }, [3600] = { 'hour', 'hours', "hour's", "hours'" }, [86400] = { 'day', 'days', "day's", "days'" }, [604800] = { 'week', 'weeks', "week's", "weeks'", unit = 'w' }, [2629800] = { 'month', 'months', "month's", "months'", unit = 'm' }, [31557600] = { 'year', 'years', "year's", "years'", unit = 'y' } } function p._main( args ) -- Initialize variables local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local auto_magnitude_num local min_magnitude_num local magnitude = args.magnitude local min_magnitude = args.min_magnitude local purge = args.purge -- Add a purge link if something (usually "yes") is entered into the purge parameter if purge then purge = ' <span class="plainlinks">([' .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl('action=purge') .. ' purge])</span>' else purge = '' end -- Check that the entered timestamp is valid. If it isn't, then give an error message. local success, inputTime = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'xnU', args[1] ) if not success then return '<strong class="error">Error: first parameter cannot be parsed as a date or time.</strong>' end -- Store the difference between the current time and the inputted time, as well as its absolute value. local timeDiff = lang:formatDate( 'xnU' ) - inputTime local absTimeDiff = math.abs( timeDiff ) if magnitude then auto_magnitude_num = 0 min_magnitude_num = timeText[magnitude] else -- Calculate the appropriate unit of time if it was not specified as an argument. local autoMagnitudeData = { { factor = 2, amn = 31557600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 2629800 }, { factor = 2, amn = 86400 }, { factor = 2, amn = 3600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 60 } } for _, t in ipairs( autoMagnitudeData ) do if absTimeDiff / t.amn >= t.factor then auto_magnitude_num = t.amn break end end auto_magnitude_num = auto_magnitude_num or 1 if min_magnitude then min_magnitude_num = timeText[min_magnitude] else min_magnitude_num = -1 end end if not min_magnitude_num then -- Default to seconds if an invalid magnitude is entered. min_magnitude_num = 1 end local result_num local magnitude_num = math.max( min_magnitude_num, auto_magnitude_num ) local unit = timeUnits[magnitude_num].unit if unit and absTimeDiff >= 864000 then local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date local input = lang:formatDate('Y-m-d H:i:s', args[1]) -- Date needs a clean date input = Date(input) if input then local id if input.hour == 0 and input.minute == 0 then id = 'currentdate' else id = 'currentdatetime' end result_num = (Date(id) - input):age(unit) end end result_num = result_num or math.floor ( absTimeDiff / magnitude_num ) local punctuation_key, suffix if timeDiff >= 0 then -- Past if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' else suffix = ' ' .. (args.ago or 'ago') end else -- Future if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end else suffix = ' time' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 3 else punctuation_key = 4 end end end local result_unit = timeUnits[ magnitude_num ][ punctuation_key ] -- Convert numerals to words if appropriate. local spell_out = args.spellout local spell_out_max = tonumber(args.spelloutmax) local result_num_text if spell_out and ( ( spell_out == 'auto' and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 9 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 9 ) ) or ( yesno( spell_out ) and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 100 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 100 ) ) ) then result_num_text = numberSpell( result_num ) else result_num_text = tostring( result_num ) end local result = result_num_text .. ' ' .. result_unit .. suffix -- Spaces for suffix have been added in earlier. return result .. purge end function p.main( frame ) local args = require( 'Module:Arguments' ).getArgs( frame, { valueFunc = function( k, v ) if v then v = v:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) -- Trim whitespace. if k == 'ago' or v ~= '' then return v end end return nil end, wrappers = 'Template:Time ago' }) return p._main( args ) end return p 224132d7021a093565636584c40e59d2028f92c2 10 32 63 62 2024-05-31T19:50:29Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Purge]]: Importing wait template source wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Purge|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> a8a1906d01b25a60bd788d4e50bba16f79148217 828 33 65 64 2024-05-31T19:50:30Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Purge]]: Importing wait template source Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements [[Template:Purge]]. local p = {} local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return string.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end function p._main(args) -- Make the URL local url do local title if args.page then title = mw.title.new(args.page) if not title then error(string.format( "'%s' is not a valid page name", args.page ), 2) end else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end if args.anchor then title.fragment = args.anchor end url = title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'} end -- Make the display local display if args.page then display = args[1] or 'Purge' else display = mw.html.create('span') display :attr('title', 'Purge this page') :wikitext(args[1] or 'Purge') display = tostring(display) end -- Output the HTML local root = mw.html.create('span') root :addClass('noprint') :addClass('plainlinks') :addClass('purgelink') :wikitext(makeUrlLink(url, display)) return tostring(root) end function p.main(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args return p._main(args) end return p 4466d1c169a894fb83179e682eb490a3f04b6d75 10 34 68 67 2024-05-31T20:00:39Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Used_by]]: Importing used by wikitext text/x-wiki <languages /> {{tmbox|text={{red|<translate><!--T:1--> This page is used by {{{1}}}. Before making a breaking change, please ensure it will not have any knock on impact.</translate>}}}}<noinclude>[[Category:Header templates]]{{documentation}}</noinclude> 5f0194d38c43f2425b62a414c5695f61b7e70b50 828 35 70 69 2024-05-31T20:00:39Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Category_handler]]: Importing used by Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p b74dd63857b24904ac452429b11213f18647471f 828 36 72 71 2024-05-31T20:00:41Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Category_handler/data]]: Importing used by Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data abbc68048ff698e88dda06b64ecf384bbf583120 828 37 74 73 2024-05-31T20:00:41Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Category_handler/config]]: Importing used by Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'page', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [108] = true, -- book } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 373cd107b13a5b00e6a1b7e66a749f12502c849d 828 38 76 75 2024-05-31T20:00:42Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Category_handler/shared]]: Importing used by Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p d2d5de1a031e6ce97c242cbfa8afe7a92cb9eca5 828 39 78 77 2024-05-31T20:00:43Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Category_handler/blacklist]]: Importing used by Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikipedia:Template index/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive', "^Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$", } 87469d7a9ef2a3c41b2bf04ae18f7c59a18fb855 828 40 80 79 2024-05-31T20:00:43Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Namespace_detect/data]]: Importing used by Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } d224f42a258bc308ef3ad8cc8686cd7a4f47d005 828 41 82 81 2024-05-31T20:00:44Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Namespace_detect/config]]: Importing used by Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 0e4ff08d13c4b664d66b32c232deb129b77c1a56 10 42 84 83 2024-05-31T20:00:50Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Red]]: Importing used by wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="color:red;">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude>{{Documentation}}[[Category:Inline talk templates]]</noinclude> 776e0c4686c43abb83f7da74dfa1def9f58bea72 10 43 86 85 2024-05-31T20:00:50Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Tmbox]]: Importing used by wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|tmbox}} ca72d6ed69e6936aa8ce4d18aa4c188fa644aec1 828 44 88 87 2024-05-31T20:00:51Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Message_box/tmbox.css]]: Importing used by text text/plain /** * {{tmbox}} (talk page message box) styles * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ table.tmbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */ border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; min-width: 80%; box-sizing: border-box; } .tmbox.mbox-small { /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */ min-width: 0; } /** * For tmboxes inside other templates. "body.mediawiki" ensures that * this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */ body.mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { margin: 2px 0; /* For Safari and Opera */ width: 100%; } .mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /** * "small" tmboxes should not be small when also "nested", * so reset styles that are set in ".tmbox.mbox-small" below. */ line-height: 1.5em; font-size: 100%; } /* An empty narrow cell */ td.mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* The message body cell(s) */ th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { border: none; /* 0.9em left/right */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ width: 100%; } /* The left image cell */ td.mbox-image { border: none; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } /* The right image cell */ td.mbox-imageright { border: none; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } table.tmbox-speedy { /* Pink */ background-color: #fee7e6; } table.tmbox-delete, table.tmbox-speedy { /* Red */ border-color: #b32424; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-content { /* Orange */ border-color: #f28500; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-style { /* Yellow */ border-color: #fc3; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-move { /* Purple */ border-color: #9932cc; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-protection, table.tmbox-notice { /* Gray-brown */ border-color: #c0c090; border-width: 1px; } /** * {{tmbox|small=1}} styles * * These ".mbox-small" classes must be placed after all other * ".tmbox" classes. "html body.mediawiki .tmbox" * is so they apply only to talk page message boxes. * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ /* For the "small=yes" option. */ html body.mediawiki .tmbox.mbox-small { clear: right; float: right; margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } 17413bb9de8527d49f25416233a0dda2e9086a55 10 18 89 35 2024-05-31T20:16:30Z Felenov 2 Felenov changed the content model of the page [[Template:Mbox/styles.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS" sanitized-css text/css /** @source http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Common.css | 2020-02-03 */ /** [[Module:Message box]] */ /* * WARNING * Some wikis use the styles located here in their local CSS with an import * directive. Do not remove classes from this page until those wikis have * transitioned to TemplateStyles. MediaWiki wiki uses TemplateStyles and does * not load this gadget; see Module:Message box for more details. */ /** NOTE: These do not include .messagebox styles, which are long-deprecated. */ /* For old WikiProject banners inside banner shells. */ .mbox-inside .standard-talk { border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; width: 100%; margin: 2px 0; padding: 2px; } /* Cell sizes for ambox/tmbox/imbox/cmbox/ombox/fmbox/dmbox message boxes */ th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* 0.9em left/right */ width: 100%; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ } td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-empty-cell { /* An empty narrow cell */ border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* Article message box styles */ table.ambox { margin: 0 10%; /* 10% = Will not overlap with other elements */ border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ambox + table.ambox { /* Single border between stacked boxes. */ margin-top: -1px; } .ambox th.mbox-text, .ambox td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ padding: 0.25em 0.5em; /* 0.5em left/right */ } .ambox td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.5em; /* 0.5em left, 0px right */ } .ambox td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.5em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.5em right */ } table.ambox-notice { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.ambox-speedy { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ambox-delete { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ambox-content { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ambox-style { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ambox-move { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ambox-protection { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Image message box styles */ table.imbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 3px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } .imbox .mbox-text .imbox { /* For imboxes inside imbox-text cells. */ margin: 0 -0.5em; /* 0.9 - 0.5 = 0.4em left/right. */ display: block; /* Fix for webkit to force 100% width. */ } .mbox-inside .imbox { /* For imboxes inside other templates. */ margin: 4px; } table.imbox-notice { border: 3px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.imbox-speedy { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.imbox-delete { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.imbox-content { border: 3px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.imbox-style { border: 3px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.imbox-move { border: 3px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.imbox-protection { border: 3px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } table.imbox-license { border: 3px solid #88a; /* Dark gray */ background-color: #f7f8ff; /* Light gray */ } table.imbox-featured { border: 3px solid #cba135; /* Brown-gold */ } /* Category message box styles */ table.cmbox { margin: 3px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #dfe8ff; /* Default "notice" blue */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.cmbox-notice { background-color: #d8e8ff; /* Blue */ } table.cmbox-speedy { margin-top: 4px; margin-bottom: 4px; border: 4px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.cmbox-delete { background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.cmbox-content { background-color: #ffe7ce; /* Orange */ } table.cmbox-style { background-color: #fff9db; /* Yellow */ } table.cmbox-move { background-color: #e4d8ff; /* Purple */ } table.cmbox-protection { background-color: #efefe1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Other pages message box styles */ table.ombox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ombox-notice { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray */ } table.ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Talk page message box styles */ table.tmbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */ background-color: #f8eaba; min-width: 80%; box-sizing: border-box; } .tmbox.mbox-small { min-width: 0; /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */ } .mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { /* For tmboxes inside other templates. The "mediawiki" class ensures that */ margin: 2px 0; /* this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */ width: 100%; /* For Safari and Opera */ } .mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /* "small" tmboxes should not be small when */ line-height: 1.5em; /* also "nested", so reset styles that are */ font-size: 100%; /* set in "mbox-small" above. */ } table.tmbox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.tmbox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.tmbox-content { border: 2px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.tmbox-style { border: 2px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.tmbox-move { border: 2px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.tmbox-protection, table.tmbox-notice { border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Gray-brown */ } /* Disambig and set index box styles */ table.dmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.9em 1em; border-top: 1px solid #ccc; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; background: transparent; } /* Footer and header message box styles */ table.fmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; width: 100%; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #f8f9fa; /* Default "system" gray */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.fmbox-system { background-color: #f8f9fa; } table.fmbox-warning { border: 1px solid #bb7070; /* Dark pink */ background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.fmbox-editnotice { background-color: transparent; } /* Div based "warning" style fmbox messages. */ div.mw-warning-with-logexcerpt, div.mw-lag-warn-high, div.mw-cascadeprotectedwarning, div#mw-protect-cascadeon, div.titleblacklist-warning, div.locked-warning { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; border: 1px solid #bb7070; background-color: #ffdbdb; padding: 0.25em 0.9em; box-sizing: border-box; } /* These mbox-small classes must be placed after all other ambox/tmbox/ombox etc classes. "html body.mediawiki" is so they override "table.ambox + table.ambox" above. */ html body.mediawiki .mbox-small { /* For the "small=yes" option. */ /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } html body.mediawiki .mbox-small-left { /* For the "small=left" option. */ /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 1em 4px 0; box-sizing: border-box; overflow: hidden; width: 238px; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } /* Style for compact ambox */ /* Hide the images */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-image, .compact-ambox table .mbox-imageright, .compact-ambox table .mbox-empty-cell { display: none; } /* Remove borders, backgrounds, padding, etc. */ .compact-ambox table.ambox { border: none; border-collapse: collapse; background-color: transparent; margin: 0 0 0 1.6em !important; padding: 0 !important; width: auto; display: block; } body.mediawiki .compact-ambox table.mbox-small-left { font-size: 100%; width: auto; margin: 0; } /* Style the text cell as a list item and remove its padding */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-text { padding: 0 !important; margin: 0 !important; } /* Allow for hiding text in compact form */ .compact-ambox .hide-when-compact { display: none; } 70a64e18a5edf35b8f5debf06fbf0ed6bfa91d31 828 27 90 53 2024-05-31T20:17:34Z Felenov 2 Felenov changed the content model of the page [[Module:Documentation/styles.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS" sanitized-css text/css /* {{PP-template}} */ .ts-doc-sandbox .mbox-image { padding:.75em 0 .75em .75em; } .ts-doc-doc { clear: both; background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-top: 1em; padding: 5px; } .ts-doc-header { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks { display: inline-block; line-height: 24px; margin-left: 1em; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external { color: #0645ad; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:visited { color: #0b0080; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:active { color: #faa700; } .ts-doc-content:after { content: ''; clear: both; display: block; } .ts-doc-heading { display: inline-block; padding-left: 55px; background: center left/50px no-repeat; background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg/50px-Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg.png); background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg); font-size: 1.5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:first-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:first-child { margin-top: .5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:last-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:last-child { margin-bottom: .5em; } .ts-doc-footer { background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: .25em 1em; margin-top: .2em; font-style: italic; } .ts-doc-footer small { font-style: normal; } .ts-doc-sandbox { clear: both; } c37b0ddfd0b1c128c187ca56721d1c4e481b05ff 828 29 91 57 2024-05-31T20:17:56Z Felenov 2 Felenov changed the content model of the page [[Module:Message box/ombox.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS" sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } 8fe3df4bb607e699eab2dbd23bd4a1a446391002 828 45 92 2024-05-31T20:22:05Z Felenov 2 Importing from Miraheze meta sanitized-css text/css /** * {{ambox}} (article message box) styles * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ table.ambox { /* 10% = Will not overlap with other elements */ margin: 0 10%; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" blue */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } /* Single border between stacked boxes. */ table.ambox + table.ambox, table.ambox + link + table.ambox, table.ambox + style + table.ambox { margin-top: -1px; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ambox td.mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* The message body cell(s) */ .ambox th.mbox-text, .ambox td.mbox-text { border: none; /* 0.5em left/right */ padding: 0.25em 0.5em; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ width: 100%; } /* The left image cell */ .ambox td.mbox-image { /* 0.5em left, 0px right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.5em; } /* The right image cell */ .ambox td.mbox-imageright { /* 0px left, 0.5em right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.5em 2px 0; } table.ambox-notice { /* Blue */ border-left-color: #36c; } table.ambox-speedy { /* Pink */ background-color: #fee7e6; } table.ambox-delete, table.ambox-speedy { /* Red */ border-left-color: #b32424; } table.ambox-content { /* Orange */ border-left-color: #f28500; } table.ambox-style { /* Yellow */ border-left-color: #fc3; } table.ambox-move { /* Purple */ border-left-color: #9932cc; } table.ambox-protection { /* Gray-gold */ border-left-color: #a2a9b1; } /** * {{ambox|small=1}} styles * * These ".mbox-small" classes must be placed after all other * ".ambox" classes. "html body.mediawiki .ambox" * is so they override both "table.ambox + table.ambox" * and "table.ambox + link + table.ambox" above. * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ /* For the "small=yes" option. */ html body.mediawiki .ambox.mbox-small { clear: right; float: right; margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } /* For the "small=left" option. */ html body.mediawiki .ambox.mbox-small-left { margin: 4px 1em 4px 0; box-sizing: border-box; overflow: hidden; width: 238px; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } 4ab2531b7ba01a7c7843df32663c660b70275aad 0 1 93 2 2024-05-31T20:25:31Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{in use}} __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == This Main Page was created automatically and it seems it hasn't been replaced yet. === For the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phorge:|Phorge]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of this wiki === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 555d890983b1c17b9587f554a04ed97b77f7c004 10 46 94 2024-05-31T21:32:52Z Felenov 2 Creating new template wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">{{{1}}}</span> 1fd9223c42f151cf322d6d13eaa979eda150e9b3 101 94 2024-05-31T21:48:17Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Nowrap]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">{{{1}}}</span> 1fd9223c42f151cf322d6d13eaa979eda150e9b3 10 47 95 2024-05-31T21:34:29Z Felenov 2 Creating template wikitext text/x-wiki {{nowrap|&#123;&#123;}}[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]{{nowrap|&#125;&#125;}} 678040c52701f877873438c8dab423c9038e31fa 109 95 2024-05-31T21:48:20Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_link]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{nowrap|&#123;&#123;}}[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]{{nowrap|&#125;&#125;}} 678040c52701f877873438c8dab423c9038e31fa 10 28 96 55 2024-05-31T21:36:52Z Felenov 2 Redirected page to [[Template:Template link]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] fb9a6b420e13178e581af6e7d64274cd30a79017 107 96 2024-05-31T21:48:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Tl]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] fb9a6b420e13178e581af6e7d64274cd30a79017 4 48 97 2024-05-31T21:40:24Z Felenov 2 Created page with "The RoN wiki does not have any technical locks for pages that are being actively edited, as this goes against the concept of openness. == {{tl|in use}} template == On the other hand, we do have {{tl|in use}} tags, which can be used to alert people that you are in the process of making a larger edit. The article remains open to editing, but courteous users should leave it alone until you're done. The template looks like this: {{in use|category=no|nocat=true}}" wikitext text/x-wiki The RoN wiki does not have any technical locks for pages that are being actively edited, as this goes against the concept of openness. == {{tl|in use}} template == On the other hand, we do have {{tl|in use}} tags, which can be used to alert people that you are in the process of making a larger edit. The article remains open to editing, but courteous users should leave it alone until you're done. The template looks like this: {{in use|category=no|nocat=true}} 6015fd07e970a17191bed568384f0425198562d1 10 49 99 98 2024-05-31T21:48:17Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}<includeonly>{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 817a9f5b6524eced06a57bd1d5fd7179f9369bf2 828 15 103 29 2024-05-31T21:48:18Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Yesno]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 828 16 105 31 2024-05-31T21:48:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Arguments]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 19 111 37 2024-05-31T21:48:21Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Message_box]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain require('Module:No globals') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) fd6a8b1a0ac5916465cdf2eb099825f1d006cfba 828 21 113 41 2024-05-31T21:48:22Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Message_box/configuration]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } b6f0151037e6867b577c8cca32ff297e48697a10 10 50 115 114 2024-05-31T21:48:23Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Yesno]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 629c2937bc5cf7cfe13cd2a598582af832782399 10 51 117 116 2024-05-31T21:48:24Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Main_other]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}} | main | other }} }} | main = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 86ad907ffeea3cc545159e00cd1f2d6433946450 10 52 119 118 2024-05-31T21:48:25Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Nobold]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Nobold/styles.css"/><span class="nobold">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --> </noinclude> 9c92b5951772bb26ca0fbe9256418b65e47700dd 10 53 121 120 2024-05-31T21:48:25Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Nobold/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ /* Styling for Template:Nobold */ .nobold { font-weight: normal; } 83e5f0adacf8c7984251f1fd9d11ed82ebaadf03 828 54 123 122 2024-05-31T21:48:26Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Check_for_unknown_parameters]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p 93db6d115d4328d2a5148bb42959105e367b663e 828 55 125 124 2024-05-31T21:48:26Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:String]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The first index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str 2ad0905c56ef4955950b75a8f00974fe82aed5e4 828 56 127 126 2024-05-31T21:48:27Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Infobox]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local lists = { plainlist_t = { patterns = { '^plainlist$', '%splainlist$', '^plainlist%s', '%splainlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' }, hlist_t = { patterns = { '^hlist$', '%shlist$', '^hlist%s', '%shlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } local function has_list_class(args_to_check) for _, list in pairs(lists) do if not list.found then for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then list.found = true break end end if list.found then break end end end end end local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt) local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end if notempty(sval) then local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>' local s = sval -- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows local slast = '' while slast ~= s do slast = s s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1') end -- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker) if s:match(marker) then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1') end if s:match(marker) then local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker) s = '' for k = 1, #subcells do if k == 1 then s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' elseif k == #subcells then local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"' if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then if (k % 2) == 0 then s = s .. subcells[k] else s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' end end end end -- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser -- [[Special:Diff/849054481]] -- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1') return s else return sval end end -- Cleans empty tables local function cleanInfobox() root = tostring(root) if has_rows == false then root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '') end end -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence. local function union(t1, t2) local vals = {} for k, v in pairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for k, v in pairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end return ret end -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}. local function getArgNums(prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell -- or a label/data cell combination. local function addRow(rowArgs) if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) :cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-header') :addClass(rowArgs.class) :addClass(args.headerclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header :cssText(args.headerstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th')) if rowArgs.data then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]' ) end elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) if rowArgs.label then row :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('infobox-label') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label :cssText(args.labelstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(rowArgs.label) :done() end local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil) :addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data') :addClass(rowArgs.class) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data :cssText(rowArgs.datastyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '') end end local function renderTitle() if not args.title then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({args.titleclass}) root :tag('caption') :addClass('infobox-title') :addClass(args.titleclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end local function renderAboveRow() if not args.above then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.aboveclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-above') :addClass(args.aboveclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above :cssText(args.abovestyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th')) end local function renderBelowRow() if not args.below then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.belowclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-below') :addClass(args.belowclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below :cssText(args.belowstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td')) end local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs) if subheaderArgs.data and subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-subheader') :addClass(subheaderArgs.class) :cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle) :cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '') end end local function renderSubheaders() if args.subheader then args.subheader1 = args.subheader end if args.subheaderrowclass then args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass end local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader') for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do addSubheaderRow({ data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader datastyle = args.subheaderstyle, rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)], class = args.subheaderclass, rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function addImageRow(imageArgs) if imageArgs.data and imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-image') :addClass(imageArgs.class) :cssText(imageArgs.datastyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '') end end local function renderImages() if args.image then args.image1 = args.image end if args.caption then args.caption1 = args.caption end local imagenums = getArgNums('image') for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)] local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)]) if caption then data :tag('div') :addClass('infobox-caption') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(caption) end addImageRow({ data = tostring(data), -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image datastyle = args.imagestyle, class = args.imageclass, rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end -- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows local function preprocessRows() if not args.autoheaders then return end local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) local lastheader for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end lastheader = num elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub( category_in_empty_row_pattern, '' ):match('^%S') then local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)] if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then lastheader = nil end end end if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end end -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers, -- and renders them all in order local function renderRows() local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do addRow({ header = args['header' .. tostring(num)], label = args['label' .. tostring(num)], data = args['data' .. tostring(num)], datastyle = args.datastyle, class = args['class' .. tostring(num)], rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)], rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function renderNavBar() if not args.name then return end has_rows = true root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-navbar') :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, }) end local function renderItalicTitle() local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title']) if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({})) end end -- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories. -- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by -- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories -- from rendering. local function renderEmptyRowCategories() for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do root:wikitext(s) end end -- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories. local function renderTrackingCategories() if args.decat == 'yes' then return end if args.child == 'yes' then if args.title then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]' ) end elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]') end end --[=[ Loads the templatestyles for the infobox. TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :). When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too. Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar. ]=] local function loadTemplateStyles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local hlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.hlist_t.found then hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles } } end local plainlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.plainlist_t.found then plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles } } end -- See function description local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ -- hlist -> plainlist -> base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking -- each class may not be on a specific page hlist_templatestyles, plainlist_templatestyles, base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles }) end -- common functions between the child and non child cases local function structure_infobox_common() renderSubheaders() renderImages() preprocessRows() renderRows() renderBelowRow() renderNavBar() renderItalicTitle() renderEmptyRowCategories() renderTrackingCategories() cleanInfobox() end -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the -- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox. local function _infobox() if args.child ~= 'yes' then root = mw.html.create('table') root :addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox') :addClass(args.bodyclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> :cssText(args.bodystyle) has_list_class({ args.bodyclass }) renderTitle() renderAboveRow() else root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(args.title) end structure_infobox_common() return loadTemplateStyles() .. root end -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table. -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions. local function preprocessSingleArg(argName) if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then args[argName] = origArgs[argName] end end -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in -- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from -- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing -- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a -- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix" -- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix -- parameter is present and non-blank. local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step) if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2) end if type(step) ~= 'number' then error("Invalid step value detected", 2) end -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input. for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2) end preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix) -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present -- and not blank. if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs') end preprocessSingleArg(dependValue) end end end -- Get arguments with number suffixes. local a = 1 -- Counter variable. local moreArgumentsExist = true while moreArgumentsExist == true do moreArgumentsExist = false for i = a, a + step - 1 do for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i) if origArgs[prefixArgName] then -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones. moreArgumentsExist = true preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName) end -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present -- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is -- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present. if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i) preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName) end end end end a = a + step end end -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so -- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that -- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, -- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists. local function parseDataParameters() preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders') preprocessSingleArg('child') preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass') preprocessSingleArg('subbox') preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle') preprocessSingleArg('title') preprocessSingleArg('titleclass') preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle') preprocessSingleArg('above') preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass') preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle') preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle') preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle') preprocessSingleArg('imageclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'header'}, {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}}, {prefix = 'rowclass'}, {prefix = 'rowstyle'}, {prefix = 'rowcellstyle'}, {prefix = 'class'} }, 50) preprocessSingleArg('headerclass') preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle') preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle') preprocessSingleArg('datastyle') preprocessSingleArg('below') preprocessSingleArg('belowclass') preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle') preprocessSingleArg('name') -- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] preprocessSingleArg('decat') preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles') end -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template. -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in. function p.infobox(frame) if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args else origArgs = frame end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end -- For calling via #invoke within a template function p.infoboxTemplate(frame) origArgs = {} for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end return p 0ddb7e5c8426d67cd589b710efb9912ddfb67fea 828 57 129 128 2024-05-31T21:48:27Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Infobox/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ /* * This TemplateStyles sheet deliberately does NOT include the full set of * infobox styles. We are still working to migrate all of the manual * infoboxes. See [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#Infobox]] * DO NOT ADD THEM HERE */ /* * not strictly certain these styles are necessary since the modules now * exclusively output infobox-subbox or infobox, not both * just replicating the module faithfully */ .infobox-subbox { padding: 0; border: none; margin: -3px; width: auto; min-width: 100%; font-size: 100%; clear: none; float: none; background-color: transparent; } .infobox-3cols-child { margin: auto; } .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } /* T281642 */ body.skin-minerva .infobox-header, body.skin-minerva .infobox-subheader, body.skin-minerva .infobox-above, body.skin-minerva .infobox-title, body.skin-minerva .infobox-image, body.skin-minerva .infobox-full-data, body.skin-minerva .infobox-below { text-align: center; } /* Dark theme: [[William_Wragg]], [[Coral_Castle]] */ html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .infobox-full-data div { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } @media (prefers-color-scheme: dark) { html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .infobox-full-data div { background: #1f1f23 !important; /* switch with var( --color-base ) when supported. */ color: #f8f9fa; } } c69fb91fac28c36981c87643be19514d0cc535de 828 58 131 130 2024-05-31T21:48:29Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:List]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { frameOnly = ((frame and frame.args and frame.args.frameonly or '') ~= ''), valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 44af96bdee7ebfa2ecf19acd4461d7a35c75856a 828 59 133 132 2024-05-31T21:48:29Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:TableTools]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isPositiveInteger(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if -- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful -- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an -- error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isNan(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.shallowClone(t) checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.removeDuplicates(arr) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v elseif not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return -- {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}. -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The -- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for _ in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2) else return item1 < item2 end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- keysToList -- -- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default -- comparison function or a custom keySort function. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'}) end local arr = {} local index = 1 for k in pairs(t) do arr[index] = k index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(arr, keySort) end return arr end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sortedPairs -- -- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. -- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function () i = i + 1 local key = arr[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArray -- -- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArray(v) if type(v) ~= 'table' then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArrayLike -- -- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArrayLike(v) if not pcall(pairs, v) then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invert -- -- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to -- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.invert(arr) checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then map[v] = i end end return map end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- listToSet -- -- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the -- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them -- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.listToSet(arr) checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local set = {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then set[v] = true end end return set end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- deepCopy -- -- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) if type(orig) ~= "table" then return orig end -- already_seen stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end copy = {} already_seen[orig] = copy -- memoize before any recursion, to avoid infinite loops for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then setmetatable(copy, _deepCopy(mt, true, already_seen)) end end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen or {}) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseConcat -- -- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. -- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd" -- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local arr = {} local arr_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do arr_i = arr_i + 1 arr[arr_i] = v end return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- length -- -- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1", -- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the -- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array -- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For -- other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number -- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.length(t, prefix) -- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is -- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search") checkType('length', 1, t, 'table') checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true) return expSearch(function (i) local key if prefix then key = prefix .. tostring(i) else key = i end return t[key] ~= nil end) or 0 end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- inArray -- -- Returns true if valueToFind is a member of the array, and false otherwise. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind) checkType("inArray", 1, arr, "table") -- if valueToFind is nil, error? for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if v == valueToFind then return true end end return false end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- merge -- -- Given the arrays, returns an array containing the elements of each input array -- in sequence. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.merge(...) local arrays = {...} local ret = {} for i, arr in ipairs(arrays) do checkType('merge', i, arr, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr) do ret[#ret + 1] = v end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- extend -- -- Extends the first array in place by appending all elements from the second -- array. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.extend(arr1, arr2) checkType('extend', 1, arr1, 'table') checkType('extend', 2, arr2, 'table') for _, v in ipairs(arr2) do arr1[#arr1 + 1] = v end end return p d2b5fb8ccd1613665d6a014fbb949e07775befee 10 60 135 134 2024-05-31T21:48:30Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Tlx]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link expanded]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 1fec988ceb46cb324af228aac45d7cd25fcc9008 10 61 137 136 2024-05-31T21:48:31Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_link_expanded]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#Invoke:Template link general|main|code=on}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlx}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 6c99696fee02f1da368ed20d2504e19bc15b1c13 828 62 139 138 2024-05-31T21:48:31Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Template_link_general]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Tlg local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end local function linkTitle(args) if _ne(args.nolink) then return args['1'] end local titleObj local titlePart = '[[' if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end titlePart = titlePart .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end titlePart = titlePart .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) -- Build the link part local titlePart = linkTitle(args) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p c7307fa3959d308a2dd7fd2f5009c1ce6db3d122 10 63 141 140 2024-05-31T21:48:32Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_other]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}} | template | other }} }} | template = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 06fb13d264df967b5232141067eb7d2b67372d76 10 64 143 142 2024-05-31T21:48:33Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Clear]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};" class={{{class|}}}></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 5b24b9fd5cc166a8c486e2422d5df465206ed39c 10 65 145 144 2024-05-31T21:48:33Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Distinguish]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Distinguish|distinguish}}<noinclude><!-- splitting these lines causes {{Documentation}} template to terminate green shading when Distinguish is used in /doc pages. --> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis to Wikidata, not here! --> </noinclude> f949a4cbfd6eb0ab77b832e69059a40a964b1fd8 10 66 147 146 2024-05-31T21:48:34Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Sidebar]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Sidebar|sidebar}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> ab2498000a99daf324f656b0badd187b4a3e2b42 828 67 149 148 2024-05-31T21:48:34Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Distinguish]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list') local mArguments --initialize lazily local mTableTools --initialize lazily local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local p = {} function p.distinguish(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame) local selfref = args.selfref local text = args.text args = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) return p._distinguish(args, text, selfref) end function p._distinguish(args, text, selfref) checkType("_distinguish", 1, args, 'table') if #args == 0 and not text then return '' end local text = string.format( 'Not to be confused with %s.', text or mHatlist.orList(args, true) ) hnOptions = {selfref = selfref} return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions) end return p 0364d14af01fc656ad1d898c5036fbd12a7ca938 828 68 151 150 2024-05-31T21:48:35Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Effective_protection_expiry]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 9a8c58dc2667232ed08a9b206a5d89ca8150312b 828 69 153 152 2024-05-31T21:48:36Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Effective_protection_level]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts if title.namespace == 0 then return 'autoconfirmed' -- Per [[WP:ACPERM]], you need to be autoconfirmed to create pages in mainspace end return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p b6cb1e5589ec6575118f60841644cd65defa7174 828 70 155 154 2024-05-31T21:48:36Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:File_link]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p 66925f088d11530f2482f04181a3baaaa0ad3d0c 828 71 157 156 2024-05-31T21:48:37Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Format_link]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Format link -- -- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped -- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed -- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in -- the {{format link}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local mError -- lazily initialise [[Module:Error]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end local function maybeItalicize(s, shouldItalicize) -- Italicize s if s is a string and the shouldItalicize parameter is true. if s and shouldItalicize then return '<i>' .. s .. '</i>' else return s end end local function parseLink(link) -- Parse a link and return a table with the link's components. -- These components are: -- - link: the link, stripped of any initial colon (always present) -- - page: the page name (always present) -- - section: the page name (may be nil) -- - display: the display text, if manually entered after a pipe (may be nil) link = removeInitialColon(link) -- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic -- word. local prePipe, display = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$') link = prePipe or link -- Find the page, if it exists. -- For links like [[#Bar]], the page will be nil. local preHash, postHash = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$') local page if not preHash then -- We have a link like [[Foo]]. page = link elseif preHash ~= '' then -- We have a link like [[Foo#Bar]]. page = preHash end -- Find the section, if it exists. local section if postHash and postHash ~= '' then section = postHash end return { link = link, page = page, section = section, display = display, } end local function formatDisplay(parsed, options) -- Formats a display string based on a parsed link table (matching the -- output of parseLink) and an options table (matching the input options for -- _formatLink). local page = maybeItalicize(parsed.page, options.italicizePage) local section = maybeItalicize(parsed.section, options.italicizeSection) if (not section) then return page elseif (not page) then return mw.ustring.format('§&nbsp;%s', section) else return mw.ustring.format('%s §&nbsp;%s', page, section) end end local function missingArgError(target) mError = require('Module:Error') return mError.error{message = 'Error: no link or target specified! ([[' .. target .. '#Errors|help]])' } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatLink(frame) -- The formatLink export function, for use in templates. yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local args = getArgs(frame) local link = args[1] or args.link local target = args[3] or args.target if not (link or target) then return missingArgError('Template:Format link') end return p._formatLink{ link = link, display = args[2] or args.display, target = target, italicizePage = yesno(args.italicizepage), italicizeSection = yesno(args.italicizesection), categorizeMissing = args.categorizemissing } end function p._formatLink(options) -- The formatLink export function, for use in modules. checkType('_formatLink', 1, options, 'table') local function check(key, expectedType) --for brevity checkTypeForNamedArg( '_formatLink', key, options[key], expectedType or 'string', true ) end check('link') check('display') check('target') check('italicizePage', 'boolean') check('italicizeSection', 'boolean') check('categorizeMissing') -- Normalize link and target and check that at least one is present if options.link == '' then options.link = nil end if options.target == '' then options.target = nil end if not (options.link or options.target) then return missingArgError('Module:Format link') end local parsed = parseLink(options.link) local display = options.display or parsed.display local catMissing = options.categorizeMissing local category = '' -- Find the display text if not display then display = formatDisplay(parsed, options) end -- Handle the target option if present if options.target then local parsedTarget = parseLink(options.target) parsed.link = parsedTarget.link parsed.page = parsedTarget.page end -- Test if page exists if a diagnostic category is specified if catMissing and (mw.ustring.len(catMissing) > 0) then local title = nil if parsed.page then title = mw.title.new(parsed.page) end if title and (not title.isExternal) then local success, exists = pcall(function() return title.exists end) if success and not exists then category = mw.ustring.format('[[Category:%s]]', catMissing) end end end -- Format the result as a link if parsed.link == display then return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s]]%s', parsed.link, category) else return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s|%s]]%s', parsed.link, display, category) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Derived convenience functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatPages(options, pages) -- Formats an array of pages using formatLink and the given options table, -- and returns it as an array. Nil values are not allowed. local ret = {} for i, page in ipairs(pages) do ret[i] = p._formatLink{ link = page, categorizeMissing = options.categorizeMissing, italicizePage = options.italicizePage, italicizeSection = options.italicizeSection } end return ret end return p 1253bdd2683ee4badc33856bfd5499b09a7dca1f 828 72 159 158 2024-05-31T21:48:37Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Hatnote]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes -- -- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end function p.defaultClasses(inline) -- Provides the default hatnote classes as a space-separated string; useful -- for hatnote-manipulation modules like [[Module:Hatnote group]]. return (inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') .. ' ' .. 'navigation-not-searchable' end function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator) -- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical, -- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)". checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string') checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true) disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation' return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator) end function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon) -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false. checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string') checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true) if removeColon ~= false then link = removeInitialColon(link) end local namespace = link:match('^(.-):') if namespace then local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace] if nsTable then return nsTable.id end end return 0 end function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title) -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category -- is added. checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string') checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Make the help link text. local helpText if helpLink then helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])' else helpText = '' end -- Make the category text. local category if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out then category = 'Hatnote templates with errors' category = mw.ustring.format( '[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, category ) else category = '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s', msg, helpText, category ) end local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace p.missingTargetCat = --Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules ((curNs == 0) or (curNs == 14)) and 'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil function p.quote(title) --Wraps titles in quotation marks. If the title starts/ends with a quotation --mark, kerns that side as with {{-'}} local quotationMarks = { ["'"]=true, ['"']=true, ['“']=true, ["‘"]=true, ['”']=true, ["’"]=true } local quoteLeft, quoteRight = -- Test if start/end are quotation marks quotationMarks[string.sub(title, 1, 1)], quotationMarks[string.sub(title, -1, -1)] if quoteLeft or quoteRight then title = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(title) end if quoteLeft then title:css("padding-left", "0.15em") end if quoteRight then title:css("padding-right", "0.15em") end return '"' .. tostring(title) .. '"' end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Hatnote -- -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.hatnote(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local s = args[1] if not s then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no text specified', 'Template:Hatnote#Errors', args.category ) end return p._hatnote(s, { extraclasses = args.extraclasses, selfref = args.selfref }) end function p._hatnote(s, options) checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string') checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} local inline = options.inline local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div') local extraclasses if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then extraclasses = options.extraclasses end hatnote :attr('role', 'note') :addClass(p.defaultClasses(inline)) :addClass(extraclasses) :addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil) :wikitext(s) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' } } .. tostring(hatnote) end return p 3ae1ed7094c5005ca0896395ec9a587287a0bef1 828 73 161 160 2024-05-31T21:48:38Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Hatnote/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .hatnote { font-style: italic; } /* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */ div.hatnote { /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } .hatnote i { font-style: normal; } /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes. * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .hatnote + link + .hatnote { margin-top: -0.5em; } 44680ffd6e888866df2cdfa0341af9c7b97da94c 828 74 163 162 2024-05-31T21:48:39Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Hatnote_list]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote list -- -- -- -- This module produces and formats lists for use in hatnotes. In particular, -- -- it implements the for-see list, i.e. lists of "For X, see Y" statements, -- -- as used in {{about}}, {{redirect}}, and their variants. Also introduced -- -- are andList & orList helpers for formatting lists with those conjunctions. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mArguments --initialize lazily local mFormatLink = require('Module:Format link') local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- List stringification helper functions -- -- These functions are used for stringifying lists, usually page lists inside -- the "Y" portion of "For X, see Y" for-see items. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --default options table used across the list stringification functions local stringifyListDefaultOptions = { conjunction = "and", separator = ",", altSeparator = ";", space = " ", formatted = false } --Searches display text only local function searchDisp(haystack, needle) return string.find( string.sub(haystack, (string.find(haystack, '|') or 0) + 1), needle ) end -- Stringifies a list generically; probably shouldn't be used directly local function stringifyList(list, options) -- Type-checks, defaults, and a shortcut checkType("stringifyList", 1, list, "table") if #list == 0 then return nil end checkType("stringifyList", 2, options, "table", true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(stringifyListDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end local s = options.space -- Format the list if requested if options.formatted then list = mFormatLink.formatPages( {categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat}, list ) end -- Set the separator; if any item contains it, use the alternate separator local separator = options.separator for k, v in pairs(list) do if searchDisp(v, separator) then separator = options.altSeparator break end end -- Set the conjunction, apply Oxford comma, and force a comma if #1 has "§" local conjunction = s .. options.conjunction .. s if #list == 2 and searchDisp(list[1], "§") or #list > 2 then conjunction = separator .. conjunction end -- Return the formatted string return mw.text.listToText(list, separator .. s, conjunction) end --DRY function function p.conjList (conj, list, fmt) return stringifyList(list, {conjunction = conj, formatted = fmt}) end -- Stringifies lists with "and" or "or" function p.andList (...) return p.conjList("and", ...) end function p.orList (...) return p.conjList("or", ...) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- For see -- -- Makes a "For X, see [[Y]]." list from raw parameters. Intended for the -- {{about}} and {{redirect}} templates and their variants. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --default options table used across the forSee family of functions local forSeeDefaultOptions = { andKeyword = 'and', title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text, otherText = 'other uses', forSeeForm = 'For %s, see %s.', } --Collapses duplicate punctuation at end of string, ignoring italics and links local function punctuationCollapse (text) return text:match("[.?!]('?)%1(%]?)%2%.$") and text:sub(1, -2) or text end -- Structures arguments into a table for stringification, & options function p.forSeeArgsToTable (args, from, options) -- Type-checks and defaults checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 1, args, 'table') checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 2, from, 'number', true) from = from or 1 checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 3, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end -- maxArg's gotten manually because getArgs() and table.maxn aren't friends local maxArg = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' and k > maxArg then maxArg = k end end -- Structure the data out from the parameter list: -- * forTable is the wrapper table, with forRow rows -- * Rows are tables of a "use" string & a "pages" table of pagename strings -- * Blanks are left empty for defaulting elsewhere, but can terminate list local forTable = {} local i = from local terminated = false -- If there is extra text, and no arguments are given, give nil value -- to not produce default of "For other uses, see foo (disambiguation)" if options.extratext and i > maxArg then return nil end -- Loop to generate rows repeat -- New empty row local forRow = {} -- On blank use, assume list's ended & break at end of this loop forRow.use = args[i] if not args[i] then terminated = true end -- New empty list of pages forRow.pages = {} -- Insert first pages item if present table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 1]) -- If the param after next is "and", do inner loop to collect params -- until the "and"'s stop. Blanks are ignored: "1|and||and|3" → {1, 3} while args[i + 2] == options.andKeyword do if args[i + 3] then table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 3]) end -- Increment to next "and" i = i + 2 end -- Increment to next use i = i + 2 -- Append the row table.insert(forTable, forRow) until terminated or i > maxArg return forTable end -- Stringifies a table as formatted by forSeeArgsToTable function p.forSeeTableToString (forSeeTable, options) -- Type-checks and defaults checkType("forSeeTableToString", 1, forSeeTable, "table", true) checkType("forSeeTableToString", 2, options, "table", true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end -- Stringify each for-see item into a list local strList = {} if forSeeTable then for k, v in pairs(forSeeTable) do local useStr = v.use or options.otherText local pagesStr = p.andList(v.pages, true) or mFormatLink._formatLink{ categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat, link = mHatnote.disambiguate(options.title) } local forSeeStr = string.format(options.forSeeForm, useStr, pagesStr) forSeeStr = punctuationCollapse(forSeeStr) table.insert(strList, forSeeStr) end end if options.extratext then table.insert(strList, punctuationCollapse(options.extratext..'.')) end -- Return the concatenated list return table.concat(strList, ' ') end -- Produces a "For X, see [[Y]]" string from arguments. Expects index gaps -- but not blank/whitespace values. Ignores named args and args < "from". function p._forSee (args, from, options) local forSeeTable = p.forSeeArgsToTable(args, from, options) return p.forSeeTableToString(forSeeTable, options) end -- As _forSee, but uses the frame. function p.forSee (frame, from, options) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return p._forSee(mArguments.getArgs(frame), from, options) end return p 1c8e6212115f76ecc3db8d05137011cd18207988 828 75 165 164 2024-05-31T21:48:39Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Navbar]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbar/configuration') local function get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template) local title_arg = 1 if is_collapsible then title_arg = 2 end if template then title_arg = 'template' end return title_arg end local function choose_links(template, args) -- The show table indicates the default displayed items. -- view, talk, edit, hist, move, watch -- TODO: Move to configuration. local show = {true, true, true, false, false, false} if template then show[2] = false show[3] = false local index = {t = 2, d = 2, e = 3, h = 4, m = 5, w = 6, talk = 2, edit = 3, hist = 4, move = 5, watch = 6} -- TODO: Consider removing TableTools dependency. for _, v in ipairs(require ('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray(args)) do local num = index[v] if num then show[num] = true end end end local remove_edit_link = args.noedit if remove_edit_link then show[3] = false end return show end local function add_link(link_description, ul, is_mini, font_style) local l if link_description.url then l = {'[', '', ']'} else l = {'[[', '|', ']]'} end ul:tag('li') :addClass('nv-' .. link_description.full) :wikitext(l[1] .. link_description.link .. l[2]) :tag(is_mini and 'abbr' or 'span') :attr('title', link_description.html_title) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(is_mini and link_description.mini or link_description.full) :done() :wikitext(l[3]) :done() end local function make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style) local title = mw.title.new(mw.text.trim(title_text), cfg.title_namespace) if not title then error(cfg.invalid_title .. title_text) end local talkpage = title.talkPageTitle and title.talkPageTitle.fullText or '' -- TODO: Get link_descriptions and show into the configuration module. -- link_descriptions should be easier... local link_descriptions = { { ['mini'] = 'v', ['full'] = 'view', ['html_title'] = 'View this template', ['link'] = title.fullText, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 't', ['full'] = 'talk', ['html_title'] = 'Discuss this template', ['link'] = talkpage, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 'e', ['full'] = 'edit', ['html_title'] = 'Edit this template', ['link'] = 'Special:EditPage/' .. title.fullText, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 'h', ['full'] = 'hist', ['html_title'] = 'History of this template', ['link'] = 'Special:PageHistory/' .. title.fullText, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 'm', ['full'] = 'move', ['html_title'] = 'Move this template', ['link'] = mw.title.new('Special:Movepage'):fullUrl('target='..title.fullText), ['url'] = true }, { ['mini'] = 'w', ['full'] = 'watch', ['html_title'] = 'Watch this template', ['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=watch'), ['url'] = true } } local ul = mw.html.create('ul') if has_brackets then ul:addClass(cfg.classes.brackets) :cssText(font_style) end for i, _ in ipairs(displayed_links) do if displayed_links[i] then add_link(link_descriptions[i], ul, is_mini, font_style) end end return ul:done() end function p._navbar(args) -- TODO: We probably don't need both fontstyle and fontcolor... local font_style = args.fontstyle local font_color = args.fontcolor local is_collapsible = args.collapsible local is_mini = args.mini local is_plain = args.plain local collapsible_class = nil if is_collapsible then collapsible_class = cfg.classes.collapsible if not is_plain then is_mini = 1 end if font_color then font_style = (font_style or '') .. '; color: ' .. font_color .. ';' end end local navbar_style = args.style local div = mw.html.create():tag('div') div :addClass(cfg.classes.navbar) :addClass(cfg.classes.plainlinks) :addClass(cfg.classes.horizontal_list) :addClass(collapsible_class) -- we made the determination earlier :cssText(navbar_style) if is_mini then div:addClass(cfg.classes.mini) end local box_text = (args.text or cfg.box_text) .. ' ' -- the concatenated space guarantees the box text is separated if not (is_mini or is_plain) then div :tag('span') :addClass(cfg.classes.box_text) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(box_text) end local template = args.template local displayed_links = choose_links(template, args) local has_brackets = args.brackets local title_arg = get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template) local title_text = args[title_arg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle()) local list = make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style) div:node(list) if is_collapsible then local title_text_class if is_mini then title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_mini else title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_full end div:done() :tag('div') :addClass(title_text_class) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(args[1]) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- hlist -> navbar is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.hlist_templatestyles } } .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.templatestyles } } .. tostring(div:done()) end function p.navbar(frame) return p._navbar(require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame)) end return p 047f307758c878eb3e99ed1768cc40920a6ec5fa 828 76 167 166 2024-05-31T21:48:40Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Navbar/configuration]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain return { ['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Navbar/styles.css', ['hlist_templatestyles'] = 'Hlist/styles.css', ['box_text'] = 'This box: ', -- default text box when not plain or mini ['title_namespace'] = 'Template', -- namespace to default to for title ['invalid_title'] = 'Invalid title ', ['classes'] = { -- set a line to nil if you don't want it ['navbar'] = 'navbar', ['plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks', -- plainlinks ['horizontal_list'] = 'hlist', -- horizontal list class ['mini'] = 'navbar-mini', -- class indicating small links in the navbar ['this_box'] = 'navbar-boxtext', ['brackets'] = 'navbar-brackets', -- 'collapsible' is the key for a class to indicate the navbar is -- setting up the collapsible element in addition to the normal -- navbar. ['collapsible'] = 'navbar-collapse', ['collapsible_title_mini'] = 'navbar-ct-mini', ['collapsible_title_full'] = 'navbar-ct-full' } } b007c336b17ec4bcd4d5a9dca9f8cba301662b55 828 77 169 168 2024-05-31T21:48:41Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Navbar/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .navbar { display: inline; font-size: 88%; font-weight: normal; } .navbar-collapse { float: left; text-align: left; } .navbar-boxtext { word-spacing: 0; } .navbar ul { display: inline-block; white-space: nowrap; line-height: inherit; } .navbar-brackets::before { margin-right: -0.125em; content: '[ '; } .navbar-brackets::after { margin-left: -0.125em; content: ' ]'; } .navbar li { word-spacing: -0.125em; } .navbar a > span, .navbar a > abbr { text-decoration: inherit; } .navbar-mini abbr { font-variant: small-caps; border-bottom: none; text-decoration: none; cursor: inherit; } .navbar-ct-full { font-size: 114%; margin: 0 7em; } .navbar-ct-mini { font-size: 114%; margin: 0 4em; } 9d4056f949b4f0b159e3d40dfb1a5f01e72f9571 828 78 171 170 2024-05-31T21:48:42Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Protection_banner]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 894f0884d4c2da1ce19d385b96f59af654b0946a 828 79 173 172 2024-05-31T21:48:43Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Protection_banner/config]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } 65de905227752d0a0dae145e9ad8dbe1d0087016 828 80 175 174 2024-05-31T21:48:43Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Sidebar]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Sidebar/configuration') local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs --[[ Categorizes calling templates and modules with a 'style' parameter of any sort for tracking to convert to TemplateStyles. TODO after a long cleanup: Catch sidebars in other namespaces than Template and Module. TODO would probably want to remove /log and /archive as CS1 does ]] local function categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 and title.namespace ~= 828 then return '' end for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.i18n.pattern.uncategorized_conversion_titles) do if title.text:match(pattern) then return '' end end for key, _ in pairs(args) do if mw.ustring.find(key, cfg.i18n.pattern.style_conversion) or key == 'width' then return cfg.i18n.category.conversion end end end --[[ For compatibility with the original {{sidebar with collapsible lists}} implementation, which passed some parameters through {{#if}} to trim their whitespace. This also triggered the automatic newline behavior. ]] -- See ([[meta:Help:Newlines and spaces#Automatic newline]]) local function trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(s) s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") if mw.ustring.find(s, '^[#*:;]') or mw.ustring.find(s, '^{|') then return '\n' .. s else return s end end --[[ Finds whether a sidebar has a subgroup sidebar. ]] local function hasSubgroup(s) if mw.ustring.find(s, cfg.i18n.pattern.subgroup) then return true else return false end end local function has_navbar(navbar_mode, sidebar_name) return navbar_mode ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_none and navbar_mode ~= cfg.i18n.navbar_off and ( sidebar_name or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.sandbox, '') ~= cfg.i18n.title_not_to_add_navbar ) end local function has_list_class(args, htmlclass) local patterns = { '^' .. htmlclass .. '$', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '$', '^' .. htmlclass .. '%s', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s' } for arg, value in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' and mw.ustring.find(arg, 'class') then for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then return true end end end end return false end -- there are a lot of list classes in the wild, so we add their TemplateStyles local function add_list_styles(args) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function add_list_templatestyles(htmlclass, templatestyles) if has_list_class(args, htmlclass) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } else return '' end end local plainlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('plainlist', cfg.i18n.plainlist_templatestyles) local hlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('hlist', cfg.i18n.hlist_templatestyles) -- a second workaround for [[phab:T303378]] -- when that issue is fixed, we can actually use has_navbar not to emit the -- tag here if we want if has_navbar(args.navbar, args.name) and hlist_styles == '' then hlist_styles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.i18n.hlist_templatestyles} } end -- hlist -> plainlist is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. [hlist_note] return hlist_styles .. plainlist_styles end -- work around [[phab:T303378]] -- for each arg: find all the templatestyles strip markers, insert them into a -- table. then remove all templatestyles markers from the arg local function move_hiding_templatestyles(args) local gfind = string.gfind local gsub = string.gsub local templatestyles_markers = {} local strip_marker_pattern = '(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)' for k, arg in pairs(args) do for marker in gfind(arg, strip_marker_pattern) do table.insert(templatestyles_markers, marker) end args[k] = gsub(arg, strip_marker_pattern, '') end return templatestyles_markers end --[[ Main sidebar function. Takes the frame, args, and an optional collapsibleClass. The collapsibleClass is and should be used only for sidebars with collapsible lists, as in p.collapsible. ]] function p.sidebar(frame, args, collapsibleClass) if not args then args = getArgs(frame) end local hiding_templatestyles = table.concat(move_hiding_templatestyles(args)) local root = mw.html.create() local child = args.child and mw.text.trim(args.child) == cfg.i18n.child_yes root = root:tag('table') if not child then root :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.sidebar) -- force collapsibleclass to be sidebar-collapse otherwise output nothing :addClass(collapsibleClass == cfg.i18n.class.collapse and cfg.i18n.class.collapse or nil) :addClass('nomobile') :addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_none and cfg.i18n.class.float_none or nil) :addClass(args.float == cfg.i18n.float_left and cfg.i18n.class.float_left or nil) :addClass(args.wraplinks ~= cfg.i18n.wrap_true and cfg.i18n.class.wraplinks or nil) :addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class) :css('width', args.width or nil) :cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style) if args.outertitle then root :tag('caption') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.outer_title) :addClass(args.outertitleclass) :cssText(args.outertitlestyle) :wikitext(args.outertitle) end if args.topimage then local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td') imageCell :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_image) :addClass(args.topimageclass) :cssText(args.topimagestyle) :wikitext(args.topimage) if args.topcaption then imageCell :tag('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.top_caption) :cssText(args.topcaptionstyle) :wikitext(args.topcaption) end end if args.pretitle then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(args.topimage and cfg.i18n.class.pretitle_with_top_image or cfg.i18n.class.pretitle) :addClass(args.pretitleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.pretitlestyle) :wikitext(args.pretitle) end else root :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.subgroup) :addClass(args.bodyclass or args.class) :cssText(args.bodystyle or args.style) end if args.title then if child then root :wikitext(args.title) else root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :addClass(args.pretitle and cfg.i18n.class.title_with_pretitle or cfg.i18n.class.title) :addClass(args.titleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end end if args.image then local imageCell = root:tag('tr'):tag('td') imageCell :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.image) :addClass(args.imageclass) :cssText(args.imagestyle) :wikitext(args.image) if args.caption then imageCell :tag('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.caption) :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(args.caption) end end if args.above then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.above) :addClass(args.aboveclass) :cssText(args.abovestyle) :newline() -- newline required for bullet-points to work :wikitext(args.above) end local rowNums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do k = '' .. k local num = k:match('^heading(%d+)$') or k:match('^content(%d+)$') if num then table.insert(rowNums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(rowNums) -- remove duplicates from the list (e.g. 3 will be duplicated if both heading3 -- and content3 are specified) for i = #rowNums, 1, -1 do if rowNums[i] == rowNums[i - 1] then table.remove(rowNums, i) end end for i, num in ipairs(rowNums) do local heading = args['heading' .. num] if heading then root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.heading) :addClass(args.headingclass) :addClass(args['heading' .. num .. 'class']) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.headingstyle) :cssText(args['heading' .. num .. 'style']) :newline() :wikitext(heading) end local content = args['content' .. num] if content then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(hasSubgroup(content) and cfg.i18n.class.content_with_subgroup or cfg.i18n.class.content) :addClass(args.contentclass) :addClass(args['content' .. num .. 'class']) :cssText(args.contentstyle) :cssText(args['content' .. num .. 'style']) :newline() :wikitext(content) :done() -- Without a linebreak after the </td>, a nested list like -- "* {{hlist| ...}}" doesn't parse correctly. :newline() end end if args.below then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.below) :addClass(args.belowclass) :cssText(args.belowstyle) :newline() :wikitext(args.below) end if not child and has_navbar(args.navbar, args.name) then root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.navbar) :cssText(args.navbarstyle) :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, fontstyle = args.navbarfontstyle }) end local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.i18n.templatestyles } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] and args['templatestyles'] ~= '' then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] and args['child templatestyles'] ~= '' then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] and args['grandchild templatestyles'] ~= '' then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ add_list_styles(args), -- see [hlist_note] above about ordering base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles, hiding_templatestyles, tostring(root), (child and cfg.i18n.category.child or ''), categorizeTemplatesWithInlineStyles(args) }) end local function list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num) local title_text = trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num .. 'title'] or cfg.i18n.default_list_title) local title if is_centered_list_titles then -- collapsible can be finicky, so provide some CSS/HTML to support title = mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title_centered) :wikitext(title_text) else title = mw.html.create() :wikitext(title_text) end local title_container = mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_title) -- don't /need/ a listnumtitleclass because you can do -- .templateclass .listnumclass .sidebar-list-title :addClass(args.listtitleclass) :cssText(args.basestyle) :cssText(args.listtitlestyle) :cssText('color: var(--color-base)') :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'titlestyle']) :node(title) :done() return title_container end --[[ Main entry point for sidebar with collapsible lists. Does the work of creating the collapsible lists themselves and including them into the args. ]] function p.collapsible(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) if not args.name and frame:getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.i18n.pattern.collapse_sandbox, '') == cfg.i18n.collapse_title_not_to_add_navbar then args.navbar = cfg.i18n.navbar_none end local contentArgs = {} local is_centered_list_titles = false if args['centered list titles'] and args['centered list titles'] ~= '' then is_centered_list_titles = true end for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = string.match(k, '^list(%d+)$') if num then local expand = args.expanded and (args.expanded == 'all' or args.expanded == args['list' .. num .. 'name']) local row = mw.html.create('div') row :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list) :addClass('mw-collapsible') :addClass((not expand) and 'mw-collapsed' or nil) :addClass(args['list' .. num .. 'class']) :cssText(args.listframestyle) :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'framestyle']) :node(list_title(args, is_centered_list_titles, num)) :tag('div') :addClass(cfg.i18n.class.list_content) :addClass('mw-collapsible-content') -- don't /need/ a listnumstyleclass because you can do -- .templatename .listnumclass .sidebar-list :addClass(args.listclass) :cssText(args.liststyle) :cssText(args['list' .. num .. 'style']) :wikitext(trimAndAddAutomaticNewline(args['list' .. num])) contentArgs['content' .. num] = tostring(row) end end for k, v in pairs(contentArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.sidebar(frame, args, cfg.i18n.class.collapse) end return p 3b3c07dfcae8d95a11ab62e8d8e68ee014abab8d 828 81 177 176 2024-05-31T21:48:44Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Sidebar/configuration]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain return { i18n = { child_yes = 'yes', float_none = 'none', float_left = 'left', wrap_true = 'true', navbar_none = 'none', navbar_off = 'off', default_list_title = 'List', title_not_to_add_navbar = 'Template:Sidebar', collapse_title_not_to_add_navbar = 'Template:Sidebar with collapsible lists', templatestyles = 'Module:Sidebar/styles.css', hlist_templatestyles = 'Hlist/styles.css', plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css', category = { child = '[[Category:Pages using sidebar with the child parameter]]', conversion = '[[Category:Sidebars with styles needing conversion]]' }, pattern = { collapse_sandbox = '/sandbox$', sandbox = '/sandbox$', subgroup = 'sidebar%-subgroup', style_conversion = 'style$', uncategorized_conversion_titles = { '/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[Dd]oc$' } }, class = { sidebar = 'sidebar', subgroup = 'sidebar-subgroup', collapse = 'sidebar-collapse', float_none = 'sidebar-none', float_left = 'sidebar-left', wraplinks = 'nowraplinks', outer_title = 'sidebar-outer-title', top_image = 'sidebar-top-image', top_caption = 'sidebar-top-caption', pretitle = 'sidebar-pretitle', pretitle_with_top_image = 'sidebar-pretitle-with-top-image', title = 'sidebar-title', title_with_pretitle = 'sidebar-title-with-pretitle', image = 'sidebar-image', caption = 'sidebar-caption', above = 'sidebar-above', heading = 'sidebar-heading', content = 'sidebar-content', content_with_subgroup = 'sidebar-content-with-subgroup', below = 'sidebar-below', navbar = 'sidebar-navbar', list = 'sidebar-list', list_title = 'sidebar-list-title', list_title_centered = 'sidebar-list-title-c', list_content = 'sidebar-list-content' } } } dc2a980ac2162a898f7c21e6d6ba7e994dfeb315 828 82 179 178 2024-05-31T21:48:44Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Sidebar/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ /* TODO: Invert width design to be "mobile first" */ .sidebar { /* TODO: Ask if we should have max-width 22em instead */ width: 22em; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em; background: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa); border: 1px solid #aaa; padding: 0.2em; text-align: center; line-height: 1.4em; font-size: 88%; border-collapse: collapse; /* Timeless has display: none on .nomobile at mobile resolutions, so we * unhide it with display: table and let precedence and proximity win. */ display: table; } /* Unfortunately, so does Minerva desktop, except Minerva drops an * !important on the declaration. So we have to be mean for Minerva users. * Mobile removes the element entirely with `wgMFRemovableClasses` in * https://github.com/wikimedia/operations-mediawiki-config/blob/master/ wmf-config/InitialiseSettings.php#L16992 * which is why displaying it categorically with display: table works. * We don't really want to expose the generic user in the wild on mobile to have * to deal with sidebars. (Maybe the ones with collapsible lists, so that * might be an improvement. That is blocked on [[:phab:T111565]].) */ body.skin-minerva .sidebar { display: table !important; /* also, minerva is way too aggressive about other stylings on tables. * TODO remove when this template gets moved to a div. plans on talk page. * We always float right on Minerva because that's a lot of extra CSS * otherwise. */ float: right !important; margin: 0.5em 0 1em 1em !important; } .sidebar-subgroup { width: 100%; margin: 0; border-spacing: 0; } .sidebar-left { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ clear: left; /* @noflip */ margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0; } .sidebar-none { float: none; clear: both; /* @noflip */ margin: 0.5em 1em 1em 0; } .sidebar-outer-title { padding: 0 0.4em 0.2em; font-size: 125%; line-height: 1.2em; font-weight: bold; } .sidebar-top-image { padding: 0.4em; } .sidebar-top-caption, .sidebar-pretitle-with-top-image, .sidebar-caption { padding: 0.2em 0.4em 0; line-height: 1.2em; } .sidebar-pretitle { padding: 0.4em 0.4em 0; line-height: 1.2em; } .sidebar-title, .sidebar-title-with-pretitle { padding: 0.2em 0.8em; font-size: 145%; line-height: 1.2em; } .sidebar-title-with-pretitle { padding: 0.1em 0.4em; } .sidebar-image { padding: 0.2em 0.4em 0.4em; } .sidebar-heading { padding: 0.1em 0.4em; } .sidebar-content { padding: 0 0.5em 0.4em; } .sidebar-content-with-subgroup { padding: 0.1em 0.4em 0.2em; } .sidebar-above, .sidebar-below { padding: 0.3em 0.8em; font-weight: bold; } .sidebar-collapse .sidebar-above, .sidebar-collapse .sidebar-below { border-top: 1px solid #aaa; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; } .sidebar-navbar { text-align: right; font-size: 115%; padding: 0 0.4em 0.4em; } .sidebar-list-title { padding: 0 0.4em; text-align: left; font-weight: bold; line-height: 1.6em; font-size: 105%; } /* centered text with mw-collapsible headers is finicky */ .sidebar-list-title-c { padding: 0 0.4em; text-align: center; margin: 0 3.3em; } @media (max-width: 720px) { /* users have wide latitude to set arbitrary width and margin :( "Super-specific" selector to prevent overriding this appearance by lower level sidebars too */ body.mediawiki .sidebar { width: 100% !important; clear: both; float: none !important; /* Remove when we div based; Minerva is dumb */ margin-left: 0 !important; margin-right: 0 !important; } /* TODO: We might consider making all links wrap at small resolutions and then * only introduce nowrap at higher resolutions. Do when we invert the media * query. */ } d1a6ec0ea2df62f1de12c906e5cd525f50e415fb 10 83 181 180 2024-05-31T21:48:45Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Div_col]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><templatestyles src="Div col/styles.css"/><!-- --><div class="div-col {{#ifeq:{{{small|}}}|yes|div-col-small}} {{#ifeq:{{{rules|}}}|yes|div-col-rules}} {{{class|}}}" <!-- -->{{#if:{{{colwidth|}}}{{{gap|}}}{{{style|}}}|<!-- -->style="{{#if:{{{colwidth|}}}|column-width: {{{colwidth}}};}}{{#if:{{{gap|}}}|column-gap: {{{gap}}};}}{{#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}"<!-- -->}}><!-- -->{{#if:{{{content|}}}|{{{content}}}</div>}}<!-- Inventory how many pages use small=yes -->{{#ifeq:{{{small|}}}|yes|[[Category:Pages using div col with small parameter]]}}<!-- --></includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using div col with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Div col]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"; use colwidth= to specify column size |ignoreblank=y | class | colwidth | content | gap | rules | small | style }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 6e84133dd867d6c701e7b161878cf66665bb7eb7 10 84 183 182 2024-05-31T21:48:46Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Div_col/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .div-col { margin-top: 0.3em; column-width: 30em; } .div-col-small { font-size: 90%; } .div-col-rules { column-rule: 1px solid #aaa; } /* Reset top margin for lists in div col */ .div-col dl, .div-col ol, .div-col ul { margin-top: 0; } /* Avoid elements breaking between columns See also Template:No col break */ .div-col li, .div-col dd { page-break-inside: avoid; /* Removed from CSS in favor of break-inside c. 2020 */ break-inside: avoid-column; } c6c2dc0cb2bab7a5f7b4eb938eebc5c67df087bc 10 85 185 184 2024-05-31T21:48:46Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Div_col_end]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly></div></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Div col/doc}} </noinclude> 78088d41c21d779e3722f220fcc9773dfbbc1e4f 10 86 187 186 2024-05-31T21:48:48Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Em]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <em {{#if:{{{role|}}}|role="{{{role}}}"}} {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class="{{{class}}}"}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style="{{{style}}}"}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title="{{{title}}}"}}>{{{1}}}</em><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> e2fac6fb507a0dd72c4e79d02403049c7d857c8d 10 87 189 188 2024-05-31T21:48:49Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Yesno-no]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|no}}}|¬={{{¬|no}}}|def={{{def|no}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 1ad7b7800da1b867ead8f6ff8cef76e6201b3b56 10 88 191 190 2024-05-31T21:48:49Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Para]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> 06006deea2ed5d552aab61b4332321ab749ae7e8 10 22 193 43 2024-05-31T21:48:50Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Documentation]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Documentation|main}} bb08b6773a4c1e1d528cefda2d7c305d8b5193ec 828 23 195 45 2024-05-31T21:48:51Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Documentation]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local i18n = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/i18n') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type', cfgKey, expectType, type(msg)), 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty', '$' .. match, cfgKey), 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small>(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load TemplateStyles ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = function(frame) local parent = frame.getParent(frame) local output = p._main(parent.args) return frame:extensionTag{ name='templatestyles', args = { src= message('templatestyles-scr') } } .. output end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-class')) :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed. local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) else local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text omargs.class = message('sandbox-class') return messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local title = env.title local protectionLevels local protectionTemplate = message('protection-template') local namespace = title.namespace if not (protectionTemplate and (namespace == 10 or namespace == 828)) then -- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces. return nil end protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editLevels = protectionLevels.edit local moveLevels = protectionLevels.move if moveLevels and moveLevels[1] == 'sysop' or editLevels and editLevels[1] then -- The page is full-move protected, or full, template, or semi-protected. local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() return frame:expandTemplate{title = protectionTemplate, args = message('protection-template-args', nil, 'table')} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = i18n['view-link-display'] data.editLinkDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] data.historyLinkDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] data.purgeLinkDisplay = i18n['purge-link-display'] -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. return s :gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. :gsub('%]', '&#93;') end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = i18n['template-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = i18n['module-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = i18n['file-namespace-heading'] else data.heading = i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :addClass(message('header-div-class')) :tag('div') :addClass(message('heading-div-class')) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox :tag('div') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. local cbox = mw.html.create('div') cbox :addClass(message('content-div-class')) :wikitext('\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n') return tostring(cbox) end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the footer text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local ebox = mw.html.create('div') ebox :addClass(message('footer-div-class')) :wikitext(text) return tostring(ebox) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[w:Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[w:Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle or args.content then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p a029650bff998bd1a25784b49e99f984f068d85d 828 24 197 47 2024-05-31T21:48:51Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Documentation/config]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _format = require('Module:TNT').format local function format(id) return _format('I18n/Documentation', id) end local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. cfg['templatestyles-scr'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-template'] -- The name of the template that displays the protection icon (a padlock on enwiki). cfg['protection-template'] = 'PP-template' -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ -- cfg['protection-template-args'] -- Any arguments to send to the protection template. This should be a Lua table. -- For example, if the protection template is "pp-template", and the wikitext template invocation -- looks like "{{pp-template|docusage=yes}}", then this table should look like "{docusage = 'yes'}". --]] cfg['protection-template-args'] = {docusage = 'yes'} --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|40px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = format('transcluded-from-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = format('create-module-doc-blurb') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = format('experiment-blurb-template') cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = format('experiment-blurb-module') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = format('sandbox-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = format('sandbox-edit-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = format('sandbox-create-link-display') -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = format('compare-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = format('mirror-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = format('testcases-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = format('testcases-edit-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = format('testcases-create-link-display') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = format('add-categories-blurb') -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = format('subpages-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = format('subpages-link-display') -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = format('template-pagetype') -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = format('module-pagetype') -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = format('default-pagetype') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = format('print-blurb') -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-doc' cfg['header-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-header' cfg['heading-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-heading' cfg['content-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-content' cfg['footer-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-footer plainlinks' cfg['sandbox-class'] = 'ts-doc-sandbox' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'ts-tlinks-tlinks mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 79bc957b39b5b752fa4c2e2e80a35faa01901425 828 27 199 90 2024-05-31T21:48:52Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Documentation/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{PP-template}} */ .ts-doc-sandbox .mbox-image { padding:.75em 0 .75em .75em; } .ts-doc-doc { clear: both; background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-top: 1em; padding: 5px; } .ts-doc-header { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks { display: inline-block; line-height: 24px; margin-left: 1em; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external { color: #0645ad; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:visited { color: #0b0080; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:active { color: #faa700; } .ts-doc-content:after { content: ''; clear: both; display: block; } .ts-doc-heading { display: inline-block; padding-left: 55px; background: center left/50px no-repeat; background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg/50px-Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg.png); background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg); font-size: 1.5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:first-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:first-child { margin-top: .5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:last-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:last-child { margin-bottom: .5em; } .ts-doc-footer { background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: .25em 1em; margin-top: .2em; font-style: italic; } .ts-doc-footer small { font-style: normal; } .ts-doc-sandbox { clear: both; } c37b0ddfd0b1c128c187ca56721d1c4e481b05ff 10 89 201 200 2024-05-31T21:48:52Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Sandbox_other]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 91e4ae891d6b791615152c1fbc971414961ba872 10 90 203 202 2024-05-31T21:48:53Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Documentation_subpage]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 41ca90af0945442788a2dbd08c8c54a61a23c057 10 91 205 204 2024-05-31T21:48:54Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_link_with_link_off]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nowrap=yes|nolink=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlf}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> b099fea5d1f36b0b4b9cb253ad3a9f4e095f6851 10 92 207 206 2024-05-31T21:48:55Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Tlf]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link with link off]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 52759e1d3f7c9aa4a03d0b7d4f84f4c6adf53edf 10 93 209 208 2024-05-31T21:48:55Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:High-use]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}|system={{{system|}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwiki links go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> a3322d1bd47ac03df14fa2090855cff4fede9bc7 10 94 211 210 2024-05-31T21:48:56Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:TemplateData_header]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|<!-- noheader: -->{{Template parameter usage|{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|based=y}}|<!-- +header: -->This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|<!-- +header, nolink TD -->TemplateData|<!-- +header, +link [[TD]]; DEFAULT: -->[[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}}<!-- e.o. #if:nolink; DEFAULT: --> for this template used by [[mw:Extension:TemplateWizard|TemplateWizard]], [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools. {{Template parameter usage|{{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}|based=y}}<!-- e.o. #if:noheader -->}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly><!-- check parameters -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown={{template other|1=[[Category:Pages using TemplateData header with unknown parameters|_VALUE_]]}} |template=Template:TemplateData header |1 |nolink |noheader |preview=<div class="error" style="font-weight:normal">Unknown parameter '_VALUE_' in [[Template:TemplateData header]].</div> }}<!-- -->{{template other|{{sandbox other|| [[Category:Templates using TemplateData]] }}}}</includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 748b89c815a11e78b365c5617460ea569f3f96cb 10 95 213 212 2024-05-31T21:48:56Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_parameter_usage]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{label|}}} |=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|S|s}}ee a monthly parameter usage report] for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|this template}} in articles{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |None|none=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} |for|For=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report] for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}]]}}{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |#default=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{{label|}}}]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 83e574f5e031df639a2cdcef5b91d6b1094ae648 828 96 215 214 2024-05-31T21:48:57Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:High-use]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- _fetch looks at the "demo" argument. local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count').fetch local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') function p.num(frame, count) if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end -- Build output string local return_value = "" if count == nil then if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return "a very large number of" else return "many" end else -- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones local sigfig = 2 if count >= 100000 then sigfig = 3 end -- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs local f = math.floor(math.log10(count)) - sigfig + 1 -- Round and insert "approximately" or "+" when appropriate if (frame.args[2] == "yes") or (mw.ustring.sub(frame.args[1],-1) == "+") then -- Round down return_value = string.format("%s+", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) ) else -- Round to nearest return_value = string.format("approximately&#x20;%s", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) ) end -- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes if count and count > 250000 and not yesno (frame:getParent().args['no-percent']) then local percent = math.floor( ( (count/frame:callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R') ) * 100) + 0.5) if percent >= 1 then return_value = string.format("%s&#x20;pages, or roughly %s%% of all", return_value, percent) end end end return return_value end -- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count function p.risk(frame) if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return "risk" else local count = _fetch(frame) if count and count >= 100000 then return "risk" end end return "" end function p.text(frame, count) -- Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone -- is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count. local bot_text = (frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") == "") and "\n\n----\n'''Preview message''': Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]])." or '' if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" or title.subpageText == "sandbox" then title = title.basePageTitle end local systemMessages = frame.args['system'] if frame.args['system'] == '' then systemMessages = nil end -- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localiation. local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/?project=%s&page=%s#transclusions %s pages]'):format( mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'), mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p.num(frame, count)) local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Lua module" or "template") .. ' is used '; if systemMessages then used_on_text = used_on_text .. systemMessages .. ((count and count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''")) else used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''" end local sandbox_text = ("%s's [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s/testcases|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. "):format( (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "module" or "template"), title.fullText, title.fullText, mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Module:Sandbox|module sandbox" or "Wikipedia:User pages#SUB|user subpage" ) local infoArg = frame.args["info"] ~= "" and frame.args["info"] if (systemMessages or frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000) ) then local info = systemMessages and '.<br/>Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the Wikipedia user interface.' or '.' if infoArg then info = info .. "<br />" .. infoArg end sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' .. (count and count >= 100000 and ' and server load' or '') .. ', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text .. 'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. ' else sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') .. 'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text end local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes ' if frame.args["2"] and frame.args["2"] ~= "" and frame.args["2"] ~= "yes" then discussion_text = string.format("%sat [[%s]]", discussion_text, frame.args["2"]) else discussion_text = string.format("%son the [[%s|talk page]]", discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText ) end return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. " before implementing them." .. bot_text end function p.main(frame) local count = nil if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end local image = "[[File:Ambox warning yellow.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" local type_param = "style" local epilogue = '' if frame.args['system'] and frame.args['system'] ~= '' then image = "[[File:Ambox important.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" local nocat = frame:getParent().args['nocat'] or frame.args['nocat'] local categorise = (nocat == '' or not yesno(nocat)) if categorise and not mw.title.getCurrentTitle().isRedirect then epilogue = frame:preprocess('{{Sandbox other||{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}|File=upload|#default=edit}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|sysop|templateeditor|interfaceadmin=|#default=[[Category:Pages used in system messages needing protection]]}}}}') end elseif (frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000)) then image = "[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" end if frame.args["form"] == "editnotice" then return frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'editnotice', args = { ["image"] = image, ["text"] = p.text(frame, count), ["expiry"] = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") } } .. epilogue else return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', { type = type_param, image = image, text = p.text(frame, count), expiry = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") }) .. epilogue end end return p af9099ab8dbb5d44c32bf01174d549b861d011c1 828 97 217 216 2024-05-31T21:48:58Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Transclusion_count]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.fetch(frame) local template = nil local return_value = nil -- Use demo parameter if it exists, otherswise use current template name local namespace = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace if frame.args["demo"] and frame.args["demo"] ~= "" then template = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args["demo"],"^[Tt]emplate:","") elseif namespace == 10 then -- Template namespace template = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text elseif namespace == 828 then -- Module namespace template = (mw.site.namespaces[828].name .. ":" .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text) end -- If in template or module namespace, look up count in /data if template ~= nil then namespace = mw.title.new(template, "Template").namespace if namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 then template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/doc$", "") -- strip /doc from end template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/sandbox$", "") -- strip /sandbox from end local index = mw.ustring.sub(mw.title.new(template).text,1,1) local status, data = pcall(function () return(mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion_count/data/' .. (mw.ustring.find(index, "%a") and index or "other"))) end) if status then return_value = tonumber(data[mw.ustring.gsub(template, " ", "_")]) end end end -- If database value doesn't exist, use value passed to template if return_value == nil and frame.args[1] ~= nil then local arg1=mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], '[%d,]+') if arg1 and arg1 ~= '' then return_value = tonumber(frame:callParserFunction('formatnum', arg1, 'R')) end end return return_value end -- Tabulate this data for [[Wikipedia:Database reports/Templates transcluded on the most pages]] function p.tabulate(frame) local list = {} for i = 65, 91 do local data = mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion count/data/' .. ((i == 91) and 'other' or string.char(i))) for name, count in pairs(data) do table.insert(list, {mw.title.new(name, "Template").fullText, count}) end end table.sort(list, function(a, b) return (a[2] == b[2]) and (a[1] < b[1]) or (a[2] > b[2]) end) local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); for i = 1, #list do list[i] = ('|-\n| %d || [[%s]] || %s\n'):format(i, list[i][1]:gsub('_', ' '), lang:formatNum(list[i][2])) end return table.concat(list) end return p 000ef6bcbf7b66e727870b0c300c4009da300513 828 98 219 218 2024-05-31T21:48:59Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Lua_banner]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) local maybeSandbox = mw.title.new(module .. '/sandbox') if maybeSandbox and maybeSandbox.exists then moduleLinks[i] = moduleLinks[i] .. string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', maybeSandbox.fullText) end end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" then title = title.basePageTitle end if title.contentModel == "Scribunto" then boxArgs.text = 'This module depends on the following other modules:' .. moduleList else boxArgs.text = 'This template uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-Logo.svg|30px|alt=|link=]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local protCatName if titleObj.namespace == 10 then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Templates based on the String Lua module', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation/CS1'] = 'Templates based on the Citation/CS1 Lua module' } category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do if module ~= "WP:libraryUtil" then local moduleTitle = mw.title.new(module) local moduleProt = moduleTitle and moduleTitle.protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 7586562309f593874ecc66f5d0ac59ff1c91fd8f 828 99 221 220 2024-05-31T21:49:00Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Parameter_names_example]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{parameter names example}}. local p = {} local function makeParam(s) local lb = '&#123;' local rb = '&#125;' return lb:rep(3) .. s .. rb:rep(3) end local function italicize(s) return "''" .. s .. "''" end local function plain(s) return s end function p._main(args, frame) -- Find how we want to format the arguments to the template. local formatFunc if args._display == 'italics' or args._display == 'italic' then formatFunc = italicize elseif args._display == 'plain' then formatFunc = plain else formatFunc = makeParam end -- Build the table of template arguments. local targs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then targs[v] = formatFunc(v) elseif not k:find('^_') then targs[k] = v end end --targs['nocat'] = 'yes'; --targs['categories'] = 'no'; --targs['demo'] = 'yes'; -- Find the template name. local template if args._template then template = args._template else local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.prefixedText:find('/sandbox$') then template = currentTitle.prefixedText else template = currentTitle.basePageTitle.prefixedText end end -- Call the template with the arguments. frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() local success, result = pcall( frame.expandTemplate, frame, {title = template, args = targs} ) if success then return result else return '' end end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Parameter names example' }) return p._main(args, frame) end return p fdf94fb7a5dc1fabf118d60488a02f1e65b0df24 10 100 223 222 2024-05-31T21:49:01Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Lua]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> dba3962144dacd289dbc34f50fbe0a7bf6d7f2f7 10 101 225 224 2024-05-31T21:49:01Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Parameter_names_example]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Parameter names example|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 256a11b9ae7ac7e492b3d9de86ade1ffa96bffd1 10 102 227 226 2024-05-31T21:49:02Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Category_link_with_count]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}}|Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}}}<!-- -->]]&nbsp;({{PAGESINCATEGORY:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{{2|all}}}}})<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f93f1540b8c157703bd6d24ae35c35bef745981d 10 103 229 228 2024-05-31T21:49:03Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Suppress_categories]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Suppress categories|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 1f9c6065201d31d4c70f982129b5babbb809ae8c 828 104 231 230 2024-05-31T21:49:03Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Suppress_categories]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain -- This is a simple module to strip categories from wikitext. It does -- not support nested links or magic words like __TOC__, etc. Even so, -- it should still handle most categories. local p = {} -- Detects if a category link is valid or not. If it is valid, -- the function returns the blank string. If not, the input -- is returned with no changes. local function processCategory( all, submatch ) local beforePipe = mw.ustring.match( submatch, '^(.-)[%s_]*|[%s_]*.-$' ) beforePipe = beforePipe or submatch if mw.ustring.match( beforePipe, '[%[%]<>{}%c\n]' ) then return all else return '' end end -- Preprocess the content if we aren't being called from #invoke, -- and pass it to gsub to remove valid category links. local function suppress( content, isPreprocessed ) if not isPreprocessed then content = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( content ) end content = mw.ustring.gsub( content, '(%[%[[%s_]*[cC][aA][tT][eE][gG][oO][rR][yY][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.-)[%s_]*%]%])', processCategory ) return content end -- Get the content to suppress categories from, and find -- whether the content has already been preprocessed. (If the -- module is called from #invoke, it has been preprocessed already.) function p.main( frame ) local content, isPreprocessed if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then content = frame:getParent().args[1] if frame.args[1] then content = frame.args[1] end isPreprocessed = true else content = frame isPreprocessed = false end return suppress( content, isPreprocessed ) end return p 0ec3903841c489357a879434c5dc23c11d182c78 828 105 233 232 2024-05-31T21:49:04Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Transclusion_count/data/I]]: Import infobox template Scribunto text/plain return { ["IAST"] = 6700, ["IBDB_name"] = 9300, ["ICD10"] = 5000, ["ICD9"] = 4400, ["ICS"] = 3000, ["IDN"] = 3500, ["IMDb_episode"] = 10000, ["IMDb_episodes"] = 2900, ["IMDb_name"] = 157000, ["IMDb_title"] = 196000, ["IMO_Number"] = 4200, ["IMSLP"] = 8500, ["INA"] = 2200, ["IND"] = 7800, ["INR"] = 6900, ["INRConvert"] = 6000, ["INRConvert/CurrentRate"] = 6000, ["INRConvert/USD"] = 5900, ["INRConvert/out"] = 6000, ["IOBDB_name"] = 2000, ["IP"] = 2700, ["IPA"] = 147000, ["IPA-de"] = 8300, ["IPA-es"] = 8000, ["IPA-fr"] = 44000, ["IPA-it"] = 5800, ["IPA-nl"] = 3900, ["IPA-pl"] = 4100, ["IPA-pt"] = 3300, ["IPA-sl"] = 6900, ["IPA-th"] = 3000, ["IPA_audio_link"] = 3600, ["IPA_link"] = 4000, ["IPAc-cmn"] = 2500, ["IPAc-en"] = 50000, ["IPAc-pl"] = 51000, ["IPC_athlete"] = 3400, ["IPSummary"] = 78000, ["IP_summary"] = 79000, ["IPtalk"] = 18000, ["IPuser"] = 7100, ["IPvandal"] = 2700, ["IRC"] = 7200, ["IRI"] = 2300, ["IRL"] = 5600, ["IRN"] = 3700, ["ISBN"] = 464000, ["ISBN?"] = 2200, ["ISBNT"] = 40000, ["ISBN_missing"] = 2700, ["ISFDB_name"] = 4100, ["ISFDB_title"] = 4600, ["ISL"] = 2200, ["ISO_15924/script-example-character"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/format"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/label"] = 2800, ["ISO_3166_code"] = 521000, ["ISO_3166_name"] = 16000, ["ISO_639_name"] = 8500, ["ISP"] = 4800, ["ISR"] = 4900, ["ISSN"] = 12000, ["ISSN_link"] = 31000, ["ISTAT"] = 8100, ["ISU_figure_skater"] = 2400, ["ITA"] = 18000, ["ITF"] = 6400, ["ITF_profile"] = 9200, ["ITIS"] = 4800, ["ITN_talk"] = 11000, ["ITN_talk/date"] = 11000, ["IUCN_banner"] = 15000, ["I_sup"] = 4300, ["Ice_hockey"] = 5300, ["Ice_hockey_stats"] = 19000, ["Icehockeystats"] = 12000, ["Icon"] = 598000, ["If"] = 300000, ["If_all"] = 6700, ["If_between"] = 3900, ["If_both"] = 135000, ["If_empty"] = 3810000, ["If_first_display_both"] = 73000, ["If_in_page"] = 12000, ["If_last_display_both"] = 31000, ["If_preview"] = 59000, ["If_then_show"] = 320000, ["Ifempty"] = 4000, ["Ifeq"] = 17000, ["Iferror_then_show"] = 3300, ["Ifexist_not_redirect"] = 1360000, ["Ifnotempty"] = 15000, ["Ifnumber"] = 54000, ["Ifsubst"] = 479000, ["Ih"] = 7700, ["Ill"] = 137000, ["Illm"] = 6400, ["Image_frame"] = 5200, ["Image_label"] = 4600, ["Image_label_begin"] = 3900, ["Image_label_end"] = 3900, ["Image_label_small"] = 2700, ["Image_needed"] = 4900, ["Image_other"] = 271000, ["Image_requested"] = 171000, ["Image_requested/Category_helper"] = 162000, ["Imbox"] = 928000, ["Imdb_name"] = 5400, ["Imdb_title"] = 3300, ["Import_style"] = 12000, ["Import_style/inputbox.css"] = 11000, ["Importance"] = 15000, ["Importance/colour"] = 30000, ["Importance_mask"] = 10800000, ["Improve_categories"] = 8200, ["Improve_documentation"] = 2900, ["In_class"] = 5600, ["In_lang"] = 365000, ["In_progress"] = 3400, ["In_string"] = 95000, ["In_title"] = 21000, ["Inactive_userpage_blanked"] = 4900, ["Include-USGov"] = 24000, ["Incomplete_list"] = 23000, ["Inconclusive"] = 2200, ["Increase"] = 46000, ["Incumbent_pope"] = 4300, ["Indent"] = 4700, ["IndexFungorum"] = 2200, ["Indian_English"] = 4500, ["Indian_Rupee"] = 11000, ["Indian_railway_code"] = 3200, ["Inflation"] = 22000, ["Inflation-fn"] = 5500, ["Inflation-year"] = 4600, ["Inflation/IN/startyear"] = 6000, ["Inflation/UK"] = 4600, ["Inflation/UK/dataset"] = 4600, ["Inflation/UK/startyear"] = 4600, ["Inflation/US"] = 13000, ["Inflation/US-GDP"] = 2500, ["Inflation/US-GDP/dataset"] = 2500, ["Inflation/US-GDP/startyear"] = 2500, ["Inflation/US/dataset"] = 13000, ["Inflation/US/startyear"] = 13000, ["Inflation/fn"] = 6600, ["Inflation/year"] = 27000, ["Info"] = 7100, ["Infobox"] = 3290000, ["Infobox/Columns"] = 2600, ["Infobox/mobileviewfix.css"] = 151000, ["Infobox3cols"] = 17000, ["Infobox_AFL_biography"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Begin"] = 5200, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Type"] = 4600, ["Infobox_Athletics_Championships"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Australian_place"] = 15000, ["Infobox_COA_wide"] = 3300, ["Infobox_Canada_electoral_district"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Canadian_Football_League_biography"] = 3100, ["Infobox_Chinese"] = 21000, ["Infobox_Chinese/Chinese"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Chinese/Footer"] = 8400, ["Infobox_Chinese/Header"] = 8400, ["Infobox_Chinese/Korean"] = 18000, ["Infobox_Christian_leader"] = 18000, ["Infobox_French_commune"] = 38000, ["Infobox_French_subdivision"] = 2000, ["Infobox_GAA_player"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_player"] = 5100, ["Infobox_German_location"] = 13000, ["Infobox_German_place"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Grand_Prix_race_report"] = 2100, ["Infobox_Greece_place"] = 3400, ["Infobox_Greek_Dimos"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Hindu_temple"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency"] = 5300, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency/defaultdata"] = 5300, ["Infobox_Italian_comune"] = 8100, ["Infobox_Korean_name"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Korean_name/categories"] = 15000, ["Infobox_NASCAR_race_report"] = 2400, ["Infobox_NCAA_team_season"] = 17000, ["Infobox_NFL_biography"] = 29000, ["Infobox_NFL_player"] = 2500, ["Infobox_NFL_team_season"] = 3900, ["Infobox_NRHP"] = 73000, ["Infobox_NRHP/conv"] = 18000, ["Infobox_NRHP/locmapin2region"] = 67000, ["Infobox_Officeholder"] = 4400, ["Infobox_Olympic_event"] = 7400, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/games_text"] = 7400, ["Infobox_Pan_American_Games_event"] = 2300, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event/games_text"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Politician"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Romanian_subdivision"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Russian_district"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality"] = 4500, ["Infobox_SCOTUS_case"] = 3800, ["Infobox_SSSI"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Site_of_Special_Scientific_Interest"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Swiss_town"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Switzerland_municipality"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Turkey_place"] = 19000, ["Infobox_U.S._county"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._county/district"] = 3000, ["Infobox_UK_constituency"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_constituency/year"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_legislation"] = 3900, ["Infobox_UK_place"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoDialCode"] = 8200, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoPostCode"] = 3400, ["Infobox_UK_place/area"] = 2600, ["Infobox_UK_place/dens"] = 2200, ["Infobox_UK_place/dist"] = 2800, ["Infobox_UK_place/local"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/styles.css"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UN_resolution"] = 2300, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case"] = 3900, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case/courts"] = 3900, ["Infobox_Wikipedia_user"] = 10000, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality"] = 3000, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality/styles.css"] = 3000, ["Infobox_academic"] = 15000, ["Infobox_aircraft_begin"] = 14000, ["Infobox_aircraft_occurrence"] = 2400, ["Infobox_aircraft_type"] = 13000, ["Infobox_airline"] = 4600, ["Infobox_airport"] = 15000, ["Infobox_airport/datatable"] = 15000, ["Infobox_album"] = 163000, ["Infobox_album/color"] = 196000, ["Infobox_album/link"] = 164000, ["Infobox_anatomy"] = 4500, ["Infobox_ancient_site"] = 5700, ["Infobox_animanga/Footer"] = 7100, ["Infobox_animanga/Header"] = 7100, ["Infobox_animanga/Print"] = 5700, ["Infobox_animanga/Video"] = 4900, ["Infobox_architect"] = 3800, ["Infobox_artist"] = 30000, ["Infobox_artist_discography"] = 6100, ["Infobox_artwork"] = 12000, ["Infobox_athlete"] = 2800, ["Infobox_automobile"] = 8600, ["Infobox_award"] = 13000, ["Infobox_badminton_player"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_biography"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/style"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season"] = 3300, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/leagueseason"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/season"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_team_season/styles.css"] = 3200, ["Infobox_basketball_biography"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography/style"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_club"] = 3100, ["Infobox_basketball_club/styles.css"] = 3100, ["Infobox_beauty_pageant"] = 2500, ["Infobox_bilateral_relations"] = 4500, ["Infobox_body_of_water"] = 18000, ["Infobox_book"] = 53000, ["Infobox_boxer"] = 5900, ["Infobox_bridge"] = 6100, ["Infobox_building"] = 29000, ["Infobox_character"] = 7700, ["Infobox_chess_biography"] = 4200, ["Infobox_chess_player"] = 3400, ["Infobox_church"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/denomination"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/font_color"] = 15000, ["Infobox_civil_conflict"] = 2600, ["Infobox_civilian_attack"] = 5900, ["Infobox_college_coach"] = 12000, ["Infobox_college_football_game"] = 2100, ["Infobox_college_football_player"] = 2100, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/link"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/name"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/succession"] = 41000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/team"] = 41000, ["Infobox_comic_book_title"] = 3100, ["Infobox_comics_character"] = 3700, ["Infobox_comics_creator"] = 3500, ["Infobox_comics_creator/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_company"] = 85000, ["Infobox_computing_device"] = 2400, ["Infobox_concert"] = 3400, ["Infobox_constituency"] = 5800, ["Infobox_country"] = 6600, ["Infobox_country/formernext"] = 6200, ["Infobox_country/imagetable"] = 5400, ["Infobox_country/multirow"] = 8500, ["Infobox_country/status_text"] = 2800, ["Infobox_country/styles.css"] = 6600, ["Infobox_country_at_games"] = 16000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/core"] = 16000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/see_also"] = 12000, ["Infobox_court_case"] = 4800, ["Infobox_court_case/images"] = 2600, ["Infobox_cricket_tournament"] = 2400, ["Infobox_cricketer"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/career"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/national_side"] = 7600, ["Infobox_criminal"] = 6700, ["Infobox_curler"] = 2700, ["Infobox_cycling_race_report"] = 4600, ["Infobox_cyclist"] = 16000, ["Infobox_dam"] = 5700, ["Infobox_deity"] = 2000, ["Infobox_deity/color"] = 2000, ["Infobox_designation_list"] = 21000, ["Infobox_designation_list/entry"] = 18000, ["Infobox_dim"] = 7000, ["Infobox_dim/core"] = 7000, ["Infobox_diocese"] = 3900, ["Infobox_drug"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/chemical_formula"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/data_page_link"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatATC"] = 10000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCASnumber"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEBI"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEMBL"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemDBNIAID"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemSpider"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatCompTox"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatDrugBank"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatIUPHARBPS"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatJmol"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatKEGG"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPDBligand"] = 9800, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemCID"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemSID"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/formatUNII"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/legal_status"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/licence"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/maintenance_categories"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/non-ref-space"] = 4700, ["Infobox_drug/pregnancy_category"] = 11000, ["Infobox_drug/title"] = 11000, ["Infobox_election"] = 32000, ["Infobox_election/row"] = 32000, ["Infobox_election/shortname"] = 30000, ["Infobox_election/styles.css"] = 32000, ["Infobox_enzyme"] = 5100, ["Infobox_ethnic_group"] = 7500, ["Infobox_event"] = 5900, ["Infobox_family"] = 2200, ["Infobox_figure_skater"] = 4100, ["Infobox_film"] = 160000, ["Infobox_film/short_description"] = 156000, ["Infobox_film_awards"] = 2700, ["Infobox_film_awards/link"] = 2700, ["Infobox_film_awards/style"] = 2700, ["Infobox_food"] = 7100, ["Infobox_football_biography"] = 210000, ["Infobox_football_club"] = 28000, ["Infobox_football_club_season"] = 21000, ["Infobox_football_league"] = 2600, ["Infobox_football_league_season"] = 20000, ["Infobox_football_match"] = 6100, ["Infobox_football_tournament"] = 2000, ["Infobox_football_tournament_season"] = 8300, ["Infobox_former_subdivision"] = 3500, ["Infobox_former_subdivision/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_galaxy"] = 2300, ["Infobox_game"] = 2600, ["Infobox_game_score"] = 3600, ["Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Infobox_given_name"] = 4100, ["Infobox_golfer"] = 4500, ["Infobox_golfer/highest_ranking"] = 4500, ["Infobox_government_agency"] = 11000, ["Infobox_government_cabinet"] = 2800, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person"] = 2200, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person/position"] = 5300, ["Infobox_gymnast"] = 3800, ["Infobox_handball_biography"] = 5100, ["Infobox_historic_site"] = 12000, ["Infobox_holiday/date"] = 2000, ["Infobox_horseraces"] = 2600, ["Infobox_hospital"] = 6400, ["Infobox_hospital/care_system"] = 6400, ["Infobox_hospital/lists"] = 6400, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_biography"] = 20000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_player"] = 19000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team"] = 3100, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team_season"] = 2000, ["Infobox_international_football_competition"] = 6000, ["Infobox_islands"] = 8900, ["Infobox_islands/area"] = 9300, ["Infobox_islands/density"] = 9300, ["Infobox_islands/length"] = 8900, ["Infobox_islands/styles.css"] = 8900, ["Infobox_journal"] = 9900, ["Infobox_journal/Abbreviation_search"] = 9800, ["Infobox_journal/Bluebook_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/Former_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/ISO_4_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/ISSN-eISSN"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/Indexing_search"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/MathSciNet_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/NLM_check"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/frequency"] = 8700, ["Infobox_lake"] = 4200, ["Infobox_language"] = 9700, ["Infobox_language/family-color"] = 11000, ["Infobox_language/genetic"] = 6700, ["Infobox_language/linguistlist"] = 9700, ["Infobox_language/ref"] = 7100, ["Infobox_law_enforcement_agency"] = 2000, ["Infobox_legislation"] = 2100, ["Infobox_legislative_election"] = 2000, ["Infobox_legislative_election/styles.css"] = 2000, ["Infobox_legislature"] = 3800, ["Infobox_library"] = 2300, ["Infobox_lighthouse"] = 2600, ["Infobox_lighthouse/light"] = 2600, ["Infobox_locomotive"] = 5000, ["Infobox_magazine"] = 7800, ["Infobox_manner_of_address"] = 3400, ["Infobox_mapframe"] = 87000, ["Infobox_martial_artist"] = 5800, ["Infobox_martial_artist/record"] = 5800, ["Infobox_medal_templates"] = 431000, ["Infobox_medical_condition"] = 11000, ["Infobox_medical_condition_(new)"] = 8000, ["Infobox_medical_details"] = 2200, ["Infobox_medical_person"] = 2100, ["Infobox_military_conflict"] = 24000, ["Infobox_military_installation"] = 9900, ["Infobox_military_person"] = 46000, ["Infobox_military_unit"] = 27000, ["Infobox_mine"] = 2200, ["Infobox_model"] = 2300, ["Infobox_monument"] = 2200, ["Infobox_mountain"] = 28000, ["Infobox_multi-sport_competition_event"] = 2500, ["Infobox_museum"] = 11000, ["Infobox_musical_artist"] = 123000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/color"] = 123000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/hCard_class"] = 325000, ["Infobox_musical_composition"] = 3100, ["Infobox_name"] = 7600, ["Infobox_name_module"] = 7500, ["Infobox_newspaper"] = 9900, ["Infobox_nobility"] = 2200, ["Infobox_noble"] = 7400, ["Infobox_officeholder"] = 232000, ["Infobox_officeholder/office"] = 238000, ["Infobox_official_post"] = 8400, ["Infobox_organization"] = 37000, ["Infobox_pageant_titleholder"] = 3100, ["Infobox_park"] = 7800, ["Infobox_person"] = 499000, ["Infobox_person/Wikidata"] = 4600, ["Infobox_person/height"] = 105000, ["Infobox_person/length"] = 7200, ["Infobox_person/weight"] = 68000, ["Infobox_philosopher"] = 3500, ["Infobox_planet"] = 4700, ["Infobox_play"] = 4300, ["Infobox_political_party"] = 15000, ["Infobox_power_station"] = 3200, ["Infobox_prepared_food"] = 2800, ["Infobox_professional_wrestler"] = 4400, ["Infobox_professional_wrestling_event"] = 2800, ["Infobox_protected_area"] = 14000, ["Infobox_protein_family"] = 2100, ["Infobox_publisher"] = 2400, ["Infobox_racehorse"] = 5600, ["Infobox_racing_driver"] = 4400, ["Infobox_racing_driver_series_section"] = 2400, ["Infobox_radio_show"] = 2100, ["Infobox_radio_station"] = 22000, ["Infobox_rail"] = 3000, ["Infobox_rail_line"] = 7400, ["Infobox_rail_service"] = 3000, ["Infobox_rail_service/doc"] = 3000, ["Infobox_reality_competition_season"] = 3700, ["Infobox_record_label"] = 4000, ["Infobox_recurring_event"] = 6600, ["Infobox_religious_biography"] = 5600, ["Infobox_religious_building"] = 13000, ["Infobox_religious_building/color"] = 18000, ["Infobox_restaurant"] = 3300, ["Infobox_river"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/calcunit"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/discharge"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/row-style"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/source"] = 30000, ["Infobox_road"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/category"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/country"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/styles.css"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road_small"] = 2400, ["Infobox_rockunit"] = 6400, ["Infobox_royalty"] = 23000, ["Infobox_royalty/short_description"] = 11000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography"] = 17000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/correct_date"] = 17000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/depcheck"] = 17000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography"] = 10000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography/PLAYER"] = 10000, ["Infobox_rugby_team"] = 2600, ["Infobox_sailboat_specifications"] = 2300, ["Infobox_saint"] = 5100, ["Infobox_school"] = 39000, ["Infobox_school/short_description"] = 39000, ["Infobox_school_district"] = 5800, ["Infobox_school_district/styles.css"] = 5700, ["Infobox_scientist"] = 50000, ["Infobox_service_record"] = 2600, ["Infobox_settlement"] = 566000, ["Infobox_settlement/areadisp"] = 242000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns"] = 96000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns/styles.css"] = 96000, ["Infobox_settlement/densdisp"] = 442000, ["Infobox_settlement/impus"] = 83000, ["Infobox_settlement/lengthdisp"] = 171000, ["Infobox_settlement/link"] = 96000, ["Infobox_settlement/metric"] = 214000, ["Infobox_settlement/pref"] = 297000, ["Infobox_settlement/styles.css"] = 566000, ["Infobox_ship_begin"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_career"] = 37000, ["Infobox_ship_characteristics"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_class_overview"] = 4200, ["Infobox_ship_image"] = 41000, ["Infobox_shopping_mall"] = 3500, ["Infobox_short_story"] = 2400, ["Infobox_skier"] = 2600, ["Infobox_soap_character"] = 2900, ["Infobox_software"] = 14000, ["Infobox_software/simple"] = 14000, ["Infobox_song"] = 78000, ["Infobox_song/color"] = 78000, ["Infobox_song/link"] = 78000, ["Infobox_spaceflight"] = 3600, ["Infobox_spaceflight/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Infobox_sport_event"] = 2300, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event"] = 18000, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event/medalrow"] = 12000, ["Infobox_sports_league"] = 5200, ["Infobox_sports_season"] = 5600, ["Infobox_sports_team"] = 2300, ["Infobox_sportsperson"] = 111000, ["Infobox_stadium"] = 3100, ["Infobox_station"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/doc"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/services"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/styles.css"] = 55000, ["Infobox_street"] = 3700, ["Infobox_swimmer"] = 11000, ["Infobox_television"] = 58000, ["Infobox_television/Short_description"] = 56000, ["Infobox_television/styles.css"] = 58000, ["Infobox_television_channel"] = 6300, ["Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_episode/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_season"] = 9900, ["Infobox_television_station"] = 3300, ["Infobox_tennis_biography"] = 11000, ["Infobox_tennis_event"] = 2700, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_event"] = 20000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year"] = 9600, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/color"] = 29000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/footer"] = 29000, ["Infobox_tournament_season"] = 11000, ["Infobox_train"] = 2300, ["Infobox_university"] = 26000, ["Infobox_user"] = 2700, ["Infobox_venue"] = 18000, ["Infobox_video_game"] = 28000, ["Infobox_video_game/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_volleyball_biography"] = 5600, ["Infobox_weapon"] = 7500, ["Infobox_weather_event"] = 2400, ["Infobox_weather_event/Effects"] = 2300, ["Infobox_weather_event/Footer"] = 2300, ["Infobox_weather_event/History"] = 2200, ["Infobox_weather_event/meteorology"] = 2200, ["Infobox_weather_event/styles.css"] = 2400, ["Infobox_website"] = 7700, ["Infobox_writer"] = 41000, ["Information"] = 97000, ["Information/styles.css"] = 97000, ["Inlang"] = 2000, ["Inline"] = 2500, ["Inline_block"] = 4800, ["Inprogress"] = 2500, ["Input_link"] = 32000, ["Instagram"] = 12000, ["Interlanguage_link"] = 176000, ["Interlanguage_link_multi"] = 17000, ["Internet_Archive_author"] = 19000, ["Internet_Archive_film"] = 2600, ["Intitle"] = 13000, ["Iptalk"] = 17000, ["IranCensus2006"] = 45000, ["IranNCSGN"] = 3200, ["Iran_Census_2006"] = 45000, ["Irc"] = 2100, ["Irish_place_name"] = 2700, ["IsIPAddress"] = 36000, ["IsValidPageName"] = 2700, ["Is_MLB_league"] = 3200, ["Is_NPB_league"] = 3200, ["Is_country_in_Central_America"] = 13000, ["Is_country_in_the_Caribbean"] = 14000, ["Is_interwiki_link"] = 6100, ["Is_italic_taxon"] = 519000, ["Is_redirect"] = 29000, ["Isbn"] = 8400, ["Isfdb_name"] = 3300, ["Isfdb_title"] = 4200, ["Isnum"] = 2200, ["Isnumeric"] = 144000, ["Iso2continent"] = 49000, ["Iso2country"] = 24000, ["Iso2country/article"] = 23000, ["Iso2country/data"] = 24000, ["Iso2nationality"] = 210000, ["Issubst"] = 71000, ["Isu_name"] = 2000, ["Italic_dab2"] = 5400, ["Italic_title"] = 277000, ["Italic_title_prefixed"] = 8700, ["Italics_colon"] = 3900, ["Italics_title"] = 2100, ["Italictitle"] = 3800, ["Ivm"] = 5700, ["Ivm/styles.css"] = 5700, ["Ivmbox"] = 126000, ["Ivory_messagebox"] = 150000, ["Module:I18n/complex_date"] = 69000, ["Module:IP"] = 134000, ["Module:IPA"] = 147000, ["Module:IPA/data"] = 132000, ["Module:IPA/styles.css"] = 119000, ["Module:IPA_symbol"] = 5300, ["Module:IPA_symbol/data"] = 5400, ["Module:IPAc-en"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAc-en/data"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAc-en/phonemes"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAc-en/pronunciation"] = 50000, ["Module:IPAddress"] = 189000, ["Module:ISO_3166"] = 1050000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/AT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/BA"] = 3400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CA"] = 2600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CN"] = 2200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/DE"] = 15000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/ES"] = 3700, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/FR"] = 38000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GB"] = 6400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GR"] = 3300, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IN"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IR"] = 9900, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/National"] = 1050000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/PL"] = 7500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RS"] = 3200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RU"] = 25000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/US"] = 86000, ["Module:ISO_639_name"] = 20000, ["Module:ISOdate"] = 69000, ["Module:Icon"] = 605000, ["Module:Icon/data"] = 605000, ["Module:If_any_equal"] = 6200, ["Module:If_empty"] = 3820000, ["Module:If_in_page"] = 12000, ["Module:If_preview"] = 305000, ["Module:If_preview/configuration"] = 305000, ["Module:If_preview/styles.css"] = 305000, ["Module:Import_style"] = 12000, ["Module:In_lang"] = 365000, ["Module:Indent"] = 4700, ["Module:Infobox"] = 4220000, ["Module:Infobox/dates"] = 71000, ["Module:Infobox/styles.css"] = 4490000, ["Module:Infobox/utilities"] = 2000, ["Module:Infobox3cols"] = 303000, ["Module:InfoboxImage"] = 4560000, ["Module:Infobox_body_of_water_tracking"] = 18000, ["Module:Infobox_cyclist_tracking"] = 16000, ["Module:Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_mapframe"] = 399000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict/styles.css"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name"] = 21000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name/data"] = 21000, ["Module:Infobox_power_station"] = 3200, ["Module:Infobox_road"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/browselinks"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/errors"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/length"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/locations"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/map"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/route"] = 26000, ["Module:Infobox_road/sections"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_television"] = 58000, ["Module:Infobox_television_disambiguation_check"] = 66000, ["Module:Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_disambiguation_check"] = 9400, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_name"] = 9900, ["Module:Internet_Archive"] = 19000, ["Module:IrelandByCountyCatNav"] = 3400, ["Module:Is_article"] = 2100, ["Module:Is_infobox_in_lead"] = 386000, ["Module:Is_instance"] = 331000, ["Module:Italic_title"] = 1140000, ["Module:Italic_title2"] = 5400, } 8016b4ce1514f560178379cc5d7451b98330fa1f 10 106 235 234 2024-05-31T21:49:06Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox/doc]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- Please place categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{Distinguish|Template:Userbox}} {{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox||{{High-use}}}} {{Lua|Module:Infobox}} {{Parameter names example |name={{PAGENAME}} <!--|child |subbox |decat--> |title |above |subheader |subheader1 |subheader2={{{subheader2}}}<br/>...... |image|caption |image1|caption1 |image2|caption2={{{caption2}}}<br/>...... |header1=<div style="border-top:1px dashed #ccc;">{{{header1}}}<br/>{{nobold|( ''or'' )}}</div> |label2={{{label1}}} |data2={{{data1}}} |data3=( ''or'' )<br/><div style="padding-bottom:0.25em;border-bottom:1px dashed #ccc;">{{{data1}}}</div> |header5={{{header2}}}<br/><div style="padding:0.75em 0 0.5em;">{{nobold|( ''or'' )}}</div> |label6={{{label2}}} |data6={{{data2}}} |data7=( ''or'' )<br/><div style="padding-bottom:0.25em;border-bottom:1px dashed #ccc;">{{{data2}}}</div> |data9=<div style="padding:0.75em 0 0.5em;">( ''etc'' )</div> |below }} '''[[Template:Infobox]]''' is intended as a meta template: a template used for constructing other templates. '''Note''': In general, it is not meant for use directly in an article, but can be used on a one-off basis if required. [[Help:Infobox]] contains an introduction about the recommended content and design of infoboxes; [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Infoboxes]] contains additional style guidelines. See [[WP:List of infoboxes]] and [[:Category:Infobox templates]] for lists of prepared topic-specific infoboxes. == Usage == {{tlf|Infobox}} is a meta-template: used to organise an actual <nowiki>{{Infobox sometopic}}</nowiki> template (like {{tl|Infobox building}}). For <code><nowiki>[[Template:Infobox sometopic]]</nowiki></code>, template code then looks like this, simplified: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox | name = {{{name|{{PAGENAME}}}}} | image = {{{image|}}} | caption1 = {{{caption|}}} | label1 = Former names | data1 = {{{former_names|}}} | header2 = General information | label3 = Status | data3 = {{{status|}}} ... <!-- etc. --> }} </syntaxhighlight> == Optional control parameters == ; name : If this parameter is present, "view, talk and edit" links will be added to the bottom of the infobox pointing to the named page, prefixed by <code>Template:</code> if no namespace is specified. You may use the value <nowiki>{{subst:PAGENAME}}</nowiki>; however, this is rarely what you want because it will send users clicking these links in an infobox to the template code rather than the data in the infobox they probably want to change. ; child : See the [[#Embedding|Embedding]] section for details. If this is set to "yes", this child infobox should be titled but have no name parameter. This parameter is empty by default, set it to "yes" to activate it. ; subbox : See the [[#Subboxes|Subboxes]] section for details. If this is set to "yes", this subbox should be titled but have no name parameter. This parameter is empty by default, set to "yes" to activate it. It has no effect if the {{para|child}} parameter is also set to "yes". ; decat : If this is set to "yes", the current page will not be autocategorized in a maintenance category when the generated infobox has some problems or no visible data section. Leave empty by default or set to "yes" to activate it. ; autoheaders: If this is set to any non-blank value, headers which are not followed by data fields are suppressed. See the "[[#Hiding headers when all its data fields are empty|hiding headers when all its data fields are empty]]" section for more details. == Content parameters == === Title === There are two different ways to put a title on an infobox. One contains the title inside the infobox's border in the uppermost cell of the table, the other puts it as a caption on top of the table. You can use them both together, or just one or the other, or neither (though this is not recommended): ; title : Text to put in the caption over the top of the table (or as section header before the whole content of this table, if this is a child infobox). For [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Accessibility#Tables|accessibility reasons]], this is the most recommended alternative. ; above : Text to put within the uppermost cell of the table. ; subheader(n) : additional title fields which fit below {{para|title}}} and {{para|above}}}, but before images. Examples: {{Infobox | name = Infobox/doc | title = Text in caption over infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}} | title = Text in caption over infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} {{Infobox | name = Infobox/doc | above = Text in uppermost cell of infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | subheader2 = Second subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}} | above = Text in uppermost cell of infobox | subheader = Subheader of the infobox | subheader2 = Second subheader of the infobox | header = (the rest of the infobox goes here) }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} === Illustration images === ; image(n) : images to display at the top of the template. Use full image syntax, for example <nowiki>[[File:example.png|200px|alt=Example alt text]]</nowiki>. Image is centered by default. See [[WP:ALT]] for more on alt text. ; caption(n) : Text to put underneath the images. === Main data === ; header(n) : Text to use as a header in row n. ; label(n) : Text to use as a label in row n. ; data(n) : Text to display as data in row n. Note: for any given value for (n), not all combinations of parameters are permitted. The presence of a {{para|header''(n)''}} will cause the corresponding {{para|data''(n)''}} (and {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|label''(n)''}}, see below) to be ignored; the absence of a {{para|data''(n)''}} will cause the corresponding {{para|label''(n)''}} to be ignored. Valid combinations for any single row are: * {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|header''(n)''}} * {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|data''(n)''}} * {{para|rowclass''(n)''}} {{para|label''(n)''}} {{para|class''(n)''}} {{para|data''(n)''}} See the rendering of header4, label4, and data4 in the [[#Examples|Examples]] section below. ==== Number ranges ==== To allow flexibility when the layout of an infobox is changed, it may be helpful when developing an infobox to use non-contiguous numbers for header and label/data rows. Parameters for new rows can then be inserted in future without having to renumber existing parameters. For example: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | header3 = Section 1 | label5 = Label A | data5 = Data A | label7 = Label C | data7 = Data C | header10 = Section 2 | label12 = Label D | data12 = Data D </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} It is also possible to automatically renumber parameter names by using [[User:Frietjes/infoboxgap.js]] or [[Module:IncrementParams]]. There is no upper limit on numbers but there must be at most 50 between each used number. ==== Making data fields optional ==== A row with a label but no data is not displayed. This allows for the easy creation of optional infobox content rows. To make a row optional use a parameter that defaults to an empty string, like so: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | label5 = Population | data5 = {{{population|}}} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} This way if an article doesn't define the population parameter in its infobox the row won't be displayed. For more complex fields with pre-formatted contents that would still be present even if the parameter wasn't set, you can wrap it all in an "#if" statement to make the whole thing vanish when the parameter is not used. For instance, the "#if" statement in the following example reads "#if:the parameter ''mass'' has been supplied |then display it, followed by 'kg'": <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | label6 = Mass | data6 = {{ #if: {{{mass|}}} | {{{mass}}} kg }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} For more on #if, see [[meta:ParserFunctions##if:|here]]. ==== Hiding headers when all its data fields are empty ==== You can also make headers automatically hide when their section is empty (has no data-row showing). Consider this situation: {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} If you want hide the header when no {{para|data''N''}} values are present, use {{para|autoheaders|y}}: {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = Header5 with data below | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} So, header1 will be shown if any of item1, item2, or item3 is defined. If none of the three parameters are defined the header won't be shown and no empty row appears before the next visible content. Note: if the data has empty css elements, like {{para|data|2=&lt;span style="background:yellow;">&lt;/span>}}, this will be treated as non-empty (having data). If {{para|autoheaders|y}} but there are items that you {{em|do not}} want to trigger a header, place {{para|headerX|_BLANK_}}. This will serve as an empty header and separate it from the subsequent items. {{Infobox | title = Example: blank header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = _BLANK_ | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value, but does not trigger header1 or show header5 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Example: header with & without data | autoheaders = y | headerstyle = background: lightgrey | header1 = Header1 with empty section | label2 = label2 text | data2 = | label3 = label3 text | data3 = | label4 = label4 text | data4 = | header5 = _BLANK_ | label6 = label6 text | data6 = Some value, but does not trigger header1 or show header5 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} === Footer === ; below : Text to put in the bottom cell. The bottom cell is intended for footnotes, see-also, and other such information. == Presentation parameters == === Italic titles === Titles of articles with infoboxes may be made italic, in line with [[WP:ITALICTITLE]], by passing the <code>italic title</code> parameter. * Turn on italic titles by passing {{para|italic title|<nowiki>{{{italic title|}}}</nowiki>}} from the infobox. * Turn off by default (notably because only Latin script may be safely rendered in this style and italic may be needed to distinguish foreign language from local English language only in that script, but would be difficult to read for other scripts) but allow some instances to be made italic by passing {{para|italic title|<nowiki>{{{italic title|no}}}</nowiki>}} * Do not make any titles italic by not passing the parameter at all. === CSS styling === {{div col}} ; bodystyle : Applies to the infobox table as a whole ; titlestyle : Applies only to the title caption. Adding a background color is usually inadvisable since the text is rendered "outside" the infobox. ; abovestyle : Applies only to the "above" cell at the top. The default style has font-size:125%; since this cell is usually used for a title, if you want to use the above cell for regular-sized text include "font-size:100%;" in the abovestyle. ; imagestyle : Applies to the cell the image is in. This includes the text of the image caption, but you should set text properties with captionstyle instead of imagestyle in case the caption is moved out of this cell in the future. ; captionstyle : Applies to the text of the image caption. ; rowstyle(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>style</code> attribute for the specified row. ; headerstyle : Applies to all header cells ; subheaderstyle : Applies to all subheader cells ; labelstyle : Applies to all label cells ; datastyle : Applies to all data cells ; belowstyle : Applies only to the below cell {{div col end}} === HTML classes and microformats === {{div col}} ; bodyclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox as a whole. ; titleclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''title''' caption. <!-- currently not implemented in Lua module ; aboverowclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row the '''above''' cell is on. --> ; aboveclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''above''' cell. ; subheaderrowclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row the '''subheader''' is on. ; subheaderclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''subheader'''. ; imagerowclass(n) : These parameters are inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row their respective '''image''' is on. ; imageclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the '''image'''. ; rowclass(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the specified row including the '''label''' and '''data''' cells. ; class(n) : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the '''data''' cell of the specified row. If there's no '''data''' cell it has no effect. <!-- currently not implemented in Lua module ; belowrowclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the complete table row the '''below''' cell is on. --> ; belowclass : This parameter is inserted into the <code>class</code> attribute for the infobox's '''below''' cell. {{div col end}} This template supports the addition of microformat information. This is done by adding "class" attributes to various data cells, indicating what kind of information is contained within. Multiple class names may be specified, separated by spaces, some of them being used as selectors for custom styling according to a project policy or to the skin selected in user preferences, others being used for microformats. To flag an infobox as containing [[hCard]] information, for example, add the following parameter: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | bodyclass = vcard </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} And for each row containing a data cell that's part of the vcard, add a corresponding class parameter: <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> | class1 = fn | class2 = org | class3 = tel </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} ...and so forth. "above" and "title" can also be given classes, since these are usually used to display the name of the subject of the infobox. See [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Microformats]] for more information on adding microformat information to Wikipedia, and [[microformat]] for more information on microformats in general. == Examples == Notice how the row doesn't appear in the displayed infobox when a '''label''' is defined without an accompanying '''data''' cell, and how all of them are displayed when a '''header''' is defined on the same row as a '''data''' cell. Also notice that '''subheaders''' are not bold by default like the '''headers''' used to split the main data section, because this role is meant to be for the '''above''' cell : {{Suppress categories| {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = |titlestyle = |abovestyle = background: #cfc; |subheaderstyle = |title = Test Infobox |above = Above text |subheader = Subheader above image |subheader2 = Second subheader |imagestyle = |captionstyle = |image = [[File:Example-serious.jpg|200px|alt=Example alt text]] |caption = Caption displayed below File:Example-serious.jpg |headerstyle = background: #ccf; |labelstyle = background: #ddf; |datastyle = |header1 = Header defined alone | label1 = | data1 = |header2 = | label2 = Label defined alone does not display (needs data, or is suppressed) | data2 = |header3 = | label3 = | data3 = Data defined alone |header4 = All three defined (header, label, data, all with same number) | label4 = does not display (same number as a header) | data4 = does not display (same number as a header) |header5 = | label5 = Label and data defined (label) | data5 = Label and data defined (data) |belowstyle = background: #ddf; |below = Below text }} }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = |titlestyle = |abovestyle = background: #cfc; |subheaderstyle = |title = Test Infobox |above = Above text |subheader = Subheader above image |subheader2 = Second subheader |imagestyle = |captionstyle = |image = [[File:Example-serious.jpg|200px|alt=Example alt text]] |caption = Caption displayed below File:Example-serious.jpg |headerstyle = background: #ccf; |labelstyle = background: #ddf; |datastyle = |header1 = Header defined alone | label1 = | data1 = |header2 = | label2 = Label defined alone does not display (needs data, or is suppressed) | data2 = |header3 = | label3 = | data3 = Data defined alone |header4 = All three defined (header, label, data, all with same number) | label4 = does not display (same number as a header) | data4 = does not display (same number as a header) |header5 = | label5 = Label and data defined (label) | data5 = Label and data defined (data) |belowstyle = background: #ddf; |below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> For this example, the {{para|bodystyle}} and {{para|labelstyle}} parameters are used to adjust the infobox width and define a default width for the column of labels: {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = width: 20em |titlestyle = |title = Test Infobox |headerstyle = |labelstyle = width: 33% |datastyle = |header1 = | label1 = Label 1 | data1 = Data 1 |header2 = | label2 = Label 2 | data2 = Data 2 |header3 = | label3 = Label 3 | data3 = Data 3 |header4 = Header 4 | label4 = | data4 = |header5 = | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. |belowstyle = |below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox |name = Infobox/doc |bodystyle = width: 20em |titlestyle = |title = Test Infobox |headerstyle = |labelstyle = width: 33% |datastyle = |header1 = | label1 = Label 1 | data1 = Data 1 |header2 = | label2 = Label 2 | data2 = Data 2 |header3 = | label3 = Label 3 | data3 = Data 3 |header4 = Header 4 | label4 = | data4 = |header5 = | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. |belowstyle = |below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> == Embedding == <!--Linked from [[Template:Subinfobox bodystyle/doc]]--> One infobox template can be embedded into another using the {{para|child}} parameter. This feature can be used to create a modular infobox, or to create better-defined logical sections. Long ago, it was necessary to use embedding in order to create infoboxes with more than 99 rows; but nowadays there's no limit to the number of rows that can be defined in a single instance of <code><nowiki>{{infobox}}</nowiki></code>. {{Infobox | title = Top level title | data1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | data2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes |title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Top level title | data1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | data2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes |title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Note, in the examples above, the child infobox is placed in a <code>data</code> field, not a <code>header</code> field. Notice that the section subheadings are not in bold font if bolding is not explicitly specified. To obtain bold section headings, place the child infobox in a '''header''' field (but not in a '''label''' field because it would not be displayed!), either using {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = First subsection | label1= Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | title = Second subsection | label1= Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} or, {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = First subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = Second subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | title = Top level title | header1 = First subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 1.1 | data1 = Data 1.1 }} | header2 = Second subsection {{Infobox | decat = yes | child = yes | label1 = Label 2.1 | data1 = Data 2.1 }} | belowstyle = | below = Below text }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Note that omitting the {{para|title}} parameter, and not including any text preceding the embedded infobox, may result in spurious blank table rows, creating gaps in the visual presentation. The garbage output can be suppressed using {{para|rowstyleN|display: none}}, replacing N with the data/header number. [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Infoboxes/embed]] includes some links to Wikipedia articles which include infoboxes embedded within other infoboxes. == Subboxes == An alternative method for embedding is to use {{para|subbox|yes}}, which removes the outer border from the infobox, but preserves the interior structure. One feature of this approach is that the parent and child boxes need not have the same structure, and the label and data fields are not aligned between the parent and child boxes because they are not in the same parent table. {{Infobox | headerstyle = background-color: #eee; | labelstyle = background-color: #eee; | header1 = Main 1 | header2 = Main 2 | data3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color: #ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | data4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5 | header6 = Main 6 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | headerstyle = background-color: #eee; | labelstyle = background-color: #eee; | header1 = Main 1 | header2 = Main 2 | data3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color:#ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | data4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | label5 = Label 5 | data5 = Data 5 | header6 = Main 6 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Similar embedding techniques may be used within content parameters of some other templates generating tables (such as [[:Template:Sidebar|Sidebar]]): {{Sidebar | navbar = off | headingstyle = background-color: #eee; | heading1 = Heading 1 | heading2 = Heading 2 | content3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color: #ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | content4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | heading5 = Heading 5 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Sidebar | navbar = off | headingstyle = background-color: #eee; | heading1 = Heading 1 | heading2 = Heading 2 | content3 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | headerstyle = background-color: #ccc; | labelstyle = background-color: #ddd; | header1 = Sub 3-1 | header2 = Sub 3-2 | label3 = Label 3-3 | data3 = Data 3-3 }} | content4 = {{Infobox | subbox = yes | labelstyle = background-color: #ccc; | label1 = Label 4-1 | data1 = Data 4-1 }} | heading5 = Heading 5 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} Note that the default padding of the parent data cell containing each subbox is still visible, so the subboxes are slightly narrower than the parent box and there's a higher vertical spacing between standard cells of the parent box than between cells of distinct subboxes. == Controlling line-breaking in embedded bulletless lists == Template {{tlx|nbsp}} may be used with {{tlx|wbr}} and {{tlx|nowrap}} to control line-breaking in bulletless lists embedded in infoboxes (e.g. cast list in {{tlx|Infobox film}}), to prevent wrapped long entries from being confused with multiple entries. See [[Template:Wbr/doc#Controlling line-breaking in infoboxes]] for details. == Full blank syntax == (Note: there is no limit to the number of possible rows; only 20 are given below since infoboxes larger than that will be relatively rare. Just extend the numbering as needed. The microformat "class" parameters are also omitted as they are not commonly used.) <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto;"> {{Infobox | name = {{subst:PAGENAME}} | child = {{{child|}}} | subbox = {{{subbox|}}} | italic title = {{{italic title|no}}} | templatestyles = | child templatestyles = | grandchild templatestyles = | bodystyle = | titlestyle = | abovestyle = | subheaderstyle = | title = | above = | subheader = | imagestyle = | captionstyle = | image = | caption = | image2 = | caption2 = | headerstyle = | labelstyle = | datastyle = | header1 = | label1 = | data1 = | header2 = | label2 = | data2 = | header3 = | label3 = | data3 = | header4 = | label4 = | data4 = | header5 = | label5 = | data5 = | header6 = | label6 = | data6 = | header7 = | label7 = | data7 = | header8 = | label8 = | data8 = | header9 = | label9 = | data9 = | header10 = | label10 = | data10 = | header11 = | label11 = | data11 = | header12 = | label12 = | data12 = | header13 = | label13 = | data13 = | header14 = | label14 = | data14 = | header15 = | label15 = | data15 = | header16 = | label16 = | data16 = | header17 = | label17 = | data17 = | header18 = | label18 = | data18 = | header19 = | label19 = | data19 = | header20 = | label20 = | data20 = | belowstyle = | below = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{clear}} {{Help:Infobox/user style}} == Porting to other MediaWikis == The infobox template requires the [[:mw:Extension:Scribunto|Scribunto]] and [[:mw:Extension:TemplateStyles|TemplateStyles]] extensions. [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Transwiki|WikiProject Transwiki]] has a version of this template that has been modified to work on other MediaWikis. == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "description": "This template is intended as a meta template, a template used for constructing other templates. In general, it is not meant for use directly in an article but can be used on a one-off basis if required.", "format": "{{_\n| ________________ = _\n}}\n", "params": { "name": { "label": "name", "description": "" }, "child": { "label": "child", "description": "" }, "subbox": { "label": "subbox", "description": "" }, "italic title": { "label": "italic title", "description": "" }, "templatestyles": { "label": "templatestyles", "description": "" }, "child templatestyles": { "label": "child templatestyles", "description": "" }, "grandchild templatestyles": { "label": "grandchild templatestyles", "description": "" }, "bodystyle": { "label": "bodystyle", "description": "" }, "titlestyle": { "label": "titlestyle", "description": "" }, "abovestyle": { "label": "abovestyle", "description": "" }, "subheaderstyle": { "label": "subheaderstyle", "description": "" }, "title": { "label": "Title", "description": "Title displayed above the infobox", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "above": { "label": "above", "description": "" }, "subheader": { "label": "subheader", "description": "" }, "imagestyle": { "label": "imagestyle", "description": "" }, "captionstyle": { "label": "captionstyle", "description": "" }, "image": { "label": "Image", "description": "Image illustrating the topic. Use full image syntax.", "type": "content", "suggested": true, "example": "[[File:example.png|200px|alt=Example alt text]]" }, "caption": { "label": "Caption", "description": "caption for the image", "type": "content", "suggested": true }, "image2": { "label": "image2", "description": "" }, "caption2": { "label": "caption2", "description": "" }, "headerstyle": { "label": "headerstyle", "description": "" }, "labelstyle": { "label": "labelstyle", "description": "" }, "datastyle": { "label": "datastyle", "description": "" }, "header1": { "label": "header1", "description": "" }, "label1": { "label": "label1", "description": "" }, "data1": { "label": "data1", "description": "" }, "header2": { "label": "header2", "description": "" }, "label2": { "label": "label2", "description": "" }, "data2": { "label": "data2", "description": "" }, "header3": { "label": "header3", "description": "" }, "label3": { "label": "label3", "description": "" }, "data3": { "label": "data3", "description": "" }, "header4": { "label": "header4", "description": "" }, "label4": { "label": "label4", "description": "" }, "data4": { "label": "data4", "description": "" }, "header5": { "label": "header5", "description": "" }, "label5": { "label": "label5", "description": "" }, "data5": { "label": "data5", "description": "" }, "header6": { "label": "header6", "description": "" }, "label6": { "label": "label6", "description": "" }, "data6": { "label": "data6", "description": "" }, "header7": { "label": "header7", "description": "" }, "label7": { "label": "label7", "description": "" }, "data7": { "label": "data7", "description": "" }, "header8": { "label": "header8", "description": "" }, "label8": { "label": "label8", "description": "" }, "data8": { "label": "data8", "description": "" }, "header9": { "label": "header9", "description": "" }, "label9": { "label": "label9", "description": "" }, "data9": { "label": "data9", "description": "" }, "header10": { "label": "header10", "description": "" }, "label10": { "label": "label10", "description": "" }, "data10": { "label": "data10", "description": "" }, "header11": { "label": "header11", "description": "" }, "label11": { "label": "label11", "description": "" }, "data11": { "label": "data11", "description": "" }, "header12": { "label": "header12", "description": "" }, "label12": { "label": "label12", "description": "" }, "data12": { "label": "data12", "description": "" }, "header13": { "label": "header13", "description": "" }, "label13": { "label": "label13", "description": "" }, "data13": { "label": "data13", "description": "" }, "header14": { "label": "header14", "description": "" }, "label14": { "label": "label14", "description": "" }, "data14": { "label": "data14", "description": "" }, "header15": { "label": "header15", "description": "" }, "label15": { "label": "label15", "description": "" }, "data15": { "label": "data15", "description": "" }, "header16": { "label": "header16", "description": "" }, "label16": { "label": "label16", "description": "" }, "data16": { "label": "data16", "description": "" }, "header17": { "label": "header17", "description": "" }, "label17": { "label": "label17", "description": "" }, "data17": { "label": "data17", "description": "" }, "header18": { "label": "header18", "description": "" }, "label18": { "label": "label18", "description": "" }, "data18": { "label": "data18", "description": "" }, "header19": { "label": "header19", "description": "" }, "label19": { "label": "label19", "description": "" }, "data19": { "label": "data19", "description": "" }, "header20": { "label": "header20", "description": "" }, "label20": { "label": "label20", "description": "" }, "data20": { "label": "data20", "description": "" }, "belowstyle": { "label": "belowstyle", "description": "" }, "below": { "label": "below", "description": "" } }, "paramOrder": [ "name", "child", "subbox", "italic title", "templatestyles", "child templatestyles", "grandchild templatestyles", "bodystyle", "titlestyle", "abovestyle", "subheaderstyle", "title", "above", "subheader", "imagestyle", "captionstyle", "image", "caption", "image2", "caption2", "headerstyle", "labelstyle", "datastyle", "header1", "label1", "data1", "header2", "label2", "data2", "header3", "label3", "data3", "header4", "label4", "data4", "header5", "label5", "data5", "header6", "label6", "data6", "header7", "label7", "data7", "header8", "label8", "data8", "header9", "label9", "data9", "header10", "label10", "data10", "header11", "label11", "data11", "header12", "label12", "data12", "header13", "label13", "data13", "header14", "label14", "data14", "header15", "label15", "data15", "header16", "label16", "data16", "header17", "label17", "data17", "header18", "label18", "data18", "header19", "label19", "data19", "header20", "label20", "data20", "belowstyle", "below" ] } </templatedata> ==Tracking categories== * {{Category link with count|Articles with missing Wikidata information}} * {{Category link with count|Articles using infobox templates with no data rows}} * {{Category link with count|Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter}} ==See also== * [[Module:Infobox]], the [[WP:LUA|Lua]] module on which this template is based * [[Module:Check for unknown parameters]] * {{tl|Infobox3cols}} * {{tl|Navbox}} and {{tl|Sidebar}} * [[Wikipedia:List of infoboxes|List of infoboxes]] * [[:Module:InfoboxImage]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Infobox templates| ]] [[Category:Wikipedia metatemplates|Infobox]] [[Category:Templates generating microformats]] [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates based on the Infobox Lua module]] }}</includeonly> 26d500ae42c04c1abc3c42a542c37a9624c7db6d 12 107 237 236 2024-05-31T21:49:06Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Help:Infobox/user_style]]: Import infobox template wikitext text/x-wiki {{{heading| ==Infoboxes and user style == }}} Users can have [[WP:User style|user CSS]] that hides<!--, moves, or makes collapsible--> any infoboxes in their own browsers. To hide all infoboxes, add the following to [[Special:MyPage/common.css]] (for all [[WP:Skin|skins]], or [[Special:MyPage/skin.css]] for just the current skin), on a line by itself: <syntaxhighlight lang="css">div.mw-parser-output .infobox { display: none; }</syntaxhighlight> Alternatively, you can add the following code to [[Special:MyPage/common.js|your common.js]] or into a browser user script that is executed by an extension like [[Greasemonkey]]: <syntaxhighlight lang="js">$('.infobox').hide();</syntaxhighlight> Be aware that although{{#if:{{{guideline|}}}||, per [[WP:Manual of Style/Infoboxes]],}} all information in an infobox ideally should also be found in the main body of an article, there isn't perfect compliance with this guideline. For example, the full taxonomic hierarchy in {{tlx|Taxobox}}, and the OMIM and other medical database codes of {{tlx|Infobox disease}} are often not found in the main article content. The infobox is also often the location of the most significant, even only, image in an article. There is a userscript which removes infoboxes but moves the images contained to separate thumbnails: [[User:Maddy from Celeste/disinfobox.js]].<!-- Needs Special:Mypage/common.js options for: * Making infoboxes collapsible ** Making them auto-collapsed * Moving infoboxes to bottom of page --><noinclude> {{Documentation|content= This documentation snippet is transcluded at [[Help:Infobox]], [[Template:Infobox/doc]], [[WP:Customisation#Hiding specific messages]], [[Help:User style]], [[WP:Manual of Style/Infoboxes]], and other places where this information is relevant. As a template, this snippet takes a {{para|heading}} parameter to replace the level-2 <code>==Infoboxes and user style==</code> section heading code, as needed. E.g., for a <code>=== ... ===</code> level-3 heading: <code><nowiki>heading={{=}}{{=}}{{=}}Infoboxes and user style{{=}}{{=}}{{=}}</nowiki></code> }} </noinclude> ba4dac68eb2bdc49a32f2a11b9afd52381bf06b5 828 29 239 91 2024-05-31T21:49:07Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Message_box/ombox.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } 8fe3df4bb607e699eab2dbd23bd4a1a446391002 10 108 241 240 2024-05-31T21:49:07Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Hlist/styles.css]]: Import infobox template sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-protected|reason=match parent|small=yes}} */ /* * hlist styles are defined in core and Minerva and differ in Minerva. The * current definitions here (2023-01-01) are sufficient to override Minerva * without use of the hlist-separated class. The most problematic styles were * related to margin, padding, and the bullet. Check files listed at * [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#hlist-separated]] */ /* * TODO: When the majority of readership supports it (or some beautiful world * in which grade C support is above the minimum threshold), use :is() */ .hlist dl, .hlist ol, .hlist ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; } /* Display list items inline */ .hlist dd, .hlist dt, .hlist li { /* * don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline * removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again * We also want to reset margin-right in Minerva */ margin: 0; display: inline; } /* Display requested top-level lists inline */ .hlist.inline, .hlist.inline dl, .hlist.inline ol, .hlist.inline ul, /* Display nested lists inline */ .hlist dl dl, .hlist dl ol, .hlist dl ul, .hlist ol dl, .hlist ol ol, .hlist ol ul, .hlist ul dl, .hlist ul ol, .hlist ul ul { display: inline; } /* Hide empty list items */ .hlist .mw-empty-li { display: none; } /* TODO: :not() can maybe be used here to remove the later rule. naive test * seems to work. more testing needed. like so: *.hlist dt:not(:last-child)::after { * content: ": "; *} *.hlist dd:not(:last-child)::after, *.hlist li:not(:last-child)::after { * content: " · "; * font-weight: bold; *} */ /* Generate interpuncts */ .hlist dt::after { content: ": "; } .hlist dd::after, .hlist li::after { content: " · "; font-weight: bold; } .hlist dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt:last-child::after, .hlist li:last-child::after { content: none; } /* Add parentheses around nested lists */ .hlist dd dd:first-child::before, .hlist dd dt:first-child::before, .hlist dd li:first-child::before, .hlist dt dd:first-child::before, .hlist dt dt:first-child::before, .hlist dt li:first-child::before, .hlist li dd:first-child::before, .hlist li dt:first-child::before, .hlist li li:first-child::before { content: " ("; font-weight: normal; } .hlist dd dd:last-child::after, .hlist dd dt:last-child::after, .hlist dd li:last-child::after, .hlist dt dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt dt:last-child::after, .hlist dt li:last-child::after, .hlist li dd:last-child::after, .hlist li dt:last-child::after, .hlist li li:last-child::after { content: ")"; font-weight: normal; } /* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */ .hlist ol { counter-reset: listitem; } .hlist ol > li { counter-increment: listitem; } .hlist ol > li::before { content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0"; } .hlist dd ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist dt ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist li ol > li:first-child::before { content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0"; } 8c9dd9c9c00f30eead17fe10f51d183333e81f33 10 49 242 99 2024-05-31T21:55:54Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Template:Infobox]]": High risk template ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) [cascading] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}<includeonly>{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 817a9f5b6524eced06a57bd1d5fd7179f9369bf2 10 109 244 243 2024-05-31T22:23:56Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Pp-template]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90 10 17 246 33 2024-05-31T22:23:59Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Mbox]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Mbox/styles.css" /> {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 728fa77a17d75dc95885aca4d53afc6ba121c503 10 110 248 247 2024-05-31T22:24:05Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Navbox]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Navbox|navbox}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> fe9b964401f895918ee4fe078678f1722a3c41ec 828 111 250 249 2024-05-31T22:24:08Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Navbox]]: Importing page protection Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local p = {} local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbox/configuration') local getArgs -- lazily initialized local args local format = string.format local function striped(wikitext, border) -- Return wikitext with markers replaced for odd/even striping. -- Child (subgroup) navboxes are flagged with a category that is removed -- by parent navboxes. The result is that the category shows all pages -- where a child navbox is not contained in a parent navbox. local orphanCat = cfg.category.orphan if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup and args[cfg.arg.orphan] ~= cfg.keyword.orphan_yes then -- No change; striping occurs in outermost navbox. return wikitext .. orphanCat end local first, second = cfg.class.navbox_odd_part, cfg.class.navbox_even_part if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] then if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] == cfg.keyword.evenodd_swap then first, second = second, first else first = args[cfg.arg.evenodd] second = first end end local changer if first == second then changer = first else local index = 0 changer = function (code) if code == '0' then -- Current occurrence is for a group before a nested table. -- Set it to first as a valid although pointless class. -- The next occurrence will be the first row after a title -- in a subgroup and will also be first. index = 0 return first end index = index + 1 return index % 2 == 1 and first or second end end local regex = orphanCat:gsub('([%[%]])', '%%%1') return (wikitext:gsub(regex, ''):gsub(cfg.marker.regex, changer)) -- () omits gsub count end local function processItem(item, nowrapitems) if item:sub(1, 2) == '{|' then -- Applying nowrap to lines in a table does not make sense. -- Add newlines to compensate for trim of x in |parm=x in a template. return '\n' .. item ..'\n' end if nowrapitems == cfg.keyword.nowrapitems_yes then local lines = {} for line in (item .. '\n'):gmatch('([^\n]*)\n') do local prefix, content = line:match('^([*:;#]+)%s*(.*)') if prefix and not content:match(cfg.pattern.nowrap) then line = format(cfg.nowrap_item, prefix, content) end table.insert(lines, line) end item = table.concat(lines, '\n') end if item:match('^[*:;#]') then return '\n' .. item ..'\n' end return item end local function has_navbar() return args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_off and args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_plain and ( args[cfg.arg.name] or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.pattern.sandbox, '') ~= cfg.pattern.navbox ) end -- extract text color from css, which is the only permitted inline CSS for the navbar local function extract_color(css_str) -- return nil because navbar takes its argument into mw.html which handles -- nil gracefully, removing the associated style attribute return mw.ustring.match(';' .. css_str .. ';', '.*;%s*([Cc][Oo][Ll][Oo][Rr]%s*:%s*.-)%s*;') or nil end local function renderNavBar(titleCell) if has_navbar() then titleCell:wikitext(navbar{ [cfg.navbar.name] = args[cfg.arg.name], [cfg.navbar.mini] = 1, [cfg.navbar.fontstyle] = extract_color( (args[cfg.arg.basestyle] or '') .. ';' .. (args[cfg.arg.titlestyle] or '') ) }) end end local function renderTitleRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.title] then return end local titleRow = tbl:tag('tr') local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col') local titleColspan = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end titleCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.titlestyle]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_title) :attr('colspan', titleColspan) renderNavBar(titleCell) titleCell :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title])) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.titleclass]) :css('font-size', '114%') :css('margin', '0 4em') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.title])) end local function getAboveBelowColspan() local ret = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then ret = ret + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then ret = ret + 1 end return ret end local function renderAboveRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.above] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.aboveclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.abovestyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if no title :attr('id', (not args[cfg.arg.title]) and mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.above]) or nil) :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.above], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderBelowRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.below] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.belowclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.belowstyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.below], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderListRow(tbl, index, listnum, listnums_size) local row = tbl:tag('tr') if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 2px 0 0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.imageleft])) end local group_and_num = format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, listnum) local groupstyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.groupstyle_and_num, listnum) if args[group_and_num] then local groupCell = row:tag('th') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if lone group with no title or above if listnum == 1 and not (args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group2]) then groupCell :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.group1])) end groupCell :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_group) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.groupclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) -- If groupwidth not specified, minimize width :css('width', args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] or '1%') groupCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.groupstyle]) :cssText(args[groupstyle_and_num]) :wikitext(args[group_and_num]) end local listCell = row:tag('td') if args[group_and_num] then listCell :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list_with_group) else listCell:attr('colspan', 2) end if not args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] then listCell:css('width', '100%') end local rowstyle -- usually nil so cssText(rowstyle) usually adds nothing if index % 2 == 1 then rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.oddstyle] else rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.evenstyle] end local list_and_num = format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, listnum) local listText = args[list_and_num] local oddEven = cfg.marker.oddeven if listText:sub(1, 12) == '</div><table' then -- Assume list text is for a subgroup navbox so no automatic striping for this row. oddEven = listText:find(cfg.pattern.navbox_title) and cfg.marker.restart or cfg.class.navbox_odd_part end local liststyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.liststyle_and_num, listnum) local listclass_and_num = format(cfg.arg.listclass_and_num, listnum) listCell :css('padding', '0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.liststyle]) :cssText(rowstyle) :cssText(args[liststyle_and_num]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_part .. oddEven) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.listclass]) :addClass(args[listclass_and_num]) :tag('div') :css('padding', (index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.list1padding]) or args[cfg.arg.listpadding] or '0 0.25em' ) :wikitext(processItem(listText, args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.image] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 0 0 2px') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imagestyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.image])) end end local function has_list_class(htmlclass) local patterns = { '^' .. htmlclass .. '$', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '$', '^' .. htmlclass .. '%s', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s' } for arg, _ in pairs(args) do if type(arg) == 'string' and mw.ustring.find(arg, cfg.pattern.class) then for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then return true end end end end return false end -- there are a lot of list classes in the wild, so we add their TemplateStyles local function add_list_styles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local function add_list_templatestyles(htmlclass, templatestyles) if has_list_class(htmlclass) then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } else return '' end end local hlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('hlist', cfg.hlist_templatestyles) local plainlist_styles = add_list_templatestyles('plainlist', cfg.plainlist_templatestyles) -- a second workaround for [[phab:T303378]] -- when that issue is fixed, we can actually use has_navbar not to emit the -- tag here if we want if has_navbar() and hlist_styles == '' then hlist_styles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.hlist_templatestyles } } end -- hlist -> plainlist is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because most navboxes will emit only -- one of these classes [hlist_note] return hlist_styles .. plainlist_styles end local function needsHorizontalLists(border) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or args[cfg.arg.tracking] == cfg.keyword.tracking_no then return false end return not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.hlist) and not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.plainlist) end local function hasBackgroundColors() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.titlestyle, cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('background', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function hasBorders() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('border', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function isIllegible() local styleratio = require('Module:Color contrast')._styleratio for key, style in pairs(args) do if tostring(key):match(cfg.pattern.style) then if styleratio{mw.text.unstripNoWiki(style)} < 4.5 then return true end end end return false end local function getTrackingCategories(border) local cats = {} if needsHorizontalLists(border) then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.horizontal_lists) end if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.background_colors) end if isIllegible() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.illegible) end if hasBorders() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.borders) end return cats end local function renderTrackingCategories(builder, border) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_doc or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_sandbox or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_testcases then return end for _, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories(border)) do builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]') end end local function renderMainTable(border, listnums) local tbl = mw.html.create('table') :addClass(cfg.class.nowraplinks) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.bodyclass]) local state = args[cfg.arg.state] if args[cfg.arg.title] and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_plain and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_off then if state == cfg.keyword.state_collapsed then state = cfg.class.collapsed end tbl :addClass(cfg.class.collapsible) :addClass(state or cfg.class.autocollapse) end tbl:css('border-spacing', 0) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or border == cfg.keyword.border_none then tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_subgroup) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) else -- regular navbox - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_inner) :css('background', 'transparent') :css('color', 'inherit') end tbl:cssText(args[cfg.arg.innerstyle]) renderTitleRow(tbl) renderAboveRow(tbl) local listnums_size = #listnums for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do renderListRow(tbl, i, listnum, listnums_size) end renderBelowRow(tbl) return tbl end local function add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- This is a lambda so that it doesn't need the frame as a parameter local function add_user_styles(templatestyles) if templatestyles and templatestyles ~= '' then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } end return '' end -- get templatestyles. load base from config so that Lua only needs to do -- the work once of parser tag expansion local base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles local templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.templatestyles]) local child_templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.child_templatestyles]) -- The 'navbox-styles' div exists to wrap the styles to work around T200206 -- more elegantly. Instead of combinatorial rules, this ends up being linear -- number of CSS rules. return mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_styles) :wikitext( add_list_styles() .. -- see [hlist_note] applied to 'before base_templatestyles' base_templatestyles .. templatestyles .. child_templatestyles .. table.concat(hiding_templatestyles) ) :done() end -- work around [[phab:T303378]] -- for each arg: find all the templatestyles strip markers, insert them into a -- table. then remove all templatestyles markers from the arg local function move_hiding_templatestyles(args) local gfind = string.gfind local gsub = string.gsub local templatestyles_markers = {} local strip_marker_pattern = '(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)' for k, arg in pairs(args) do for marker in gfind(arg, strip_marker_pattern) do table.insert(templatestyles_markers, marker) end args[k] = gsub(arg, strip_marker_pattern, '') end return templatestyles_markers end function p._navbox(navboxArgs) args = navboxArgs local hiding_templatestyles = move_hiding_templatestyles(args) local listnums = {} for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'string' then local listnum = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) if listnum then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end end end table.sort(listnums) local border = mw.text.trim(args[cfg.arg.border] or args[1] or '') if border == cfg.keyword.border_child then border = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup end -- render the main body of the navbox local tbl = renderMainTable(border, listnums) local res = mw.html.create() -- render the appropriate wrapper for the navbox, based on the border param if border == cfg.keyword.border_none then res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode( args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1] ) ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label) end elseif border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup then -- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a -- parent navbox, and is therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. -- We start with a </div> to avoid the padding being applied, and at the -- end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div> res :wikitext('</div>') :node(tbl) :wikitext('<div>') else res:node(add_navbox_styles(hiding_templatestyles)) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.navboxclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) :css('padding', '3px') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1]) ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label) end end if (args[cfg.arg.nocat] or cfg.keyword.nocat_false):lower() == cfg.keyword.nocat_false then renderTrackingCategories(res, border) end return striped(tostring(res), border) end function p.navbox(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = {cfg.pattern.navbox}}) -- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references -- number in the right order. local _ _ = args[cfg.arg.title] _ = args[cfg.arg.above] -- Limit this to 20 as covering 'most' cases (that's a SWAG) and because -- iterator approach won't work here for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, i)] _ = args[format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, i)] end _ = args[cfg.arg.below] return p._navbox(args) end return p 593a4907ef5924ce7363330f7963c6af34468c52 828 112 252 251 2024-05-31T22:24:09Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Navbox/configuration]]: Importing page protection Scribunto text/plain return { aria_label = 'Navbox', nowrap_item = '%s<span class="nowrap">%s</span>', templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Navbox/styles.css' } }, hlist_templatestyles = 'Hlist/styles.css', plainlist_templatestyles = 'Plainlist/styles.css', -- do not localize marker table marker = { oddeven = '\127_ODDEVEN_\127', restart = '\127_ODDEVEN0_\127', regex = '\127_ODDEVEN(%d?)_\127' }, category = { orphan = '[[Category:Navbox orphans]]', horizontal_lists = 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists', background_colors = 'Navboxes using background colours', illegible = 'Potentially illegible navboxes', borders = 'Navboxes using borders', }, keyword = { border_subgroup = 'subgroup', border_child = 'child', border_none = 'none', evenodd_swap = 'swap', navbar_off = 'off', navbar_plain = 'plain', nocat_false = 'false', nowrapitems_yes = 'yes', orphan_yes = 'yes', state_collapsed = 'collapsed', state_off = 'off', state_plain = 'plain', subpage_doc = 'doc', subpage_sandbox = 'sandbox', subpage_testcases = 'testcases', tracking_no = 'no' }, class = { autocollapse = 'autocollapse', collapsible = 'mw-collapsible', collapsed = 'mw-collapsed', -- Warning navbox = 'navbox', -- WMF currently hides 'navbox' from mobile, -- so you probably shouldn't change the navbox class. navbox_abovebelow = 'navbox-abovebelow', navbox_group = 'navbox-group', navbox_image = 'navbox-image', navbox_inner = 'navbox-inner', navbox_list = 'navbox-list', navbox_list_with_group = 'navbox-list-with-group', navbox_part = 'navbox-', -- do not l10n navbox_styles = 'navbox-styles', navbox_subgroup = 'navbox-subgroup', navbox_title = 'navbox-title', -- l10n only if you change pattern.navbox_title below navbox_odd_part = 'odd', -- do not l10n navbox_even_part = 'even', -- do not l10n nomobile = 'nomobile', nowraplinks = 'nowraplinks', noviewer = 'noviewer' -- used to remove images from MediaViewer }, pattern = { listnum = '^list(%d+)$', class = 'class', sandbox = '/sandbox$', navbox = 'Template:Navbox', nowrap = '^<span class="nowrap">', style = 'style$', navbox_title = '<th[^>]*"navbox%-title"', hlist = 'hlist', plainlist = 'plainlist', }, arg = { above = 'above', aboveclass = 'aboveclass', abovestyle = 'abovestyle', basestyle = 'basestyle', bodyclass = 'bodyclass', bodystyle = 'bodystyle', border = 'border', below = 'below', belowclass = 'belowclass', belowstyle = 'belowstyle', evenodd = 'evenodd', evenstyle = 'evenstyle', group1 = 'group1', group2 = 'group2', group_and_num = 'group%d', groupstyle_and_num = 'group%dstyle', groupclass = 'groupclass', groupstyle = 'groupstyle', groupwidth = 'groupwidth', innerstyle = 'innerstyle', image = 'image', imageclass = 'imageclass', imageleft = 'imageleft', imageleftstyle = 'imageleftstyle', imagesetyle = 'imagestyle', list_and_num = 'list%d', listclass_and_num = 'list%dclass', liststyle_and_num = 'list%dstyle', list1padding = 'list1padding', listclass = 'listclass', listpadding = 'listpadding', liststyle = 'liststyle', name = 'name', navbar = 'navbar', navboxclass = 'navboxclass', nocat = 'nocat', nowrapitems = 'nowrapitems', oddstyle = 'oddstyle', orphan = 'orphan', state = 'state', style = 'style', templatestyles = 'templatestyles', child_templatestyles = 'child templatestyles', title = 'title', titleclass = 'titleclass', titlestyle = 'titlestyle', tracking = 'tracking' }, -- names of navbar arguments navbar = { name = 1, fontstyle = 'fontstyle', mini = 'mini' } } 4148736fd32a93636c0413e73ed38afaef065ec9 828 113 254 253 2024-05-31T22:24:09Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Navbox/styles.css]]: Importing page protection sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .navbox { box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; width: 100%; clear: both; font-size: 88%; text-align: center; padding: 1px; margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */ } .navbox .navbox { margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */ } .navbox + .navbox, /* TODO: remove first line after transclusions have updated */ .navbox + .navbox-styles + .navbox { margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */ } .navbox-inner, .navbox-subgroup { width: 100%; } .navbox-group, .navbox-title, .navbox-abovebelow { padding: 0.25em 1em; line-height: 1.5em; text-align: center; } .navbox-group { white-space: nowrap; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox, .navbox-subgroup { background-color: #fdfdfd; } .navbox-list { line-height: 1.5em; border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-list-with-group { text-align: left; border-left-width: 2px; border-left-style: solid; } /* cell spacing for navbox cells */ /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */ /* TODO: figure out how to replace tr as structure; * with div structure it should be just a matter of first-child */ tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow, tr + tr > .navbox-group, tr + tr > .navbox-image, tr + tr > .navbox-list { border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-title { background-color: #ccf; /* Level 1 color */ } .navbox-abovebelow, .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title { background-color: #ddf; /* Level 2 color */ } .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow { background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */ } .navbox-even { background-color: #f7f7f7; } .navbox-odd { background-color: transparent; } /* TODO: figure out how to remove reliance on td as structure */ .navbox .hlist td dl, .navbox .hlist td ol, .navbox .hlist td ul, .navbox td.hlist dl, .navbox td.hlist ol, .navbox td.hlist ul { padding: 0.125em 0; } .navbox .navbar { display: block; font-size: 100%; } .navbox-title .navbar { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ margin-right: 0.5em; } e80b0d7a5770e6e105dab832deb6c37a5245ebc6 10 114 256 255 2024-05-31T22:24:12Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:C]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2|{{PAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}}}}]]<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 2f3365787e653c7567d4355e225be4c6c4295ebd 828 115 258 257 2024-05-31T22:24:12Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Color_contrast]]: Importing page protection Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements -- {{Color contrast ratio}} -- {{Greater color contrast ratio}} -- {{ColorToLum}} -- {{RGBColorToLum}} -- local p = {} local HTMLcolor = mw.loadData( 'Module:Color contrast/colors' ) local function sRGB (v) if (v <= 0.03928) then v = v / 12.92 else v = math.pow((v+0.055)/1.055, 2.4) end return v end local function rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) if ( 0 <= R and R < 256 and 0 <= G and G < 256 and 0 <= B and B < 256 ) then return 0.2126 * sRGB(R/255) + 0.7152 * sRGB(G/255) + 0.0722 * sRGB(B/255) else return '' end end local function hsl2lum(h, s, l) if ( 0 <= h and h < 360 and 0 <= s and s <= 1 and 0 <= l and l <= 1 ) then local c = (1 - math.abs(2*l - 1))*s local x = c*(1 - math.abs( math.fmod(h/60, 2) - 1) ) local m = l - c/2 local r, g, b = m, m, m if( 0 <= h and h < 60 ) then r = r + c g = g + x elseif( 60 <= h and h < 120 ) then r = r + x g = g + c elseif( 120 <= h and h < 180 ) then g = g + c b = b + x elseif( 180 <= h and h < 240 ) then g = g + x b = b + c elseif( 240 <= h and h < 300 ) then r = r + x b = b + c elseif( 300 <= h and h < 360 ) then r = r + c b = b + x end return rgbdec2lum(255*r, 255*g, 255*b) else return '' end end local function color2lum(c) if (c == nil) then return '' end -- html '#' entity c = c:gsub("&#35;", "#") -- whitespace c = c:match( '^%s*(.-)[%s;]*$' ) -- unstrip nowiki strip markers c = mw.text.unstripNoWiki(c) -- lowercase c = c:lower() -- first try to look it up local L = HTMLcolor[c] if (L ~= nil) then return L end -- convert from hsl if mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then local h, s, l = mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$') return hsl2lum(tonumber(h), tonumber(s)/100, tonumber(l)/100) end -- convert from rgb if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*%)$') then local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*%)$') return rgbdec2lum(tonumber(R), tonumber(G), tonumber(B)) end -- convert from rgb percent if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$') return rgbdec2lum(255*tonumber(R)/100, 255*tonumber(G)/100, 255*tonumber(B)/100) end -- remove leading # (if there is one) and whitespace c = mw.ustring.match(c, '^[%s#]*([a-f0-9]*)[%s]*$') -- split into rgb local cs = mw.text.split(c or '', '') if( #cs == 6 ) then local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[4]) local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[5]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[6]) return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) elseif ( #cs == 3 ) then local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) end -- failure, return blank return '' end -- This exports the function for use in other modules. -- The colour is passed as a string. function p._lum(color) return color2lum(color) end function p._greatercontrast(args) local bias = tonumber(args['bias'] or '0') or 0 local css = (args['css'] and args['css'] ~= '') and true or false local v1 = color2lum(args[1] or '') local c2 = args[2] or '#FFFFFF' local v2 = color2lum(c2) local c3 = args[3] or '#000000' local v3 = color2lum(c3) local ratio1 = -1; local ratio2 = -1; if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then ratio1 = (v2 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05) ratio1 = (ratio1 < 1) and 1/ratio1 or ratio1 end if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v3) == 'number') then ratio2 = (v3 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05) ratio2 = (ratio2 < 1) and 1/ratio2 or ratio2 end if css then local c1 = args[1] or '' if mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c1 = '#' .. c1 end if mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c2 = '#' .. c2 end if mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c3 = '#' .. c3 end return 'background-color:' .. c1 .. '; color:' .. ((ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or '') .. ';' end return (ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or '' end function p._ratio(args) local v1 = color2lum(args[1]) local v2 = color2lum(args[2]) if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then -- v1 should be the brighter of the two. if v2 > v1 then v1, v2 = v2, v1 end return (v1 + 0.05)/(v2 + 0.05) else return args['error'] or '?' end end function p._styleratio(args) local style = (args[1] or ''):lower() local bg, fg = 'white', 'black' local lum_bg, lum_fg = 1, 0 if args[2] then local lum = color2lum(args[2]) if lum ~= '' then bg, lum_bg = args[2], lum end end if args[3] then local lum = color2lum(args[3]) if lum ~= '' then fg, lum_fg = args[3], lum end end local slist = mw.text.split(mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(style or '', '&#[Xx]23;', '#'), '&#35;', '#'), ';') for k = 1,#slist do local s = slist[k] local k,v = s:match( '^[%s]*([^:]-):([^:]-)[%s;]*$' ) k = k or '' v = v or '' if (k:match('^[%s]*(background)[%s]*$') or k:match('^[%s]*(background%-color)[%s]*$')) then local lum = color2lum(v) if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_bg = v, lum end elseif (k:match('^[%s]*(color)[%s]*$')) then local lum = color2lum(v) if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_fg = v, lum end end end if lum_bg > lum_fg then return (lum_bg + 0.05)/(lum_fg + 0.05) else return (lum_fg + 0.05)/(lum_bg + 0.05) end end --[[ Use {{#invoke:Color contrast|somecolor}} directly or {{#invoke:Color contrast}} from a wrapper template. Parameters: -- |1= — required; A color to check. --]] function p.lum(frame) local color = frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1] return p._lum(color) end function p.ratio(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._ratio(args) end function p.styleratio(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._styleratio(args) end function p.greatercontrast(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._greatercontrast(args) end return p 1e399769117591366a63f62996c9a407077cc711 828 116 260 259 2024-05-31T22:24:13Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Color_contrast/colors]]: Importing page protection Scribunto text/plain return { aliceblue = 0.92880068253475, antiquewhite = 0.84646951707754, aqua = 0.7874, aquamarine = 0.8078549208338, azure = 0.97265264954166, beige = 0.8988459998705, bisque = 0.80732327372979, black = 0, blanchedalmond = 0.85084439608156, blue = 0.0722, blueviolet = 0.12622014321946, brown = 0.098224287876511, burlywood = 0.51559844533893, cadetblue = 0.29424681085422, chartreuse = 0.76032025902623, chocolate = 0.23898526114557, coral = 0.37017930872924, cornflowerblue = 0.30318641994179, cornsilk = 0.93562110372965, crimson = 0.16042199953026, cyan = 0.7874, darkblue = 0.018640801980939, darkcyan = 0.20329317839046, darkgoldenrod = 0.27264703559993, darkgray = 0.39675523072563, darkgreen = 0.091143429047575, darkgrey = 0.39675523072563, darkkhaki = 0.45747326349994, darkmagenta = 0.07353047651207, darkolivegreen = 0.12651920884889, darkorange = 0.40016167026524, darkorchid = 0.13413142174857, darkred = 0.054889674531132, darksalmon = 0.40541471563381, darkseagreen = 0.43789249325969, darkslateblue = 0.065792846227988, darkslategray = 0.067608151928044, darkslategrey = 0.067608151928044, darkturquoise = 0.4874606277449, darkviolet = 0.10999048339343, deeppink = 0.23866895828276, deepskyblue = 0.44481603395575, dimgray = 0.14126329114027, dimgrey = 0.14126329114027, dodgerblue = 0.27442536991456, firebrick = 0.10724525535015, floralwhite = 0.95922484825004, forestgreen = 0.18920812076002, fuchsia = 0.2848, gainsboro = 0.71569350050648, ghostwhite = 0.94311261886323, gold = 0.69860877428159, goldenrod = 0.41919977809569, gray = 0.2158605001139, green = 0.15438342968146, greenyellow = 0.80609472611453, grey = 0.2158605001139, honeydew = 0.96336535554782, hotpink = 0.34658438169715, indianred = 0.21406134963884, indigo = 0.03107561486337, ivory = 0.99071270600615, khaki = 0.77012343394121, lavender = 0.80318750514521, lavenderblush = 0.90172748631046, lawngreen = 0.73905893124963, lemonchiffon = 0.94038992245622, lightblue = 0.63709141280807, lightcoral = 0.35522120733135, lightcyan = 0.94587293494829, lightgoldenrodyellow = 0.93348351018297, lightgray = 0.65140563741982, lightgreen = 0.69091979956865, lightgrey = 0.65140563741982, lightpink = 0.58566152734898, lightsalmon = 0.4780675225206, lightseagreen = 0.35050145117042, lightskyblue = 0.56195637618331, lightslategray = 0.23830165007287, lightslategrey = 0.23830165007287, lightsteelblue = 0.53983888284666, lightyellow = 0.98161818392882, lime = 0.7152, limegreen = 0.44571042246098, linen = 0.88357340984379, magenta = 0.2848, maroon = 0.045891942324215, mediumaquamarine = 0.49389703310801, mediumblue = 0.044077780212328, mediumorchid = 0.21639251153773, mediumpurple = 0.22905858091648, mediumseagreen = 0.34393112338131, mediumslateblue = 0.20284629471622, mediumspringgreen = 0.70704308194184, mediumturquoise = 0.5133827926448, mediumvioletred = 0.14371899849357, midnightblue = 0.02071786635086, mintcream = 0.97834604947588, mistyrose = 0.82183047859185, moccasin = 0.80083000991567, navajowhite = 0.76519682342785, navy = 0.015585128108224, oldlace = 0.91900633405549, olive = 0.20027537200568, olivedrab = 0.22593150951929, orange = 0.4817026703631, orangered = 0.25516243753416, orchid = 0.31348806761439, palegoldenrod = 0.78792647887614, palegreen = 0.77936759006353, paleturquoise = 0.76436077921714, palevioletred = 0.28754994117889, papayawhip = 0.87797100199835, peachpuff = 0.74905589878251, peru = 0.30113074877936, pink = 0.63271070702466, plum = 0.45734221587969, powderblue = 0.68254586500605, purple = 0.061477070432439, rebeccapurple = 0.07492341159447, red = 0.2126, rosybrown = 0.32319457649407, royalblue = 0.16663210743188, saddlebrown = 0.097922285020521, salmon = 0.36977241527596, sandybrown = 0.46628543696283, seagreen = 0.19734199706275, seashell = 0.92737862206922, sienna = 0.13697631337098, silver = 0.52711512570581, skyblue = 0.55291668518184, slateblue = 0.14784278062136, slategray = 0.20896704076536, slategrey = 0.20896704076536, snow = 0.96533341834849, springgreen = 0.73052306068529, steelblue = 0.20562642207625, tan = 0.48237604163921, teal = 0.16996855778968, thistle = 0.56818401093733, tomato = 0.30638612719415, turquoise = 0.5895536427578, violet = 0.40315452986676, wheat = 0.74909702820482, white = 1, whitesmoke = 0.91309865179342, yellow = 0.9278, yellowgreen = 0.50762957208707, } 6ae47fdb24de4eed5ec26d203faf5341a388987b 10 117 262 261 2024-05-31T22:24:14Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Aligned_table]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:aligned table|table}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 5cb1e4aa4b2ef03c66dc6643cfbc807bba8ed995 828 118 264 263 2024-05-31T22:24:14Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Aligned_table]]: Importing page protection Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{aligned table}} local p = {} local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) ~= '' end function p.table(frame) local args = (frame.args[3] ~= nil) and frame.args or frame:getParent().args local entries = {} local colclass = {} local colstyle = {} local cols = tonumber(args['cols']) or 2 -- create the root table local root = mw.html.create('table') -- add table style for fullwidth if isnotempty(args['fullwidth']) then root :css('width', '100%') :css('border-collapse', 'collapse') :css('border-spacing', '0px 0px') :css('border', 'none') end -- add table classes if isnotempty(args['class']) then root:addClass(args['class']) end -- add table style if isnotempty(args['style']) then root:cssText(args['style']) end -- build arrays with the column styles and classes if isnotempty(args['leftright']) then colstyle[1] = 'text-align:left;' colstyle[2] = 'text-align:right;' end if isnotempty(args['rightleft']) then colstyle[1] = 'text-align:right;' colstyle[2] = 'text-align:left;' end for i = 1,cols do colclass[ i ] = colclass[ i ] or '' colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] or '' if isnotempty(args['colstyle']) then colstyle[ i ] = args['colstyle'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colalign' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['colalign' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['align' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['align' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colnowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'nowrap']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['nowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['colwidth']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style']) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style'] elseif isnotempty(args['style' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['style' .. tostring(i)] end if isnotempty(args['colclass' .. tostring(i)]) then colclass[ i ] = args['colclass' .. tostring(i)] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class']) then colclass[ i ] = args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class'] elseif isnotempty(args['class' .. tostring(i)]) then colclass[ i ] = args['class' .. tostring(i)] end end -- compute the maximum cell index local cellcount = 0 for k, v in pairs( args ) do if type( k ) == 'number' then cellcount = math.max(cellcount, k) end end -- compute the number of rows local rows = math.ceil(cellcount / cols) -- build the table content if isnotempty(args['title']) then local caption = root:tag('caption') caption:cssText(args['titlestyle']) caption:wikitext(args['title']) end if isnotempty(args['above']) then local row = root:tag('tr') local cell = row:tag('th') cell:attr('colspan', cols) cell:cssText(args['abovestyle']) cell:wikitext(args['above']) end for j=1,rows do -- start a new row local row = root:tag('tr') if isnotempty(args['rowstyle']) then row:cssText(args['rowstyle']) else row:css('vertical-align', 'top') end if isnotempty(args['rowclass']) then row:addClass(args['rowclass']) end -- loop over the cells in the row for i=1,cols do local cell if isnotempty(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'header']) then cell = row:tag('th'):attr('scope','col') elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'header']) then cell = row:tag('th'):attr('scope','row') else cell = row:tag('td') end if args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then cell:addClass(args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)]) else if args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)] then cell:addClass(args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)]) elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class'] then cell:addClass(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class']) elseif args['rowevenclass'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 0 then cell:addClass(args['rowevenclass']) elseif args['rowoddclass'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 1 then cell:addClass(args['rowoddclass']) end if colclass[i] ~= '' then cell:addClass(colclass[i]) end end if args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then cell:cssText(args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)]) else if args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)] then cell:cssText(args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)]) elseif args['rowevenstyle'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 0 then cell:cssText(args['rowevenstyle']) elseif args['rowoddstyle'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 1 then cell:cssText(args['rowoddstyle']) elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style'] then cell:cssText(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style']) end if isnotempty(colstyle[i]) then cell:cssText(colstyle[i]) end end cell:wikitext(mw.ustring.gsub(args[cols*(j - 1) + i] or '', '^(.-)%s*$', '%1') or '') end end -- return the root table return tostring(root) end return p be91fb962ffe123e655c15a0cffb64f72c3042cb 10 119 266 265 2024-05-31T22:24:17Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Tag]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="{{#ifeq:{{{wrap|}}}|yes|wrap|nowrap}}" style="{{#ifeq:{{{style|}}}|plain|border:none;background:transparent;|{{{style|}}}}}"><!-- Opening tag -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |c|close = |e|empty|s|single|v|void |o|open |p|pair = &lt;{{#if:{{{link|}}}|[[HTML element#{{{1|tag}}}|{{{1|tag}}}]]|{{{1|tag}}}}}{{#if:{{{params|{{{attribs|}}}}}}|&#32;{{{params|{{{attribs}}}}}}}} }}<!-- Content between tags -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |c|close = {{{content|}}} |e|empty|s|single|v|void = &#32;&#47;&gt; |o|open = &gt;{{{content|}}} |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--||&gt;}}{{{content|...}}} }}<!-- Closing tag -->{{#switch:{{{2|pair}}} |e|empty|s|single|v|void |o|open = |c|close |p|pair = {{#ifeq:{{{1|tag}}}|!--|--&gt;|&lt;&#47;{{{1|tag}}}&gt;}} }}<!-- --></code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> eae208bc1612c834de697fa3ee9b343966cf8602 10 120 268 267 2024-05-31T22:24:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Tlc]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link code]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from template shortcut}} {{R from high-use template}} {{R from move}} }} 48ef4a029c0e27cccb1148a29fb8b7ccb211a4a2 10 121 270 269 2024-05-31T22:24:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_link_code]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nolink=yes|code=yes|nowrap=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlc}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 044f00ca1bfc10cb967c32e893043ccc6f739764 10 122 272 271 2024-05-31T22:24:22Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Twinkle_standard_installation]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki {{Mbox | image = [[File:Police man Twinkle Head.svg|50x40px|alt=Logo of Twinkle; Police Man|link=]] | text = If you plan to make [[Template:Twinkle standard installation#"breaking changes"|breaking changes]] to this template, move it, or nominate it for deletion, please notify [[Wikipedia:Twinkle|Twinkle]]'s users and maintainers at [[Wikipedia talk:Twinkle]] as a courtesy, as the standard installation of Twinkle adds and removes this template. Thank you!{{#if:{{{1|}}}|<br> {{{1}}}}}}}<includeonly>{{#if:{{{nocat|}}}||{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|{{BASEPAGENAME}}|[[Category:Templates used by Twinkle|{{PAGENAME}}]]}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --></noinclude> e0d214332002dd4766de972883ae89580baeaa69 10 123 274 273 2024-05-31T22:24:24Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Protection_templates]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox | state = {{{state|{{{1|<includeonly>collapsed</includeonly>}}}}}} | title = {{c|Protection templates}} | image<!--left--> = <!--[[File:Padlock.svg|40px|link=|alt=]]--> | tracking = no <!-- keep all the documented templates out of the hlist tracking category --> | inner-style = table-format:fixed; | list1 = <div style="overflow:auto">{{Aligned table |cols=5 |style=table-format:fixed;border:1px solid #aaa;margin:0 auto<!-- 0.2em-->; |colstyle=vertical-align:middle;padding-left:1.0em;<!--font-family:monospace;-->padding-right:1.0em; |col1style=background:#ddf; <!--row#--> |row1header=on |row1style=background:none;padding-bottom:0.25em;border-bottom:1px solid #bbf; |style1.1=background:none;border-bottom:1px solid #bbf; <!-- 1 --> | | Edit | Move | [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|Pending changes]] | Upload <!-- 2 --> | Generic | {{tl|pp}} | {{tl|pp-move}} | {{tl|pp-pc}} | {{tl|pp-upload}} |row2style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 3 --> | [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons|BLP]] | {{tl|pp-blp}} | – | – | – <!-- 4 --> | Blocked user's talk page | {{tl|pp-usertalk}} | – | – | – |row10style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 5 --> | Dispute | {{tl|pp-dispute}} | {{tl|pp-move-dispute}} | – | – <!-- 6 --> | [[Wikipedia:Protection_policy#Extended_confirmed_protection|Extended confirmed protection]] | {{tl|pp-extended}} | – | – | – |row4style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 7 --> | Indefinite | {{tl|pp-semi-indef}} | {{tl|pp-move-indef}} | – | – <!-- 8 --> | [[Main Page]] image | {{tl|pp-main-page}} | – | – | – |row6style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 9 --> | [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Office]] | {{tl|pp-office}} | – | – | – <!-- 10--> | [[Wikipedia:Sockpuppetry|Sockpuppetry]] | {{tl|pp-sock}} | – | – | – |row8style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 11 --> | Templates and images | {{tl|pp-template}} | – | – | {{tl|pp-upload}} <!-- 12 --> | Vandalism | {{tl|pp-vandalism}} | {{tl|pp-move-vandalism}} | – | – |row12style=background:whitesmoke; <!-- 13 --> | Talk page | {{tl|Permanently protected}} {{tl|Temporarily protected}} | – | – | – }}</div> | below = [[Module:Protection banner]] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation|content= {{Collapsible option |statename=optional |default=collapsed}} {{Sandbox other|| [[Category:Documentation see also templates]] [[Category:Wikipedia administration templates]] }}}}<!--(end Documentation)--> </noinclude> 3ca82a7a81533efaeb794ee3c879b767d1bcaa73 828 124 276 275 2024-05-31T22:24:25Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Transclusion_count/data/P]]: Importing page protection Scribunto text/plain return { ["P"] = 6200, ["P-phrases"] = 3400, ["P."] = 3800, ["P1"] = 154000, ["P2"] = 321000, ["PAGENAMEBASE"] = 1620000, ["PAGENAMEU"] = 59000, ["PAK"] = 3100, ["PD-US"] = 10000, ["PD-US-1923"] = 2100, ["PD-US-1923-abroad"] = 5600, ["PD-US-expired"] = 4500, ["PD-US-expired-abroad"] = 7400, ["PD-art"] = 3300, ["PD-ineligible-USonly"] = 5600, ["PD-notice"] = 23000, ["PD-old-100"] = 3400, ["PD-self"] = 33000, ["PD-textlogo"] = 6400, ["PDB_Gallery"] = 2900, ["PDanube"] = 3300, ["PER"] = 3200, ["PHI"] = 2600, ["PHL"] = 3600, ["PLANTS"] = 4000, ["PM20"] = 3300, ["PMID"] = 7100, ["POL"] = 65000, ["POR"] = 5000, ["POTD/Day"] = 2000, ["POTD_default"] = 11000, ["POTD_image"] = 2900, ["POTD_navigation"] = 7000, ["POTDlink"] = 7500, ["POV"] = 7300, ["PR/header"] = 3100, ["PR/heading"] = 7200, ["PRI"] = 2000, ["PRT"] = 5800, ["PR_link"] = 109000, ["PS"] = 3000, ["Pad"] = 57000, ["Page"] = 4100, ["Page_name_sub"] = 47000, ["Page_needed"] = 20000, ["Page_tabs"] = 3600, ["Page_tabs/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Page_views"] = 2500, ["Pagelinks"] = 43000, ["Pagelist"] = 5200, ["Pagetype"] = 12700000, ["Paid"] = 10000, ["Para"] = 2440000, ["Parabr"] = 3000, ["Paragraph_break"] = 1260000, ["Param_value"] = 139000, ["Parameter_names_example"] = 2400, ["ParmPart"] = 14000, ["Partial"] = 3000, ["Partial_minor_planet_designation"] = 5700, ["Partly_done"] = 2900, ["Party_color"] = 63000, ["Party_color_cell"] = 4600, ["Party_name_with_color"] = 4500, ["Party_name_with_colour"] = 3400, ["Party_shading/Democratic"] = 16000, ["Party_shading/Independent"] = 2400, ["Party_shading/Republican"] = 15000, ["Party_stripe"] = 19000, ["Pass"] = 2800, ["Pb"] = 1240000, ["Pbox"] = 3000, ["Pbox/1"] = 3000, ["Peacock"] = 3300, ["Pedigree"] = 4000, ["Peer_review/heading"] = 10000, ["Peer_review_tools"] = 8600, ["Penalty_shoot-out"] = 4200, ["Pending"] = 3400, ["Pending_DYK_biographies"] = 3800, ["Pengoal"] = 10000, ["Penmiss"] = 12000, ["Percentage"] = 14000, ["Performance_key"] = 2600, ["Period_color"] = 24000, ["Period_end"] = 22000, ["Period_id"] = 24000, ["Period_start"] = 24000, ["PeruTasks"] = 16000, ["Phab"] = 6500, ["Phanerozoic_220px"] = 22000, ["PharmNavFootnote"] = 5300, ["Philippine_name"] = 3100, ["Photo"] = 2100, ["Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Photo_requested"] = 105000, ["Photograph_requested"] = 3600, ["Photomontage"] = 4600, ["Photoreq"] = 2000, ["Picture_of_the_day"] = 7500, ["Pie_chart"] = 6400, ["Pie_chart/slice"] = 6400, ["Ping"] = 242000, ["Pipe"] = 103000, ["Place_name_disambiguation"] = 39000, ["Plain_link"] = 161000, ["Plain_list"] = 14000, ["Plain_text"] = 92000, ["Plainlink"] = 82000, ["Plainlist"] = 400000, ["Plainlist/styles.css"] = 3080000, ["Player"] = 3400, ["Player2"] = 2500, ["Please_check_ISSN"] = 15000, ["Plural"] = 107000, ["Pluralize_from_text"] = 1440000, ["Pn"] = 2200, ["Poem_quote"] = 3200, ["Poemquote"] = 2400, ["Politician_icon"] = 34000, ["Politician_icon2"] = 34000, ["Politics_sidebar_below"] = 19000, ["Politics_sidebar_title"] = 19000, ["Polluted_category"] = 2200, ["Polparty"] = 28000, ["Pop_density"] = 9100, ["Population_Germany"] = 14000, ["Portal"] = 9700000, ["Portal-Class"] = 7700, ["Portal-inline"] = 226000, ["Portal_bar"] = 131000, ["Portal_box"] = 2600, ["Portalbar"] = 13000, ["Portuguese_name"] = 9100, ["PosMapFS"] = 4300, ["Possible"] = 3500, ["Possibly_empty_category"] = 69000, ["Post-nominals"] = 55000, ["Post-nominals/AUS"] = 7800, ["Post-nominals/CAN"] = 9400, ["Post-nominals/GBR"] = 28000, ["Post-nominals/NZL"] = 4000, ["Postnominals"] = 9800, ["Pp"] = 16000, ["Pp-book-cover"] = 52000, ["Pp-extended"] = 2700, ["Pp-move"] = 9100, ["Pp-move-indef"] = 2700, ["Pp-pc"] = 3700, ["Pp-protected"] = 8400, ["Pp-semi-indef"] = 4500, ["Pp-template"] = 2800, ["Pp-vandalism"] = 2600, ["Precision"] = 277000, ["PresFoot"] = 2900, ["PresHead"] = 3300, ["PresRow"] = 3300, ["Press"] = 4900, ["Preview_warning"] = 34000, ["Primary_source_inline"] = 6200, ["Primary_sources"] = 31000, ["Principal_rank"] = 519000, ["Prl"] = 109000, ["ProCyclingStats"] = 2500, ["ProQuest"] = 19000, ["Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 2200, ["Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 2700, ["Profit"] = 3800, ["Progress_box"] = 17000, ["Project-Class"] = 12000, ["Project_other"] = 17000, ["Proper_name"] = 2400, ["Prose"] = 3400, ["Proxy_block"] = 2200, ["Pso"] = 3500, ["Purge"] = 419000, ["Purge_button"] = 17000, ["Module:Page"] = 113000, ["Module:PageLinks"] = 44000, ["Module:Page_tabs"] = 3600, ["Module:Pagelist"] = 5200, ["Module:Pagetype"] = 16600000, ["Module:Pagetype/config"] = 16600000, ["Module:Pagetype/disambiguation"] = 12000000, ["Module:Pagetype/rfd"] = 12000000, ["Module:Pagetype/setindex"] = 12200000, ["Module:Pagetype/softredirect"] = 15500000, ["Module:ParameterCount"] = 922000, ["Module:Parameter_names_example"] = 2400, ["Module:Parameter_validation"] = 138000, ["Module:Parameter_validation/default_config"] = 138000, ["Module:Party_name_with_color"] = 9700, ["Module:Percentage"] = 14000, ["Module:Person_height"] = 265000, ["Module:Person_length"] = 7200, ["Module:Person_weight"] = 80000, ["Module:Photo_montage"] = 4900, ["Module:Plain_text"] = 1580000, ["Module:Political_party"] = 122000, ["Module:Political_party/A"] = 21000, ["Module:Political_party/B"] = 16000, ["Module:Political_party/C"] = 40000, ["Module:Political_party/D"] = 51000, ["Module:Political_party/E"] = 5700, ["Module:Political_party/F"] = 12000, ["Module:Political_party/G"] = 18000, ["Module:Political_party/H"] = 5500, ["Module:Political_party/I"] = 51000, ["Module:Political_party/J"] = 7900, ["Module:Political_party/K"] = 4000, ["Module:Political_party/L"] = 39000, ["Module:Political_party/M"] = 12000, ["Module:Political_party/N"] = 31000, ["Module:Political_party/O"] = 5500, ["Module:Political_party/P"] = 27000, ["Module:Political_party/R"] = 49000, ["Module:Political_party/S"] = 30000, ["Module:Political_party/T"] = 11000, ["Module:Political_party/U"] = 18000, ["Module:Political_party/V"] = 6000, ["Module:Political_party/W"] = 12000, ["Module:Pop_density"] = 9100, ["Module:PopulationFromWikidata"] = 6800, ["Module:Portal"] = 10000000, ["Module:Portal-inline"] = 227000, ["Module:Portal/images/a"] = 1720000, ["Module:Portal/images/aliases"] = 234000, ["Module:Portal/images/b"] = 2930000, ["Module:Portal/images/c"] = 1750000, ["Module:Portal/images/d"] = 109000, ["Module:Portal/images/e"] = 444000, ["Module:Portal/images/f"] = 848000, ["Module:Portal/images/g"] = 647000, ["Module:Portal/images/h"] = 458000, ["Module:Portal/images/i"] = 1110000, ["Module:Portal/images/j"] = 277000, ["Module:Portal/images/k"] = 77000, ["Module:Portal/images/l"] = 435000, ["Module:Portal/images/m"] = 642000, ["Module:Portal/images/n"] = 733000, ["Module:Portal/images/o"] = 409000, ["Module:Portal/images/other"] = 130000, ["Module:Portal/images/p"] = 881000, ["Module:Portal/images/q"] = 3100, ["Module:Portal/images/r"] = 387000, ["Module:Portal/images/s"] = 1670000, ["Module:Portal/images/t"] = 706000, ["Module:Portal/images/u"] = 1050000, ["Module:Portal/images/v"] = 303000, ["Module:Portal/images/w"] = 168000, ["Module:Portal/images/y"] = 34000, ["Module:Portal/images/z"] = 5900, ["Module:Portal/styles.css"] = 9700000, ["Module:Portal_bar"] = 148000, ["Module:Portal_bar/styles.css"] = 148000, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_profiles"] = 2300, ["Module:Professional_wrestling_results_table"] = 2700, ["Module:Progress_box"] = 17000, ["Module:Progress_box/config"] = 17000, ["Module:Progress_box/styles.css"] = 17000, ["Module:Protect"] = 116000, ["Module:Protected_edit_request"] = 49000, ["Module:Protection_banner"] = 58000, ["Module:Protection_banner/config"] = 58000, ["Module:Purge"] = 439000, } 071181a9304345f84aab6549d298a61b661084d1 10 125 278 277 2024-05-31T22:24:26Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Pp-template/doc]]: Importing page protection wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High-use}} {{Twinkle standard installation}} {{Lua|Module:Protection banner}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE. --> This is the {{tl|pp-template}} protection notice. It is used on protected templates and on protected file (image) pages. This template does not show on pages that are not protected; instead, it reports an error. Please note that only [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] can protect pages; this template only informs about the protection status of the page. This template should usually not be manually placed on template pages, since it is automatically loaded by the {{tl|Documentation}} template of protected template pages. Protected templates (both semi and full) should preferably have a documentation subpage (/doc) so that any editor can update the documentation, categories and interwiki links of the template. See [[Wikipedia:Template documentation]] for more on that. This template automatically detects the edit protection level (semi or full) of a page, and whether it is on a template or file page, and modifies its appearance and how it categorizes the page. * Use {{tlc|pp-template}} for the normal appearance (a small icon at the top). * Use {{tlc|pp-template|small&#61;no}} for the large message box. On file pages we recommend using the large box. (It is usually a good idea to also add the {{tl|nocommons}} box on protected image pages, to remind people that protected images should not be deleted even if there is a backup copy on Commons.) When {{tl|pp-template}} is added to a protected template, it should be placed inside {{tag|noinclude}} tags (otherwise, every page which uses the template will load the protection notice, which will result in an error message). On file (image) pages the &lt;noinclude>&lt;/noinclude> tags are not necessary. {{Protection templates}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS HERE, THANKS --> [[Category:Top icon protection templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly> 0e2da3366323fed24a599d520931dfa366cd4062 10 109 279 244 2024-05-31T22:27:39Z Felenov 2 Felenov moved page [[Template:Pp-template]] to [[Template:PP-template]] without leaving a redirect: Debug wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90 956 279 2024-06-02T05:29:08Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:PP-template]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90 10 125 280 278 2024-05-31T22:27:39Z Felenov 2 Felenov moved page [[Template:Pp-template/doc]] to [[Template:PP-template/doc]] without leaving a redirect: Debug wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High-use}} {{Twinkle standard installation}} {{Lua|Module:Protection banner}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE. --> This is the {{tl|pp-template}} protection notice. It is used on protected templates and on protected file (image) pages. This template does not show on pages that are not protected; instead, it reports an error. Please note that only [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] can protect pages; this template only informs about the protection status of the page. This template should usually not be manually placed on template pages, since it is automatically loaded by the {{tl|Documentation}} template of protected template pages. Protected templates (both semi and full) should preferably have a documentation subpage (/doc) so that any editor can update the documentation, categories and interwiki links of the template. See [[Wikipedia:Template documentation]] for more on that. This template automatically detects the edit protection level (semi or full) of a page, and whether it is on a template or file page, and modifies its appearance and how it categorizes the page. * Use {{tlc|pp-template}} for the normal appearance (a small icon at the top). * Use {{tlc|pp-template|small&#61;no}} for the large message box. On file pages we recommend using the large box. (It is usually a good idea to also add the {{tl|nocommons}} box on protected image pages, to remind people that protected images should not be deleted even if there is a backup copy on Commons.) When {{tl|pp-template}} is added to a protected template, it should be placed inside {{tag|noinclude}} tags (otherwise, every page which uses the template will load the protection notice, which will result in an error message). On file (image) pages the &lt;noinclude>&lt;/noinclude> tags are not necessary. {{Protection templates}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS HERE, THANKS --> [[Category:Top icon protection templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly> 0e2da3366323fed24a599d520931dfa366cd4062 828 126 282 281 2024-05-31T22:28:57Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Submit_an_edit_request]]: Importing ER Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{Submit an edit request}}. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Submit an edit request/config' -- Load necessary modules local mRedirect = require('Module:Redirect') local cfg = mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE) local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local escape = require("Module:String")._escapePattern local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local p = {} local validLevels = { semi = 'semi', extended = 'extended', template = 'template', full = 'full', interface = 'interface', manual = 'manual' } local function message(key, ...) local params = {...} local msg = cfg[key] if #params < 1 then return msg else return mw.message.newRawMessage(msg):params(params):plain() end end local function validateLevel(level) return level and validLevels[level] or 'full' end local function getLevelInfo(level, field) return cfg.protectionLevels[level][field] end local function resolveRedirect(page) return mRedirect.luaMain(page) end local function isProtected(page) local action = mw.title.new(page).exists and 'edit' or 'create' return effectiveProtectionLevel(action, page) ~= '*' end function p.makeRequestUrl(level, titleObj) titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local basePage = titleObj.basePageTitle.fullText if cfg['main-page-content'][basePage] then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(message('main-page-request-page'))) end local talkPageName = titleObj.talkPageTitle if talkPageName == nil then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(message('protected-talk-page-request-page'))) end talkPageName = resolveRedirect(talkPageName.prefixedText) if isProtected(talkPageName) then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(message('protected-talk-page-request-page'))) end level = validateLevel(level) if level == 'manual' then return tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(talkPageName, { action = 'edit', section = 'new' })) end local sectionname = message( 'preload-title-text', getLevelInfo(level, 'levelText'), lang:formatDate(message('preload-title-date-format')) ) local content = mw.title.new(talkPageName):getContent() if content and content:find("== *" .. escape(sectionname) .. " *==") then local dedup = 2 while true do local newname = message("preload-title-dedup-suffix", sectionname, dedup) if not content:find("== *" .. escape(newname) .. " *==") then sectionname = newname break end dedup = dedup + 1 end end local url = mw.uri.fullUrl(talkPageName, { action = 'edit', editintro = getLevelInfo(level, 'editintro'), preload = message('preload-template'), preloadtitle = sectionname, section = 'new' }) url = tostring(url) -- Add the preload parameters. @TODO: merge this into the mw.uri.fullUrl -- query table once [[phab:T93059]] is fixed. local function encodeParam(key, val) return string.format('&%s=%s', mw.uri.encode(key), mw.uri.encode(val)) end url = url .. encodeParam('preloadparams[]', getLevelInfo(level, 'requestTemplate')) url = url .. encodeParam('preloadparams[]', titleObj.prefixedText) return url end function p._link(args) return string.format( '<span class="plainlinks">[%s %s]</span>', p.makeRequestUrl(args.type), args.display or message('default-display-value') ) end function p._button(args) return require('Module:Clickable button 2').main{ [1] = args.display or message('default-display-value'), url = p.makeRequestUrl(args.type), class = 'mw-ui-progressive' } end local function makeInvokeFunc(func, wrapper) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = {wrapper} }) return func(args) end end p.link = makeInvokeFunc(p._link, message('link-wrapper-template')) p.button = makeInvokeFunc(p._button, message('button-wrapper-template')) return p 689eda2206e6e1a11d8344810bb4785060543dc1 828 127 284 283 2024-05-31T22:29:02Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Redirect]]: Importing ER Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides functions for getting the target of a redirect page. local p = {} -- Gets a mw.title object, using pcall to avoid generating script errors if we -- are over the expensive function count limit (among other possible causes). local function getTitle(...) local success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return titleObj else return nil end end -- Gets the name of a page that a redirect leads to, or nil if it isn't a -- redirect. function p.getTargetFromText(text) local target = string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)%]%]" ) or string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)|[^%[%]]-%]%]" ) return target and mw.uri.decode(target, 'PATH') end -- Gets the target of a redirect. If the page specified is not a redirect, -- returns nil. function p.getTarget(page, fulltext) -- Get the title object. Both page names and title objects are allowed -- as input. local titleObj if type(page) == 'string' or type(page) == 'number' then titleObj = getTitle(page) elseif type(page) == 'table' and type(page.getContent) == 'function' then titleObj = page else error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'getTarget'" .. " (string, number, or title object expected, got %s)", type(page) ), 2) end if not titleObj then return nil end local targetTitle = titleObj.redirectTarget if targetTitle then if fulltext then return targetTitle.fullText else return targetTitle.prefixedText end else return nil end end --[[ -- Given a single page name determines what page it redirects to and returns the -- target page name, or the passed page name when not a redirect. The passed -- page name can be given as plain text or as a page link. -- -- Returns page name as plain text, or when the bracket parameter is given, as a -- page link. Returns an error message when page does not exist or the redirect -- target cannot be determined for some reason. --]] function p.luaMain(rname, bracket, fulltext) if type(rname) ~= "string" or not rname:find("%S") then return nil end bracket = bracket and "[[%s]]" or "%s" rname = rname:match("%[%[(.+)%]%]") or rname local target = p.getTarget(rname, fulltext) local ret = target or rname ret = getTitle(ret) if ret then if fulltext then ret = ret.fullText else ret = ret.prefixedText end return bracket:format(ret) else return nil end end -- Provides access to the luaMain function from wikitext. function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p.luaMain(args[1], args.bracket, args.fulltext) or '' end -- Returns true if the specified page is a redirect, and false otherwise. function p.luaIsRedirect(page) local titleObj = getTitle(page) if not titleObj then return false end if titleObj.isRedirect then return true else return false end end -- Provides access to the luaIsRedirect function from wikitext, returning 'yes' -- if the specified page is a redirect, and the blank string otherwise. function p.isRedirect(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) if p.luaIsRedirect(args[1]) then return 'yes' else return '' end end return p a224c45940343d66f49a78b0a39b2045e2c45d20 828 128 286 285 2024-05-31T22:29:11Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Submit_an_edit_request/config]]: Importing ER Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Submit an edit request]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The default display value for edit requests. ['default-display-value'] = 'Submit an edit request', -- The template that stores the edit request preload text ['preload-template'] = 'Template:Submit an edit request/preload', -- The section heading that is generated when a user clicks on an edit request -- link. $1 is the protection level text, e.g. "Semi-protected" or -- "Template-protected". $2 is the current date, in the format specified by the -- "preload-title-date-format" message. ['preload-title-text'] = '$1 edit request on $2', -- The date format for the automatically-generated section heading. The format -- must be valid input for the #time parser function. ['preload-title-date-format'] = 'j F Y', -- What do do with the generated section header if another header with the same section already exists -- $1 is the original section header. $2 is an automatically generated number, starting at 2 and increasing -- by one until a unique header is found. ['preload-title-dedup-suffix'] = '$1 ($2)', -- The names of pages (and their subpages) that make up the content of the main page for this wiki ['main-page-content'] = { ['Wikipedia:Today\'s featured article'] = true, ['Template:In the news'] = true, ['Template:Did you know'] = true, ['Wikipedia:Selected anniversaries'] = true, ['Template:POTD protected'] = true, ['Wikipedia:Today\'s featured list'] = true }, -- The page used to request changes to things on the Main Page. ['main-page-request-page'] = 'Wikipedia:Main Page/Errors', -- The page used to request edits to protected talk pages. ['protected-talk-page-request-page'] = 'Wikipedia:Requests for page protection/Edit', -- The names of the templates to be used as wrappers for the "link" and "button" -- functions. These are passed as arguments to the "wrappers" option of -- [[Module:Arguments]]. ['link-wrapper-template'] = 'Template:Submit an edit request/link', ['button-wrapper-template'] = 'Template:Submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection level config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- protectionLevels = { --[[ -- These settings are for the different protection levels which the module can -- output edit request links for. -- -- editintro: -- The template to use as the edit intro users see when they click on an edit -- request link. -- -- request-template: -- The name of the edit request template for that protection level. Do not -- include the "Template:" text. -- -- protectionlevel: -- The name of the protection level, used for formatting the automatically- -- generated section headings. --]] -- Semi-protection semi = { editintro = 'Template:Edit semi-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit semi-protected', levelText = 'Semi-protected', }, -- Extended-confirmed-protection extended = { editintro = 'Template:Edit extended-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit extended-protected', levelText = 'Extended-confirmed-protected', }, -- Template-protection template = { editintro = 'Template:Edit template-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit template-protected', levelText = 'Template-protected', }, -- Full protection full = { editintro = 'Template:Edit protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit fully-protected', levelText = 'Protected', }, -- Interface-protection interface = { editintro = 'Template:Edit interface-protected/editintro', requestTemplate = 'edit interface-protected', levelText = 'Interface-protected', }, } } 8988b1db9496d1e3d72a0fd5640d79cc85746365 10 129 288 287 2024-05-31T22:29:12Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Used_in_system]]: Importing ER wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1=|2={{{2|}}}|system={{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|in system messages}}<noinclude>|nocat=true</noinclude>}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 0abe278369db6cbbe319e7452d7644e27e11c532 828 130 290 289 2024-05-31T22:29:13Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Transclusion_count/data/S]]: Importing ER Scribunto text/plain return { ["S"] = 3600, ["S-aca"] = 6500, ["S-ach"] = 16000, ["S-aft"] = 221000, ["S-aft/check"] = 221000, ["S-aft/filter"] = 221000, ["S-bef"] = 226000, ["S-bef/check"] = 226000, ["S-bef/filter"] = 226000, ["S-break"] = 5200, ["S-civ"] = 2700, ["S-dip"] = 5500, ["S-end"] = 249000, ["S-gov"] = 8100, ["S-hon"] = 3900, ["S-hou"] = 9600, ["S-inc"] = 13000, ["S-legal"] = 9500, ["S-mil"] = 12000, ["S-new"] = 16000, ["S-non"] = 10000, ["S-npo"] = 4100, ["S-off"] = 41000, ["S-par"] = 51000, ["S-par/en"] = 3300, ["S-par/gb"] = 3300, ["S-par/uk"] = 12000, ["S-par/us-hs"] = 11000, ["S-par/us-sen"] = 2000, ["S-ppo"] = 14000, ["S-prec"] = 3200, ["S-rail"] = 6400, ["S-rail-start"] = 6300, ["S-rail/lines"] = 6500, ["S-reg"] = 21000, ["S-rel"] = 18000, ["S-roy"] = 2800, ["S-s"] = 2800, ["S-sports"] = 11000, ["S-start"] = 243000, ["S-ttl"] = 232000, ["S-ttl/check"] = 232000, ["S-vac"] = 6600, ["SCO"] = 3700, ["SDcat"] = 5840000, ["SECOND"] = 2300, ["SGP"] = 2700, ["SIA"] = 2700, ["SIPA"] = 2900, ["SLO"] = 4300, ["SMS"] = 6300, ["SMU"] = 2200, ["SPI_archive_notice"] = 74000, ["SPIarchive_notice"] = 74000, ["SPIcat"] = 3800, ["SPIclose"] = 3300, ["SPIpriorcases"] = 68000, ["SR/Olympics_profile"] = 3000, ["SRB"] = 3800, ["SS"] = 20000, ["SSPa"] = 2600, ["STN"] = 13000, ["SUBJECTSPACE_formatted"] = 44000, ["SUI"] = 8600, ["SVG"] = 3100, ["SVG-Logo"] = 22000, ["SVG-Res"] = 20000, ["SVG-logo"] = 9000, ["SVK"] = 6100, ["SVN"] = 5300, ["SWE"] = 13000, ["Sandbox_other"] = 246000, ["Saturday"] = 2700, ["Saved_book"] = 52000, ["Sc"] = 2800, ["Scholia"] = 3100, ["School_block"] = 13000, ["School_disambiguation"] = 3300, ["Schoolblock"] = 6800, ["Schooldis"] = 2600, ["Schoolip"] = 11000, ["Scientist_icon"] = 15000, ["Scientist_icon2"] = 15000, ["Sclass"] = 32000, ["Sclass2"] = 10000, ["Screen_reader-only"] = 45000, ["Screen_reader-only/styles.css"] = 45000, ["Script"] = 6400, ["Script/Arabic"] = 3100, ["Script/Hebrew"] = 4800, ["Script/Nastaliq"] = 14000, ["Script/doc/id-unk"] = 3100, ["Script/doc/id-unk/core"] = 3100, ["Script/doc/id-unk/is-iso-alpha4"] = 2900, ["Script/doc/id-unk/name-to-alpha4"] = 3100, ["Script/styles.css"] = 3200, ["Script/styles_arabic.css"] = 3100, ["Script/styles_hebrew.css"] = 4800, ["Sdash"] = 3400, ["Search_box"] = 56000, ["Search_link"] = 16000, ["Section_link"] = 73000, ["Section_sizes"] = 2800, ["See"] = 9800, ["See_also"] = 191000, ["Seealso"] = 7000, ["Select_skin"] = 4400, ["Selected_article"] = 2500, ["Selected_picture"] = 2500, ["Self"] = 46000, ["Self-published_inline"] = 4100, ["Self-published_source"] = 6500, ["Self-reference"] = 2300, ["Self-reference_tool"] = 5800, ["Sent_off"] = 14000, ["Sentoff"] = 4600, ["Separated_entries"] = 202000, ["Sequence"] = 3600, ["Series_overview"] = 8300, ["Serif"] = 2900, ["Set_category"] = 36000, ["Set_index_article"] = 6000, ["Sets_taxobox_colour"] = 63000, ["Sfn"] = 166000, ["SfnRef"] = 140000, ["Sfnm"] = 4000, ["Sfnp"] = 19000, ["Sfnref"] = 12000, ["Sfrac"] = 4500, ["Sfrac/styles.css"] = 4500, ["SharedIPEDU"] = 3300, ["Shared_IP"] = 11000, ["Shared_IP_advice"] = 16000, ["Shared_IP_corp"] = 4300, ["Shared_IP_edu"] = 183000, ["Shared_IP_gov"] = 2400, ["Sharedip"] = 3000, ["Sharedipedu"] = 3700, ["Sherdog"] = 2600, ["Ship"] = 38000, ["Ship_index"] = 7000, ["Shipboxflag"] = 20000, ["Shipboxflag/core"] = 20000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer"] = 10000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer/link"] = 10000, ["Short_description"] = 5960000, ["Short_description/lowercasecheck"] = 5960000, ["Short_pages_monitor"] = 12000, ["Short_pages_monitor/maximum_length"] = 12000, ["Shortcut"] = 20000, ["Should_be_SVG"] = 8700, ["Sic"] = 33000, ["Sica"] = 3200, ["Side_box"] = 1190000, ["Sidebar"] = 267000, ["Sidebar_games_events"] = 38000, ["Sidebar_person"] = 2600, ["Sidebar_person/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Sidebar_with_collapsible_lists"] = 97000, ["Sigfig"] = 3900, ["Significant_figures"] = 5300, ["Significant_figures/rnd"] = 5000, ["Signpost-subscription"] = 2100, ["Signpost/item"] = 40000, ["Sildb_prim"] = 2100, ["Silver02"] = 17000, ["Silver2"] = 50000, ["Silver_medal"] = 5800, ["Similar_names"] = 2400, ["Single+double"] = 7900, ["Single+space"] = 15000, ["Single-innings_cricket_match"] = 3500, ["Single_chart"] = 39000, ["Single_chart/chartnote"] = 39000, ["Single_namespace"] = 207000, ["Singlechart"] = 18000, ["Singles"] = 43000, ["Sister-inline"] = 197000, ["Sister_project"] = 1060000, ["Sister_project_links"] = 12000, ["Sisterlinks"] = 2100, ["Skip_to_talk"] = 12000, ["Skip_to_talk/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Sky"] = 2700, ["Sky/styles.css"] = 2700, ["Slink"] = 20000, ["Small"] = 620000, ["Small_Solar_System_bodies"] = 3600, ["Smallcaps"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps/styles.css"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps_all"] = 2900, ["Smalldiv"] = 25000, ["Smaller"] = 77000, ["Smallsup"] = 21000, ["Smiley"] = 46000, ["Snd"] = 195000, ["Snds"] = 6400, ["Soccer_icon"] = 129000, ["Soccer_icon2"] = 129000, ["Soccer_icon4"] = 5000, ["Soccerbase"] = 13000, ["Soccerbase_season"] = 7000, ["Soccerway"] = 79000, ["Sock"] = 49000, ["Sock_list"] = 5900, ["Sockcat"] = 2000, ["Sockmaster"] = 9700, ["Sockpuppet"] = 251000, ["Sockpuppet/altmaster"] = 2700, ["Sockpuppet/categorise"] = 251000, ["SockpuppetCheckuser"] = 5500, ["Sockpuppet_category"] = 47000, ["Sockpuppet_category/confirmed"] = 25000, ["Sockpuppet_category/suspected"] = 23000, ["Sockpuppetcheckuser"] = 3600, ["Sockpuppeteer"] = 26000, ["Soft_redirect"] = 6100, ["Soft_redirect_protection"] = 8300, ["Softredirect"] = 3300, ["Solar_luminosity"] = 4600, ["Solar_mass"] = 5400, ["Solar_radius"] = 4400, ["Soldier_icon"] = 3900, ["Soldier_icon2"] = 3900, ["Songs"] = 2200, ["Songs_category"] = 8800, ["Songs_category/core"] = 8800, ["Sort"] = 103000, ["Sortname"] = 55000, ["Source-attribution"] = 32000, ["Source_check"] = 959000, ["Sourcecheck"] = 959000, ["Sources"] = 3300, ["Sources_exist"] = 2500, ["South_America_topic"] = 2600, ["Sp"] = 172000, ["Space"] = 56000, ["Space+double"] = 19000, ["Space+single"] = 13000, ["Spaced_en_dash"] = 227000, ["Spaced_en_dash_space"] = 6400, ["Spaced_ndash"] = 22000, ["Spaces"] = 585000, ["Spain_metadata_Wikidata"] = 7500, ["Spamlink"] = 13000, ["Species_Latin_name_abbreviation_disambiguation"] = 2200, ["Species_list"] = 17000, ["Speciesbox"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/getGenus"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/getSpecies"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/name"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/parameterCheck"] = 319000, ["Speciesbox/trim"] = 319000, ["Specieslist"] = 6700, ["Split_article"] = 3700, ["Spnd"] = 4300, ["Spoken_Wikipedia"] = 2000, ["Sport_icon"] = 14000, ["Sport_icon2"] = 15000, ["SportsYearCatUSstate"] = 6500, ["SportsYearCatUSstate/core"] = 6500, ["Sports_links"] = 69000, ["Sports_reference"] = 6700, ["Squad_maintenance"] = 3600, ["Sronly"] = 43000, ["Srt"] = 5800, ["Stack"] = 26000, ["Stack/styles.css"] = 35000, ["Stack_begin"] = 9600, ["Stack_end"] = 9600, ["StaleIP"] = 3300, ["Standings_table_end"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_entry"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_entry/record"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start/colheader"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start/colspan"] = 57000, ["Standings_table_start/styles.css"] = 57000, ["Starbox_astrometry"] = 5200, ["Starbox_begin"] = 5400, ["Starbox_catalog"] = 5300, ["Starbox_character"] = 5200, ["Starbox_detail"] = 5100, ["Starbox_end"] = 5400, ["Starbox_image"] = 3100, ["Starbox_observe"] = 5200, ["Starbox_reference"] = 5300, ["Start-Class"] = 18000, ["Start-date"] = 3600, ["Start_and_end_dates"] = 2800, ["Start_box"] = 7400, ["Start_date"] = 484000, ["Start_date_and_age"] = 152000, ["Start_date_and_years_ago"] = 5600, ["Start_date_text"] = 3800, ["Start_of_course_timeline"] = 5900, ["Start_of_course_week"] = 6000, ["Start_tab"] = 5400, ["Startflatlist"] = 151000, ["Static_IP"] = 5500, ["Station"] = 8600, ["Station_link"] = 17000, ["Stdinchicite"] = 11000, ["Steady"] = 15000, ["Sticky_header"] = 2100, ["Sticky_header/styles.css"] = 2100, ["Stl"] = 15000, ["Stn"] = 8200, ["Stn_art_lnk"] = 2100, ["Stnlnk"] = 31000, ["Storm_colour"] = 5300, ["Storm_name"] = 2200, ["Storm_path"] = 2100, ["StoryTeleplay"] = 3600, ["Str_count"] = 5900, ["Str_endswith"] = 201000, ["Str_find"] = 287000, ["Str_index"] = 13000, ["Str_left"] = 944000, ["Str_len"] = 19000, ["Str_letter"] = 178000, ["Str_letter/trim"] = 20000, ["Str_number"] = 8000, ["Str_number/trim"] = 192000, ["Str_rep"] = 270000, ["Str_trim"] = 5000, ["Str_≠_len"] = 38000, ["Str_≤_len"] = 2400, ["Str_≥_len"] = 80000, ["Strfind_short"] = 237000, ["Strikethrough"] = 17000, ["String_split"] = 6500, ["Strip_tags"] = 38000, ["Strong"] = 901000, ["Structurae"] = 2100, ["Stub-Class"] = 18000, ["Stub_Category"] = 13000, ["Stub_category"] = 18000, ["Stub_documentation"] = 37000, ["Student_editor"] = 27000, ["Student_sandbox"] = 4500, ["Student_table_row"] = 5700, ["Students_table"] = 5700, ["Su"] = 5100, ["Su-census1989"] = 4400, ["Sub"] = 5200, ["Subinfobox_bodystyle"] = 61000, ["Subject_bar"] = 17000, ["Suboff"] = 6600, ["Subon"] = 6700, ["Subpage_other"] = 314000, ["Subscription_required"] = 33000, ["Subsidebar_bodystyle"] = 5800, ["Subst_only"] = 5400, ["Substituted_comment"] = 19000, ["Succession_box"] = 118000, ["Succession_box/check"] = 118000, ["Succession_links"] = 186000, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation"] = 2400, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation/core"] = 2400, ["Sunday"] = 2700, ["Sup"] = 61000, ["Suppress_categories"] = 5600, ["Surname"] = 69000, ["Swiss_populations"] = 2400, ["Swiss_populations_NC"] = 3000, ["Swiss_populations_YM"] = 2300, ["Swiss_populations_ref"] = 2400, ["Switcher"] = 4300, ["Module:SDcat"] = 5840000, ["Module:SPI_archive_notice"] = 34000, ["Module:Science_redirect"] = 280000, ["Module:Science_redirect/conf"] = 280000, ["Module:Section_link"] = 73000, ["Module:Section_sizes"] = 4300, ["Module:See_also_if_exists"] = 76000, ["Module:Self"] = 46000, ["Module:Self/license_migration_data.json"] = 22000, ["Module:Self/styles.css"] = 46000, ["Module:Separated_entries"] = 2370000, ["Module:Series_overview"] = 8300, ["Module:Settlement_short_description"] = 713000, ["Module:Shortcut"] = 24000, ["Module:Shortcut/config"] = 24000, ["Module:Shortcut/styles.css"] = 24000, ["Module:Side_box"] = 1230000, ["Module:Side_box/styles.css"] = 1220000, ["Module:Sidebar"] = 350000, ["Module:Sidebar/configuration"] = 350000, ["Module:Sidebar/styles.css"] = 356000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events"] = 38000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events/styles.css"] = 38000, ["Module:Singles"] = 43000, ["Module:Sister_project_links"] = 16000, ["Module:Sister_project_links/bar/styles.css"] = 4100, ["Module:Sister_project_links/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Module:Sock_list"] = 5900, ["Module:Sort_title"] = 20000, ["Module:Sortkey"] = 205000, ["Module:Split_article"] = 3700, ["Module:Spoken_Wikipedia"] = 2000, ["Module:Spoken_Wikipedia/configuration"] = 2000, ["Module:Spoken_Wikipedia/styles.css"] = 2000, ["Module:Sports_career"] = 19000, ["Module:Sports_color"] = 69000, ["Module:Sports_color/baseball"] = 35000, ["Module:Sports_color/basketball"] = 23000, ["Module:Sports_color/ice_hockey"] = 3200, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table"] = 12000, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Module:Sports_reference"] = 6700, ["Module:Sports_results"] = 15000, ["Module:Sports_results/styles.css"] = 9900, ["Module:Sports_table"] = 61000, ["Module:Sports_table/Volleyball"] = 2000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL"] = 54000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL_OT"] = 2900, ["Module:Sports_table/WL"] = 4300, ["Module:Sports_table/WL_OT"] = 2200, ["Module:Sports_table/argcheck"] = 61000, ["Module:Sports_table/styles.css"] = 61000, ["Module:Sports_table/sub"] = 62000, ["Module:Sports_table/totalscheck"] = 44000, ["Module:Stock_tickers/NYSE"] = 2100, ["Module:Storm_categories"] = 5300, ["Module:Storm_categories/categories"] = 5300, ["Module:Storm_categories/colors"] = 5300, ["Module:Storm_categories/icons"] = 5300, ["Module:String"] = 10500000, ["Module:String2"] = 4750000, ["Module:Su"] = 12000, ["Module:Subject_bar"] = 17000, ["Module:Suppress_categories"] = 5600, } 7c5f4f725c18222b3c84e13c99e59e0cee4785d3 828 131 292 291 2024-05-31T22:29:15Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Submit_an_edit_request/doc]]: Importing ER wikitext text/x-wiki {{used in system}} {{Lua|Module:Submit an edit request/config|Module:Redirect|Module:Effective protection level|Module:String|Module:Arguments|Module:Clickable button 2}} This module implements the {{tl|submit an edit request}} and {{tl|submit an edit request/link}} templates. == Usage from wikitext == To use this module from wikitext, you should normally use the {{Template link|Submit an edit request}} and {{Template link|Submit an edit request/link}} templates. However, the module can also be used directly from #invoke. For the edit request button, use <code><nowiki>{{#invoke:Submit an edit request|button|</nowiki>''args''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>, and for the edit request link only, use <code><nowiki>{{#invoke:Submit an edit request|link|</nowiki>''args''<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code>. Please see the respective template pages for a list of available parameters. == Usage from Lua modules == To use this module from other Lua modules, first load the module. <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') </syntaxhighlight> You can then use the _button function to generate an edit request button, and the _link function to generate an edit request link. <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> mEditRequest._button(args) mEditRequest._link(args) </syntaxhighlight> The <var>args</var> variable should be a table containing the arguments to pass to the module. To see the different arguments that can be specified and how they affect the module output, please refer to the documentation of {{tl|Submit an edit request}} and {{tl|Submit an edit request/link}}. == Configuration == This module can be translated and configured for other wikis by editing [[Module:Submit an edit request/config]]. <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| <!-- Categories go here and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> }}</includeonly> 786ddcb2a03e17d0288ef72dda90cb37ba5b6eaf 4 132 293 2024-05-31T22:35:42Z Felenov 2 Creating new project page wikitext text/x-wiki '''Administrators''', commonly known as '''admins''' or '''sysops''' (system operators), are editors who have been granted the technical ability to perform certain special actions on the RoN wiki. These include the ability to block and unblock user accounts, IP addresses, and IP ranges from editing, edit fully protected pages, protect and unprotect pages from editing, delete and un-delete pages, rename (move) pages without restriction, and use certain other tools. 0517186c7fccba9caae609cc10c138e8555d0ba1 828 118 294 264 2024-05-31T22:46:23Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Aligned table]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{aligned table}} local p = {} local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) ~= '' end function p.table(frame) local args = (frame.args[3] ~= nil) and frame.args or frame:getParent().args local entries = {} local colclass = {} local colstyle = {} local cols = tonumber(args['cols']) or 2 -- create the root table local root = mw.html.create('table') -- add table style for fullwidth if isnotempty(args['fullwidth']) then root :css('width', '100%') :css('border-collapse', 'collapse') :css('border-spacing', '0px 0px') :css('border', 'none') end -- add table classes if isnotempty(args['class']) then root:addClass(args['class']) end -- add table style if isnotempty(args['style']) then root:cssText(args['style']) end -- build arrays with the column styles and classes if isnotempty(args['leftright']) then colstyle[1] = 'text-align:left;' colstyle[2] = 'text-align:right;' end if isnotempty(args['rightleft']) then colstyle[1] = 'text-align:right;' colstyle[2] = 'text-align:left;' end for i = 1,cols do colclass[ i ] = colclass[ i ] or '' colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] or '' if isnotempty(args['colstyle']) then colstyle[ i ] = args['colstyle'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colalign' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['colalign' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'align'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['align' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'text-align:' .. args['align' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colnowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'nowrap']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['nowrap' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'white-space:nowrap;' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth' .. tostring(i)] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'width'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] elseif isnotempty(args['colwidth']) then colstyle[ i ] = 'width:' .. args['colwidth'] .. ';' .. colstyle[ i ] end if isnotempty(args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['colstyle' .. tostring(i)] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style']) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'style'] elseif isnotempty(args['style' .. tostring(i)]) then colstyle[ i ] = colstyle[ i ] .. args['style' .. tostring(i)] end if isnotempty(args['colclass' .. tostring(i)]) then colclass[ i ] = args['colclass' .. tostring(i)] elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class']) then colclass[ i ] = args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'class'] elseif isnotempty(args['class' .. tostring(i)]) then colclass[ i ] = args['class' .. tostring(i)] end end -- compute the maximum cell index local cellcount = 0 for k, v in pairs( args ) do if type( k ) == 'number' then cellcount = math.max(cellcount, k) end end -- compute the number of rows local rows = math.ceil(cellcount / cols) -- build the table content if isnotempty(args['title']) then local caption = root:tag('caption') caption:cssText(args['titlestyle']) caption:wikitext(args['title']) end if isnotempty(args['above']) then local row = root:tag('tr') local cell = row:tag('th') cell:attr('colspan', cols) cell:cssText(args['abovestyle']) cell:wikitext(args['above']) end for j=1,rows do -- start a new row local row = root:tag('tr') if isnotempty(args['rowstyle']) then row:cssText(args['rowstyle']) else row:css('vertical-align', 'top') end if isnotempty(args['rowclass']) then row:addClass(args['rowclass']) end -- loop over the cells in the row for i=1,cols do local cell if isnotempty(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'header']) then cell = row:tag('th'):attr('scope','col') elseif isnotempty(args['col' .. tostring(i) .. 'header']) then cell = row:tag('th'):attr('scope','row') else cell = row:tag('td') end if args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then cell:addClass(args['class' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)]) else if args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)] then cell:addClass(args['rowclass' .. tostring(j)]) elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class'] then cell:addClass(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'class']) elseif args['rowevenclass'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 0 then cell:addClass(args['rowevenclass']) elseif args['rowoddclass'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 1 then cell:addClass(args['rowoddclass']) end if colclass[i] ~= '' then cell:addClass(colclass[i]) end end if args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)] then cell:cssText(args['style' .. tostring(j) .. '.' .. tostring(i)]) else if args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)] then cell:cssText(args['rowstyle' .. tostring(j)]) elseif args['rowevenstyle'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 0 then cell:cssText(args['rowevenstyle']) elseif args['rowoddstyle'] and math.fmod(j,2) == 1 then cell:cssText(args['rowoddstyle']) elseif args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style'] then cell:cssText(args['row' .. tostring(j) .. 'style']) end if isnotempty(colstyle[i]) then cell:cssText(colstyle[i]) end end cell:wikitext(mw.ustring.gsub(args[cols*(j - 1) + i] or '', '^(.-)%s*$', '%1') or '') end end -- return the root table return tostring(root) end return p be91fb962ffe123e655c15a0cffb64f72c3042cb 828 16 295 105 2024-05-31T22:46:35Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Arguments]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 35 296 70 2024-05-31T22:47:02Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Category handler]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p b74dd63857b24904ac452429b11213f18647471f 828 73 297 161 2024-05-31T22:48:40Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Hatnote/styles.css]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .hatnote { font-style: italic; } /* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */ div.hatnote { /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } .hatnote i { font-style: normal; } /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes. * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .hatnote + link + .hatnote { margin-top: -0.5em; } 44680ffd6e888866df2cdfa0341af9c7b97da94c 828 72 298 159 2024-05-31T22:48:51Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Hatnote]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes -- -- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end function p.defaultClasses(inline) -- Provides the default hatnote classes as a space-separated string; useful -- for hatnote-manipulation modules like [[Module:Hatnote group]]. return (inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') .. ' ' .. 'navigation-not-searchable' end function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator) -- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical, -- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)". checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string') checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true) disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation' return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator) end function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon) -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false. checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string') checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true) if removeColon ~= false then link = removeInitialColon(link) end local namespace = link:match('^(.-):') if namespace then local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace] if nsTable then return nsTable.id end end return 0 end function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title) -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category -- is added. checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string') checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Make the help link text. local helpText if helpLink then helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])' else helpText = '' end -- Make the category text. local category if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out then category = 'Hatnote templates with errors' category = mw.ustring.format( '[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, category ) else category = '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s', msg, helpText, category ) end local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace p.missingTargetCat = --Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules ((curNs == 0) or (curNs == 14)) and 'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil function p.quote(title) --Wraps titles in quotation marks. If the title starts/ends with a quotation --mark, kerns that side as with {{-'}} local quotationMarks = { ["'"]=true, ['"']=true, ['“']=true, ["‘"]=true, ['”']=true, ["’"]=true } local quoteLeft, quoteRight = -- Test if start/end are quotation marks quotationMarks[string.sub(title, 1, 1)], quotationMarks[string.sub(title, -1, -1)] if quoteLeft or quoteRight then title = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(title) end if quoteLeft then title:css("padding-left", "0.15em") end if quoteRight then title:css("padding-right", "0.15em") end return '"' .. tostring(title) .. '"' end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Hatnote -- -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.hatnote(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local s = args[1] if not s then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no text specified', 'Template:Hatnote#Errors', args.category ) end return p._hatnote(s, { extraclasses = args.extraclasses, selfref = args.selfref }) end function p._hatnote(s, options) checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string') checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} local inline = options.inline local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div') local extraclasses if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then extraclasses = options.extraclasses end hatnote :attr('role', 'note') :addClass(p.defaultClasses(inline)) :addClass(extraclasses) :addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil) :wikitext(s) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' } } .. tostring(hatnote) end return p 3ae1ed7094c5005ca0896395ec9a587287a0bef1 828 71 299 157 2024-05-31T22:49:08Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Format link]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Format link -- -- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped -- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed -- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in -- the {{format link}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local mError -- lazily initialise [[Module:Error]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end local function maybeItalicize(s, shouldItalicize) -- Italicize s if s is a string and the shouldItalicize parameter is true. if s and shouldItalicize then return '<i>' .. s .. '</i>' else return s end end local function parseLink(link) -- Parse a link and return a table with the link's components. -- These components are: -- - link: the link, stripped of any initial colon (always present) -- - page: the page name (always present) -- - section: the page name (may be nil) -- - display: the display text, if manually entered after a pipe (may be nil) link = removeInitialColon(link) -- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic -- word. local prePipe, display = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$') link = prePipe or link -- Find the page, if it exists. -- For links like [[#Bar]], the page will be nil. local preHash, postHash = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$') local page if not preHash then -- We have a link like [[Foo]]. page = link elseif preHash ~= '' then -- We have a link like [[Foo#Bar]]. page = preHash end -- Find the section, if it exists. local section if postHash and postHash ~= '' then section = postHash end return { link = link, page = page, section = section, display = display, } end local function formatDisplay(parsed, options) -- Formats a display string based on a parsed link table (matching the -- output of parseLink) and an options table (matching the input options for -- _formatLink). local page = maybeItalicize(parsed.page, options.italicizePage) local section = maybeItalicize(parsed.section, options.italicizeSection) if (not section) then return page elseif (not page) then return mw.ustring.format('§&nbsp;%s', section) else return mw.ustring.format('%s §&nbsp;%s', page, section) end end local function missingArgError(target) mError = require('Module:Error') return mError.error{message = 'Error: no link or target specified! ([[' .. target .. '#Errors|help]])' } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatLink(frame) -- The formatLink export function, for use in templates. yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local args = getArgs(frame) local link = args[1] or args.link local target = args[3] or args.target if not (link or target) then return missingArgError('Template:Format link') end return p._formatLink{ link = link, display = args[2] or args.display, target = target, italicizePage = yesno(args.italicizepage), italicizeSection = yesno(args.italicizesection), categorizeMissing = args.categorizemissing } end function p._formatLink(options) -- The formatLink export function, for use in modules. checkType('_formatLink', 1, options, 'table') local function check(key, expectedType) --for brevity checkTypeForNamedArg( '_formatLink', key, options[key], expectedType or 'string', true ) end check('link') check('display') check('target') check('italicizePage', 'boolean') check('italicizeSection', 'boolean') check('categorizeMissing') -- Normalize link and target and check that at least one is present if options.link == '' then options.link = nil end if options.target == '' then options.target = nil end if not (options.link or options.target) then return missingArgError('Module:Format link') end local parsed = parseLink(options.link) local display = options.display or parsed.display local catMissing = options.categorizeMissing local category = '' -- Find the display text if not display then display = formatDisplay(parsed, options) end -- Handle the target option if present if options.target then local parsedTarget = parseLink(options.target) parsed.link = parsedTarget.link parsed.page = parsedTarget.page end -- Test if page exists if a diagnostic category is specified if catMissing and (mw.ustring.len(catMissing) > 0) then local title = nil if parsed.page then title = mw.title.new(parsed.page) end if title and (not title.isExternal) then local success, exists = pcall(function() return title.exists end) if success and not exists then category = mw.ustring.format('[[Category:%s]]', catMissing) end end end -- Format the result as a link if parsed.link == display then return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s]]%s', parsed.link, category) else return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s|%s]]%s', parsed.link, display, category) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Derived convenience functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatPages(options, pages) -- Formats an array of pages using formatLink and the given options table, -- and returns it as an array. Nil values are not allowed. local ret = {} for i, page in ipairs(pages) do ret[i] = p._formatLink{ link = page, categorizeMissing = options.categorizeMissing, italicizePage = options.italicizePage, italicizeSection = options.italicizeSection } end return ret end return p 1253bdd2683ee4badc33856bfd5499b09a7dca1f 828 70 300 155 2024-05-31T22:49:15Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:File link]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p 66925f088d11530f2482f04181a3baaaa0ad3d0c 968 300 2024-06-02T05:29:15Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:File_link]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p 66925f088d11530f2482f04181a3baaaa0ad3d0c 828 69 301 153 2024-05-31T22:49:24Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Effective protection level]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts if title.namespace == 0 then return 'autoconfirmed' -- Per [[WP:ACPERM]], you need to be autoconfirmed to create pages in mainspace end return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p b6cb1e5589ec6575118f60841644cd65defa7174 828 27 302 199 2024-05-31T22:49:39Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Documentation/styles.css]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) sanitized-css text/css /* {{PP-template}} */ .ts-doc-sandbox .mbox-image { padding:.75em 0 .75em .75em; } .ts-doc-doc { clear: both; background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-top: 1em; padding: 5px; } .ts-doc-header { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks { display: inline-block; line-height: 24px; margin-left: 1em; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external { color: #0645ad; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:visited { color: #0b0080; } .ts-doc-header .ts-tlinks-tlinks a.external:active { color: #faa700; } .ts-doc-content:after { content: ''; clear: both; display: block; } .ts-doc-heading { display: inline-block; padding-left: 55px; background: center left/50px no-repeat; background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg/50px-Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg.png); background-image: url(https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/43/Test_Template_Info-Icon_-_Version_%282%29.svg); font-size: 1.5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:first-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:first-child { margin-top: .5em; } .ts-doc-content > *:last-child, .ts-doc-footer > *:last-child { margin-bottom: .5em; } .ts-doc-footer { background-color: #ecfcf4; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: .25em 1em; margin-top: .2em; font-style: italic; } .ts-doc-footer small { font-style: normal; } .ts-doc-sandbox { clear: both; } c37b0ddfd0b1c128c187ca56721d1c4e481b05ff 828 23 303 195 2024-05-31T22:49:54Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Documentation]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local messageBox = require('Module:Message box') -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local i18n = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/i18n') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type', cfgKey, expectType, type(msg)), 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error(require('Module:TNT').format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty', '$' .. match, cfgKey), 4) end local ret = ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) return ret end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return mw.ustring.format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return mw.ustring.format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return mw.ustring.format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end return '<small>(' .. table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') .. ')</small>' end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load TemplateStyles ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.main = function(frame) local parent = frame.getParent(frame) local output = p._main(parent.args) return frame:extensionTag{ name='templatestyles', args = { src= message('templatestyles-scr') } } .. output end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main function ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Messages: -- 'main-div-id' --> 'template-documentation' -- 'main-div-classes' --> 'template-documentation iezoomfix' --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) -- This div tag is from {{documentation/start box}}, but moving it here -- so that we don't have to worry about unclosed tags. :tag('div') :attr('id', message('main-div-id')) :addClass(message('main-div-class')) :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) return tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title objects and other namespace- or -- path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- env.printTitle - the print version of the template, located at the /Print subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.printTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /Print subpage. -- Messages: -- 'print-subpage' --> 'Print' --]] return env.templateTitle:subPageTitle(message('print-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the same as the -- subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, MediaWiki or Category -- namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.fullUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', {page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[Image:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[w:Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local isPreviewing = frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}') == '' -- True if the page is being previewed. local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if isPreviewing or not compareUrl then text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) else local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) omargs.text = text omargs.class = message('sandbox-class') return messageBox.main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local title = env.title local protectionLevels local protectionTemplate = message('protection-template') local namespace = title.namespace if not (protectionTemplate and (namespace == 10 or namespace == 828)) then -- Don't display the protection template if we are not in the template or module namespaces. return nil end protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editLevels = protectionLevels.edit local moveLevels = protectionLevels.move if moveLevels and moveLevels[1] == 'sysop' or editLevels and editLevels[1] then -- The page is full-move protected, or full, template, or semi-protected. local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() return frame:expandTemplate{title = protectionTemplate, args = message('protection-template-args', nil, 'table')} else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'file-docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end local data = {} data.title = title data.docTitle = docTitle -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. data.viewLinkDisplay = i18n['view-link-display'] data.editLinkDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] data.historyLinkDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] data.purgeLinkDisplay = i18n['purge-link-display'] -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace preload = message('file-docpage-preload') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end data.preload = preload data.createLinkDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] return data end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local function escapeBrackets(s) -- Escapes square brackets with HTML entities. return s :gsub('%[', '&#91;') -- Replace square brackets with HTML entities. :gsub('%]', '&#93;') end local ret local docTitle = data.docTitle local title = data.title if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'}, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'}, data.historyLinkDisplay) local purgeLink = makeUrlLink(title:fullUrl{action = 'purge'}, data.purgeLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s] [%s] [%s] [%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, viewLink, editLink, historyLink, purgeLink) else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) ret = '[%s]' ret = escapeBrackets(ret) ret = mw.ustring.format(ret, createLink) end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'start-box-linkclasses' --> 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- 'start-box-link-id' --> 'doc_editlinks' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = i18n['template-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = i18n['module-namespace-heading'] elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = i18n['file-namespace-heading'] else data.heading = i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then data.linksClass = message('start-box-linkclasses') data.linksId = message('start-box-link-id') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox :addClass(message('header-div-class')) :tag('div') :addClass(message('heading-div-class')) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox :tag('div') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. local cbox = mw.html.create('div') cbox :addClass(message('content-div-class')) :wikitext('\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n') return tostring(cbox) end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the footer text field. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') text = text .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" local printBlurb = p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) -- Two-line blurb about print versions of templates. if printBlurb then text = text .. '<br />' .. printBlurb end end end local ebox = mw.html.create('div') ebox :addClass(message('footer-div-class')) :wikitext(text) return tostring(ebox) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[w:Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[w:Wikipedia:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[w:Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle or args.content then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local editDisplay = i18n['edit-link-display'] local editLink = makeUrlLink(editUrl, editDisplay) local historyUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'history'} local historyDisplay = i18n['history-link-display'] local historyLink = makeUrlLink(historyUrl, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = i18n['create-link-display'] local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxEditUrl, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesEditUrl, testcasesEditDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:fullUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end function p.makePrintBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates the blurb displayed when there is a print version of the template available. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'print-link-display' --> '/Print' -- 'print-blurb' --> 'A [[Help:Books/for experts#Improving the book layout|print version]]' -- .. ' of this template exists at $1.' -- .. ' If you make a change to this template, please update the print version as well.' -- 'display-print-category' --> true -- 'print-category' --> 'Templates with print versions' --]=] local printTitle = env.printTitle if not printTitle then return nil end local ret if printTitle.exists then local printLink = makeWikilink(printTitle.prefixedText, message('print-link-display')) ret = message('print-blurb', {printLink}) local displayPrintCategory = message('display-print-category', nil, 'boolean') if displayPrintCategory then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('print-category')) end end return ret end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p a029650bff998bd1a25784b49e99f984f068d85d 828 26 304 51 2024-05-31T22:52:48Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Documentation/i18n]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local format = require('Module:TNT').format local i18n = {} i18n['cfg-error-msg-type'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-type') i18n['cfg-error-msg-empty'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'cfg-error-msg-empty') -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. i18n['template-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'template-namespace-heading') -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. i18n['module-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'module-namespace-heading') -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. i18n['file-namespace-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'file-namespace-heading') -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. i18n['other-namespaces-heading'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'other-namespaces-heading') -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. i18n['view-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'view-link-display') -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. i18n['edit-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'edit-link-display') -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. i18n['history-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'history-link-display') -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. i18n['purge-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'purge-link-display') -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. i18n['create-link-display'] = format('I18n/Documentation', 'create-link-display') return i18n 9a9f234b177a424f1fc465eb25c484eff54905c0 828 39 305 78 2024-05-31T22:53:41Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikipedia:Template index/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive', "^Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$", } 87469d7a9ef2a3c41b2bf04ae18f7c59a18fb855 828 37 306 74 2024-05-31T22:54:11Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Category handler/config]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'page', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [108] = true, -- book } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 373cd107b13a5b00e6a1b7e66a749f12502c849d 828 36 307 72 2024-05-31T22:54:17Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Category handler/data]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data abbc68048ff698e88dda06b64ecf384bbf583120 828 38 308 76 2024-05-31T22:54:21Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Category handler/shared]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p d2d5de1a031e6ce97c242cbfa8afe7a92cb9eca5 828 54 309 123 2024-05-31T22:54:26Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Check for unknown parameters]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p 93db6d115d4328d2a5148bb42959105e367b663e 828 115 310 258 2024-05-31T22:54:31Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Color contrast]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements -- {{Color contrast ratio}} -- {{Greater color contrast ratio}} -- {{ColorToLum}} -- {{RGBColorToLum}} -- local p = {} local HTMLcolor = mw.loadData( 'Module:Color contrast/colors' ) local function sRGB (v) if (v <= 0.03928) then v = v / 12.92 else v = math.pow((v+0.055)/1.055, 2.4) end return v end local function rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) if ( 0 <= R and R < 256 and 0 <= G and G < 256 and 0 <= B and B < 256 ) then return 0.2126 * sRGB(R/255) + 0.7152 * sRGB(G/255) + 0.0722 * sRGB(B/255) else return '' end end local function hsl2lum(h, s, l) if ( 0 <= h and h < 360 and 0 <= s and s <= 1 and 0 <= l and l <= 1 ) then local c = (1 - math.abs(2*l - 1))*s local x = c*(1 - math.abs( math.fmod(h/60, 2) - 1) ) local m = l - c/2 local r, g, b = m, m, m if( 0 <= h and h < 60 ) then r = r + c g = g + x elseif( 60 <= h and h < 120 ) then r = r + x g = g + c elseif( 120 <= h and h < 180 ) then g = g + c b = b + x elseif( 180 <= h and h < 240 ) then g = g + x b = b + c elseif( 240 <= h and h < 300 ) then r = r + x b = b + c elseif( 300 <= h and h < 360 ) then r = r + c b = b + x end return rgbdec2lum(255*r, 255*g, 255*b) else return '' end end local function color2lum(c) if (c == nil) then return '' end -- html '#' entity c = c:gsub("&#35;", "#") -- whitespace c = c:match( '^%s*(.-)[%s;]*$' ) -- unstrip nowiki strip markers c = mw.text.unstripNoWiki(c) -- lowercase c = c:lower() -- first try to look it up local L = HTMLcolor[c] if (L ~= nil) then return L end -- convert from hsl if mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then local h, s, l = mw.ustring.match(c,'^hsl%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$') return hsl2lum(tonumber(h), tonumber(s)/100, tonumber(l)/100) end -- convert from rgb if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9]*[%s]*%)$') then local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9]*)[%s]*%)$') return rgbdec2lum(tonumber(R), tonumber(G), tonumber(B)) end -- convert from rgb percent if mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*,[%s]*[0-9][0-9%.]*%%[%s]*%)$') then local R, G, B = mw.ustring.match(c,'^rgb%([%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*,[%s]*([0-9][0-9%.]*)%%[%s]*%)$') return rgbdec2lum(255*tonumber(R)/100, 255*tonumber(G)/100, 255*tonumber(B)/100) end -- remove leading # (if there is one) and whitespace c = mw.ustring.match(c, '^[%s#]*([a-f0-9]*)[%s]*$') -- split into rgb local cs = mw.text.split(c or '', '') if( #cs == 6 ) then local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[4]) local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[5]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[6]) return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) elseif ( #cs == 3 ) then local R = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[1]) local G = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[2]) local B = 16*tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) + tonumber('0x' .. cs[3]) return rgbdec2lum(R, G, B) end -- failure, return blank return '' end -- This exports the function for use in other modules. -- The colour is passed as a string. function p._lum(color) return color2lum(color) end function p._greatercontrast(args) local bias = tonumber(args['bias'] or '0') or 0 local css = (args['css'] and args['css'] ~= '') and true or false local v1 = color2lum(args[1] or '') local c2 = args[2] or '#FFFFFF' local v2 = color2lum(c2) local c3 = args[3] or '#000000' local v3 = color2lum(c3) local ratio1 = -1; local ratio2 = -1; if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then ratio1 = (v2 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05) ratio1 = (ratio1 < 1) and 1/ratio1 or ratio1 end if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v3) == 'number') then ratio2 = (v3 + 0.05)/(v1 + 0.05) ratio2 = (ratio2 < 1) and 1/ratio2 or ratio2 end if css then local c1 = args[1] or '' if mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(c1, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c1 = '#' .. c1 end if mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(c2, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c2 = '#' .. c2 end if mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') or mw.ustring.match(v3, '^[A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9][A-Fa-f0-9]$') then c3 = '#' .. c3 end return 'background-color:' .. c1 .. '; color:' .. ((ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or '') .. ';' end return (ratio1 > 0) and (ratio2 > 0) and ((ratio1 + bias > ratio2) and c2 or c3) or '' end function p._ratio(args) local v1 = color2lum(args[1]) local v2 = color2lum(args[2]) if (type(v1) == 'number' and type(v2) == 'number') then -- v1 should be the brighter of the two. if v2 > v1 then v1, v2 = v2, v1 end return (v1 + 0.05)/(v2 + 0.05) else return args['error'] or '?' end end function p._styleratio(args) local style = (args[1] or ''):lower() local bg, fg = 'white', 'black' local lum_bg, lum_fg = 1, 0 if args[2] then local lum = color2lum(args[2]) if lum ~= '' then bg, lum_bg = args[2], lum end end if args[3] then local lum = color2lum(args[3]) if lum ~= '' then fg, lum_fg = args[3], lum end end local slist = mw.text.split(mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(style or '', '&#[Xx]23;', '#'), '&#35;', '#'), ';') for k = 1,#slist do local s = slist[k] local k,v = s:match( '^[%s]*([^:]-):([^:]-)[%s;]*$' ) k = k or '' v = v or '' if (k:match('^[%s]*(background)[%s]*$') or k:match('^[%s]*(background%-color)[%s]*$')) then local lum = color2lum(v) if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_bg = v, lum end elseif (k:match('^[%s]*(color)[%s]*$')) then local lum = color2lum(v) if( lum ~= '' ) then bg, lum_fg = v, lum end end end if lum_bg > lum_fg then return (lum_bg + 0.05)/(lum_fg + 0.05) else return (lum_fg + 0.05)/(lum_bg + 0.05) end end --[[ Use {{#invoke:Color contrast|somecolor}} directly or {{#invoke:Color contrast}} from a wrapper template. Parameters: -- |1= — required; A color to check. --]] function p.lum(frame) local color = frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1] return p._lum(color) end function p.ratio(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._ratio(args) end function p.styleratio(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._styleratio(args) end function p.greatercontrast(frame) local args = frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return p._greatercontrast(args) end return p 1e399769117591366a63f62996c9a407077cc711 828 116 311 260 2024-05-31T22:54:35Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Color contrast/colors]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain return { aliceblue = 0.92880068253475, antiquewhite = 0.84646951707754, aqua = 0.7874, aquamarine = 0.8078549208338, azure = 0.97265264954166, beige = 0.8988459998705, bisque = 0.80732327372979, black = 0, blanchedalmond = 0.85084439608156, blue = 0.0722, blueviolet = 0.12622014321946, brown = 0.098224287876511, burlywood = 0.51559844533893, cadetblue = 0.29424681085422, chartreuse = 0.76032025902623, chocolate = 0.23898526114557, coral = 0.37017930872924, cornflowerblue = 0.30318641994179, cornsilk = 0.93562110372965, crimson = 0.16042199953026, cyan = 0.7874, darkblue = 0.018640801980939, darkcyan = 0.20329317839046, darkgoldenrod = 0.27264703559993, darkgray = 0.39675523072563, darkgreen = 0.091143429047575, darkgrey = 0.39675523072563, darkkhaki = 0.45747326349994, darkmagenta = 0.07353047651207, darkolivegreen = 0.12651920884889, darkorange = 0.40016167026524, darkorchid = 0.13413142174857, darkred = 0.054889674531132, darksalmon = 0.40541471563381, darkseagreen = 0.43789249325969, darkslateblue = 0.065792846227988, darkslategray = 0.067608151928044, darkslategrey = 0.067608151928044, darkturquoise = 0.4874606277449, darkviolet = 0.10999048339343, deeppink = 0.23866895828276, deepskyblue = 0.44481603395575, dimgray = 0.14126329114027, dimgrey = 0.14126329114027, dodgerblue = 0.27442536991456, firebrick = 0.10724525535015, floralwhite = 0.95922484825004, forestgreen = 0.18920812076002, fuchsia = 0.2848, gainsboro = 0.71569350050648, ghostwhite = 0.94311261886323, gold = 0.69860877428159, goldenrod = 0.41919977809569, gray = 0.2158605001139, green = 0.15438342968146, greenyellow = 0.80609472611453, grey = 0.2158605001139, honeydew = 0.96336535554782, hotpink = 0.34658438169715, indianred = 0.21406134963884, indigo = 0.03107561486337, ivory = 0.99071270600615, khaki = 0.77012343394121, lavender = 0.80318750514521, lavenderblush = 0.90172748631046, lawngreen = 0.73905893124963, lemonchiffon = 0.94038992245622, lightblue = 0.63709141280807, lightcoral = 0.35522120733135, lightcyan = 0.94587293494829, lightgoldenrodyellow = 0.93348351018297, lightgray = 0.65140563741982, lightgreen = 0.69091979956865, lightgrey = 0.65140563741982, lightpink = 0.58566152734898, lightsalmon = 0.4780675225206, lightseagreen = 0.35050145117042, lightskyblue = 0.56195637618331, lightslategray = 0.23830165007287, lightslategrey = 0.23830165007287, lightsteelblue = 0.53983888284666, lightyellow = 0.98161818392882, lime = 0.7152, limegreen = 0.44571042246098, linen = 0.88357340984379, magenta = 0.2848, maroon = 0.045891942324215, mediumaquamarine = 0.49389703310801, mediumblue = 0.044077780212328, mediumorchid = 0.21639251153773, mediumpurple = 0.22905858091648, mediumseagreen = 0.34393112338131, mediumslateblue = 0.20284629471622, mediumspringgreen = 0.70704308194184, mediumturquoise = 0.5133827926448, mediumvioletred = 0.14371899849357, midnightblue = 0.02071786635086, mintcream = 0.97834604947588, mistyrose = 0.82183047859185, moccasin = 0.80083000991567, navajowhite = 0.76519682342785, navy = 0.015585128108224, oldlace = 0.91900633405549, olive = 0.20027537200568, olivedrab = 0.22593150951929, orange = 0.4817026703631, orangered = 0.25516243753416, orchid = 0.31348806761439, palegoldenrod = 0.78792647887614, palegreen = 0.77936759006353, paleturquoise = 0.76436077921714, palevioletred = 0.28754994117889, papayawhip = 0.87797100199835, peachpuff = 0.74905589878251, peru = 0.30113074877936, pink = 0.63271070702466, plum = 0.45734221587969, powderblue = 0.68254586500605, purple = 0.061477070432439, rebeccapurple = 0.07492341159447, red = 0.2126, rosybrown = 0.32319457649407, royalblue = 0.16663210743188, saddlebrown = 0.097922285020521, salmon = 0.36977241527596, sandybrown = 0.46628543696283, seagreen = 0.19734199706275, seashell = 0.92737862206922, sienna = 0.13697631337098, silver = 0.52711512570581, skyblue = 0.55291668518184, slateblue = 0.14784278062136, slategray = 0.20896704076536, slategrey = 0.20896704076536, snow = 0.96533341834849, springgreen = 0.73052306068529, steelblue = 0.20562642207625, tan = 0.48237604163921, teal = 0.16996855778968, thistle = 0.56818401093733, tomato = 0.30638612719415, turquoise = 0.5895536427578, violet = 0.40315452986676, wheat = 0.74909702820482, white = 1, whitesmoke = 0.91309865179342, yellow = 0.9278, yellowgreen = 0.50762957208707, } 6ae47fdb24de4eed5ec26d203faf5341a388987b 828 67 312 149 2024-05-31T22:54:40Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Distinguish]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list') local mArguments --initialize lazily local mTableTools --initialize lazily local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local p = {} function p.distinguish(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame) local selfref = args.selfref local text = args.text args = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) return p._distinguish(args, text, selfref) end function p._distinguish(args, text, selfref) checkType("_distinguish", 1, args, 'table') if #args == 0 and not text then return '' end local text = string.format( 'Not to be confused with %s.', text or mHatlist.orList(args, true) ) hnOptions = {selfref = selfref} return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions) end return p 0364d14af01fc656ad1d898c5036fbd12a7ca938 828 24 313 197 2024-05-31T22:54:46Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Documentation/config]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _format = require('Module:TNT').format local function format(id) return _format('I18n/Documentation', id) end local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. cfg['templatestyles-scr'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-template'] -- The name of the template that displays the protection icon (a padlock on enwiki). cfg['protection-template'] = 'PP-template' -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ -- cfg['protection-template-args'] -- Any arguments to send to the protection template. This should be a Lua table. -- For example, if the protection template is "pp-template", and the wikitext template invocation -- looks like "{{pp-template|docusage=yes}}", then this table should look like "{docusage = 'yes'}". --]] cfg['protection-template-args'] = {docusage = 'yes'} --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[Image:Edit In Sandbox Icon - Color.svg|40px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = format('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb') cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = format('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=Documentation icon]]' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = format('transcluded-from-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = format('create-module-doc-blurb') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = format('experiment-blurb-template') cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = format('experiment-blurb-module') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = format('sandbox-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = format('sandbox-edit-link-display') -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = format('sandbox-create-link-display') -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = format('compare-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = format('mirror-link-display') -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = format('testcases-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = format('testcases-edit-link-display') -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = format('testcases-create-link-display') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = format('add-categories-blurb') -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = format('subpages-blurb') --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = format('subpages-link-display') -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = format('template-pagetype') -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = format('module-pagetype') -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = format('default-pagetype') ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['file-docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for documentation page in the file namespace. cfg['file-docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-filespace' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Print version configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['print-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage used for print versions. cfg['print-subpage'] = 'Print' -- cfg['print-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /Print subpage. cfg['print-link-display'] = '/Print' -- cfg['print-blurb'] -- Text to display if a /Print subpage exists. $1 is a link to the subpage with a display value of cfg['print-link-display']. cfg['print-blurb'] = format('print-blurb') -- cfg['display-print-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['print-category'] if a /Print subpage exists. -- This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-print-category'] = true -- cfg['print-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-print-category'] is set to true, and a /Print subpage exists. cfg['print-category'] = 'Templates with print versions' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['main-div-id'] -- The "id" attribute of the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-id'] = 'template-documentation' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- The CSS classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-doc' cfg['header-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-header' cfg['heading-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-heading' cfg['content-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-content' cfg['footer-div-class'] = 'ts-doc-footer plainlinks' cfg['sandbox-class'] = 'ts-doc-sandbox' -- cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] -- The CSS classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. cfg['start-box-linkclasses'] = 'ts-tlinks-tlinks mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['start-box-link-id'] -- The HTML "id" attribute for the links in the start box. cfg['start-box-link-id'] = 'doc_editlinks' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 79bc957b39b5b752fa4c2e2e80a35faa01901425 14 133 314 2024-05-31T23:50:41Z Felenov 2 Created page with "Pages marked with {{tl|in use}}" wikitext text/x-wiki Pages marked with {{tl|in use}} 1e8129bd9e77f21e8889e7d8a1568647ca5bb869 828 56 315 127 2024-06-01T00:00:34Z Felenov 2 Protected "[[Module:Infobox]]": High risk module ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local lists = { plainlist_t = { patterns = { '^plainlist$', '%splainlist$', '^plainlist%s', '%splainlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' }, hlist_t = { patterns = { '^hlist$', '%shlist$', '^hlist%s', '%shlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } local function has_list_class(args_to_check) for _, list in pairs(lists) do if not list.found then for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then list.found = true break end end if list.found then break end end end end end local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt) local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end if notempty(sval) then local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>' local s = sval -- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows local slast = '' while slast ~= s do slast = s s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1') end -- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker) if s:match(marker) then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1') end if s:match(marker) then local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker) s = '' for k = 1, #subcells do if k == 1 then s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' elseif k == #subcells then local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"' if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then if (k % 2) == 0 then s = s .. subcells[k] else s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' end end end end -- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser -- [[Special:Diff/849054481]] -- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1') return s else return sval end end -- Cleans empty tables local function cleanInfobox() root = tostring(root) if has_rows == false then root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '') end end -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence. local function union(t1, t2) local vals = {} for k, v in pairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for k, v in pairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end return ret end -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}. local function getArgNums(prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell -- or a label/data cell combination. local function addRow(rowArgs) if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) :cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-header') :addClass(rowArgs.class) :addClass(args.headerclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header :cssText(args.headerstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th')) if rowArgs.data then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]' ) end elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) if rowArgs.label then row :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('infobox-label') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label :cssText(args.labelstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(rowArgs.label) :done() end local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil) :addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data') :addClass(rowArgs.class) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data :cssText(rowArgs.datastyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '') end end local function renderTitle() if not args.title then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({args.titleclass}) root :tag('caption') :addClass('infobox-title') :addClass(args.titleclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end local function renderAboveRow() if not args.above then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.aboveclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-above') :addClass(args.aboveclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above :cssText(args.abovestyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th')) end local function renderBelowRow() if not args.below then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.belowclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-below') :addClass(args.belowclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below :cssText(args.belowstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td')) end local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs) if subheaderArgs.data and subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-subheader') :addClass(subheaderArgs.class) :cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle) :cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '') end end local function renderSubheaders() if args.subheader then args.subheader1 = args.subheader end if args.subheaderrowclass then args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass end local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader') for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do addSubheaderRow({ data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader datastyle = args.subheaderstyle, rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)], class = args.subheaderclass, rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function addImageRow(imageArgs) if imageArgs.data and imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-image') :addClass(imageArgs.class) :cssText(imageArgs.datastyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '') end end local function renderImages() if args.image then args.image1 = args.image end if args.caption then args.caption1 = args.caption end local imagenums = getArgNums('image') for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)] local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)]) if caption then data :tag('div') :addClass('infobox-caption') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(caption) end addImageRow({ data = tostring(data), -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image datastyle = args.imagestyle, class = args.imageclass, rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end -- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows local function preprocessRows() if not args.autoheaders then return end local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) local lastheader for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end lastheader = num elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub( category_in_empty_row_pattern, '' ):match('^%S') then local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)] if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then lastheader = nil end end end if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end end -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers, -- and renders them all in order local function renderRows() local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do addRow({ header = args['header' .. tostring(num)], label = args['label' .. tostring(num)], data = args['data' .. tostring(num)], datastyle = args.datastyle, class = args['class' .. tostring(num)], rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)], rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function renderNavBar() if not args.name then return end has_rows = true root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-navbar') :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, }) end local function renderItalicTitle() local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title']) if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({})) end end -- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories. -- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by -- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories -- from rendering. local function renderEmptyRowCategories() for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do root:wikitext(s) end end -- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories. local function renderTrackingCategories() if args.decat == 'yes' then return end if args.child == 'yes' then if args.title then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]' ) end elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]') end end --[=[ Loads the templatestyles for the infobox. TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :). When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too. Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar. ]=] local function loadTemplateStyles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local hlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.hlist_t.found then hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles } } end local plainlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.plainlist_t.found then plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles } } end -- See function description local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ -- hlist -> plainlist -> base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking -- each class may not be on a specific page hlist_templatestyles, plainlist_templatestyles, base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles }) end -- common functions between the child and non child cases local function structure_infobox_common() renderSubheaders() renderImages() preprocessRows() renderRows() renderBelowRow() renderNavBar() renderItalicTitle() renderEmptyRowCategories() renderTrackingCategories() cleanInfobox() end -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the -- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox. local function _infobox() if args.child ~= 'yes' then root = mw.html.create('table') root :addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox') :addClass(args.bodyclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> :cssText(args.bodystyle) has_list_class({ args.bodyclass }) renderTitle() renderAboveRow() else root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(args.title) end structure_infobox_common() return loadTemplateStyles() .. root end -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table. -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions. local function preprocessSingleArg(argName) if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then args[argName] = origArgs[argName] end end -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in -- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from -- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing -- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a -- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix" -- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix -- parameter is present and non-blank. local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step) if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2) end if type(step) ~= 'number' then error("Invalid step value detected", 2) end -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input. for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2) end preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix) -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present -- and not blank. if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs') end preprocessSingleArg(dependValue) end end end -- Get arguments with number suffixes. local a = 1 -- Counter variable. local moreArgumentsExist = true while moreArgumentsExist == true do moreArgumentsExist = false for i = a, a + step - 1 do for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i) if origArgs[prefixArgName] then -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones. moreArgumentsExist = true preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName) end -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present -- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is -- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present. if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i) preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName) end end end end a = a + step end end -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so -- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that -- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, -- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists. local function parseDataParameters() preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders') preprocessSingleArg('child') preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass') preprocessSingleArg('subbox') preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle') preprocessSingleArg('title') preprocessSingleArg('titleclass') preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle') preprocessSingleArg('above') preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass') preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle') preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle') preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle') preprocessSingleArg('imageclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'header'}, {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}}, {prefix = 'rowclass'}, {prefix = 'rowstyle'}, {prefix = 'rowcellstyle'}, {prefix = 'class'} }, 50) preprocessSingleArg('headerclass') preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle') preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle') preprocessSingleArg('datastyle') preprocessSingleArg('below') preprocessSingleArg('belowclass') preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle') preprocessSingleArg('name') -- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] preprocessSingleArg('decat') preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles') end -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template. -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in. function p.infobox(frame) if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args else origArgs = frame end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end -- For calling via #invoke within a template function p.infoboxTemplate(frame) origArgs = {} for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end return p 0ddb7e5c8426d67cd589b710efb9912ddfb67fea 828 134 317 316 2024-06-01T00:11:01Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:TemplateStyles]] Scribunto text/plain return function (CSS_page) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = "templatestyles", args = { src = CSS_page } } end d3d1af185bd67ec39d0f226d5afc3c21fe548702 828 44 318 88 2024-06-01T00:15:15Z Felenov 2 Felenov changed the content model of the page [[Module:Message box/tmbox.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS" sanitized-css text/css /** * {{tmbox}} (talk page message box) styles * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ table.tmbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */ border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; min-width: 80%; box-sizing: border-box; } .tmbox.mbox-small { /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */ min-width: 0; } /** * For tmboxes inside other templates. "body.mediawiki" ensures that * this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */ body.mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { margin: 2px 0; /* For Safari and Opera */ width: 100%; } .mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /** * "small" tmboxes should not be small when also "nested", * so reset styles that are set in ".tmbox.mbox-small" below. */ line-height: 1.5em; font-size: 100%; } /* An empty narrow cell */ td.mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* The message body cell(s) */ th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { border: none; /* 0.9em left/right */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ width: 100%; } /* The left image cell */ td.mbox-image { border: none; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } /* The right image cell */ td.mbox-imageright { border: none; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } table.tmbox-speedy { /* Pink */ background-color: #fee7e6; } table.tmbox-delete, table.tmbox-speedy { /* Red */ border-color: #b32424; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-content { /* Orange */ border-color: #f28500; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-style { /* Yellow */ border-color: #fc3; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-move { /* Purple */ border-color: #9932cc; border-width: 2px; } table.tmbox-protection, table.tmbox-notice { /* Gray-brown */ border-color: #c0c090; border-width: 1px; } /** * {{tmbox|small=1}} styles * * These ".mbox-small" classes must be placed after all other * ".tmbox" classes. "html body.mediawiki .tmbox" * is so they apply only to talk page message boxes. * * @source https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki:Gadget-enwp-boxes.css * @revision 2021-07-15 */ /* For the "small=yes" option. */ html body.mediawiki .tmbox.mbox-small { clear: right; float: right; margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } 17413bb9de8527d49f25416233a0dda2e9086a55 10 291 635 634 2024-06-01T00:25:55Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Plainlist/styles.css]]: selective import sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template|small=yes}} */ .plainlist ol, .plainlist ul { line-height: inherit; list-style: none; margin: 0; padding: 0; /* Reset Minerva default */ } .plainlist ol li, .plainlist ul li { margin-bottom: 0; } 51706efa229ff8794c0d94f260a208e7c5e6ec30 10 292 637 636 2024-06-01T00:25:59Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Pp-template]]: selective import wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 31be6fc5b968e0deb5100a35b856393cdeb35b90 8 443 942 2024-06-01T00:44:43Z Felenov 2 Created page with "[$1]" wikitext text/x-wiki [$1] 01a53900c13b4237835bece0c751a5ca4e311291 8 444 943 2024-06-01T00:45:06Z Felenov 2 Created page with "en" wikitext text/x-wiki en 094b0fe0e302854af1311afab85b5203ba457a3b 8 445 944 2024-06-01T01:07:08Z Felenov 2 Copying MH dev css text/css /* CSS placed here will be applied to all skins */ /* Default style for navigation boxes */ .navbox { /* Navbox container style */ box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; width: 100%; clear: both; font-size: 88%; text-align: center; padding: 1px; margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */ } .navbox .navbox { margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */ } .navbox + .navbox { margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */ } .navbox-inner, .navbox-subgroup { width: 100%; } .navbox-group, .navbox-title, .navbox-abovebelow { padding: 0.25em 1em; /* Title, group and above/below styles */ line-height: 1.5em; text-align: center; } th.navbox-group { /* Group style */ white-space: nowrap; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox, .navbox-subgroup { background-color: #fdfdfd; /* Background color */ } .navbox-list { line-height: 1.5em; border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } /* cell spacing for navbox cells */ tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow, tr + tr > .navbox-group, tr + tr > .navbox-image, tr + tr > .navbox-list { /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */ border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox th, .navbox-title { background-color: #ccccff; /* Level 1 color */ } .navbox-abovebelow, th.navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title { background-color: #ddddff; /* Level 2 color */ } .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow { background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */ } .navbox-even { background-color: #f7f7f7; /* Even row striping */ } .navbox-odd { background-color: transparent; /* Odd row striping */ } .navbox .hlist td dl, .navbox .hlist td ol, .navbox .hlist td ul, .navbox td.hlist dl, .navbox td.hlist ol, .navbox td.hlist ul { padding: 0.125em 0; /* Adjust hlist padding in navboxes */ } /* Default styling for Navbar template */ .navbar { display: inline; font-size: 88%; font-weight: normal; } .navbar ul { display: inline; white-space: nowrap; } .mw-body-content .navbar ul { line-height: inherit; } .navbar li { word-spacing: -0.125em; } .navbar.mini li abbr[title] { font-variant: small-caps; border-bottom: none; text-decoration: none; cursor: inherit; } /* Navbar styling when nested in infobox and navbox */ .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } .navbox .navbar { display: block; font-size: 100%; } .navbox-title .navbar { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ margin-right: 0.5em; } .infobox { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; border-spacing: 3px; background-color: #f8f9fa; color: black; /* @noflip */ margin: 0.5em 0 0.5em 1em; padding: 0.2em; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ clear: right; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.5em; } .infobox caption { font-size: 125%; font-weight: bold; padding: 0.2em; text-align: center; } .infobox td, .infobox th { vertical-align: top; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; } .infobox.bordered { border-collapse: collapse; } .infobox.bordered td, .infobox.bordered th { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; } .infobox.bordered .borderless td, .infobox.bordered .borderless th { border: 0; } .infobox.sisterproject { width: 20em; font-size: 90%; } .infobox.standard-talk { border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; } .infobox.standard-talk.bordered td, .infobox.standard-talk.bordered th { border: 1px solid #c0c090; } /* styles for bordered infobox with merged rows */ .infobox.bordered .mergedtoprow td, .infobox.bordered .mergedtoprow th { border: 0; border-top: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* @noflip */ border-right: 1px solid #a2a9b1; } .infobox.bordered .mergedrow td, .infobox.bordered .mergedrow th { border: 0; /* @noflip */ border-right: 1px solid #a2a9b1; } /* Styles for geography infoboxes, eg countries, country subdivisions, cities, etc. */ .infobox.geography { border-collapse: collapse; line-height: 1.2em; font-size: 90%; } .infobox.geography td, .infobox.geography th { border-top: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: 0.4em 0.6em 0.4em 0.6em; } .infobox.geography .mergedtoprow td, .infobox.geography .mergedtoprow th { border-top: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: 0.4em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; } .infobox.geography .mergedrow td, .infobox.geography .mergedrow th { border: 0; padding: 0 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; } .infobox.geography .mergedbottomrow td, .infobox.geography .mergedbottomrow th { border-top: 0; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; padding: 0 0.6em 0.4em 0.6em; } .infobox.geography .maptable td, .infobox.geography .maptable th { border: 0; padding: 0; } div.listenlist { background: url("//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/47/Sound-icon.svg") no-repeat scroll 0 0 transparent; background-size: 30px; padding-left: 40px; } /* Fix for hieroglyphs specificity issue in infoboxes ([[phab:T43869]]) */ table.mw-hiero-table td { vertical-align: middle; } /* Style rules for media list templates */ /* TemplateStyles */ div.medialist { min-height: 50px; margin: 1em; /* @noflip */ background-position: top left; background-repeat: no-repeat; } div.medialist ul { list-style-type: none; list-style-image: none; margin: 0; } div.medialist ul li { padding-bottom: 0.5em; } div.medialist ul li li { font-size: 91%; padding-bottom: 0; } /* Messagebox templates */ .messagebox { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #f8f9fa; width: 80%; margin: 0 auto 1em auto; padding: .2em; } .messagebox.merge { border: 1px solid #c0b8cc; background-color: #f0e5ff; text-align: center; } .messagebox.cleanup { border: 1px solid #9f9fff; background-color: #efefff; text-align: center; } .messagebox.standard-talk { border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; margin: 4px auto; } /* For old WikiProject banners inside banner shells. */ .mbox-inside .standard-talk, .messagebox.nested-talk { border: 1px solid #c0c090; background-color: #f8eaba; width: 100%; margin: 2px 0; padding: 2px; } .messagebox.small { width: 238px; font-size: 85%; /* @noflip */ float: right; clear: both; /* @noflip */ margin: 0 0 1em 1em; line-height: 1.25em; } .messagebox.small-talk { width: 238px; font-size: 85%; /* @noflip */ float: right; clear: both; /* @noflip */ margin: 0 0 1em 1em; line-height: 1.25em; background-color: #F8EABA; } /* Cell sizes for ambox/tmbox/imbox/cmbox/ombox/fmbox/dmbox message boxes */ th.mbox-text, td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; /* 0.9em left/right */ width: 100%; /* Make all mboxes the same width regardless of text length */ } td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; /* 0.9em left, 0px right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.9em right */ text-align: center; } td.mbox-empty-cell { /* An empty narrow cell */ border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } /* Article message box styles */ table.ambox { margin: 0 10%; /* 10% = Will not overlap with other elements */ border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ambox + table.ambox { /* Single border between stacked boxes. */ margin-top: -1px; } .ambox th.mbox-text, .ambox td.mbox-text { /* The message body cell(s) */ padding: 0.25em 0.5em; /* 0.5em left/right */ } .ambox td.mbox-image { /* The left image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.5em; /* 0.5em left, 0px right */ } .ambox td.mbox-imageright { /* The right image cell */ /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.5em 2px 0; /* 0px left, 0.5em right */ } table.ambox-notice { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.ambox-speedy { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ambox-delete { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ambox-content { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ambox-style { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ambox-move { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ambox-protection { /* @noflip */ border-left: 10px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Image message box styles */ table.imbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 3px solid #36c; /* Default "notice" blue */ background-color: #fbfbfb; box-sizing: border-box; } .imbox .mbox-text .imbox { /* For imboxes inside imbox-text cells. */ margin: 0 -0.5em; /* 0.9 - 0.5 = 0.4em left/right. */ display: block; /* Fix for webkit to force 100% width. */ } .mbox-inside .imbox { /* For imboxes inside other templates. */ margin: 4px; } table.imbox-notice { border: 3px solid #36c; /* Blue */ } table.imbox-speedy { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.imbox-delete { border: 3px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.imbox-content { border: 3px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.imbox-style { border: 3px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.imbox-move { border: 3px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.imbox-protection { border: 3px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } table.imbox-license { border: 3px solid #88a; /* Dark gray */ background-color: #f7f8ff; /* Light gray */ } table.imbox-featured { border: 3px solid #cba135; /* Brown-gold */ } /* Category message box styles */ table.cmbox { margin: 3px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #DFE8FF; /* Default "notice" blue */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.cmbox-notice { background-color: #D8E8FF; /* Blue */ } table.cmbox-speedy { margin-top: 4px; margin-bottom: 4px; border: 4px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #FFDBDB; /* Pink */ } table.cmbox-delete { background-color: #FFDBDB; /* Red */ } table.cmbox-content { background-color: #FFE7CE; /* Orange */ } table.cmbox-style { background-color: #FFF9DB; /* Yellow */ } table.cmbox-move { background-color: #E4D8FF; /* Purple */ } table.cmbox-protection { background-color: #EFEFE1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Other pages message box styles */ table.ombox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } table.ombox-notice { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray */ } table.ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } /* Talk page message box styles */ table.tmbox { margin: 4px 10%; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Default "notice" gray-brown */ background-color: #f8eaba; min-width: 80%; box-sizing: border-box; } .tmbox.mbox-small { min-width: 0; /* reset the min-width of tmbox above */ } .mediawiki .mbox-inside .tmbox { /* For tmboxes inside other templates. The "mediawiki" class ensures that */ margin: 2px 0; /* this declaration overrides other styles (including mbox-small above) */ width: 100%; /* For Safari and Opera */ } .mbox-inside .tmbox.mbox-small { /* "small" tmboxes should not be small when */ line-height: 1.5em; /* also "nested", so reset styles that are */ font-size: 100%; /* set in "mbox-small" above. */ } table.tmbox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } table.tmbox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } table.tmbox-content { border: 2px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } table.tmbox-style { border: 2px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } table.tmbox-move { border: 2px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } table.tmbox-protection, table.tmbox-notice { border: 1px solid #c0c090; /* Gray-brown */ } /* Disambig and set index box styles */ table.dmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.9em 1em; border-top: 1px solid #ccc; border-bottom: 1px solid #ccc; background-color: transparent; } /* Footer and header message box styles */ table.fmbox { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; width: 100%; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #f8f9fa; /* Default "system" gray */ box-sizing: border-box; } table.fmbox-system { background-color: #f8f9fa; } table.fmbox-warning { border: 1px solid #bb7070; /* Dark pink */ background-color: #ffdbdb; /* Pink */ } table.fmbox-editnotice { background-color: transparent; } /* Div based "warning" style fmbox messages. */ div.mw-warning-with-logexcerpt, div.mw-lag-warn-high, div.mw-cascadeprotectedwarning, div#mw-protect-cascadeon, div.titleblacklist-warning, div.locked-warning { clear: both; margin: 0.2em 0; border: 1px solid #bb7070; background-color: #ffdbdb; padding: 0.25em 0.9em; box-sizing: border-box; } /* These mbox-small classes must be placed after all other ambox/tmbox/ombox etc classes. "html body.mediawiki" is so they override "table.ambox + table.ambox" above. */ html body.mediawiki .mbox-small { /* For the "small=yes" option. */ /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; box-sizing: border-box; width: 238px; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } html body.mediawiki .mbox-small-left { /* For the "small=left" option. */ /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 1em 4px 0; box-sizing: border-box; overflow: hidden; width: 238px; border-collapse: collapse; font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } /* Style for compact ambox */ /* Hide the images */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-image, .compact-ambox table .mbox-imageright, .compact-ambox table .mbox-empty-cell { display: none; } /* Remove borders, backgrounds, padding, etc. */ .compact-ambox table.ambox { border: none; border-collapse: collapse; background-color: transparent; margin: 0 0 0 1.6em !important; padding: 0 !important; width: auto; display: block; } body.mediawiki .compact-ambox table.mbox-small-left { font-size: 100%; width: auto; margin: 0; } /* Style the text cell as a list item and remove its padding */ .compact-ambox table .mbox-text { padding: 0 !important; margin: 0 !important; } .compact-ambox table .mbox-text-span { display: list-item; line-height: 1.5em; list-style-type: square; list-style-image: url(/w/skins/MonoBook/resources/images/bullet.gif); } .skin-vector .compact-ambox table .mbox-text-span { list-style-type: disc; list-style-image: url(/w/skins/Vector/images/bullet-icon.svg); list-style-image: url(/w/skins/Vector/images/bullet-icon.png)\9; } /* Allow for hiding text in compact form */ .compact-ambox .hide-when-compact { display: none; } /* For template documentation */ /* TemplateStyles */ .template-documentation { clear: both; margin: 1em 0 0 0; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; padding: 1em; } .floatright { margin: 0 0 0.5em 0.5em; clear: right; float: right; } .floatleft { margin: 0 0.5em 0.5em 0; float: left; clear: left; } 41d621df43612f02dee8be6a152f1200a1e530b9 10 446 946 945 2024-06-02T05:28:59Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Done]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon check-constructive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Done}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 3dfa104e9088ac96a869e99d8d1bf26a2e4c7bd8 828 447 948 947 2024-06-02T05:29:01Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Template_translation]] Scribunto text/plain local this = {} function this.checkLanguage(subpage, default) --[[Check first if there's an any invalid character that would cause the mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag function() to throw an exception: - all ASCII controls in [\000-\031\127], - double quote ("), sharp sign (#), ampersand (&), apostrophe ('), - slash (/), colon (:), semicolon (;), lower than (<), greater than (>), - brackets and braces ([, ], {, }), pipe (|), backslash (\\) All other characters are accepted, including space and all non-ASCII characters (including \192, which is invalid in UTF-8). --]] if mw.language.isValidCode(subpage) and mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(subpage) --[[However "SupportedLanguages" are too restrictive, as they discard many valid BCP47 script variants (only because MediaWiki still does not define automatic transliterators for them, e.g. "en-dsrt" or "fr-brai" for French transliteration in Braille), and country variants, (useful in localized data, even if they are no longer used for translations, such as zh-cn, also useful for legacy codes). We want to avoid matching subpagenames containing any uppercase letter, (even if they are considered valid in BCP 47, in which they are case-insensitive; they are not "SupportedLanguages" for MediaWiki, so they are not "KnownLanguageTags" for MediaWiki). To be more restrictive, we exclude tags * for specific uses in template subpages and unusable as language tags; * that is not ASCII and not a lowercase letter, minus-hyphen, or digit, or does not start by a letter or does not finish by a letter or digit; * or that has subtags with more than 8 characters between hyphens; * or that has two hyphens. --]] or subpage ~= "doc" and subpage ~= "layout" and subpage ~= "button" and subpage ~= "buttons" and subpage ~= "sandbox" and subpage ~= "testcase" and subpage ~= "testcases" and string.find(subpage, "^[%l][%-%d%l]*[%d%l]$") ~= nil and string.find(subpage, "[%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l][%d%l]") == nil and string.find(subpage, "%-%-") == nil then return subpage end -- Otherwise there's currently no known language subpage return default end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from templates. ]] function this.getLanguageSubpage(frame) local title = frame and frame.args[1] if not title or title == '' then title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return this._getLanguageSubpage(title) end --[[Get the last subpage of an arbitrary page if it is a translation. To be used from Lua. ]] function this._getLanguageSubpage(title) if type(title) == 'string' then title = mw.title.new(title) end if not title then -- invalid title return nil end --[[This code does not work in all namespaces where the Translate tool works. -- It works in the main namespace on Meta because it allows subpages there -- It would not work in the main namespace of English Wikipedia (but the -- articles are monolignual on that wiki). -- On Meta-Wiki the main space uses subpages and its pages are translated. -- The Translate tool allows translatng pages in all namespaces, even if -- the namespace officially does not have subpages. -- On Meta-Wiki the Category namespace still does not have subpages enabled, -- even if they would be very useful for categorizing templates, that DO have -- subpages (for documentatio and tstboxes pages). This is a misconfiguration -- bug of Meta-Wiki. The work-around is to split the full title and then -- get the last titlepart. local subpage = title.subpageText --]] local titleparts = mw.text.split(title.fullText, '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, '') end --[[Get the last subpage of the current page if it is a translation. ]] function this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() return this._getLanguageSubpage(mw.title.getCurrentTitle()) end --[[Get the first part of the language code of the subpage, before the '-'. --]] function this.getMainLanguageSubpage() parts = mw.text.split(this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage(), '-') return parts[1] end --[[Get the last subpage of the current frame if it is a translation. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguageSubpage(frame) return this._getLanguageSubpage(frame:getParent():getTitle()) end --[[Get the language of the current page. Not used locally. --]] function this.getLanguage() local subpage = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end --[[Get the language of the current frame. Not used locally. --]] function this.getFrameLanguage(frame) local titleparts = mw.text.split(frame:getParent():getTitle(), '/') local subpage = titleparts[#titleparts] return this.checkLanguage(subpage, mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode()) end function this.title(namespace, basepagename, subpage) local message, title local pagename = basepagename if (subpage or '') ~= '' then pagename = pagename .. '/' .. subpage end local valid, title = xpcall(function() return mw.title.new(pagename, namespace) -- costly end, function(msg) -- catch undocumented exception (!?) -- thrown when namespace does not exist. The doc still -- says it should return a title, even in that case... message = msg end) if valid and title ~= nil and (title.id or 0) ~= 0 then return title end return { -- "pseudo" mw.title object with id = nil in case of error prefixedText = pagename, -- the only property we need below message = message -- only for debugging } end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function returns a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is returned in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNTN. This version does not expand the returned template name: this solves the problem of self-recursion in TNT when translatable templates need themselves to transclude other translable templates (such as Tnavbar). --]] function this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, withStatus) local args = frame.args local pagename = args['template'] --[[Check whether the pagename is actually in the Template namespace, or if we're transcluding a main-namespace page. (added for backward compatibility of Template:TNT) ]] local namespace, title = args['tntns'] or '' if namespace ~= '' then -- Checks for tntns parameter for custom ns. title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly else -- Supposes that set page is in ns10. namespace = 'Template' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly if title.id == nil then -- not found in the Template namespace, assume the main namespace (for backward compatibility) namespace = '' title = this.title(namespace, pagename) -- Costly end end -- Get the last subpage and check if it matches a known language code. local subpage = args['uselang'] or '' if subpage == '' then subpage = this.getCurrentLanguageSubpage() end if subpage == '' then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end else -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in that language local newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, subpage) -- Costly if newtitle.id == nil then -- Check if a translation of the pagename exists in English newtitle = this.title(namespace, pagename, 'en') -- Costly end -- Use the translation when it exists if newtitle.id ~= nil then title = newtitle end end -- At this point the title should exist if withStatus then -- status returned to Lua function below return title.prefixedText, title.id ~= nil else -- returned directly to MediaWiki return title.prefixedText end end --[[If on a translation subpage (like Foobar/de), this function renders a given template in the same language, if the translation is available. Otherwise, the template is rendered in its default language, without modification. This is aimed at replacing the current implementation of Template:TNT. Note that translatable templates cannot transclude themselves other translatable templates, as it will recurse on TNT. Use TNTN instead to return only the effective template name to expand externally, with template parameters also provided externally. --]] function this.renderTranslatedTemplate(frame) local title, found = this.getTranslatedTemplate(frame, true) -- At this point the title should exist prior to performing the expansion -- of the template, otherwise render a red link to the missing page -- (resolved in its assumed namespace). If we don't tet this here, a -- script error would be thrown. Returning a red link is consistant with -- MediaWiki behavior when attempting to transclude inexistant templates. if not found then return '[[' .. title .. ']]' end -- Copy args pseudo-table to a proper table so we can feed it to expandTemplate. -- Then render the pagename. local args = frame.args local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} if (args['noshift'] or '') == '' then for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end else -- special case where TNT is used as autotranslate -- (don't shift again what is shifted in the invokation) for k, v in pairs(pargs) do arguments[k] = v end end arguments['template'] = title -- override the existing parameter of the base template name supplied with the full name of the actual template expanded arguments['tntns'] = nil -- discard the specified namespace override arguments['uselang'] = args['uselang'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame arguments['noshift'] = args['noshift'] -- argument forwarded into parent frame return frame:expandTemplate{title = ':' .. title, args = arguments} end --[[A helper for mocking TNT in Special:TemplateSandbox. TNT breaks TemplateSandbox; mocking it with this method means templates won't be localized but at least TemplateSandbox substitutions will work properly. Won't work with complex uses. --]] function this.mockTNT(frame) local pargs = (frame:getParent() or {}).args local arguments = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do local n = tonumber(k) or 0 if n <= 0 then -- unnumbered args arguments[k] = v elseif n >= 2 then -- numbered args >= 2 need to be shifted arguments[n - 1] = v end end if not pargs[1] then return '' end return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'Template:' .. pargs[1], args = arguments} end return this 5d6ccce18a15ce0078fd1918b6afeb5b443f37ee 10 448 950 949 2024-06-02T05:29:03Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Comment]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon speechBubbleAdd-ltr-progressive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Comment:}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}} [[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 766ee71a1abbb23251c7de81eabbeb1e27f616c2 10 449 952 951 2024-06-02T05:29:04Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Not_done]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon close-ltr-destructive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Not done}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> edff648849949e6ab11b0fa881d65c238a57c628 10 450 954 953 2024-06-02T05:29:05Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Note]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon notice-warning.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Note:}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 8473115ff2c3e93bfc96369fd5a32678caa5ef71 10 90 958 203 2024-06-02T05:29:10Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Documentation_subpage]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 41ca90af0945442788a2dbd08c8c54a61a23c057 10 451 960 959 2024-06-02T05:29:10Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:IsDocSubpage]] wikitext text/x-wiki <onlyinclude><includeonly>{{#ifexpr: ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} or ( {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|-1|-2}}}}|{{lc:{{{override|doc}}}}}|1|0}} and {{#if:{{#invoke:Template translation|getLanguageSubpage}}|1|0}} ) )<!-- -->|{{{true|1}}}<!-- -->|{{{false|}}}<!-- -->}}</includeonly></onlyinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis in Wikidata, not here! --> e60f69b26953d441bf5b76229c9222f16c042ae6 10 60 962 135 2024-06-02T05:29:11Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Tlx]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link expanded]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 1fec988ceb46cb324af228aac45d7cd25fcc9008 10 452 964 963 2024-06-02T05:29:13Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Template_list]] wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Utility templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Utility templates|Utility templates]]'' <section begin=user-utility-templates/> * {{tl|URL}} <section end=user-utility-templates/> == Archive templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Archive templates|Archive templates]]'' <section begin=user-archive-templates/> * {{tl|Autoarchive/config}} * {{tl|Archives}} * {{tl|Archive list}} * {{tl|Archive header}} * {{tl|Archive box collapsible}} * {{tl|Archive}} * {{tl|Archive2}} * {{tl|Yearly archive list}} <section end=user-archive-templates/> == Maintenance templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Maintenance templates|Maintenance templates]]'' <section begin=user-maintenance-templates/> * {{tl|Delete}} * {{tl|Db-spam}} * {{tl|Db-vandalism}} * {{tl|Db-test}} * {{tl|Db-copyvio}} * {{tl|Db-attack}} <section end=user-maintenance-templates/> == User notice templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:User notice templates|User notice templates]]'' <section begin=user-notice-templates/> * {{tl|You've got mail}} * {{tl|Welcome}} * {{tl|Blocked}} * {{tl|Blocked talk-revoked-notice}} * {{tl|Unblocked}} * {{tl|Translationadmin granted}} * {{tl|Patroller granted}} <section end=user-notice-templates/> == User warning templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:User warning templates|User warning templates]]'' <section begin=user-warning-templates/> ;Testing * {{tl|Uw-test1}} * {{tl|Uw-test2}} * {{tl|Uw-test3}} * {{tl|Uw-test4}} ;Promotion * {{tl|Uw-advert1}} * {{tl|Uw-advert2}} * {{tl|Uw-advert3}} * {{tl|Uw-advert4}} ;Creation of off-topic pages * {{tl|Uw-create1}} * {{tl|Uw-create2}} * {{tl|Uw-create3}} * {{tl|Uw-create4}} * {{tl|Uw-create4im}} ;Vandalism * {{tl|Uw-vandalism1}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism2}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism3}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism4}} * {{tl|Uw-vandalism4im}} * {{tl|Vandalism1}} * {{tl|Vandalism2}} * {{tl|Vandalism3}} * {{tl|Uw-npa}} * {{tl|Uw-harass}} * {{tl|Uw-sock}} * <section end=user-warning-templates/> == Character-substitution templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Character-substitution templates|Character-substitution templates]]'' <section begin=character-substitution-templates/> * {{tl|!((}} - {{!((}} * {{tl|))!}} - {{))!}} * {{tl|!-}} - <nowiki>|-</nowiki> * {{tl|1==}} - <nowiki>=</nowiki> * {{tl|@}} - {{@}} * {{tl|void}} * {{tl|\}} - {{\}} * {{tl|Col-3}} * {{tl|Col-begin}} * {{tl|Col-break}} * {{tl|Col-end}} * {{tl|Center}} * {{tl|Sp}} <section end=character-substitution-templates/> == Utility templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Utility templates|Utility templates]]'' <section begin=utility-templates/> * {{tl|Lorem ipsum}} * {{tl|Error}} * {{tl|Please leave this line alone (sandbox heading)}} * {{tl|Lua}} * {{tl|Yesno}} * {{tl|Whatisit}} * {{tl|Lua}} * {{tl|Flatlist}} * {{tl|Edit filter warning}} * {{tl|Edit}} * {{tl|Editlink}} * {{tl|Editlinktalk}} <section end=utility-templates/> == Other templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Other templates|Other templates]]'' <section begin=other-templates/> * {{tl|Server}} <section end=other-templates/> == Userpage header templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Userpage header templates|Userpage header templates]]'' <section begin=userpage-header-templates/> * {{tl|Globally banned}} * {{tl|Locked}} * {{tl|Bot}} <section end=userpage-header-templates/> == Header templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Header templates|Header templates]]'' <section begin=header-templates/> * {{tl|Global policy}} * {{tl|Header}} * {{tl|Guideline}} * {{tl|Meta policy}} * {{tl|English notice}} * {{tl|Historical}} * {{tl|Policy draft}} * {{tl|WMFGadgets}} <section end=header-templates/> == Link templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Link templates|Link templates]]'' <section begin=link-templates/> * {{tl|Libera}} - {{Libera|miraheze}} * {{tl|@}} - {{@|no-reply|google.com}} * {{tl|At}} - {{At}} <section end=link-templates/> == Inline talk templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Inline talk templates|Inline talk templates]]'' <section begin=inline-talk-templates/> * {{tl|ping}} - {{ping|Example}} * {{tl|No ping}} - {{no ping|Example}} * {{tl|Hidden ping}} * {{tl|Edit conflict}} - {{edit conflict}} * {{tl|Pinged}} - {{pinged}} * {{tl|Talk page stalker}} - {{Talk page stalker}} * {{tl|Talk page watcher}} - {{Talk page watcher}} * {{tl|Responding to ping}} - {{Responding to ping}} * {{tl|To}} - {{To|Example}} * {{tl|Not watching}} - {{Not watching}} * {{tl|Non-admin comment}} - {{NACC}} * {{tl|Non-admin closure}} - {{NAC}} * {{tl|redacted}} - {{redacted}} * {{tl|redacted2}} - {{redacted2}} * {{tl|Code}} - {{code|Example text}} * {{tl|Strong}} - {{Strong|Example text}} * {{tl|Serif}} - {{serif|Example text}} * {{tl|Outdent}} - <span style="color:gray">┌───────┘</span> * {{tl|Clear}} * {{tl|Big}} - {{big|Example text}} * {{tl|Small}} - {{small|Example text}} * {{tl|Red}} - {{red|Example text}} * {{tl|Green}} - {{green|Example text}} * {{tl|Cyan}} - {{cyan|Example text}} * {{tl|Dark cyan}} - {{Dark cyan|Example text}} * {{tl|Maroon}} - {{Maroon|Example text}} * {{tl|Color}} - {{color|red|C}}{{color|orange|o}}{{color|yellow|l}}{{color|lime|o}}{{color|green|r}} {{color|cyan|t}}{{color|blue|e}}{{color|purple|x}}{{color|pink|t}} <section end=inline-talk-templates/> == Resolution templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Resolution templates|Resolution templates]]'' <section begin=resolution-templates/> * {{tl|done}} - {{done}} * {{tl|partly done}} - {{partly done}} * {{tl|resolved}} - {{resolved}} * {{tl|not done}} - {{not done}} * {{tl|doing}} - {{doing}} * {{tl|comment}} - {{comment}} * {{tl|on hold}} - {{on hold}} * {{tl|agree}} - {{agree}} * {{tl|withdrawn}} - {{withdrawn}} * {{tl|working}} - {{working}} * {{tl|idea}} - {{idea}} * {{tl|reviewing}} - {{reviewing}} * {{tl|note}} - {{note}} * {{tl|question}} - {{question}} * {{tl|high priority}} - {{high priority}} * {{tl|thank you}} - {{thank you}} * {{tl|custom resolution}} - {{custom resolution|Earth Western Hemisphere transparent background.png|What on Earth?}} <section end=resolution-templates/> == Voting templates == : ''Category: [[:Category:Voting templates|Voting templates]]'' <section begin=voting-templates/> * {{tl|support}} - {{support}} * {{tl|oppose}} - {{oppose}} * {{tl|abstain}} - {{abstain}} * {{tl|neutral}} - {{neutral}} * {{tl|support if}} - {{Support if}} <section end=voting-templates/> == Userboxes == * {{tl|Userbox}} * {{tl|Userbox-2}} * {{tl|Userbox-level}} * {{tl|Userboxtop}} * {{tl|Userboxbreak}} * {{tl|Userboxbottom}} === Global permissions === : ''Category: [[:Category:Global permissions userboxes|Global permissions userboxes]]'' <section begin=global-permissions-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User CVT}} || {{User CVT|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User global IP block exemption}} || {{User global IP block exemption|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User global sysop}} || {{User global sysop|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User global rollbacker}} || {{User global rollbacker|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User interwiki administrator}} || {{User interwiki administrator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User steward}} || {{User steward|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User system administrator}} || {{User system administrator|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=global-permissions-userboxes/> === Meta permissions === : ''Category: [[:Category:Meta permissions userboxes|Meta permissions userboxes]]'' <section begin=meta-permissions-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User administrator}} || {{User administrator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User autopatrolled}} || {{User autopatrolled|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User autoconfirmed}} || {{User autoconfirmed|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User confirmed}} || {{User confirmed|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User interface administrator}} || {{User interface administrator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User translator}} || {{User translator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User wiki creator}} || {{User wiki creator|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User bureaucrat}} || {{User bureaucrat|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User patroller}} || {{User patroller|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User rollbacker}} || {{User rollbacker|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User central notice}} || {{User central notice|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=meta-permissions-userboxes/> === Social media userboxes === : ''Category: [[:Category:Social media userboxes|Social media userboxes]]'' <section begin=social-media-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User discord}} || {{User discord|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User github}} || {{User github|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User instagram}} || {{User instagram|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User IRC}} || {{User IRC|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User phorge}} || {{User phorge|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User twitter}} || {{User twitter|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User wikimedia}} || {{User wikimedia|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=social-media-userboxes/> === Human life userboxes === : ''Category: [[:Category:Human life userboxes|Human life userboxes]]'' <section begin=human-life-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User adult}} || {{User adult|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User age}} || {{User age|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User male}} || {{User male|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User female}} || {{User female|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User from}} || {{User from|nocat=yes}} |- | {{tl|User in}} || {{User in|nocat=yes}} |} <section end=human-life-userboxes/> === Other userboxes === : ''Category: [[:Category:Other userboxes|Other userboxes]]'' <section begin=other-userboxes/> {| class="wikitable" |- <noinclude>! Template !! Result |-</noinclude> | {{tl|User likes thank button}} || {{User likes thank button|nocat=yes}} |- |} <section end=other-userboxes/> == Infoboxes == <section start=infoboxes/> * {{tl|infobox}} * {{tl|infobox Miraheze user}} * {{tl|simpleboxtop}} * {{tl|simpleboxdata}} * {{tl|simpleboxsection}} <section end=infoboxes/> 7b9d19538699936a09e822cfe1b64805a073b84a 828 78 966 171 2024-06-02T05:29:14Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Protection_banner]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 894f0884d4c2da1ce19d385b96f59af654b0946a 828 69 970 301 2024-06-02T05:29:15Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Effective_protection_level]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts if title.namespace == 0 then return 'autoconfirmed' -- Per [[WP:ACPERM]], you need to be autoconfirmed to create pages in mainspace end return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p b6cb1e5589ec6575118f60841644cd65defa7174 828 68 972 151 2024-06-02T05:29:16Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Effective_protection_expiry]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 9a8c58dc2667232ed08a9b206a5d89ca8150312b 828 79 974 173 2024-06-02T05:29:16Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Module:Protection_banner/config]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } 65de905227752d0a0dae145e9ad8dbe1d0087016 10 453 976 975 2024-06-02T05:29:18Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Done/doc]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} This template is often used on talk pages or project pages (e.g. Administrators noticeboard) to show clearly that a section of discussion has been resolved, so that each editor does not have to re-read the section. ==Usage== You may either use {{tl|done}} by itself for the default message or you may customize with optional parameters. {| class="wikitable" !Template !! Result |- |{{tlx|done}} || {{done}} |- |The first unnamed parameter a.k.a. {{para|1}} parameter:<br />{{tlx|done|Custom message}} || {{done|Custom message}} |- |{{tlx|done|1{{=}}<nowiki>[[Stewards' noticeboard|Custom message with link]]</nowiki>}} || {{done|1=[[Stewards' noticeboard|Custom message with link]]}} |- |The {{para|reason}} a.k.a. {{para|note}} or {{para|2}} parameter:<br />{{tlx|done|reason{{=}}Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} || {{done|reason=Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} |- |The {{para|reason}} (etc.) parameter paired with a custom message:<br />{{tlx|done|Custom message|reason{{=}}Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} || {{done|Custom message|reason=Implemented with wording favored by comments on original request.}} |} ==See also== {{#lst:Template:Template list|resolution-templates}} 51f0b4957f3d0272e0f57359eb9b47d24935cea3 10 88 978 191 2024-06-02T05:29:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Para]] wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> 06006deea2ed5d552aab61b4332321ab749ae7e8 10 454 980 979 2024-06-02T05:29:20Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Partly_done]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:Yellow_check.svg|18px|link=|alt=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Partly done}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 24a90b5a5c4c716b7ec12889fbd09a1da2ba1ca3 10 455 982 981 2024-06-02T05:29:21Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Resolved]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon check-constructive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Resolved}}}'''</span>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}}}}|&#58; {{{2|{{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 42c83eaa4cf9d0d3972da56f865b93cc7036a70e 10 456 984 983 2024-06-02T05:29:22Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Doing]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon reload-progressive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Doing…}}}'''</span><noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 88f313f211a3c3b0e7902c61c474d2b3bc549829 10 457 986 985 2024-06-02T05:29:23Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:On_hold]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon clock-progressive.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|On hold}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 4b83ccc95c7303225b088db13b3579909f3ff3db 10 458 988 987 2024-06-02T05:29:24Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Agree]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Symbol confirmed.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|Agree}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 775ddedaccda0d477a1b3c82d422e3760c862609 10 459 990 989 2024-06-02T05:29:25Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Withdrawn]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:{{#ifeq: yes | {{{compact|}}} | Request X.png | OOjs UI icon cancel-destructive.svg }}|200x20px|link=|alt=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Request withdrawn}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}} [[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 85428030bb74bf302b4f3afe3294fa3a0f5e65e7 10 460 992 991 2024-06-02T05:29:26Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Working]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Icon tools.svg|20px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Working}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 0619210f08d5114b9a348b4f1045a0b6f4552012 10 461 994 993 2024-06-02T05:29:27Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Idea]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon lightbulb-yellow.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|Idea}}}:'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> f25ed20de39cb7b2ce700240e4fddb46924214ef 10 462 996 995 2024-06-02T05:29:27Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Reviewing]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon history-progressive.svg|17px|link=]] '''{{{1|Reviewing}}}...'''<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 9369b6e3b3c08bc27a31799be26a546b0faa6803 10 463 998 997 2024-06-02T05:29:28Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Question]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs_UI_icon_help-ltr-progressive.svg|18px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|Question:}}}'''<noinclude>{{documentation}} [[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> c2b08390030a60b1da95e091b7ba09b4bb72f68f 10 464 1000 999 2024-06-02T05:29:29Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:High_priority]] wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OOjs UI icon notice-destructive.svg|20px|link=]]&nbsp;'''{{{1|High Priority}}}'''{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{note|{{{reason|}}}}}}|<nowiki />: {{{note|{{{reason}}}}}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> ca4123cae6f1eaf95da2593b2af5c211edd5cece 10 465 1002 1001 2024-06-02T05:29:30Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Thank_you]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:OOjs UI icon userTalk-ltr-constructive.svg|18px|link=]] '''{{{1|Thank you}}}'''</span><noinclude>{{documentation}}[[Category:Resolution templates]]</noinclude> 2a3cae2a2c8395bb427d017ee7369bdcca84078e 10 466 1004 1003 2024-06-02T05:29:32Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:meta:Template:Custom_resolution]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">[[File:{{{1|Request X.png}}}|18px|alt={{{2|Text here}}}]] <span style="{{{3|">'''{{{2|Text here}}}'''</span></span> <noinclude>{{Documentation|content= This template allows for the creation of custom [[Template:Template list#Resolution templates|resolution templates]] using 2 parameters. The first parameter is the image and the second is the text. For example, {{tlx|Custom resolution|Earth Western Hemisphere transparent background.png|What on Earth?}} produces {{custom resolution|Earth Western Hemisphere transparent background.png|What on Earth?}} == See also == {{#lst:Template:Template list|resolution-templates}} }}</noinclude> 3f3a66d5627ba8141ccdfc7b4c4173a533e13309 0 467 1005 2024-06-02T05:35:28Z Felenov 2 Cr SOP wikitext text/x-wiki '''Standard operating procedures''', also known as '''SOP''' are key part of [[strategy]]. == Fundamentals == {{in use}} 513ce73f372cb8d53c13d72a7d12a1932399ea4d 10 468 1007 1006 2024-06-02T05:36:06Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Under_construction]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{mbox | name = Under construction | type = notice | image = {{#if:{{{altimage|}}}|{{{altimage|}}}|[[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|50x40px|link=|page is in the middle of an expansion or major revamping]]}} | text = This {{#if:{{{subsection|}}}|subsection|{{#if:{{{section|}}}|section|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | Talk = [[Help:Talk page|talk page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Category = [[Wikipedia:Category|category page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Help = [[Help:Contents|help page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Portal = [[Wikipedia:Portal|portal]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Template = [[Wikipedia:Template messages|template page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | User = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | User talk = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user talk page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Wikipedia = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | Wikipedia talk = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project talk page]] {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} | article {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} }}}}}} '''is in a state of significant expansion or restructuring{{#if:{{{notready|}}} |, and is not yet ready for use }}.''' You are welcome to assist in its construction by editing it as well. {{#if:{{{placedby|}}} |This template was placed by {{#ifeq:{{lcfirst:{{{placedby}}}}}|{{ucfirst:{{{placedby}}}}} |<!--{{{placedby}}} does not start with a letter - so is probably a signature-->{{{placedby}}} |{{user|{{{placedby}}}}} }}.[[Category:Pages using Under construction with the placedby parameter]] }} If this {{#if:{{{section|}}}|section|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} | Talk = [[Help:Talk page|talk page]] | Category = [[Wikipedia:Category|category page]] | Help = [[Help:Contents|help page]] | Portal = [[Wikipedia:Portal|portal]] | Template = [[Wikipedia:Template messages|template page]] | User = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user page]] | User talk = [[Wikipedia:User pages|user talk page]] | Wikipedia = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project page]] | Wikipedia talk = [[Wikipedia:Project namespace|project talk page]] | article {{#if:{{{nosection|}}}||or section}} }}}} <span class="plainlinks">[{{SERVER}}{{localurl:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{PAGENAME}}|action=history}} has not been edited in several days]</span>, please {{#if:{{{notify|}}}|remove this template and notify the editor who placed it{{#if:{{{placedby|}}}|, [[User talk:{{{placedby}}}|{{{placedby}}}]]}}|remove this template}}.<br />''If you are the editor who added this template and you are actively editing, please be sure to replace this template with {{tlx|in use}} during the active editing session''. Click on the link for template parameters to use. {{small|{{last edited by}}}} }}{{#if:{{{comment|{{{reason|}}}}}} |{{mbox | type = notice | image = none | text = '''Contributor note''': {{{comment|{{{reason|}}}}}} }} }}<includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{nocat|}}}|true||{{{category|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}} |{{ns:2}} |{{ns:3}}=<!-- no category for user/talk pages--> |#default=[[Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]] }}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> b08fab85e4c955a72cabdb231a28463d4ff92db0 10 469 1009 1008 2024-06-02T05:36:11Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Mono]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>ifsubst|1=|2=<templatestyles src="Mono/styles.css" />}}<span class="monospaced">{{{2|{{{1}}}}}}</span><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 800f06823c02b03f8b9cf1e245ad8c4829cfe931 10 470 1011 1010 2024-06-02T05:36:12Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Ifsubst]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{demo|}}} |{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifeq:{{{demo}}} |no |{{{no|{{{2|}}}}}} |{{{yes|{{{1|}}}}}} }} |{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#ifeq:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>NAMESPACE}}|{{NAMESPACE}} |{{{no|{{{2|}}}}}} |{{{yes|{{{1|}}}}}} }}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 38e667b5df326086489bf557a5f7c4e43393af78 10 471 1013 1012 2024-06-02T05:36:13Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Mono/styles.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .monospaced { /* "monospace, monospace" per [[WP:MONO]] */ font-family: monospace, monospace; } cadfc2ad2e42cde230abf3e74ad418f7c4c71ab4 10 472 1015 1014 2024-06-02T05:36:14Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Pagetype]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:pagetype|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> b8e6aa66678cd57877ea2c607372a45070f030a7 828 473 1017 1016 2024-06-02T05:36:15Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Pagetype]] Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- This meta-module which automatically detects namespaces, and allows -- -- for a great deal of customisation. It can easily be ported to other -- -- wikis by changing the values in the [[Module:Pagetype/config]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load config. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Pagetype/config') -- Load required modules. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} -- Look up a namespace argument in the args table. local function lookUpNamespaceArg(args, key) local arg = args[key] -- Convert "yes", "1" etc. to true, "no", "0" etc. to false, and leave -- other values the same. return yesno(arg, arg) end -- Append multiple values to an array local function appendMultiple(target, source) for _, value in ipairs(source) do table.insert(target, value) end end -- Get argument keys for a title's namespace local function getNamespaceArgKeys(title) local nsInfo = mw.site.namespaces[title.namespace] local customAliases = cfg.customNamespaceAliases[title.namespace] or {} local keys = {} if nsInfo.name ~= '' then table.insert(keys, nsInfo.name) end if nsInfo.canonicalName ~= nsInfo.name and nsInfo.canonicalName ~= '' then table.insert(keys, nsInfo.canonicalName) end appendMultiple(keys, nsInfo.aliases) appendMultiple(keys, customAliases) return keys end -- Get the argument for a title's namespace, if it was specified in the args table. local function getNamespaceArg(title, args) if title.isTalkPage then return lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.talk) end for _, key in ipairs(getNamespaceArgKeys(title)) do local arg = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, mw.ustring.lower(key)) if arg ~= nil then return arg end end return nil end -- Look up a page type specific to the title's namespace local function getExplicitPageType(title) if title.isTalkPage then return cfg.talkDefault else return cfg.pagetypes[title.namespace] end end -- Get a default page type that is not specific to the title's namespace local function getDefaultPageType(args) local other = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.other) if type(other) == 'string' then return other else return cfg.otherDefault end end local function detectRedirects(title, args) local redirect = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.redirect) if redirect == false then -- Don't detect redirects if they have been specifically disallowed. return nil end -- Allow custom values for redirects. if not title.isRedirect then return nil elseif type(redirect) == 'string' then return redirect else return cfg.redirectDefault end end local function capitalize(pageType) local first = mw.ustring.sub(pageType, 1, 1) local rest = mw.ustring.sub(pageType, 2) return mw.ustring.upper(first) .. rest end local function pluralize(pageType) if cfg.irregularPlurals[pageType] then return cfg.irregularPlurals[pageType] else return pageType .. cfg.plural -- often 's' end end local function parseContent(title, args, optionsList) if title.namespace==828 and title.subpageText~='doc' -- don't detect modules or not title.exists -- can't check unless page exists then return nil end local content = title:getContent() if content == nil then return nil end local templates -- lazily evaluated for _, options in next, optionsList do local list, parameter, default, articleOnly = unpack(options, 1, 4) if not articleOnly or title.namespace==0 then -- only check for templates if we should... local out = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, parameter) if type(out) == "string" or (out ~= false and default) then -- ...and if we actually have anything to say about them if not templates then templates = {} -- do our delayed evaluation now that we are required to content = require('Module:Wikitext Parsing').PrepareText(content) -- disregard templates which do not have any affect for template in string.gmatch(content, "{{%s*([^|}]-)%s*[|}]") do templates[#templates+1] = capitalize(template) end end local wantedTemplates = mw.loadData('Module:Pagetype/' .. list) local templateFound = false for _, template in next, templates do if wantedTemplates[template] then templateFound = true break end end if templateFound then if type(out)=='string' then return out elseif out ~= false and default then return default end end end end end end -- Find pages which do not exist local function nonExistent(title, args) local arg = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.ne) if arg == false then return nil end local exists = false if title.exists then -- not an article if it does not exist exists = true elseif title.namespace==8 and mw.message.new(title.text):exists() then exists = true elseif title.namespace==6 and title.fileExists then exists = true end if not exists then if type(arg) == 'string' then return arg else return cfg.naDefault end end end -- Get page types for mainspaces pages with an explicit class specified local function getMainNamespaceClassPageType(title, args) local class = args[1] if type(class) == 'string' then -- Put in lower case so e.g. "na" and "NA" will both match class = mw.ustring.lower(class) end local arg = lookUpNamespaceArg(args, cfg.na) if arg == false then -- don't check for this class if it is specifically disallowed return nil end if cfg.naAliases[class] then if type(arg) == 'string' then return arg else return cfg.naDefault end else return nil end end -- Get page type specified by an explicit namespace argument. local function getNamespaceArgPageType(title, args) local namespaceArg = getNamespaceArg(title, args) if namespaceArg == true then -- Namespace has been explicitly enabled, so return the default for -- this namespace return getExplicitPageType(title) elseif namespaceArg == false then -- Namespace has been explicitly disabled return getDefaultPageType(args) elseif namespaceArg then -- This namespaces uses custom text return namespaceArg else return nil end end -- Get page type not specified or detected by other means local function getOtherPageType(title, args) -- Whether the title is in the set of default active namespaces which are looked up in cfg.pagetypes. local isInDefaultActiveNamespace = false local defaultNamespacesKey = args[cfg.defaultns] if defaultNamespacesKey == cfg.defaultnsAll then isInDefaultActiveNamespace = true else local defaultNamespaces if defaultNamespacesKey == cfg.defaultnsExtended then defaultNamespaces = cfg.extendedNamespaces elseif defaultNamespacesKey == cfg.defaultnsNone then defaultNamespaces = {} else defaultNamespaces = cfg.defaultNamespaces end isInDefaultActiveNamespace = defaultNamespaces[title.namespace] end if isInDefaultActiveNamespace then return getExplicitPageType(title) else return getDefaultPageType(args) end end function p._main(args) local title if args.page then title = mw.title.new(args.page) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end if title and not yesno(args.talk, true) and args[cfg.defaultns] ~= cfg.defaultnsAll then title = title.subjectPageTitle end local pageType = detectRedirects(title, args) or nonExistent(title, args) or parseContent(title, args, { {'softredirect', cfg.softRedirect, cfg.softRedirectDefault}, {'setindex', cfg.sia, cfg.siaDefault, true}, {'disambiguation', cfg.dab, cfg.dabDefault, true}, {'rfd', cfg.rfd, cfg.rfdDefault}, }) or (title.namespace == 0 and getMainNamespaceClassPageType(title, args)) or getNamespaceArgPageType(title, args) or getOtherPageType(title, args) if yesno(args.plural, false) then pageType = pluralize(pageType) end if yesno(args.caps, false) then pageType = capitalize(pageType) end return pageType end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) end return p cb47b460d74d5df739ee7e300eeae512798bc475 828 474 1019 1018 2024-06-02T05:36:15Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Pagetype/config]] Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Pagetype configuration data -- -- This page holds localisation and configuration data for Module:Pagetype. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table holds the default page types for each namespace. Keys to this -- table should be integers that can be used as keys to mw.site.namespaces. cfg.pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', -- Main namespace [2] = 'user page', [4] = 'project page', [6] = 'file', [8] = 'interface page', -- MediaWiki namespace [10] = 'template', [12] = 'help page', [14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [118] = 'draft', [710] = 'Timed Text page', [828] = 'module', [2300] = 'gadget', [2302] = 'gadget definition', [-1] = 'special page', [-2] = 'file', -- Media namespace } -- This table holds the namespaces to be looked up from cfg.pagetypes by -- default. cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [0] = true, -- main [6] = true, -- file [10] = true, -- template [14] = true, -- category [828] = true, -- module } -- This table holds the namespaces to be looked up from cfg.pagetypes if -- cfg.defaultnsExtended is set. cfg.extendedNamespaces = { [0] = true, -- main [2] = true, -- user [4] = true, -- project [6] = true, -- file [8] = true, -- mediawiki [10] = true, -- template [12] = true, -- help [14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [118] = true, -- draft [828] = true, -- module } -- This table holds custom aliases for each namespace. cfg.customNamespaceAliases = { [0] = {'main'}, } -- The parameter name to set which default namespace values to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes. cfg.defaultns = 'defaultns' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set all namespaces, including talk. cfg.defaultnsAll = 'all' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set the namespaces listed in -- cfg.extendedNamespaces cfg.defaultnsExtended = 'extended' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set no default namespaces. cfg.defaultnsNone = 'none' -- The parameter name to use for talk pages. cfg.talk = 'talk' -- The default value for talk pages. cfg.talkDefault = 'talk page' -- The parameter name to use for disambiguation pages page. cfg.dab = 'dab' -- The parameter name to use for non-existent pages. cfg.ne = 'nonexistent' cfg.neDefault = 'page' cfg.softRedirect = 'soft_redirect' cfg.softRedirectDefault = 'redirect' cfg.sia = 'sia' cfg.siaDefault = 'article' cfg.rfd = 'redirect' cfg.rfdDefault = 'redirect' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for disambiguation-class -- pages. These should be lower-case. cfg.dabAliases = { ['disambiguation'] = true, ['disambig'] = true, ['disamb'] = true, ['dab'] = true, } -- The default value for disambiguation pages. cfg.dabDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for N/A-class page. cfg.na = 'na' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for N/A-class pages. These -- should be lower-case. cfg.naAliases = { ['na'] = true, ['n/a'] = true, } -- The default value for N/A-class pages. cfg.naDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for redirects. cfg.redirect = 'redirect' -- The default value to use for redirects. cfg.redirectDefault = 'redirect' -- The parameter name for undefined namespaces. cfg.other = 'other' -- The value used if the module detects an undefined namespace. cfg.otherDefault = 'page' -- The usual suffix denoting a plural. cfg.plural = 's' -- This table holds plurals not formed by a simple suffix. cfg.irregularPlurals = { ["category"] = "categories" } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line 33b76bd60283986954f6a6203f163f6b304b95ee 10 475 1021 1020 2024-06-02T05:36:18Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Spaces]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">{{#iferror:{{#expr:{{{1|1}}}}} |{{#switch:{{{1}}} |fig=&#8199; |en=&ensp; |em=&emsp; |thin=&thinsp; |hair=&#8202; |&nbsp; }} |{{#invoke:String|rep|{{#switch:{{{2}}} |fig=&#8199; |en=&ensp; |em=&emsp; |thin=&thinsp; |hair=&#8202; |&nbsp; }}|{{{1|1}}}}} }}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> a9ed762825e7579f15dcb9b171b0c1c3bf524b3f 10 476 1023 1022 2024-06-02T05:36:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:REVISIONUSER2]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{encodefirst|{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{REVISIONUSER:{{{1|}}}}}|{{REVISIONUSER}}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> db5dd5ee5690d099e6800c573dbde646ba36df04 10 477 1025 1024 2024-06-02T05:36:19Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Encodefirst]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:MultiReplace|main|1={{{1}}}|2=^:|3=&#58;|4=^;|5=&#59;|6=^*|7=&#42;|8=^#|9=&#35;}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 846862fe7b2457a42511317b794d2db53eab2445 10 478 1027 1026 2024-06-02T05:36:20Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Toolbar]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Toolbar|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> e19452fa0f47b8b25e4796ab98cc7b25dc6cb5f0 828 479 1029 1028 2024-06-02T05:36:21Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:MultiReplace]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function MultiReplace(args) local input = args[1] or "{{{1}}}" local plain = args.plain == "yes" local i = 1 local changeList = {} while args[i * 2] do local change = {pattern = args[i * 2], repl = args[i * 2 + 1]} if not change.repl then return require('Module:Error').error{ 'MultiReplace: Unpaired argument: <code>' .. (i * 2) .. ' = ' .. mw.text.nowiki(change.pattern) .. '</code>' } end changeList[i] = change i = i + 1 end local matchList = {} local pos = 1 local len = mw.ustring.len(input) local result = "" while pos <= len do local bestStart = len + 1 local bestStop = len local bestChange for _, change in ipairs(changeList) do local start, stop = mw.ustring.find(input, change.pattern, pos, plain) if start and (start < bestStart) then bestStart = start bestStop = stop bestChange = change end end result = result .. mw.ustring.sub(input, pos, bestStart - 1) if bestChange then local fragment = mw.ustring.sub(input, bestStart, bestStop) result = result .. (plain and bestChange.repl or mw.ustring.gsub(fragment, bestChange.pattern, bestChange.repl, 1)) end pos = bestStop + 1 end return result end function p.main(frame, ...) local args = type(frame) ~= 'table' and {frame, ...} or type(frame.args) ~= 'table' and frame or frame.args[1] and frame.args or frame:getParent().args return MultiReplace(args) end return p 3bd8e7e4debe76a2cd5ce5587b1629efc3e6d1f2 828 480 1031 1030 2024-06-02T05:36:21Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Toolbar]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{toolbar}}. local mArguments -- Lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} function p.main(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local toolbarItems = p.makeToolbarItems(args) if not toolbarItems then -- Return the blank string if no arguments were specified, rather than -- returning empty brackets. return '' elseif yesno(args.span) == false then return string.format( '(%s)', toolbarItems ) else return string.format( '<span class="plainlinks%s"%s>(%s)</span>', type(args.class) == 'string' and ' ' .. args.class or '', type(args.style) == 'string' and string.format(' style="%s"', args.style) or '', toolbarItems ) end end function p.makeToolbarItems(args) local nums = mTableTools.numKeys(args) local sep = (args.separator or 'pipe') .. '-separator' sep = mw.message.new(sep):plain() local ret = {} for i, v in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = mw.ustring.gsub(args[v], "%[%[::+(.-)%]%]", "[[:%1]]") end if #ret > 0 then return table.concat(ret, sep) else return nil end end return p 71dc48f8c98ab5b01d83bceb9d2d8f0ff4ce8b2e 10 30 1033 59 2024-06-02T05:36:24Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Time_ago]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:TimeAgo|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> d2cffab74ae19a4214c4828401118edd5e86ed0e 828 481 1035 1034 2024-06-02T05:36:24Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Time_ago]] Scribunto text/plain -- Implement [[Template:Time ago]] local numberSpell, yesno -- lazy load function numberSpell(arg) numberSpell = require('Module:NumberSpell')._main return numberSpell(arg) end function yesno(arg) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') return yesno(arg) end local p = {} -- Table to convert entered text values to numeric values. local timeText = { ['seconds'] = 1, ['minutes'] = 60, ['hours'] = 3600, ['days'] = 86400, ['weeks'] = 604800, ['months'] = 2629800, -- 365.25 * 24 * 60 * 60 / 12 ['years'] = 31557600 } -- Table containing tables of possible units to use in output. local timeUnits = { [1] = { 'second', 'seconds', "second's", "seconds'" }, [60] = { 'minute', 'minutes', "minutes'", "minutes'" }, [3600] = { 'hour', 'hours', "hour's", "hours'" }, [86400] = { 'day', 'days', "day's", "days'" }, [604800] = { 'week', 'weeks', "week's", "weeks'", unit = 'w' }, [2629800] = { 'month', 'months', "month's", "months'", unit = 'm' }, [31557600] = { 'year', 'years', "year's", "years'", unit = 'y' } } function p._main( args ) -- Initialize variables local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local auto_magnitude_num local min_magnitude_num local magnitude = args.magnitude local min_magnitude = args.min_magnitude local purge = args.purge -- Add a purge link if something (usually "yes") is entered into the purge parameter if purge then purge = ' <span class="plainlinks">([' .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl('action=purge') .. ' purge])</span>' else purge = '' end -- Check that the entered timestamp is valid. If it isn't, then give an error message. local success, inputTime = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'xnU', args[1] ) if not success then return '<strong class="error">Error: first parameter cannot be parsed as a date or time.</strong>' end -- Store the difference between the current time and the inputted time, as well as its absolute value. local timeDiff = lang:formatDate( 'xnU' ) - inputTime local absTimeDiff = math.abs( timeDiff ) if magnitude then auto_magnitude_num = 0 min_magnitude_num = timeText[magnitude] else -- Calculate the appropriate unit of time if it was not specified as an argument. local autoMagnitudeData = { { factor = 2, amn = 31557600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 2629800 }, { factor = 2, amn = 86400 }, { factor = 2, amn = 3600 }, { factor = 2, amn = 60 } } for _, t in ipairs( autoMagnitudeData ) do if absTimeDiff / t.amn >= t.factor then auto_magnitude_num = t.amn break end end auto_magnitude_num = auto_magnitude_num or 1 if min_magnitude then min_magnitude_num = timeText[min_magnitude] else min_magnitude_num = -1 end end if not min_magnitude_num then -- Default to seconds if an invalid magnitude is entered. min_magnitude_num = 1 end local result_num local magnitude_num = math.max( min_magnitude_num, auto_magnitude_num ) local unit = timeUnits[magnitude_num].unit if unit and absTimeDiff >= 864000 then local Date = require('Module:Date')._Date local input = lang:formatDate('Y-m-d H:i:s', args[1]) -- Date needs a clean date input = Date(input) if input then local id if input.hour == 0 and input.minute == 0 then id = 'currentdate' else id = 'currentdatetime' end result_num = (Date(id) - input):age(unit) end end result_num = result_num or math.floor ( absTimeDiff / magnitude_num ) local punctuation_key, suffix if timeDiff >= 0 then -- Past if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' else suffix = ' ' .. (args.ago or 'ago') end else -- Future if args.ago == '' then suffix = '' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 1 else punctuation_key = 2 end else suffix = ' time' if result_num == 1 then punctuation_key = 3 else punctuation_key = 4 end end end local result_unit = timeUnits[ magnitude_num ][ punctuation_key ] -- Convert numerals to words if appropriate. local spell_out = args.spellout local spell_out_max = tonumber(args.spelloutmax) local result_num_text if spell_out and ( ( spell_out == 'auto' and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 9 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 9 ) ) or ( yesno( spell_out ) and 1 <= result_num and result_num <= 100 and result_num <= ( spell_out_max or 100 ) ) ) then result_num_text = numberSpell( result_num ) else result_num_text = tostring( result_num ) end -- numeric or string local numeric_out = args.numeric local result = "" if numeric_out then result = tostring( result_num ) else result = result_num_text .. ' ' .. result_unit .. suffix -- Spaces for suffix have been added in earlier. end return result .. purge end function p.main( frame ) local args = require( 'Module:Arguments' ).getArgs( frame, { valueFunc = function( k, v ) if v then v = v:match( '^%s*(.-)%s*$' ) -- Trim whitespace. if k == 'ago' or v ~= '' then return v end end return nil end, wrappers = 'Template:Time ago' }) return p._main( args ) end return p d5309383cbe3d8c0b4e2f11cd02263496759343c 10 482 1037 1036 2024-06-02T05:36:25Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Main]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Labelled list hatnote|labelledList|Main article|Main articles|Main page|Main pages}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 99ebf54e265aa9354bc4861d3b0da913f1441ede 10 483 1039 1038 2024-06-02T05:36:26Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Small]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="font-size:85%;">{{{1}}}</span><includeonly>{{SAFESUBST:#if:{{{1|}}}||[[Category:Pages using small with an empty input parameter]]}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!--Categories and interwikis go in the /doc sub-page.--> </noinclude> 76d3535c2917cc3bfb1b032506073faa15e1a480 828 484 1041 1040 2024-06-02T05:36:30Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Labelled_list_hatnote]] Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Labelled list -- -- -- -- This module does the core work of creating a hatnote composed of a list -- -- prefixed by a colon-terminated label, i.e. "LABEL: [andList of pages]", -- -- for {{see also}} and similar templates. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list') local mArguments --initialize lazily local yesno --initialize lazily local p = {} -- Defaults global to this module local defaults = { label = 'See also', --Final fallback for label argument labelForm = '%s: %s', prefixes = {'label', 'label ', 'l'}, template = 'Module:Labelled list hatnote' } -- Localizable message strings local msg = { errorSuffix = '#Errors', noInputWarning = 'no page names specified', noOutputWarning = "'''[[%s]] — no output: none of the target pages exist.'''" } -- Helper function that pre-combines display parameters into page arguments. -- Also compresses sparse arrays, as a desirable side-effect. function p.preprocessDisplays (args, prefixes) -- Prefixes specify which parameters, in order, to check for display options -- They each have numbers auto-appended, e.g. 'label1', 'label 1', & 'l1' prefixes = prefixes or defaults.prefixes local indices = {} local sparsePages = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then indices[#indices + 1] = k local display for i = 1, #prefixes do display = args[prefixes[i] .. k] if display then break end end sparsePages[k] = display and string.format('%s|%s', string.gsub(v, '|.*$', ''), display) or v end end table.sort(indices) local pages = {} for k, v in ipairs(indices) do pages[#pages + 1] = sparsePages[v] end return pages end --Helper function to get a page target from a processed page string --e.g. "Page|Label" → "Page" or "Target" → "Target" local function getTarget(pagename) local pipe = string.find(pagename, '|') return string.sub(pagename, 0, pipe and pipe - 1 or nil) end -- Produces a labelled pages-list hatnote. -- The main frame (template definition) takes 1 or 2 arguments, for a singular -- and (optionally) plural label respectively: -- * {{#invoke:Labelled list hatnote|labelledList|Singular label|Plural label}} -- The resulting template takes pagename & label parameters normally. function p.labelledList (frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local labels = {frame.args[1] or defaults.label} labels[2] = frame.args[2] or labels[1] labels[3] = frame.args[3] --no defaulting labels[4] = frame.args[4] --no defaulting local template = frame:getParent():getTitle() local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) local pages = p.preprocessDisplays(args) local options = { category = yesno(args.category), extraclasses = frame.args.extraclasses, ifexists = yesno(frame.args.ifexists), namespace = frame.args.namespace or args.namespace, selfref = yesno(frame.args.selfref or args.selfref), template = template } return p._labelledList(pages, labels, options) end function p._labelledList (pages, labels, options) if options.ifexists then for k = #pages, 1, -1 do --iterate backwards to allow smooth removals local v = pages[k] local title = mw.title.new(getTarget(v), namespace) if (v == '') or title == nil or not title.exists then table.remove(pages, k) end end end labels = labels or {} label = (#pages == 1 and labels[1] or labels[2]) or defaults.label for k, v in pairs(pages) do if mHatnote.findNamespaceId(v) ~= 0 then label = ( #pages == 1 and (labels[3] or labels[1] or defaults.label) or (labels[4] or labels[2] or defaults.label) ) or defaults.label end end if #pages == 0 then if options.ifexists then mw.addWarning( string.format( msg.noOutputWarning, options.template or defaults.template ) ) return '' else return mHatnote.makeWikitextError( msg.noInputWarning, (options.template or defaults.template) .. msg.errorSuffix, options.category ) end end local text = string.format( options.labelForm or defaults.labelForm, label, mHatlist.andList(pages, true) ) local hnOptions = { extraclasses = options.extraclasses, selfref = options.selfref } return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions) end return p b7a8ba27cf6195e6427701b94e8d2acad3c40a21 10 485 1043 1042 2024-06-02T05:36:33Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Hatnote]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Hatnote|hatnote}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 4a1d1028d07c9056022807a96051e1c82cf2a1c7 10 486 1045 1044 2024-06-02T05:36:34Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Last_edited_by]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="plainlinks">{{#ifeq:{{{brief|}}}|yes|[{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|diff=cur}} Last edited]|This {{pagetype|subjectspace=yes}} was [{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|diff=cur}} last edited]}} by [[User:{{REVISIONUSER2}}|{{REVISIONUSER2}}]] {{Toolbar|[[User talk:{{REVISIONUSER2}}|talk]]|[[Special:Contributions/{{REVISIONUSER2}}|contribs]]}} {{time ago|{{REVISIONTIMESTAMP}}}}. ''([{{fullurl:{{FULLPAGENAMEE}}|action=purge}} Update{{#ifeq:{{{brief|}}}|yes||{{space}}timer}}])''</span><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 00cf4393a3e27727b3aebb031418bd12a0c51f0e 10 487 1047 1046 2024-06-02T05:36:35Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Space]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Spaces]] {{Rcat shell| {{R from modification}} {{R with history}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 707e41107ad2ff68b4a6a9cb50692a660a667b89 10 488 1049 1048 2024-06-02T05:36:35Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:No_redirect]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}} | <span class="plainlinks">[{{safesubst:<noinclude/>fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]</span> | {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 1760035b1bed54ee08b810208ed3551b812dfe13 10 489 1051 1050 2024-06-02T05:36:39Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:T1]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] {{Rcat shell|{{R from template shortcut}}}} 59847a20c2c64a767694d7612bfc5d1130c96b9a 828 490 1053 1052 2024-06-02T05:36:39Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Shortcut]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{shortcut}}. -- Set constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Shortcut/config' -- Load required modules local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} local function message(msg, ...) return mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, ...):plain() end local function makeCategoryLink(cat) return string.format('[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat) end function p._main(shortcuts, options, frame, cfg) checkType('_main', 1, shortcuts, 'table') checkType('_main', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() cfg = cfg or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE) local templateMode = options.template and yesno(options.template) local redirectMode = options.redirect and yesno(options.redirect) local isCategorized = not options.category or yesno(options.category) ~= false -- Validate shortcuts for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do if type(shortcut) ~= 'string' or #shortcut < 1 then error(message(cfg['invalid-shortcut-error'], i), 2) end end -- Make the list items. These are the shortcuts plus any extra lines such -- as options.msg. local listItems = {} for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local templatePath, prefix if templateMode then -- Namespace detection local titleObj = mw.title.new(shortcut, 10) if titleObj.namespace == 10 then templatePath = titleObj.fullText else templatePath = shortcut end prefix = options['pre' .. i] or options.pre or '' end if options.target and yesno(options.target) then listItems[i] = templateMode and string.format("&#123;&#123;%s[[%s|%s]]&#125;&#125;", prefix, templatePath, shortcut) or string.format("[[%s]]", shortcut) else listItems[i] = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'No redirect', args = templateMode and {templatePath, shortcut} or {shortcut, shortcut} } if templateMode then listItems[i] = string.format("&#123;&#123;%s%s&#125;&#125;", prefix, listItems[i]) end end end table.insert(listItems, options.msg) -- Return an error if we have nothing to display if #listItems < 1 then local msg = cfg['no-content-error'] msg = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', msg) if isCategorized and cfg['no-content-error-category'] then msg = msg .. makeCategoryLink(cfg['no-content-error-category']) end return msg end local root = mw.html.create() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Shortcut/styles.css'} }) -- Anchors local anchorDiv = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutanchordiv') for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(shortcut) anchorDiv:tag('span'):attr('id', anchor) end -- Shortcut heading local shortcutHeading do local nShortcuts = #shortcuts if nShortcuts > 0 then local headingMsg = options['shortcut-heading'] or redirectMode and cfg['redirect-heading'] or cfg['shortcut-heading'] shortcutHeading = message(headingMsg, nShortcuts) shortcutHeading = frame:preprocess(shortcutHeading) end end -- Shortcut box local shortcutList = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutboxplain noprint') :attr('role', 'note') if options.float and options.float:lower() == 'left' then shortcutList:addClass('module-shortcutboxleft') end if options.clear and options.clear ~= '' then shortcutList:css('clear', options.clear) end if shortcutHeading then shortcutList :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutlist') :wikitext(shortcutHeading) end local ubl = require('Module:List').unbulleted(listItems) shortcutList:wikitext(ubl) return tostring(root) end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) -- Separate shortcuts from options local shortcuts, options = {}, {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then shortcuts[k] = v else options[k] = v end end -- Compress the shortcut array, which may contain nils. local function compressArray(t) local nums, ret = {}, {} for k in pairs(t) do nums[#nums + 1] = k end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[i] = t[num] end return ret end shortcuts = compressArray(shortcuts) return p._main(shortcuts, options, frame) end return p 03fd46a265e549852a9ed3d3a9249b247d84cb4f 828 491 1055 1054 2024-06-02T05:36:40Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Shortcut/config]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module holds configuration data for [[Module:Shortcut]]. return { -- The heading at the top of the shortcut box. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['shortcut-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Shortcut|{{PLURAL:$1|Shortcut|Shortcuts}}]]', -- The heading when |redirect=yes is given. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['redirect-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Redirect|{{PLURAL:$1|Redirect|Redirects}}]]', -- The error message to display when a shortcut is invalid (is not a string, or -- is the blank string). It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the number of the shortcut in the argument list. (required) ['invalid-shortcut-error'] = 'shortcut #$1 was invalid (shortcuts must be ' .. 'strings of at least one character in length)', -- The error message to display when no shortcuts or other displayable content -- were specified. (required) ['no-content-error'] = 'Error: no shortcuts were specified and the ' .. mw.text.nowiki('|msg=') .. ' parameter was not set.', -- A category to add when the no-content-error message is displayed. (optional) ['no-content-error-category'] = 'Shortcut templates with missing parameters', } f9d1d94844d5953753eb19e30a3ce389eda3d319 10 492 1057 1056 2024-06-02T05:36:40Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Redirect-distinguish-text]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Hatnote|"{{{1}}}" redirects here. {{ #if: {{{2| }}}|Not to be confused with {{{2}}}.| }}}}{{#switch:{{{1<noinclude>|REDIRECT</noinclude>}}}|REDIRECT|REDIRECT1|REDIRECT2|REDIRECT3|TERM = | #default = {{#ifexist:{{{1}}}||{{main other|[[Category:Missing redirects]]}}}}}}{{#ifeq:{{{1}}}|{{PAGENAME}}|[[Category:Articles with redirect hatnotes needing review]]}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 6fadbe4c766fcb9684fcc9f383f3a0b067d74ffa 10 493 1059 1058 2024-06-02T05:36:41Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Redirect-distinguish2]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Redirect-distinguish-text]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 1f94fdaf52937b80158732d9ccead0091b7dad8e 10 494 1061 1060 2024-06-02T05:36:42Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_shortcut]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Shortcut|main|template=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> bfb2889c4c0ec36294b7b667f5e03350d2df680e 10 495 1063 1062 2024-06-02T05:36:43Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Under_construction/doc]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{documentation subpage}}<!-- PLEASE NOTE This is NOT the place to create new articles. Any material placed here as part of a new article as a "work in progress" will be deleted. Please read [[Wikipedia:Starting an article]] for guidelines on creating an article. --> {{Redirect-distinguish2|[[Template:UC]]|the <code><nowiki>{{uc:string}}</nowiki></code> [[WP:MAGIC#Formatting|magic word]]}} <!-- Categories go where indicated at the bottom of this page, please; interwikis go to Wikidata (see also: [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]). --> {{Twinkle standard installation}} {{Template shortcut|uc|UC}} == Usage == {{Main|Wikipedia:How to edit a page|Wikipedia:Template messages|Template:In use/doc}} This template is for articles actively undergoing construction. If the article instead is actively undergoing a major edit, please use {{Tl|In use}}. In general, this template should not be used for new articles with little or no content. Instead, the [[Wikipedia:About the Sandbox|sandbox]] should be used to develop the article so that it has reasonable content when it is copied into mainspace. Articles tagged with this template are automatically added to the category [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]]. Add the parameter <code>|placedby=</code> (followed by your user name; do not insert a full signature) to make it easy for people to contact the person who placed the template. If a page using this template has not been edited in 8 days, a bot will automatically remove the template. If used on a non-article page (such as a user page) which is not yet ready for use, type {{Tlx|Under construction|notready&#61;true}}. That will produce the following: {{Under construction|notready=true|nocat=true}} A comment may be added to the box using the ''|comment='' switch. As this template is used in multiple namespaces it uses {{tl|mbox}}, which will automatically detect individual namespace usage and adapt appropriate styling accordingly. ===Blank template=== <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">{{Under construction |placedby= |section= |nosection= |nocat= |notready= |comment= |category= |altimage= |notify= }}</syntaxhighlight> ===Parameters=== *'''altimage''' – provide an alternate image for the template. Should be a complete file tag, e.g. <code><nowiki>[[File:Under_construction_icon-orange.svg|64px]]</nowiki></code> *'''category''' – a custom category (must be prefixed with the "Category:" namespace identifier and enclosed in double square brackets) into which the page will be placed. If omitted, the page is placed by default in [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]]. However the page will not be placed into a category if the page is in the "User:" or "User talk:" namespaces. *'''comment''' – free-form text. If present, the text "Contributor note:" is shown followed by the content of {{para|comment}}. *'''nocat''' – set to '''true''' (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>nocat=true</nowiki>}}) to prevent the page from being placed into default [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing construction]] or into custom category. Set to anything but '''true''' or don't set it at all, and it will be included. *'''notready''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank, adds the text ", and is not yet ready for use" following the word "restructuring". *'''nosection''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>nosection=yes</nowiki>}}), removes the phrase "or section", i.e. makes the message apply to the entire page *'''placedby''' – user name of the person placing the template. Do not use a full talk page signature. *'''section''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>section=yes</nowiki>}}), removes the phrase "article or", i.e. makes the message apply only to a section. *'''subsection''' – value is immaterial, but if present, and not blank (e.g. {{mono|<nowiki>subsection=yes</nowiki>}}), removes the phrase "article or", i.e. makes the message apply only to a subsection. *'''notify''' – yes, y or any value. Placing editor wants to be notified on their talk page if template is removed. == Template data == <templatedata> { "params": { "altimage": { "label": "Alternate image", "description": "Provide an alternate image for the template. Should be a complete file tag.", "example": "[[File:Under_construction_icon-orange.svg|64px]]", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "section": { "label": "Section", "description": "Replaces phrase \"article\" with \"section\"", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "subsection": { "label": "Subsection", "description": "Replaces phrase \"article\" with \"subsection\"", "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "nosection": { "label": "No section", "description": "Replaces phrase \"section\" with article", "type": "string" }, "notready": { "label": "Not ready", "description": "Adds the text \", and is not yet ready for use\" following the word \"restructuring\".", "type": "string" }, "placedby": { "label": "Placed by", "description": "User name of the person placing the template.", "type": "wiki-user-name", "example": "Jack", "required": true }, "comment": { "label": "Comment", "description": "A place to add any additional details to the template", "type": "unbalanced-wikitext" }, "nocat": { "label": "No category", "description": "Prevents the page from being placed into default Category:Pages actively undergoing construction or into custom category.", "type": "string", "default": "false" }, "Category": { "description": "A custom category (must be prefixed with the \"Category:\" namespace identifier and enclosed in double square brackets) into which the page will be placed.", "example": "[[Category:Science articles undergoing expansion]]", "type": "unbalanced-wikitext" }, "notify": { "label": "Notify", "description": "Asks that the placing editor be notified if template is removed.", "type": "string" } }, "paramOrder": [ "altimage", "section", "subsection", "nosection", "notready", "placedby", "comment", "nocat", "Category", "notify" ], "format": "inline", "description": "This template is for articles actively undergoing construction. If the article instead is actively undergoing a major edit, please use {{In use}}. " } </templatedata> == See also == * {{tl|In creation}} to use this template when multiple edits are being made to add content immediately after creating the article * {{tl|In use}}, for articles actively undergoing a major edit for a short while to list them in [[:Category:Pages actively undergoing a major edit]] * {{tl|Under discussion}}, for a non main page undergoing active discussion on its talk page * {{T1|recently revised}}, if you are unsure about your revision/major changes and want a second opinion * {{tl|Deletion under review}}, to prevent deletion nomination until the review process is complete * [[Wikipedia:Deletion of newly created pages]], regarding preventing pages from getting deleted while they are brand new. <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories go below this line, please; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> [[Category:Under-construction templates|{{PAGENAME}}]] }}</includeonly> 9d5e2f3a482e2ab5e50751b27d743c3f0419c60e 828 496 1065 1064 2024-06-02T05:36:45Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Shortcut/styles.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .module-shortcutboxplain { float: right; margin: 0 0 0 1em; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: var(--background-color-base, #fff); padding: 0.3em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; text-align: center; font-size: 85%; } .module-shortcutboxleft { float: left; margin: 0 1em 0 0; } .module-shortcutlist { display: inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid #a2a9b1; margin-bottom: 0.2em; } .module-shortcutboxplain ul { font-weight: bold; } .module-shortcutanchordiv { position: relative; top: -3em; } li .module-shortcutanchordiv { float: right; /* IE/Edge in list items */ } .mbox-imageright .module-shortcutboxplain { padding: 0.4em 1em 0.4em 1em; line-height: 1.3; margin: 0; } e464768c901993e84853f7c67af77c24e9faeacf 828 497 1067 1066 2024-06-02T05:36:45Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Wikitext_Parsing]] Scribunto text/plain require("strict") --Helper functions local function startswith(text, subtext) return string.sub(text, 1, #subtext) == subtext end local function endswith(text, subtext) return string.sub(text, -#subtext, -1) == subtext end local function allcases(s) return s:gsub("%a", function(c) return "["..c:upper()..c:lower().."]" end) end local trimcache = {} local whitespace = {[" "]=1, ["\n"]=1, ["\t"]=1, ["\r"]=1} local function cheaptrim(str) --mw.text.trim is surprisingly expensive, so here's an alternative approach local quick = trimcache[str] if quick then return quick else -- local out = string.gsub(str, "^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1") local lowEnd for i = 1,#str do if not whitespace[string.sub(str, i, i)] then lowEnd = i break end end if not lowEnd then trimcache[str] = "" return "" end for i = #str,1,-1 do if not whitespace[string.sub(str, i, i)] then local out = string.sub(str, lowEnd, i) trimcache[str] = out return out end end end end --[=[ Implementation notes ---- NORMAL HTML TAGS ---- Tags are very strict on how they want to start, but loose on how they end. The start must strictly follow <[tAgNaMe](%s|>) with no room for whitespace in the tag's name, but may then flow as they want afterwards, making <div\nclass\n=\n"\nerror\n"\n> valid There's no sense of escaping < or > E.g. <div class="error\>"> will end at \> despite it being inside a quote <div class="<span class="error">error</span>"> will not process the larger div If a tag has no end, it will consume all text instead of not processing ---- NOPROCESSING TAGS (nowiki, pre, syntaxhighlight, source, etc.) ---- (In most comments, <source> will not be mentioned. This is because it is the deprecated version of <syntaxhighlight>) No-Processing tags have some interesting differences to the above rules. For example, their syntax is a lot stricter. While an opening tag appears to follow the same set of rules, A closing tag can't have any sort of extra formatting period. While </div a/a> is valid, </nowiki a/a> isn't - only newlines and spaces/tabs are allowed in closing tags. Note that, even though <pre> tags cause a visual change when the ending tag has extra formatting, it won't cause the no-processing effects. For some reason, the format must be strict for that to apply. Both the content inside the tag pair and the content inside each side of the pair is not processed. E.g. <nowiki |}}>|}}</nowiki> would have both of the |}} escaped in practice. When something in the code is referenced to as a "Nowiki Tag", it means a tag which causes wiki text to not be processed, which includes <nowiki>, <pre>, and <syntaxhighlight> Since we only care about these tags, we can ignore the idea of an intercepting tag preventing processing, and just go straight for the first ending we can find If there is no ending to find, the tag will NOT consume the rest of the text in terms of processing behaviour (though <pre> will appear to have an effect). Even if there is no end of the tag, the content inside the opening half will still be unprocessed, meaning {{X20|<nowiki }}>}} wouldn't end at the first }} despite there being no ending to the tag. Note that there are some tags, like <math>, which also function like <nowiki> which are included in this aswell. Some other tags, like <ref>, have far too unpredictable behaviour to be handled currently (they'd have to be split and processed as something seperate - its complicated, but maybe not impossible.) I suspect that every tag listed in [[Special:Version]] may behave somewhat like this, but that's far too many cases worth checking for rarely used tags that may not even have a good reason to contain {{ or }} anyways, so we leave them alone. ---- HTML COMMENTS AND INCLUDEONLY ---- HTML Comments are about as basic as it could get for this Start at <!--, end at -->, no extra conditions. Simple enough If a comment has no end, it will eat all text instead of not being processed includeonly tags function mostly like a regular nowiki tag, with the exception that the tag will actually consume all future text if not given an ending as opposed to simply giving up and not changing anything. Due to complications and the fact that this is far less likely to be present on a page, aswell as being something that may not want to be escaped, includeonly tags are ignored during our processing --]=] local validtags = {nowiki=1, pre=1, syntaxhighlight=1, source=1, math=1} --This function expects the string to start with the tag local function TestForNowikiTag(text, scanPosition) local tagName = (string.match(text, "^<([^\n />]+)", scanPosition) or ""):lower() if not validtags[tagName] then return nil end local nextOpener = string.find(text, "<", scanPosition+1) or -1 local nextCloser = string.find(text, ">", scanPosition+1) or -1 if nextCloser > -1 and (nextOpener == -1 or nextCloser < nextOpener) then local startingTag = string.sub(text, scanPosition, nextCloser) --We have our starting tag (E.g. '<pre style="color:red">') --Now find our ending... if endswith(startingTag, "/>") then --self-closing tag (we are our own ending) return { Tag = tagName, Start = startingTag, Content = "", End = "", Length = #startingTag } else local endingTagStart, endingTagEnd = string.find(text, "</"..allcases(tagName).."[ \t\n]*>", scanPosition) if endingTagStart then --Regular tag formation local endingTag = string.sub(text, endingTagStart, endingTagEnd) local tagContent = string.sub(text, nextCloser+1, endingTagStart-1) return { Tag = tagName, Start = startingTag, Content = tagContent, End = endingTag, Length = #startingTag + #tagContent + #endingTag } else --Content inside still needs escaping (also linter error!) return { Tag = tagName, Start = startingTag, Content = "", End = "", Length = #startingTag } end end end return nil end local function TestForComment(text, scanPosition) --Like TestForNowikiTag but for <!-- --> if string.match(text, "^<!%-%-", scanPosition) then local commentEnd = string.find(text, "-->", scanPosition+4, true) if commentEnd then return { Start = "<!--", End = "-->", Content = string.sub(text, scanPosition+4, commentEnd-1), Length = commentEnd-scanPosition+3 } else --Consumes all text if not given an ending return { Start = "<!--", End = "", Content = string.sub(text, scanPosition+4), Length = #text-scanPosition+1 } end end return nil end --[[ Implementation notes The goal of this function is to escape all text that wouldn't be parsed if it was preprocessed (see above implementation notes). Using keepComments will keep all HTML comments instead of removing them. They will still be escaped regardless to avoid processing errors --]] local function PrepareText(text, keepComments) local newtext = {} local scanPosition = 1 while true do local NextCheck = string.find(text, "<[NnSsPpMm!]", scanPosition) --Advance to the next potential tag we care about if not NextCheck then --Done newtext[#newtext+1] = string.sub(text,scanPosition) break end newtext[#newtext+1] = string.sub(text,scanPosition,NextCheck-1) scanPosition = NextCheck local Comment = TestForComment(text, scanPosition) if Comment then if keepComments then newtext[#newtext+1] = Comment.Start .. mw.text.nowiki(Comment.Content) .. Comment.End end scanPosition = scanPosition + Comment.Length else local Tag = TestForNowikiTag(text, scanPosition) if Tag then local newTagStart = "<" .. mw.text.nowiki(string.sub(Tag.Start,2,-2)) .. ">" local newTagEnd = Tag.End == "" and "" or --Respect no tag ending "</" .. mw.text.nowiki(string.sub(Tag.End,3,-2)) .. ">" local newContent = mw.text.nowiki(Tag.Content) newtext[#newtext+1] = newTagStart .. newContent .. newTagEnd scanPosition = scanPosition + Tag.Length else --Nothing special, move on... newtext[#newtext+1] = string.sub(text, scanPosition, scanPosition) scanPosition = scanPosition + 1 end end end return table.concat(newtext, "") end --[=[ Implementation notes This function is an alternative to Transcluder's getParameters which considers the potential for a singular { or } or other odd syntax that %b doesn't like to be in a parameter's value. When handling the difference between {{ and {{{, mediawiki will attempt to match as many sequences of {{{ as possible before matching a {{ E.g. {{{{A}}}} -> { {{{A}}} } {{{{{{{{Text|A}}}}}}}} -> {{ {{{ {{{Text|A}}} }}} }} If there aren't enough triple braces on both sides, the parser will compromise for a template interpretation. E.g. {{{{A}} }} -> {{ {{ A }} }} While there are technically concerns about things such as wikilinks breaking template processing (E.g. {{[[}}]]}} doesn't stop at the first }}), it shouldn't be our job to process inputs perfectly when the input has garbage ({ / } isn't legal in titles anyways, so if something's unmatched in a wikilink, it's guaranteed GIGO) Setting dontEscape will prevent running the input text through EET. Avoid setting this to true if you don't have to set it. Returned values: A table of all templates. Template data goes as follows: Text: The raw text of the template Name: The name of the template Args: A list of arguments Children: A list of immediate template children --]=] --Helper functions local function boundlen(pair) return pair.End-pair.Start+1 end --Main function local function ParseTemplates(InputText, dontEscape) --Setup if not dontEscape then InputText = PrepareText(InputText) end local function finalise(text) if not dontEscape then return mw.text.decode(text) else return text end end local function CreateContainerObj(Container) Container.Text = {} Container.Args = {} Container.ArgOrder = {} Container.Children = {} -- Container.Name = nil -- Container.Value = nil -- Container.Key = nil Container.BeyondStart = false Container.LastIndex = 1 Container.finalise = finalise function Container:HandleArgInput(character, internalcall) if not internalcall then self.Text[#self.Text+1] = character end if character == "=" then if self.Key then self.Value[#self.Value+1] = character else self.Key = cheaptrim(self.Value and table.concat(self.Value, "") or "") self.Value = {} end else --"|" or "}" if not self.Name then self.Name = cheaptrim(self.Value and table.concat(self.Value, "") or "") self.Value = nil else self.Value = self.finalise(self.Value and table.concat(self.Value, "") or "") if self.Key then self.Key = self.finalise(self.Key) self.Args[self.Key] = cheaptrim(self.Value) self.ArgOrder[#self.ArgOrder+1] = self.Key else local Key = tostring(self.LastIndex) self.Args[Key] = self.Value self.ArgOrder[#self.ArgOrder+1] = Key self.LastIndex = self.LastIndex + 1 end self.Key = nil self.Value = nil end end end function Container:AppendText(text, ftext) self.Text[#self.Text+1] = (ftext or text) if not self.Value then self.Value = {} end self.BeyondStart = self.BeyondStart or (#table.concat(self.Text, "") > 2) if self.BeyondStart then self.Value[#self.Value+1] = text end end function Container:Clean(IsTemplate) self.Text = table.concat(self.Text, "") if self.Value and IsTemplate then self.Value = {string.sub(table.concat(self.Value, ""), 1, -3)} --Trim ending }} self:HandleArgInput("|", true) --Simulate ending end self.Value = nil self.Key = nil self.BeyondStart = nil self.LastIndex = nil self.finalise = nil self.HandleArgInput = nil self.AppendText = nil self.Clean = nil end return Container end --Step 1: Find and escape the content of all wikilinks on the page, which are stronger than templates (see implementation notes) local scannerPosition = 1 local wikilinks = {} local openWikilinks = {} while true do local Position, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([%[%]])%1", scannerPosition) if not Position then --Done break end scannerPosition = Position+2 --+2 to pass the [[ / ]] if Character == "[" then --Add a [[ to the pending wikilink queue openWikilinks[#openWikilinks+1] = Position else --Pair up the ]] to any available [[ if #openWikilinks >= 1 then local start = table.remove(openWikilinks) --Pop the latest [[ wikilinks[start] = {Start=start, End=Position+1, Type="Wikilink"} --Note the pair end end end --Step 2: Find the bounds of every valid template and variable ({{ and {{{) local scannerPosition = 1 local templates = {} local variables = {} local openBrackets = {} while true do local Start, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([{}])%1", scannerPosition) if not Start then --Done (both 9e9) break end local _, End = string.find(InputText, "^"..Character.."+", Start) scannerPosition = Start --Get to the {{ / }} set if Character == "{" then --Add the {{+ set to the queue openBrackets[#openBrackets+1] = {Start=Start, End=End} else --Pair up the }} to any available {{, accounting for {{{ / }}} local BracketCount = End-Start+1 while BracketCount >= 2 and #openBrackets >= 1 do local OpenSet = table.remove(openBrackets) if boundlen(OpenSet) >= 3 and BracketCount >= 3 then --We have a {{{variable}}} (both sides have 3 spare) variables[OpenSet.End-2] = {Start=OpenSet.End-2, End=scannerPosition+2, Type="Variable"} --Done like this to ensure chronological order BracketCount = BracketCount - 3 OpenSet.End = OpenSet.End - 3 scannerPosition = scannerPosition + 3 else --We have a {{template}} (both sides have 2 spare, but at least one side doesn't have 3 spare) templates[OpenSet.End-1] = {Start=OpenSet.End-1, End=scannerPosition+1, Type="Template"} --Done like this to ensure chronological order BracketCount = BracketCount - 2 OpenSet.End = OpenSet.End - 2 scannerPosition = scannerPosition + 2 end if boundlen(OpenSet) >= 2 then --Still has enough data left, leave it in openBrackets[#openBrackets+1] = OpenSet end end end scannerPosition = End --Now move past the bracket set end --Step 3: Re-trace every object using their known bounds, collecting our parameters with (slight) ease local scannerPosition = 1 local activeObjects = {} local finalObjects = {} while true do local LatestObject = activeObjects[#activeObjects] --Commonly needed object local NNC, _, Character --NNC = NextNotableCharacter if LatestObject then NNC, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([{}%[%]|=])", scannerPosition) else NNC, _, Character = string.find(InputText, "([{}])", scannerPosition) --We are only after templates right now end if not NNC then break end if NNC > scannerPosition and LatestObject then local scannedContent = string.sub(InputText, scannerPosition, NNC-1) LatestObject:AppendText(scannedContent, finalise(scannedContent)) end scannerPosition = NNC+1 if Character == "{" or Character == "[" then local Container = templates[NNC] or variables[NNC] or wikilinks[NNC] if Container then CreateContainerObj(Container) if Container.Type == "Template" then Container:AppendText("{{") scannerPosition = NNC+2 elseif Container.Type == "Variable" then Container:AppendText("{{{") scannerPosition = NNC+3 else --Wikilink Container:AppendText("[[") scannerPosition = NNC+2 end if LatestObject and Container.Type == "Template" then --Only templates count as children LatestObject.Children[#LatestObject.Children+1] = Container end activeObjects[#activeObjects+1] = Container elseif LatestObject then LatestObject:AppendText(Character) end elseif Character == "}" or Character == "]" then if LatestObject then LatestObject:AppendText(Character) if LatestObject.End == NNC then if LatestObject.Type == "Template" then LatestObject:Clean(true) finalObjects[#finalObjects+1] = LatestObject else LatestObject:Clean(false) end activeObjects[#activeObjects] = nil local NewLatest = activeObjects[#activeObjects] if NewLatest then NewLatest:AppendText(LatestObject.Text) --Append to new latest end end end else --| or = if LatestObject then LatestObject:HandleArgInput(Character) end end end --Step 4: Fix the order local FixedOrder = {} local SortableReference = {} for _,Object in next,finalObjects do SortableReference[#SortableReference+1] = Object.Start end table.sort(SortableReference) for i = 1,#SortableReference do local start = SortableReference[i] for n,Object in next,finalObjects do if Object.Start == start then finalObjects[n] = nil Object.Start = nil --Final cleanup Object.End = nil Object.Type = nil FixedOrder[#FixedOrder+1] = Object break end end end --Finished, return return FixedOrder end local p = {} --Main entry points p.PrepareText = PrepareText p.ParseTemplates = ParseTemplates --Extra entry points, not really required p.TestForNowikiTag = TestForNowikiTag p.TestForComment = TestForComment return p --[==[ console tests local s = [=[Hey!{{Text|<nowiki | ||> Hey! }} A</nowiki>|<!--AAAAA|AAA-->Should see|Shouldn't see}}]=] local out = p.PrepareText(s) mw.logObject(out) local s = [=[B<!-- Hey! -->A]=] local out = p.TestForComment(s, 2) mw.logObject(out); mw.log(string.sub(s, 2, out.Length)) local a = p.ParseTemplates([=[ {{User:Aidan9382/templates/dummy |A|B|C {{{A|B}}} { } } { |<nowiki>D</nowiki> |<pre>E |F</pre> |G|=|a=|A = [[{{PAGENAME}}|A=B]]{{Text|1==<nowiki>}}</nowiki>}}|A B=Success}} ]=]) mw.logObject(a) ]==] 57b8b767a324892ac6470ec5fcdc778866bc020f 828 498 1069 1068 2024-06-02T05:36:46Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Pagetype/softredirect]] Scribunto text/plain -- This page contains a table of all soft redirect templates and their -- redirects. Templates names are capitalized, and the Template: prefix is -- removed. Templates are grouped with the main template first, followed by -- its redirects. return { ["Soft redirect"] = true, ["Interwiki redirect"] = true, ["SoftRedirect"] = true, ["Soft Redirect"] = true, ["Softredirect"] = true, ["Softredir"] = true, ["Soft link"] = true, ["Soft redir"] = true, ["Soft"] = true, ["Plain soft redirect"] = true, ["Softr"] = true, ["Wiktionary redirect"] = true, ["Moved to Wiktionary"] = true, ["RedirecttoWiktionary"] = true, ["Wi"] = true, ["Wiktionary Redirect"] = true, ["Wtr"] = true, ["Wtsr"] = true, ["Wiktionaryredirect"] = true, ["WiktionaryRedirect"] = true, ["Wiktionary-redirect"] = true, ["Wiktredir"] = true, ["Wiktr"] = true, ["Wikt redirect"] = true, ["Wikt red"] = true, ["Wiktred"] = true, ["Wikibooks redirect"] = true, ["WBOOK"] = true, ["Wbook"] = true, ["Wikibooks Redirect"] = true, ["WikibooksRedirect"] = true, ["Wikibooksredirect"] = true, ["Wikibook redirect"] = true, ["Wikiquote redirect"] = true, ["Wq"] = true, ["Wikisource redirect"] = true, ["Wikispecies redirect"] = true, ["WSPEC"] = true, ["Wspec"] = true, ["Wikispecies Redirect"] = true, ["WikispeciesRedirect"] = true, ["Wikispeciesredirect"] = true, ["Wikivoyage redirect"] = true, ["Wikimedia Commons redirect"] = true, ["COMM"] = true, ["Commons redirect"] = true, ["Comm"] = true, ["Commonsredirect"] = true, ["Commons Redirect"] = true, ["CommonsRedirect"] = true, ["Wikimedia commons redirect"] = true, ["Soft redirect with Wikidata item"] = true, ["Wikidata-redirect"] = true, ["Wdr"] = true, ["Wikidata redirect"] = true } 9cd5651845329b0b63182f99be8cfa12e0ad52a2 828 499 1071 1070 2024-06-02T05:36:46Z Felenov 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Pagetype/rfd]] Scribunto text/plain -- This page contains a table of all RfD templates and their -- redirects. Templates names are capitalized, and the Template: prefix is -- removed. Templates are grouped with the main template first, followed by -- its redirects. return { -- Template forms (these should be substituted so we should rarely see these) ["Redirect for discussion"] = true, ["RFD"] = true, ["RfD"] = true, ["Rfd1"] = true, ["Rfd-t"] = true, ["Rfd"] = true, ["Rfd-NPF"] = true, ["Rfd-NPF/core"] = true, -- Module forms ["#invoke:RfD"] = true, ["<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:RfD"] = true, -- The form made by substituting RfD } 505b5e8d408b4fac201ce02e92b3307ca4189c0d 0 500 1072 2024-06-02T05:42:08Z Felenov 2 Created page with "'''Strategy''' is the approach to dealing with a situation. {{under construction}}" wikitext text/x-wiki '''Strategy''' is the approach to dealing with a situation. {{under construction}} e91f25d331b9b1fc8db4600c62f8724a9d8c7793 0 1 1073 93 2024-06-15T22:46:48Z Felenov 2 UPD Main Page wikitext text/x-wiki {{in use}} __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == === What is RoN Wiki? === RoN Wiki is a community made resource for the game Ready Or Not. This wiki stores information about in-game mechanics, maps, tools available and strategy. === This wiki is work in progress. Readers are welcome to contribute == e92b5ce4bbf364eba73638c58c5f810a94f2ad53 1074 1073 2024-06-15T22:47:13Z Felenov 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{in use}} __NOTOC__ == Welcome to the {{SITENAME}}! == === What is RoN Wiki? === RoN Wiki is a community made resource for the game Ready Or Not. This wiki stores information about in-game mechanics, maps, tools available and strategy. === This wiki is work in progress. Readers are welcome to contribute === a98c6f83c7790db80b44abf3a17631bedeb62b54